Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Representations

Date:  12th
July 2018

 

To

 

Mr. Upender Gupta,

Commissioner GST,

Department of Revenue, Government of India,

GST Policy Wing, North Block,

New Delhi.

 

Respected Sir,

 

Sub:
Recommended Draft Reconciliation Form 9-C for Audit under section 35(5) of CGST
Act.

 

With reference to the above subject, we take this
opportunity to present to you our recommendations on simplified format of GST
Audit Report. The preliminary draft format of audit report was discussed with
the Commissioner Goods and Service Tax, (Maharashtra State) and some of the
State Department Officers. After incorporating their inputs, on 4th
July 2018, a detailed discussion was held on the said draft report with your
goodselves, Mr. Siddharth Jain and your two other team members for your inputs.

Based on the above interactions and inputs, we are
enclosing herewith the revised draft after incorporating your suggestions. Our
attempt is to devise a simple yet a complete report which serves the purpose of
all the stakeholders. As discussed, though the main report has been kept
simple, various fields in the said report may be explained to the tax payers
and tax professionals to facilitate the effective and complete reporting
through a detailed instruction/guidance sheet to facilitate the filling of main
form. We are in the process of preparing the same and it will be submitted to
your office based on your feedback on the contents of the form. We reiterate
the philosophy and principles underlying our recommendations as below

We refer to the following provisions of the Goods and
Services Act, 2017

1. Section 35(5) of the CGST Act, 2017 (The Act)
prescribes certain obligations for every registered person whose turnover
during a financial year exceeds the prescribed limit  of Rs. 2,00,00,000 (specified registered
persons/auditee). The obligations are to get his accounts audited by a
chartered accountant or a cost accountant (auditor) and to submit a copy of the
audited annual accounts along with the reconciliation statement under section
44(2) of the Act and such other documents in such form and manner as may be
prescribed. Rule 80(3) requires the reconciliation statement to be duly
certified.  The said section 44(2)
further provides that the annual return along with a copy of the audited annual
accounts and a reconciliation statement reconciling the value of supplies declared
in the return be furnished for the financial year with the audited annual
financial statement and such other particulars as may be prescribed.

2. On a conjoint reading of the above provisions, it
appears that specified registered persons are required to undertake two
distinct obligations:

a. Get his accounts audited by a chartered accountant
or a cost accountant (auditor) and submit a copy of the audited annual accounts

b. Submit a reconciliation statement reconciling the
value of supplies declared in the return furnished for the financial year with
the audited annual financial statement, and such other particulars as may be
prescribed.

3. In connection with the above, we would like to
highlight that in most of the cases, the accounts of the auditee would be
audited under some other Statute, the most common being Companies Act, 2013 and
Income Tax Act, 1961. It is therefore recommended that the audit under the
relevant statute and the submission of the said audited annual accounts should
be considered as sufficient compliance with the first obligation mentioned
above. Currently also, this is an accepted practice under all the VAT
Legislations and also under the Income Tax Act, 1961. Considering the fact that
the only benchmark for the obligation to get the accounts audited is turnover
above Rs. 2 crores, it appears that in most of the cases, there will be audited
annual accounts under relevant statute available for submission to the GST
Authorities.  If the said audited annual
accounts are accepted by the GST Authorities, the additional obligation on the
auditee would be to submit a reconciliation statement in Form 9C duly
certified by the auditor
. Till date, the contents of Form 9C are not
prescribed and no draft format is placed in public domain for their comments.

4. In this connection, Bombay Chartered Accountants’
Society being the largest voluntary body of chartered accountants (with a
membership of around 9000 members) in India, we wish to recommend a format of
the reconciliation statement, for your kind perusal. The same is enclosed as Annexure
“A” to this communication. The broad parameters underlying the said format are
explained hereunder.

(i) On a reading of Section 44(2) it is evident that
the primary emphasis of the certification of the reconciliation statement
appears to be the reconciliation between the value of supplies declared in the
return furnished for the financial year with the audited annual financial
statement. We have therefore suggested a detailed reconciliation between the
turnover as reflected in the return with the turnover as reflected in audited
financial statements. The said reconciliation statement will be handy to the
Department authorities in clearly explaining the reasons for any variation in
the turnover and will assist them in identifying consequent leakages if any in
output taxes.

(ii) We believe that the elaborate transaction level
uploads and matching requirements on the GSTN Portal has provided the
Department with more than sufficient details on many of the other parameters
for a correct assessment. Such parameters were not available under the earlier
regimes where the data upload was not at a transaction level. Our
recommendation as regards additional particulars to be provided in Form 9C
therefore considers this aspect and avoids duplication of efforts and any
ambiguity. Simultaneously a conscious attempt is made to keep the format simple
for the auditee to compile and the auditor to certify at the threshold of the
new legislation.  Nevertheless,
information necessary for the GST Authorities to identify cases of non-payment
of taxes and wrong claim of credits is included in the additional particulars
in Form 9C.

5.In the backdrop of
the above objectives, the recommended format of reconciliation statement under
Form 9C includes the following:

a. Statement of Reconciliation
between return turnover and turnover in audited financial statements for entity
as a whole

b. Statement of
Calculation of Outward Tax Liability and the manner of discharge of the
said  tax liability & Statement of
Liability under Reverse Charge Mechanism for Inward Supplies specified under
Section 9(3) & 9(4) – to be prepared for each GSTIN

c. Reconciliation of Input Tax Credit as per Books and
as per GST Returns along with detailed breakup of blocked and apportioned
credits under Section 17 and reversals and reclaims of credits – to be prepared
for each GSTIN

6. We believe that the above format is simple,
utilitarian and sure to serve the purpose of the revenue to check leakages. In
our view, any reconciliation format which extends beyond 4 to 5 pages can be
surely cumbersome and onerous for the auditee to compile given the challenges
of the implementation of the GST law.  It
may also increase the costs of small and medium sized auditees and may result in
undue hardship and avoidable duplication. We therefore strongly recommend that
redundant additional information requiring elaborate certification and
verification of documents (especially on the side of inward supplies) should be
avoided especially in view of the nascent stage of the law, various other
difficulties faced in basic implementation of the law and also the fact that
GST was introduced in the middle of the year and many transition provisions
were not suitably aligned. The above along with a plethora of notifications,
periodic clarifications and systems related issues in the initial months of
implementation may compound the challenges of the auditee. Therefore, the
format recommended by us may be considered with or without modifications as
felt appropriate at this initial stage.

7. We would also like to highlight that it is very
common for any law to start with baby steps and then bring in additional
obligations after the law stabilises and the industry matures and also based on
experiences of the initial years. The mention of a few precedents may not be
out of place:

a. The initial format of the tax audit report under the
Income Tax Act consisted of only a few pages (4-5) and it was only after 10 to
12 years that the format was made more elaborate. Even today, the tax audit
report under the Income Tax Act, 1961 does not require a certification of
computation of income nor a certification/compilation of payment of taxes.

b. Many States have simple VAT Audit Reports running
into 3 to 4 pages.

We therefore believe that it would be more appropriate
for the Government to notify a simple but functional reconciliation certificate
and then gradually build upon the same in subsequent years rather than start
with an ambitious document running into dozens of pages.

We are sure the
above recommendation having practical applicability would be considered while
drafting and notifying Form 9C. We would be more than happy to meet you in
person to explain and discuss the detailed format.

 

Thanking You

 

Yours truly,

 

 

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla                                                       CA.
Deepak Shah

President,                                                               
              Chairman,

Bombay Chartered
Accountants’ Society                   Indirect Taxation Committee

 

Note:
For full representation, visit our website www.bcasonline.org


 Representation

                                                                                                                                  
             Date: 15th
July 2018

 

To

 

Mr.
Upender Gupta,

Commissioner
GST,

Department
of Revenue, Government of India,

GST
Policy Wing, North Block,

New
Delhi.

 

Respected
Sir,

 

Sub: Recommendations on the
Proposed Draft Amendments in the GST Act.

 

We have read with detail the draft of the 46
amendments proposed to be carried out in the GST Act and are happy to note that
many of the said amendments are in the right direction. However, we believe
that a few amendments (notably, those proposed at Sr. 29 & 30 dealing with
the manner of cross-utilisation of credits and at Sr.37 dealing with denial of
transition credit for accumulated balances of cess) could be avoided since they
conflict with the basic philosophy of free flow of credits. We also would like
to highlight that in certain amendments, there are certain further
recommendations from our side, which we have tried to incorporate in a tabular
format.

 

In addition to the proposed amendments, we
believe that there are certain pressing issues facing the industry which also
require immediate attention and legislative amendment. We shall send you a
separate comprehensive representation on all such issues in due course.

 

In the meantime, we request you to kindly
consider our representations made above favourably and oblige. If need be, we
would be more than happy to meet you in person to discuss the above
recommendations

 

Thanking You

 

Yours truly,

 

                                                                                                                                                        

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla                                                   CA.
Deepak Shah

President,                                                                   
Chairman,

Bombay Chartered Accountants’
Society                      Indirect Taxation Committee

 

Note:
For full representation, visit our website www.bcasonline.org


Representation

 

                                                                                                                                           Date: 16th July, 2018

 

The Chief General Manager-in-charge,

Reserve Bank of India,

Foreign Exchange Department,

Foreign Investment Division,

Mumbai – 400 001

 

Subject:
Issues relating to filing of Entity Master File

 

We appreciate Reserve Bank
of India’s (RBI’s) effort to simplify reporting under Foreign Exchange and
Management Act, 1999 (FEMA). However, in the process of simplifying the
compliance procedures, technical impediments and procedural hitches have
cropped up in filing the Entity Master Form (EMF). The most pressing issues
which need to be addressed immediately by the RBI are as follows:

 

Key technical impediments:

1. A company is required to
report inflow from the inception of the company. Moreover, the RBI has also
mentioned that if there is no Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) currently, then
FDI has to be reported as NIL. However, the RBI needs to provide clarity on two
aspects:

 

“Whether foreign investments received under
Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (FERA) regime are required to be
reported?”

“If a company has NIL FDI today, whether
previous foreign investments received needs to be reported?”

It is pertinent to note that obtaining such
historic data may be arduous. Also it is not possible to collate data for an
indefinite past.

2. Provide guidance on companies in the
process of liquidation:

Whether an entity with FDI is required to
file EMF even if it is under liquidation?”

It
is important to recognize that it is difficult to obtain such data as an
official Liquidator.

3.
Provide clarity in the cases of companies undergoing a scheme of amalgamation /
de-merger :

“Whether separate reporting is required for
the merged or demerged entity or the resulting company should prepare a
consolidated report?”

 4.
Provide guidance on reporting venture capital from foreign investors:

“How to report investment by Foreign Venture
Capital Investor (FVCI) and whether investment by FVCI needs to be reported
even for those cases where Form FC-GPR has not been filed earlier?”

Key procedural hindrances:

1. The website1 for filing EMF is
functioning slowly. The website keeps crashing and it takes at-least 30 minutes
before the website starts responding again. The signing up procedure which
requires validation of an entity user by the RBI consumes valuable time. The
sign up procedure can be streamlined by allowing the Directors of the company
to be the entity user for filing of EMF.

2. The EMF website does not provide for “Save
as Draft” option i.e. all the information is required to be submitted at one
go. The only solution is a “Reset” button which is available to reset the wrong
inputs. Additionally, there is no “timer” for letting the entity user know when
the session expires. The EMF was available only a week before and therefore it
is a herculean task for any client to collate the data immediately and submit
all the data in one go. It is recommended that a “Save as Draft” option be
immediately implemented to ensure unencumbered reporting.

In view of the above mentioned hardships, we
request your good selves to extend the deadline to submit the EMF to 31st
August, 2018
.

We
would be glad to meet in person to explain the above points and some other
relevant issues which will help RBI to implement the new requirement seamlessly.
We request for an appointment at any convenient time to your good selves.

 

 

Thanking You,

 

CA Hinesh
Doshi
                                                                 CA
Sunil Gabhawalla

President                                                                               President

For The Chamber of Tax
Consultants
                                              For
Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society

 

________________________________________________________________________________________________

1   https://firms.rbi.org.in/firms/faces/pages/login.xhtml                                                                                                      
                            



Representation

Date: 21st July, 2018

 

The Chairman

Central Board of Direct Taxes,

Ministry of Finance,
Government of India,

North Block,

New Delhi-110001.

 

Respected Sir,

 

Subject:
Representation and request for relaxation in levy of fee under section 234F of
the Income-tax Act

 

Vide the Finance Act, 2017, a new section 234F has been
made applicable whereby a fee is mandatorily levied for failure to furnish the
income tax return u/s. 139(1) in respect of income tax returns required to be
filed for A.Y. 2018-19 and onwards.

The above provision for levying of fees is a genuine
hardship and cause of worry and great concern for the non-corporate assessees.
In this respect we have to represent as under:

1. Section 234F has been introduced with a view to
ensure that returns are filed within the due dates specified in section 139(1).
However, fees proposed under section 234F will be leviable on all assessees who
have furnished return beyond the due date specified under section 139(1)
irrespective of the reason for such delay and whether all the taxes have been
paid through TDS or advance tax. The earlier provisions of section 271F
provided for discretionary levy of penalty of Rs. 5,000/- by the Assessing
Officer but the fee u/s. 234F is a compulsory fees to be paid without
considering any reasonable cause of the assessees.

Also, the assessee can not justiy his cause of delay
under any appeal.

2. The time period for filing of ITR has also been
reduced from 2 years to 1 year and the interest u/s. 234-A, 234-B and 234-C
continue to be levied. When the interest for late filing of ITR u/s. 234-A is
already being levied, the fee u/s. 234F is a double whammy and is an injustice
to the assessee.

3. Unfortunately, this new section 234F does not give
you any opportunity to justify the reason for late filing of returns. Whatever
may be the practical difficulties, calamities, medical emergencies, if one is
late in filing the income tax returns, one has to bear the brunt of it.

4. As per the present TDS provisions under the Act ,
the TDS payable as on 31/03/2018 is to be paid by 30/04/2018, the relevant
quarterly e-TDS statement for Q4 is required to be filed by 31/05/2018 and the
TDS certificates are to be issued by 15/06/2018. Once the assessee receives the
TDS certificates by 15/06/2018 he is practically left with only one and a half
months to file his income tax return that becomes due by 31/07/2018. Besides it
is often seen that a TDS deductor either does not file his quarterly e-TDS
statements, or files it late or files a wrong statement, consequently making
the innocent deductee suffer for his TDS credit. This in turn causes forcible
delay in filing his personal returns.

5. For A.Y. 2018-19, The Schema for the online return
filing for ITR 2 and ITR 3 have been updated and changed as late as on 7th
July, 2018 and for ITR 5 the same have been updated and changed as late as on
13th July, 2018 making it difficult for the assessees and tax
professionals to file the ITRs within the due date.

6. Further, the due date of filing of ITR u/s. 139(1),
in the present case by 31/07/2018, gives the time for filing of ITR for 4
months i.e. from 1st April, 2018 to 31st July, 2018.
However, the new online tax filing utility was not available as on 1st April,
2018 and also considering the various other contradictory provisions such as
the TDS certificate receipt due date of 15th June, 2018 and the
amendment and updation of Schema till as late as 13th July, 2018,
for all practical purposes, the ITR filing available time is limited to less
than a month.

7. The small and SME businessmen are also presently
coping up with the GST filing difficulties and hence, may not be able to cope
up with the ITR filings by 31st July, 2018.

8. Of late there has been heavy rainfall since the
first week of July in most parts of the country and hence it is also becoming
administratively difficult for the assessees to comply with the various
statutory deadlines including the ITR filing deadline by 31st July,
2018.

Though we respect and acknowledge the Income Tax Laws
and the levying of the fees u/s. 234F, considering all the above difficulties
faced by small assessees, we humbly request to not levy the fees u/s. 234F for
returns filed for A.Y. 2018-19 and give necessary instructions/issue circular
in this regards. If our humble request is accepted, then necessary amendments
should also be made in the CPC’s return processing software so that at the time
of processing of the returns u/s. 143(1) wherever there is a delay in filing
the return, the fee u/s. 234F is not automatically levied.

We humbly request you to kindly take into consideration
all the facts and circumstances mentioned above and accede to our request in
the larger interest of thousands of tax payers of the country.

 

Thanking you,

 

Yours sincerely

 

Sunil Gabhawalla                            Chintan Doshi                                       Raghavendra
T.N.                       Gyanesh Verma

President, Bombay Chartered                                                                       President,
Ahmedabad Chartered            President,
Karnataka State                                      President,

Accountants’ Society                    Accountants’Association                   Chartered Accountants’            LucknowChartered Accountants’

                                                                                       Association                                                                               Society

Representation

Date:  24th July 2018

 

To

 

The
Chairman

Central
Board of Direct Taxes

Task
Force on New Direct Tax Law

Department
of Revenue

Ministry
of Finance, Govt. of India

North
Block,

New Delhi
– 110001

 

Sir,

 

Sub: Representation on Important
issues/provisions in the Proposed New Direct Tax Law

               

We are pleased to submit herewith our
considered suggestions on important issues that may be addressed in the
proposed new Direct Tax Law.

 

We have made suggestions on following lines:

 

1) Path breaking suggestions for making the
law more taxpayer friendly by rewarding and encouraging compliances;

2) Suggestions for reducing litigations by
providing clarity;

3) Suggestions for “Ease of Doing Business
in India”.

 

We hope that these suggestions will find
your favour.

 

We would be glad to meet you in person and
explain/discuss various points arising from this representation or otherwise,
therefore we request you to grant an opportunity for the same.

 

Thanking you,

 

Yours truly,

 

For Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society

 

 

 

CA Sunil
Gabhawalla                                 CA
Mayur Nayak                                              CA
Ameet Patel,

President                                                  Chairman
                                                        Chairman

                                                                International
Taxation Committee                       Taxation
Committee

 

Note: For the full representation, visit
our website www.bcasonline.org

 

Representation

                                                                                                                     
            
                                                                                                                                                         Date: 24th
July, 2018

To

 

Mr. Rajiv Jalota

Commissioner SGST,

Government of Maharashtra

Mumbai

 

Respected Sir,

 

Sub:
Recommendations for Simplification of GST for Small and Medium Enterprises
(SME).

 

We have read with detail the recommendations of the 28th GST
Council Meeting and we are happy to note the efforts taken by the Council to
simplify business processes especially for the Small and Medium Enterprises
(SMEs). In particular, we appreciate the following steps, which we believe are
steps in the right direction:

 

1.   Recommendation of a new
process requiring the filing of a single return.

2.   Increase in the Eligibility
Limit for Composition Scheme upto Rs. 1.5 crores and permission to opt for
composition even in cases where there are insignificant value of services
rendered.

3.   Eligibility to issue single
debit/credit note against multiple invoices.

4.   Reopening of the GST Migration
Window in certain cases.

 

While the above steps clearly suggest the intent of the Government to
resolve possible issues and usher in a tax-payer friendly regime, there are
certain issues which continue to bother the tax payers, more particularly the
small and medium enterprises (SME).

 

Accordingly, we
would like to make recommendations, which, if carried out, will significantly
ease the compliance burden at the SME level, bring in certainty and clarity of
provisions and reduce the cost of doing business.

 

In addition to the recommendations, we
believe that there are certain pressing issues facing the SME Sector in terms
of challenges on the GSTN Portal which also require immediate attention and
process amendment. We shall send you a separate comprehensive representation on
all such issues in due course.

 

In the meantime, we request you to kindly
consider our representations made above favourably and oblige. If need be, we
would be more than happy to meet you in person to discuss the above recommendations.

 

Thanking You

Yours truly,

 

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla                                                       CA.
Deepak Shah

President,                                                                 
            Chairman,

Bombay Chartered
Accountants’ Society
                  Indirect
Taxation Committee

 

Note: For full
representation, visit our website www.bcasonline.org

 

 



 

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

10.  CIT vs. Essar Teleholdings Ltd.

(2018) 401 ITR 445 (SC); 31st
January, 2018

 

Income – Disallowance of
expenditure u/s. 14A – Rule 8D was intended to operate prospectively

 

The Assessee (Respondent in
appeal) filed his return of income for the assessment year 2003-2004 on
01.12.2003 declaring a loss of Rs. 69,92,67,527/-. The Assessing Officer vide
its order dated 27.03.2006 held that during the year under consideration, the
Assessee company was in receipt of both taxable and non-taxable dividend
income. Accordingly, the dividend on investment exempt u/s. 10(23G) was
considered by the A.O. for the purpose of disallowance u/s. 14A. Hence,
proportionate interest    relating  
to   investment   on 
which  exemption u/s. 10(23G) was available as
per the working amounted to Rs. 26 crores was disallowed u/s. 14A r.w.s.
10(23G) of the I.T. Act.

 

The Assessee filed an appeal,
which was partly allowed by order dated 05.03.2009. The Assessee filed an
appeal before the ITAT. The ITAT allowed the Assessee’s appeal relying on the
Bombay High Court’s judgement in Godrej and Boyce Manufacturing Co. Limited
vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, Mumbai and Anr
., reported in (2010)
328 ITR 81(Bom.). The ITAT held that Rule 8D is only prospective and in the
year under consideration Rule 8D was not applicable. ITAT set aside the order
of CIT(A) and restored the issue back to the file of the Assessing Officer for de
novo
adjudication without invoking the provisions of Rule 8D. Against the
order of ITAT, the revenue filed an appeal before the High Court. The High
Court following its earlier judgement of Godrej and Boyce Manufacturing Co.
Limited vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, Mumbai and Anr. (supra)

dismissed the appeal. The Commissioner of Income Tax aggrieved by the judgement
of the High Court approached the Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the only question to be considered and answered was as to whether Rule 8D
of Income Tax Rules is prospective in operation as held by the High Court or it
is retrospective in operation and shall also be applicable in the assessment
year in question as contended by the revenue.

 

The Supreme Court noted that
section 14A was inserted by Finance Act, 2001 and the provisions were fully
workable without their being any mechanism provided for computing the
expenditure. Although section 14A was made effective from 01.04.1962 but proviso
was immediately inserted by Finance Act, 2002, providing that section 14A shall
not empower assessing officer either to reassess u/s. 147 or pass an order
enhancing the assessment or reducing a refund already made or otherwise
increasing the liability of the Assessees u/s.154, for any assessment year
beginning on or before 01.04.2001. Thus, all concluded transactions prior to 01.04.2001 were
made final and not allowed to be re-opened.

 

The Supreme Court also noted
that the memorandum of explanation explaining the provisions of Finance Act,
2006 clearly mentioned that section 14A sub-section (2) and sub-section (3)
shall be effective with effect from the assessment year 2006-07, which
according to the Supreme Court was another indicator that provision was intended
to operate prospectively.

 

The Supreme Court observed
that the new mode of computation was brought in place by Rule 8D. No Assessing
Officer, even in his imagination could have applied the methodology, which was
brought in place by Rule 8B. Thus, retrospective operation of Rule 8B cannot be
accepted on the strength of law laid down by this Court in CWT vs. Shravan
Kumar Swarup & Sons (1994) 210 ITR 886 (SC).

 

The Supreme Court further
noted that Rule 8D had again been amended by Income Tax (Fourteenth Amendment)
Rules, 2016 w.e.f. 02.06.2016, by which Rule 8D sub-rule (2) had been
substituted by a new provision.

 

The method for determining the
amount of expenditure brought in force w.e.f. 24.03.2008 had been given a
go-bye and a new method has been brought into force w.e.f. 02.06.2016.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, by interpreting the Rule 8D retrospective, there would be a conflict in
applicability of 5th & 14th Amendment Rules which
clearly indicated that the Rule was prospective in operation, and had been
prospectively changed by adopting another methodology.

 

The Supreme Court took notice
of the submission of the Assessee that it is well-settled that subordinate
legislation ordinarily is not retrospective unless there are clear indications
to the same.

 

The Supreme Court held that
there was no indication in Rule 8D to the effect that Rule 8D intended to apply
retrospectively.

 

Applying the principles of
statutory interpretation for interpreting retrospectivity of a fiscal statute
and looking into the nature and purpose of sub-section (2) and sub-section (3)
of section 14A as well as purpose and intent of Rule 8D coupled with the
explanatory notes in the Finance Bill, 2006 and the departmental understanding
as reflected by Circular dated 28.12.2006, the Supreme Court was of the opinion
that Rule 8D was intended to operate prospectively.

 

The appeals filed by the
Revenue were therefore dismissed by the Supreme Court.

 

11.  CIT vs. Rajasthan and Gujarati Foundation

(2018) 402 ITR 441 (SC); 13th
December, 2017

 

Income of Charitable Trust –
income of a charitable trust derived from building, plant and machinery and
furniture is to be computed in a normal commercial manner after providing for
allowance for normal depreciation and deduction thereof from gross income of
the trust – Though the amount spent on acquiring the assets is treated as
application of income in the year of acquisition, still depreciation has to be
allowed on the same in the subsequent years – Amendment in section 11(6) vide
Finance (No.2) Act of 2014 noted.

 

In a batch of petitions and
appeals filed by the IT Department [for various assessment years including
assessment year 2006-07 in one of the appeals in which question raised brings
out the common controversy] against the orders passed by various High Courts
granting benefit of depreciation on the assets acquired by the
Respondents-assessees, the Supreme Court noted that all the Assessees were
charitable institutions registered u/s. 12A of the IT Act. For this reason, in the
previous year to the year with which it was concerned and in which year the
depreciation was claimed, the entire expenditure incurred for acquisition of
capital assets was treated as application of income for charitable purposes
u/s. 11(1)(a) of the Act. The view taken by the AO in disallowing the
depreciation which was claimed u/s. 32 of the Act was that once the capital
expenditure was treated as application of income for charitable purposes, the
Assessees had virtually enjoyed a 100 per cent write off of the cost of assets
and, therefore, the grant of depreciation would amount to giving double benefit
to the Assessee. In most of these cases, the CIT(A) had affirmed the view, but,
the Tribunal reversed the same and the High Courts had accepted the decision of
the Tribunal thereby dismissing the appeals of the IT Department.

 

From the judgements of the
High Courts, the Supreme Court found that the High Courts had primarily
followed the judgment of the Bombay High Court in CIT vs. Institute of
Banking Personnel Selection (2003) 264 ITR 110 (Bom
). In the said
judgement, the contention of the Department predicated on double benefit was
turned down. The Supreme Court noted the reference to the decision of the
co-ordinate bench in CIT vs. Munisuvrat Jain (1994) Tax LR 1084 (Bom)
made by the High Court, in which it was held that income of a charitable trust
derived from building, plant and machinery and furniture was liable to be
computed in a normal commercial manner to be computed u/s. 11 on commercial
principles after providing for allowance for normal depreciation and deduction
thereof from gross income of the trust. The Supreme Court also noted the
reference to another decision of the co-ordinate bench in the case of Director
of IT (Exemption) vs. Framjee Cawasjee Institute (1993) 109 CTR (Bom) 463

made by the High Court, in which the Tribunal, had taken the view that when the
ITO stated that full expenditure had been allowed in the year of acquisition of
the assets, what he really meant was that the amount spent on acquiring those
assets had been treated as ‘application of income’ of the trust in the year in
which the income was spent in acquiring those assets. This did not mean that in
computing income from those assets in subsequent years, depreciation in respect
of those assets cannot be taken into account. This view of the Tribunal had
been confirmed by the High Court in the above judgement.

 

The Supreme Court held that
the aforesaid view taken by the Bombay High Court correctly stated the
principles of law and there was no need to interfere with the same.

 

The Supreme Court observed
that most of the High Courts had taken the aforesaid view with only exception
thereto by the High Court of Kerala which had taken a contrary view in Lissie
Medical Institutions vs. CIT (2012) 348 ITR 344 (Ker)
.

 

The Supreme Court noted that
the legislature, realising that there was no specific provision in this behalf
in the IT Act, has made amendment in section 11(6) of the Act vide Finance
Act No. 2/2014 which became effective from the asst. yr. 2015-16. The Supreme
Court agreed with the Delhi High Court that the said amendment was prospective
in nature.

 

The Supreme Court clarified
that it follows that once Assessee is allowed depreciation, he shall be
entitled to carry forward the depreciation as well.

 

For the aforesaid reasons, the Supreme
Court affirmed the view taken by the High Courts in these cases and dismissed
these matters.

Section 37 of the Act and Rule 9A of IT Rules, 1962 – Business expenditure – capital or revenue expenditure – Expenditure incurred on account of abandoned teleserial – Revenue expenditure

23. CIT vs. Prasad Productions; 407 ITR
541 (Mad):
  Date of order: 4th April,
2018
A. Y. 2002-03


Section 37 of the Act and Rule 9A of IT
Rules, 1962 – Business expenditure – capital or revenue expenditure –
Expenditure incurred on account of abandoned teleserial – Revenue expenditure


The following question was
raised before the Madras High Court in appeal filed by the Revenue:


“Whether in the facts and
circumstances of the case, the Tribunal was right in holding that the write off
of expenditure incurred in respect of a teleserial that was abandoned could be
treated as business expenditure during the relevant assessment year, contrary
to the provisions of rule 9A of the Income-tax Rules?”
 


The Madras High Court
decided the appeal in favour of the assessee and held as under:


“i)    The issue as to whether the cost of production of an abandoned
teleserial/feature film shall be treated as revenue expenditure or capital
expenditure has to be decided as per the circular issued by the CBDT in
Circular No. 16 of 2015 dated 06/10/2015, wherein it is stated that the cost of
production of an abandoned feature film is to be treated as revenue expenditure
and allowed as per the provisions of section 37 of the Income-tax Act, 1961.


ii)    This circular was taken note of by the Division Bench of this
court in Tiruvengadam Investments Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT (2016) 95 CCH 24 (Mad).
Though the circular pertains to a feature film, we find that there cannot be
any distinction between teleserial and feature film as the circular deals with
the aspects regarding to the cost of production of a film. Hence, Circular No.
16 of 2015 dated 06/10/2015 has full application to the facts of the present
case.


iii)    The appeal filed by the Revenue is dismissed and the substantial
question of law as framed is answered in favour of the assessee and against the
Revenue.”

FROM THE PRESIDENT

Dear Members,


Immediately after the
completion of the deadline for transfer pricing audits, we now have one more
deadline for uploading of GST Audit Reports by end of December. This would be
the first time that the members would be undertaking the assignments for GST Audit
for their clients. While the statutorily prescribed GST Audit Report primarily
anchors itself around the auditors providing a true and correct view of various
reconciliations listed in the Format, the Technical Guide suggests a much
larger involvement / expectation from the GST Auditors in terms of compliance
with various legal provisions. It is therefore important that the scope of
audit be clearly understood and communicated to the clients at the outset. It
would also be fruitful to have proper engagement letter spelling out this scope
and the inherent limitations of any assurance assignment. Last but not the
least, the fees charged should be commensurate to the work done and the
complexity of the assignment and the risks involved.


While as professionals, we
would gear up for the new responsibility cast upon us, it is also important for
the Government to act fast. Though the formats are prescribed since quite some
time, the portal is still not ready to receive the reports. It would be
appropriate for the Government to expedite this process and also announce an
extension well in advance since the time left for uploading is obviously very
limited.


In a recent judgement, the
Supreme Court held that action can be taken against chartered accountants if their
conduct brings ‘disrepute’ to the profession even if such an action was not
related to professional work. This decision reinforces the extensive regulatory
powers of the Disciplinary Committee of the ICAI in handling various complaints
against the members. At the same time, it acts as a wakeup call for
professionals who are expected to not only ensure that their behavior in the
profession or otherwise is in compliance with laws but also follow accepted
norms of social behaviour.


The year 2018 was a crucial
one for the profession. In the earlier months, the Nirav Modi Scam brought to
forefront the expectations of various stakeholders from the profession. As more
and more financial failures came to limelight, the role of chartered
accountants was widely discussed in the media reports. In the meantime, NFRA as
an independent regulator to oversee the auditing profession was also set up.
While we may have our own lines of defence, it is also time to wake up to the
expectations of the stakeholders.


It is in the above context
that the Council Elections become very important. I am sure that each one of
you will go out to vote for ICAI elections. It may also be useful to make the
best use of the preferential voting mechanism and vote for as many deserving
candidates in orders of preference.


The year 2018 is about to
end, it’s time to take stock of all that was good and relish those memories. It
is also time to take stock of all that did not end up well and analyse the
reasons for the same. If required, it could also be an opportunity to
strategise and find solutions for improvements in the future. Here’s wishing
You All a Merry Christmas and a Happy and Joyous New Year-2018! I urge members
to take a well-deserved break and spend quality time with their near and dear
ones to start afresh with renewed vigour for the New Year.


Yours truly

 


 

CA.
Sunil Gabhawalla

President

 

Book Review

Title: Indian Taxation Decoded – An MNC
perspective

Author: Ketan Dalal, Chartered Accountant

 

Of late, newer business models have been
transforming conventional ones and increasing industry competitiveness, while
digital economy has taken over traditional brick and mortar enterprises. India,
along with the other emerging markets, is at the centre stage of this
disruption.

 

With the Indian government’s focus on
reforms through schemes such as ‘Ease of Doing Business’ and ‘Make in India’,
and FDI liberalisation (including in retail), the country is becoming an even
more important investment destination for global MNCs.The traditional image of
India is changing from that of a cost saving location (cheap processing and
outsourcing work) to that of a digital technology hub.

 

The government’s efforts to convert the
informal sector into formal, through regulatory and tax reforms have been noted
and recognised by the international business community and various fora.

 

In such a scenario, it is important for tax
professionals dealing with MNCs to be well versed with various tax and
regulatory issues in India. A lot of material is available on the said topic,
but it is spread out and not inter-linked. This book, titled “Indian Taxation
Decoded – An MNC perspective” by Ketan Dalal, is a welcome guide on the topic
providing a comprehensive framework of tax and regulatory aspects, laid out
briefly and yet methodically.

 

The book covers tax and regulatory aspects
for MNCs operating in India under the following chapters:


1.   Chapters I to IV – Introduction,
Residential Status, Taxation of foreign companies, India’s Treaty Network &
Key issues

The chapters cover
the basics of taxation (encompassing residential status, various heads of
income, India’s tax landscape, determining the residential status, presumptive
tax regimes, GAAR etc.) which could be a helpful read for an individual with
limited understanding of MNC taxation issues. These chapters contain the key
issues, setting the tone to what follows in the book.

 

2.   Chapters V & VI – Business Connection,
Permanent Establishment, Business income, Royalty and FTS

 

The key issues for an MNC operating in India
revolve around the aforesaid topics. The chapters discuss the concepts in
detail covering the relevant landmark and recent judgements, the tax
implications, quantum of taxability (i.e. attribution of income) etc. The
impact of changing business models on taxability as Royalty and FTS, has also
been touched upon.

 

3.   Chapter VII – Transfer Pricing – The India
Landscape

 

While some
parts of Transfer Pricing implications are covered in other chapters, this
portion covers the basics of Transfer Pricing regulations in India, spanning
from adoption of the regulations in India, definition of ‘international
transaction’ and ‘associated enterprises’, the various methods prescribed for a
benchmarking analysis and determination of the most appropriate method. The
chapter goes on to throw light on the concept of Specified Domestic
Transactions, Dispute Resolution Mechanism. The chapter endeavours to also
cover the more recent topic of OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS)
Action Plan (AP) 13. The chapter also covers some landmark rulings and judicial
precedents, which are good to have in hand for any new reader.

 

The chapter starts at the very basic and
gradually builds up to give the reader an all-encompassing synopsis of the
Transfer Pricing environment in India.

 

4.   Chapters VIII & IX – Taxation of
Expatriates and Foreign-Held Domestic Entities

 

With a significant increase in movement of
human capital in and out of India, the topic has greater significance in
today’s times. The chapter provides a detailed commentary on various tax
provisions impacting the inbound and outbound expatriates as well as the
employer.

 

The chapter on foreign held entities deals
with tax and regulatory issues impacting corporates and LLPs of foreign MNCs in
India. The chapter is broadly divided into (i) Tax regime for domestic entities
(ii) Computation of taxable income (including general and specific deductions
available, thin capitalisation rules, ICDS, etc.) and (iii) Tax rates.

 

5.   Chapter X – Mergers and Acquisitions

 

With an increase in
M&A activity, this chapter covers the key tax and regulatory provisions
impacting the said activity (encapsulating Mergers, Demergers, Share
acquisitions, Business acquisitions) of MNCs in India. The fact that this
covers cross border MnA as also by the Indian arms of MNCs makes it
particularly useful.

 

6.   Chapter XI – Sectoral Issues

 

In this chapter,
the author has discussed direct tax aspects involving certain nuances and
peculiarities relevant for sectors such as Shipping, Aviation, Media and
Entertainment, BPOs and KPOs, E-commerce, Infrastructure and Financial
services.

 

7.   Chapters XII & XIII – Procedures and
Compliances, Non-tax Regulations

 

The chapters
encapsulate the procedures and compliances as laid down in income-tax law and
cover certain relevant non-tax laws (such as Companies Act, LLP Act, SEBI Act,
Stamp duty regulations, FEMA and the Competition Act) which may be relevant for
a preliminary understanding by the personnel of an MNC operating/ looking to
setting up operations in India.



8.   Chapter XIV – Tax Management in India

 

The chapter covers
the practical aspects from a tax and regulatory perspective that an MNC should
take cognisance of, while operating in India. This chapter throws light on
certain softer nuances of business, such as practical issues of facing tax
litigation in India, beefing up an in-house tax team and the considerations to
be paid heed to, while choosing a tax advisor for the MNC.

 

9.   Chapter XV – Goods and Services Tax

 

The chapter covers
the basic provisions of the newly introduced GST law from the perspective of
MNCs and their India presence, at a broad and conceptual level.

 

Holistically, the book helps provide an
understanding of all tax and related laws from a bird’s eye view. By
interlinking the various tax and regulatory provisions impacting an MNC in
India, the book offers a fresh perspective of tax and regulatory issues in
India from an MNC standpoint.

 

The summary provided at the beginning of
each chapter and the key takeaways at the end of each chapter explain the
content of the topic in brief. The Appendices provided by the author are
reader-friendly and helpful for references at any point of time. What makes the
book truly unique from what otherwise is available in the market, is the
summary coverage of pertinent rulings, relevant to the topics covered. However,
certain repetitions of topics / judgements could have been avoided by the
author or covered in a focused manner. Having said this, the book serves as a
one-stop reference guide for anyone, whether with a well-read tax background or
not, who would like to get an understanding of dealing with MNCs’ tax and
regulatory issues in India. The book would serve as a ready reckoner to
students as well.


The author, who has vast and long experience
in this field, has dedicated the book to his father, thanking the latter for
“giving me the wings to fly”. The book probably just does the same, to someone
who wants to understand the complex world of the Indian tax regimen in a
simplified and lucid manner.
 

 




Ethics and You

Arjun
(A) — (chanting bhajan) Ram Krishna Hari ! Ram Krishna Hari ! (opens his
eyes and looks around in despair)

 

A — O
Lord ! Where are you? Please save me ! Please save me ! Ram Krishna Hari !

 

Shrikrishna
(S) — (appears with a smiling face) Re Arjun, you are chanting my bhajan
today. Anything special?

 

A — What else can we do?

 

S — Why? You said, in July you don’t have time even to
think about me. I avoided meeting you in July. You remembered me. So I had to
come.

 

A —This time there is a penalty for late filing of tax
returns. But clients did not turn up with data. They take it casually.

 

S — Yes. All of them must have flocked in during last
week of July.

 

A — Yes. As if each one of them is our only client !

 

S — But this is your annual ritual to keep crying !
Nothing new about it. I think, you are afraid of something else.

 

A — You are right ! Truly, you are ‘antargyani’.
You can read our minds. Many of my friends wanted to fall on your feet. They
want to surrender before you !

 

S — Surrender what? Certificate of practice?

 

A — May be, you can’t rule it out !

 

S — How can you run away from your profession? It’s your
mission !

 

A — But this mission has become ‘bheeshan’
horrifying !

 

S — What happened? Some new draconian law has come?

 

A — No Lord ! Same law; but new approach. Full of
prejudice and negativity.

 

Really, don’t understand what to do. ‘To practice or not
to practice’ —— that is the question.

 

S — Oh ! you are talking like Hamlet. But why this
dilemma after so many years? I remember, you were in a similar dilemma before
Mahabharata War.

 

A — Absolutely true. The regulation is so much that we
cannot cope up with it.

 

S — If you are a small practitioner, all this will always
keep on frightening you. Grow Big, Arjun, you must think Big !

 

A — Bhagwan, I am talking about ‘Big’ CAs only.
Many of the big CA firms have left the audit assignments of big corporates which
they were doing for number of years !

 

S — Surprising ! What made them do so?

 

A — Fear ! Every CA is now finding the profession very
risky. Whatever you do, there is some flaw or the other. And now it is becoming
fatal.

 

S — But why such sudden change?

 

A — It is change of attitude of Government. Change of
approach of regulators. All these years, we were watchdogs, but now they want
us to be blood-hounds.

 

S — So, all of you need to be ‘Duryodhana’ and not
‘Yudhishthira’. You need to be always suspicious; smelling some foul.

 

A — You said it ! We can’t afford to remain as mere
auditors; but need to act as investigators. Businessmen – our clients – are
never hundred percent honest. They cannot survive with honesty. Government
forces them to be dishonest.

 

S — And they pay you fees to audit their accounts ! And
Government wants you to be ‘independent’ ! Interesting !

 

A — And real problem is that the businessmen will never
mend their ways. They have to commit irregularities. So all those
irregularities, these auditors have tolerated for years ! Now, it is difficult
to continue the audits knowing the irregularities. At the same time, you cannot
discontinue by stating this reason ! Then you are fully exposed ! Very
difficult situation. Catch 22 !

 

S — So you need to be more diligent; more organised; more
pro-active; and more bold.

 

A—But if we start doing the audit in this ‘ideal’
fashion, we will land up completing only one year’s audit over a period of 2 to
3 years ! !

 

S — I think, we need to discuss it more; but not now. I
am busy in regulating the monsoon, it has started behaving strangely !

 

A — The ship of our profession is in the troubled waters.
YOU ALONE can steer it through!

 

NOTE: The above
dialogue is describing the current scenario and the dilemma faced by audit
profession.
 

 

Corporate Law Corner

13.  Scheme
of amalgamation between Real Image LLP with Qube Cinema Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

TCA/157/CAA/2018

CP/123/CAA/2018

Date of Order: 11th June, 2018

 

Section 232 of Companies Act, 2013 –
Amalgamation of Indian LLP with Indian company – Permissible as long as the
scheme was reasonable and not contrary to public policy

 

FACTS

R LLP proposed to amalgamate with Q Co as a
going concern. R LLP is incorporated under the provisions of Limited Liability
Partnership Act, 2008 (“LLP Act”) whereas Q Co is incorporated under the
provisions of Companies Act, 2013 (“Companies Act”). The intention behind the
proposed amalgamation was to consolidate the business operations and provide
efficient management control and system.

 

The proposed scheme provided for:

 

(a) transfer of entire business of the Limited
Liability Partnership (“LLP”) to the company;

(b) protection of interest of employees of LLP; and

(c) accounting treatment in conformity with
accounting standards

 

The parties to the amalgamation were regular
in filing their returns with statutory authorities and maintained their books
in accordance with provisions of law.

 

HELD

The issue before the Tribunal was whether an
LLP could be allowed to amalgamate with a private company under a scheme of
amalgamation filed before it. It was pointed out to the Tribunal that both the
LLP Act and Companies Act provide for similar language with respect to
provisions dealing with amalgamation and both the Acts empower the Tribunal to
sanction a scheme of amalgamation.

 

It was further submitted that u/s. 394(4)(b)
of Companies Act, 1956 there was no bar for a transferor to be a body corporate
which included an LLP. However, there is no such provision u/s. 232 of
Companies Act, 2013. It was further highlighted that section 234 of Companies
Act did provide for amalgamation of foreign LLP with Indian company. Thus,
while foreign LLP could merge with an Indian company, similar benefit has not
been extended to an Indian LLP.

 

The Tribunal observed that intent of both
the Acts was to facilitate ease of doing business. However, absence of specific
provision under Companies Act resulted in a case of “casus omissus”. It
was observed that if the intention of the Parliament was to merge foreign LLP
with an Indian company, then it was incorrect to presume that the Act prohibits
a merger of Indian LLP with Indian company.

 

As the scheme was fair and not contrary to
public policy, the Tribunal allowed the Indian LLP to merge with the Indian
company subject to obtaining other necessary approvals and due compliance of
law.

 

14.  Sushant
Aneja vs. J. D. Aneja Edibles (P.) Ltd.

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 443 (NCLT – New Delhi)

Date of Order: 4th June, 2018

 

Section 5(8) read with sections 3(12) and 7
of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Corporate debtor claimed that
amounts disclosed in the balance sheet as “unsecured loans” were in fact
“capital contributions” – There being no reason for such a categorisation, the
same was treated as “financial debt”; non-repayment of which led to initiation
of insolvency proceedings

 

 

FACTS

SA and NA (HUF) (“Applicants”) advanced
loans to J Co during Financial Years 2004-05 to 2012-13. During the F.Ys.
2013-14 to 2016-17, J Co neither paid the interest nor deposited the TDS,
however, the original loan amounts were reflected in the balance sheet of J Co.
Applicants wrote demand letters dated 16.11.2016 demanding outstanding loans.
They also sent legal notices for remittance of outstanding amounts. This was
followed by two separate notices sent on 15.09.2017, acceptance of which was
denied by J Co. In November 2017, applicants filed the application before
National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”).

 

J Co submitted that the amount in question
was not a “financial debt”. It was further submitted that since the amount was
given as quasi-capital there were no terms and conditions for repayment, and no
date was specified as to when the amount would become due and payable and thus,
there is no default in repayment of the said amount. Applicants contended that
absence of a written agreement prior to extension of credit did not entitle the
J Co to escape liability.

 

HELD

NCLT observed that advancement of the amount
from the Applicants to J Co is not in dispute. However, the nature of the money
advanced is disputed. The Tribunal further observed that the reflection of the
amounts in the balance sheets under the head of ‘Unsecured Loan’, the payment
of TDS on interest by the J Co on behalf of the Applicants and the fact that
interest was to be paid by J Co to the Applicants point towards the fact that
the money was taken by J Co from the Applicants against the consideration for
the time value of money. J Co failed to explain why the amount claimed to have
been taken as quasi capital contribution was treated as unsecured loan in its
balance sheet.

 

The Tribunal thus held that there was a
financial debt which was owed by J Co to the Applicants.

 

In connection with the fact whether there
was a default or not, the Tribunal observed that while Applicants sent legal
notices to J Co; J Co did not reply to the same nor did it produce any proof of
payment before the Tribunal.

 

The Tribunal considering the facts of the
case held that a default had been committed in terms of section 3(12) of the
Code of financial debt as defined u/s. 5(8) of the Code and that the Applicants
had rightly invoked the provisions of the Code.

Tribunal accordingly proceeded to appoint an
Insolvency Resolution Professional and initiated the corporate insolvency
resolution process laid down u/s. 7 of the Code.

 

15.  Principal
Director General of Income Tax vs. Spartek Ceramics India Ltd.

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 1 (NCLAT)

Date of Order: 28th May, 2018

 

Section 61 read with section 242 of the
Insolvency and bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Notification S.O.1683(E), dated
24.05.2017 is inconsistent with maximum period of limitation granted u/s. 61(2)
of the Code – NCLAT has no jurisdiction to entertain an appeal beyond 45 days.

 

FACTS

S Co had a scheme of demerger sanctioned by
Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction (“Board”) u/s. 18 of the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985
(“SICA Act, 1985”). Income-tax department preferred an appeal against
the said scheme stating that the same was in violation of the principle of
natural justice and provisions of ‘SICA Act, 1985’ which is prejudicial to the
interest of revenue involving huge loss of income tax. The appeal was preferred
for removal of the grievances.

 

The other Appeal was preferred by the ‘G Co’
u/s. 32 of the I&B Code read with 3rd proviso to section 4(b) of
the ‘Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Repeal Act, 2003’
(“SICA Repeal Act, 2003”) as amended by the Eighth Schedule to the
I&B Code and by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (Removal of
Difficulties) Order, 2017. G Co in the appeal, challenged the same very scheme
of demerger sanctioned by Board, for restructuring S Co. An appeal was also
preferred by G Co before the Appellate Authority for Industrial and Financial
Reconstruction (“AAIFR”), which stood abated in view of the SICA
Repeal Act, 2003. The main challenge has been made on the ground that the Board
has not discussed the objections raised by G Co nor has taken into consideration
that G Co is the Creditor of S Co, which was required to take the
responsibility and other liabilities which were not recorded in the books of
Neycer.

 

The appeals have been filed under the Eighth
Schedule of the I&B Code.

 

 

HELD

The issues before NCLAT was whether the
Central Government u/s. 242 of the I&B Code can empower the NCLAT to hear
an appeal against an order passed by the Board; the Eighth Schedule of the
I&B Code, having not been amended by a legislative Act, but by an executive
order? In this connection, it was observed that Notification S.O. 1683(E) dated
24th May, 2017, was issued in view of difficulties arisen to give
effect to review or monitoring of the schemes sanctioned u/s. 18 of the SICA
Act, 1985, in view of SICA Repeal Act, 2003 and omission of sections 253 to 269
of the Companies Act, 2013. It did not relate to removal of any difficulty
arising in giving effect to the provisions of the I&B Code, which is the
only ground for which Central Government can exercise power conferred u/s. 242.

 

In absence of any ground shown for removing
any difficulty in giving effect to the provisions of the I&B Code and as
the Central Government cannot exercise powers conferred under section 242 of
the I&B Code for removing the difficulties arisen due to ‘SICA Repeal Act,
2003’ or omission of provisions of the ‘Companies Act, 2013’, NCLAT could not
act pursuant to Notification S.O. 1683(E) dated 24th May, 2017 to entertain the
appeal.

 

It was
further held that executive instruction issued by the Central Government u/s.
242 was contrary to the provisions of section 4 of the ‘SICA Repeal Act, 2003’.
 

The second issue before the NCLAT was
whether the provision to prefer the appeal within 90 days before the NCLAT, as
made by the Central Government Notification dated 25th May, 2017 is
in conflict with section 61(2) of the I&B Code, which provides 30 days
period to prefer an appeal before the NCLAT? It was observed that grounds to
prefer appeal u/s. 61 of the I&B Code against an order of approval of plan
passed by the Adjudicating Authority u/s. 31, should be such as mentioned in
section 61(3). As per section 61(2), the appeal is required to be filed within
30 days before the NCLAT. NCLAT is empowered to condone the delay of another 15
days after the expiry of the period of 30 days in preferring the appeal; that
too for a sufficient cause.

 

The NCLAT observed that the Central
Government u/s. 242, is competent to make provision to remove the difficulty in
giving effect to the provisions of the I&B Code, but it cannot be in
conflict with nor can change the substantive provisions of the I&B Code.
The period of limitation as prescribed by Notification S.O. 1683(E) dated 24th
May, 2017 was in conflict with the maximum period of limitation granted u/s.
61(2) of the I&B Code and beyond forty-five days. NCLAT was thus, not
empowered to entertain the appeal.

 

It was held that appeals filed by both G Co
and Income-tax department were barred by limitation and were otherwise not
maintainable u/s. 61 of the I&B Code. To maintain the judicial decorum,
though NCLAT noticed the conflict in the order passed by the Hon’ble High Court
of Delhi and the Notification S.O. 1683(E) dated 24th May, 2017, it
refrained from giving any specific declaration about the same.

 

Further, in view of the facts of the Scheme,
NCLAT held that the same was illegal. However, in in absence of its
jurisdiction to exercise of powers u/s. 61 of the I&B Code, being barred by
limitation, it would not be desirable to set aside the impugned illegal Scheme. 


Allied Laws

21. 
Demerger – No prior approval taken before demerger to transfer the lease
rights – Transfer fee rightly charged. [Companies Act, 1956]

 

Sections 391 and 394Allenby Garments Pvt. Ltd. and Ors. vs. West Bengal Industrial
Development Corporation Ltd. and Ors. AIR 2018 (NOC) 527 (CALcutta)

 

The
facts of the case are that with a view to promoting garment trade, the Garment
Corporation undertook a project called Garment Park Module. It invited
applications from interested parties for allotment of commercial space (module)
and car parking space in the project. A company by the name of Eastern Metalik
applied for it.

 

Physical
possession of the module was given to Eastern Metalik and possession
certificate dated 11 September, 2008 was issued by the Corporation in favour of
Eastern Metalik. Eastern Metalik filed an application for its demerger under
the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. The scheme of demerger was sanctioned
by the Court by reason whereof the garment division of Eastern Metalik stood
transferred to and vested in Allenby. Thereafter, Allenby wrote a letter to the
Managing Director of the Corporation recording the factum of demerger of
Eastern Metalik and vesting of the garment division of Eastern Metalik in
Allenby and requesting for effecting registration of the said module in favour
of Allenby. However, the Corporation had decided to register the said module
along with car parking space in the name of Allenby subject to payment of Rs.
30.34 lakh as transfer fee to the Corporation.

 

A Writ
petition was filed stating that the additional amount of transfer fee charged
was illegal and arbitrary.

 

The
Court observed that the transfer processing fee of 5% of the initial sub-lease
premium would be applicable where the transfer of the sub-lease is made with
prior permission of the Corporation. In the present case, admittedly no prior
consent was taken by Eastern Metalik before going through the process of demerger
and transferring its garment division to Allenby. No prior permission of the
Corporation was asked for or obtained before putting Allenby in physical
possession of the Module in question. The scheme of demerger is not binding on
the Corporation.

Since
Allotment does not give any indefeasible right to have a lease/sub-lease
executed in favour of the allottee, the allotment of the module which was in
favour of Eastern Metalik, Allenby cannot be called as an allottee. Hence,
neither Eastern Metalik nor Allenby can be presently said to be a sub-lessee in
respect of the said module.

 

It was
held that, although Allenby might have stepped into the shoes of Eastern
Metalik in so far as the garment division of Eastern Metalik is concerned by
reason of demerger, the fact remains that Eastern Metalik and Allenby are two
separate legal entities and it cannot be said that Allenby is an allottee due
to the reason of demerger. Since specific approval was supposed to be taken,
which was not done in the present case, Allenby is rightly charged the transfer
fees.

 

22. 
Gift Deed – Attestation by two witnesses mandatory. [a. Hindu Succession
Act, 1956;

b. Transfer of Property Act, 1882]

 

a. Section 14, b. Section 123  – Radha Sah vs.
Girja Devi AIR 2018 PATNA 115

 

The
plaintiffs filed a case against the appellant for declaration that the
registered deed of gift executed by the plaintiff’s husband in favour of the
defendant and registered deed of gift executed by the plaintiff’s husband’s
first wife in favour of the defendants in respect of a property were void. The
plaintiffs alleged that the said transaction i.e. the deeds of gift to transfer
of property does not bind the plaintiffs.

 

The
main contention of the plaintiffs was that the property in question is a co-parcenary
property and such property was alienated in the form of gifts against the
mandate of law and that the gift deeds were sham and void.

 

It was
observed by the court that the property acquired by the plaintiff’s husband’s
first wife was a self-acquired property in terms of section 14 of the Hindu
Succession Act, 1956. Hence, she could alienate the property. It was also
observed that there was no bar even on a co-parcener and he/she can make a gift
of his undivided interest in the coparcenary property to another coparcener or
to a stranger with the prior consent of all other coparceners. Such a gift
would be quite legal and valid.

 

The
court held that property which the plaintiff’s husband’s first wife had gifted
was her self-acquired property. Hence, she was competent to gift the same.
However, the deed of gift executed by Tulni Devi is not according to law or as
required by section 123 of the Transfer of Property Act as it is not attested
by two witnesses. In view of the aforementioned defect, the said deed of gift
stood void and is not executed according to law.

 

23.  Mesne Profits – Tenant did not vacate the
building for 18 years – Was liable to pay damages at the rate of Rs. 5/- per
square feet per month with a 10% escalation. [Transfer of Property Act, 1882]

 

Section
106 – Badri Vishal vs. The Kshatriya Rajput Sabha Kutbiguda, Hyderabad AIR 2018
(NOC) 516 (UTR.)

 

In the
present case, the defendant-tenant had not vacated the property for a period of
18 years even after the notice of termination from the lessor.

           

The
Court observed that a tenancy that was terminated in the year 1999 has still
not resulted in the tenant vacating the building. The tenant is continuing to
enjoy the building by paying rent at old rate after 18 years also. The Hon’ble
Supreme Court of India in various cases talks of the need to award damages etc.,
as per market value and mesne profits to offset the delays. Even while granting
injunction, in one case, the need for imposing a condition to give mesne
profits and market rent while granting injunction has also been stressed by the
highest court of law. The law which admittedly is not static should change and
recognise the need for modification to suit the times. Therefore, to offset
legal delays; to protect an innocent landlord and to discourage a clever tenant
the Court has to award damages for use and occupation at the prevalent/current
market rents. This will deter unscrupulous tenants from clinging onto the
property for years together, taking advantage of the period in which the matter
is pending in the Court. Even if the delay is genuine, there will be a
realistic amount realized by awarding damages at current rates.

 

The
Court held that the defendant is liable to pay damages for use and occupation
of the premises @ Rs. 5/- per square feet per month for the suit property from
the date of the suit till the date of this order along with escalation of 10%
per annum as is being paid by all other tenants in the building and as noticed
by the lower Court.

 

24. 
Succession of Property – Property in India – Can be inherited by a
foreign national. [Succession Act, 1925]

 

Section 2 – B. C. Singh
vs. J.M. Utarid AIR 2018 SUPREME COURT 2374

 

Plaintiff,
an Indian-Christian had purchased a property in India. However, the plaintiff
died leaving no issue. The question arose as to who was entitled to inherit the
property.

The
plaintiff had invited the defendants to stay at the property that he had
purchased. After the death of the plaintiff, the legal representatives of the
deceased contested in the court that the defendants were only licencees and the
license was terminated, and were not the owners or co-owners of such property.
The contention of the defendants was that they were the relatives of the
plaintiff and hence, the property was to devolve upon the defendants.

 

There
was an alternate contention that even if the defendants were related to the
plaintiff, they could not succeed since the plaintiff had a sister and that she
would be a preferential heir as compared to the defendants.

 

The
defendants argued that the sister of the plaintiff would not be entitled to the
property since she was a Pakistani National.

 

The
Court held that the Indian Succession Act, 1925 would be applicable to the
succession of the property left by the plaintiff. This Act does not bar the
succession of property of any Indian Christian by a person who is not an Indian
national. There is no prohibition for succession of the property in India by a
foreign national by inheritance.

 

25. 
Will – Testator blind – No restriction of execution of a Will by a blind
person. [Indian Succession Act, 1925]

 

Section 59 – Chhotey Lal
and Ors. vs. Ram Naresh Singh and Ors. AIR 2018 (NOC) 621 (ALLahabad)

 

One of
the issues was that the unregistered Will set up by the respondent was
surrounded with doubt and uncertainty particularly on account of admission that
the testator was blind, illiterate and was of extreme old age and hence the
Will was not a genuine document and was not executed properly.

 

The
Court observed that where a document is registered, there is a general
presumption that the same has been executed and registered in accordance with
law, unless the presumption is rebutted by placing reliable and cogent evidence
but where the document is unregistered and creates suspicion on the face of it,
the propounder of the Will is required to prove its due execution and in such
cases the duty of the court also increases so as to satisfy itself that the
Will is not surrounded by any suspicious circumstances and has been executed by
the executant out of his or her freewill and also that the executor was in free
mental condition at the time of execution of Will.

 

The
Court held that section 59 of the Indian Succession Act provides, that every
person of sound mind not being a minor may dispose of his property by way of
Will. It has further been clarified that a married woman may also dispose of by
Will, any property which she could transfer by her own act during her life.

 

It is also provided
that the persons who are deaf, dumb or blind are not incapacitated for making a
Will if they are able to know what they do by it. Thus, there is no restriction
on execution of a Will by a blind person, provided, of course, that he is able
to know what he is doing.

 

 

From Published Accounts

 
Accounting and disclosure regarding amalgamations
and mergers  (year ended 31
st March 2018) as per Ind AS 103 ‘Business
Combinations’/ AS 14 (revised 2016) ‘Accounting for Amalgamations’

 

Asian Paints Ltd.

From Notes to Financial Statements

Merger of Asian Paints (International) Limited, Mauritius with the
company

 

During the year, the
National Company Law Tribunal had approved the scheme of amalgamation (‘The
Scheme’) between the Company and Asian Paints (International) Limited (‘APIL’),
Mauritius, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.   The   
Scheme   became effective from 15th January,
2018 on completion of all regulatory formalities.  In accordance with Ind AS 103-Business
combination, the financial statements of the Company for the previous financial
year 2016-17 have been restated with effect from 1st April, 2016
(being the earliest period presented).

 

APIL was an investment
holding company which ‘interalia’ held investments in Asian Paints
International Private Limited (‘APIPL’) (formerly known as Berger International
Private Limited), a subsidiary of the Company. 
As per the Scheme, all assets, liabilities and reserves of APIL
appearing as at 1st April, 2016 are recognised in the books of the
Company at their respective carrying values, as detailed below.  On account of this merger, APIPL is now
direct subsidiary of the Company (Refer Note 4).

           

( Rs. in crore)

 

As at 
1st April, 2016

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

1.25

Investments – Non-current (in Asian Paints
International Private Limited)

389.95

Other financial assets – Non-current

16.56

Other assets – Current 

0.26

Other financial assets – Current     

11.43

Borrowings – Current         

(15.75)

Other financial liabilities – Current

(2.31)

Total Net Assets Acquired (A)

401.39

Retained earnings acquired (B)

100.77

Investment in APIL appearing in the financial
statements of the Company (C)                                                                                                 

256.24

Capital Reserve (A-B-C)

44.38

 

 

The impact of the merger on the Statement of Profit and Loss
of the Company for the current year and previous year is not material.

 

 

Sasken Network Engineering
Limited

From Notes to Financial
Statements

Amalgamation

Background

 

Sasken Network Engineering Limited (‘SNEL’), was a wholly
owned subsidiary of Sasken Technologies Limited (‘STL’) and was engaged in the
business of developing embedded communication software for companies across the
communication value chain.

 

The business activities of SNEL and STL complimented each
other. Therefore, in order to achieve economies of scale, efficiencies and to
simplify contracting and vendor management, the Board of Directors of each of
these companies approved the Scheme of Amalgamation (‘the Scheme’) for the
transfer of the business and undertaking of SNEL to STL.

 

The Scheme was approved by the National Company Law Tribunal,
Bengaluru Bench (‘NCLT’) vide its order dated August 31, 2017, the appointed
date of the Scheme being April 1, 2015.

 

Accounting

The amalgamation qualifies as a ‘common control transaction’
as per Appendix ‘C’ of Ind AS 103, Business Combinations. Consequently, the
amalgamation has been accounted for using the pooling of interest method and
the financial information in respect of prior periods has been restated as if
the amalgamation had occurred from the beginning of the preceding period, i.e.
April 1, 2016.  This accounting treatment
is also in compliance with the Scheme approved by the NCLT.

 

The following table represents the particulars of assets and
liabilities (after elimination of inter-company balances), transferred by SNEL
to STL as a consequence of the amalgamation:

 

Particulars

Amount in Rs lakhs

Property,
plant and equipment

7.91

Non-current
assets

547.68

Current
assets

200.52

Other
equity

(453.79)

Current
liabilities

2.68

Net
assets transferred

305.00

Purchase
consideration (value of investment
in SNEL)

305.00

 

 

The extracts of balance sheets of STL (to the extent there
were amalgamation adjustments) as reported as at April 1, 2016 and March 31,
2017, the impact of the amalgamation and the resultant post amalgamation
balance sheet extracts as at those dates have been presented below:

 

Particulars

April 1, 2016

March 31, 2017

As reported previously

Amalgamation adjustments*

Post amalgamation

As reported previously

Amalgamation adjustments*

Post amalgamation

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

1,771.98

1,771.98

1,711.01

1,711.01

Reserves and surplus

48,103.29

453.79

48,557.08

52,457.50

481.36

52,938.86

Current labilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payables

6,280.13

5,09

6,285.22

2.820.26

4.58

2,824.84

Other current liabilities

1,444.54

(79.69)

1,364.85

1,628.89

(72.75)

1,556.14

Short term provisions

4,604.22

71.92

4,676.14

3,964.23

71.92

4,036.15

 

 

451.11

 

 

485.11

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets (net)

3,924.32

7.91

3,932.23

3,696.27

1.79

3,698.06

Non-current investments

22,011.22

(305.00)

21,706.22

29,021.23

(305.00)

28,716.23

Deferred tax assets (net)

1,063.57

76.04

1,139.61

789.64

105.52

895.16

Long term loans and advances

6,234.47

471.64

6,706.11

7,195.63

471.64

7,667.27

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Investments

16,650.35

176.44

16,826.79

9,688.70

185.25

9,873.95

Trade receivables

8,003.68

(10.45)

7,993.23

6,948.81

6,948.81

Cash and bank balances

1,345.66

14.60

1,360.26

1,225.02

7.79

1,232.81

Short term loans and
advances

1,407.35

20.98

1,428.33

2,041.85

20.22

2,062.07

Other current assets

1,897.82

(1.05)

1,896.77

2,599.46

(2.10)

2,597.36

 

 

451.11

 

 

485.11

 

 

 

*after eliminating inter-company balances.

 

The Statement of Profit and Loss for the quarter and year
ended March 31, 2017 as reported and ad adjusted to give effect to the
amalgamation are as follows:

 

Amount in Rs. lakh

Particulars

For the year ended March 31, 2017

As reported previously

Amalgamation adjustments

Post amalgamation

Other
income

2,956.07

7.77

2,963.84

Employee
benefits expense

28,716.65

0.01

28,716.66

Depreciation
and amortisation expense

590.74

6.12

596.86

Other
expenses

7,242.91

3.55

7,246.46

Profit/(loss)
before income tax

7,257.51

(1.91)

7,255.60

Tax
expenses:

 

 

 

Deferred
taxes

273.93

(29.48)

244.45

Profit/(loss)
for the period

6,600.44

27.57

6,628.01

Number
of shares

17,577,828

 

17,577,828

Basic
EPS

37.55

 

37.71

Diluted
EPS

37.55

 

37.71

 

 

Hindustan Unilever Limited

From Notes to Financial
Statements

BUSINESS COMBINATION

Acquisition of Indulekha
Brand

 

On April 07, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of
the flagship brand ‘Indulekha’ from Mosons Extractions Private Limited [‘MEPL’)
and Mosons Enterprises (collectively referred to as ‘Mosons’ and acquisition of
the specified intangible assets referred to as the ‘Business acquisition’). The
deal envisaged the acquisition of the trademarks ‘Indulekha’ and ‘Vayodha’,
intellectual property, design and knowhow for a total cash consideration of Rs.
330 crore (excluding taxes) and a deferred consideration of 10% of the domestic
turnover of the brands each year, payable annually for a 5-year period
commencing financial year 2018-19.

 

Basis the projection of the domestic turnover of the brand,
the contingent consideration is subject to revision on a yearly basis. As at 31st
March 2017, the fair value of the contingent  consideration was Rs. 49 crore which was
classified as other financial liability.

 

Deferred contingent
consideration

Based    on   the  
actual   performance   in financial year 2017-18 and current view of future  projections for the brand, the Company has
reviewed and fair valued the deterred  
contingent    consideration   so   payable.
As at 31st March 2018, the fair value of the
contingent  consideration is Rs. 104
crore which is classified as other financial liability.

 

The determination of the fair value as at Balance Sheet date
is based on discounted cash  flow method.
The key model inputs used in determining the fair value of deferred  contingent consideration were domestic
turnover projections of the brand and weighted 
average cost of capital.

 

 

Mindtree Limited

From Notes to Financial
Statements

 

The Board of Directors at its meeting held on October 06,
2017, have approved the Scheme of Amalgamation (“the Scheme”) of its wholly
owned subsidiary. Magnet 360, LLC (“Transferor Company”) with Mindtree Limited
(“Transferee Company”) with an appointed date of April 01, 2017. During the
year, the Company has filed an application with the National Company Law
Tribunal (NCLT), Bengaluru Bench. Pending the required approvals, the effect of
the Scheme has not been given in the financial statements.

 

During the quarter ended September 30, 2017 the Reserve Bank
of India approved the proposal to transfer the business and net assets (“the
Scheme”) of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Bluefin Solutions Limited,
UK (Bluefin’) to the Company against the cancellation and extinguishment of the
Company’s investment in Bluefin.  The
Company has given effect to this scheme during the quarter ended September 30,
2017 and has accounted it under the ‘pooling of interests’ method based on the
carrying value of the assets and liabilities of Bluefin as included in the
consolidated Balance Sheet of the Company for the comparative periods.

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the National Company
Law Tribunal (NCLT) approved the Composite Scheme of Amalgamation (“the
Scheme”) of Discoverture Solutions LLC. (‘Discoverture’) and Relational
Solutions Inc. wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company (together “the
Transferor Companies”), with the Company with an appointed date of April 1,
2015. The Company has given effect to the Scheme during the quarter ended June
30, 2017 and the merger has been accounted under the ‘pooling of interests’
method based on the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of the
Transferor Companies as included in the consolidated Balance Sheet of the
Company as at the beginning of April 1, 2015.

 

Since both the above transactions result in a common control
business combination, considering the requirements of Ind AS 103 – Business
Combinations, the accounting for the transactions has been given effect
retrospectively by the Company. Accordingly, the financial statements for the
corresponding periods in 2016-17 and year ended March 31, 2017 have been
restated to give effect to the above Schemes.

Particulars

Bluefin*

Discoverture*

Relational Solutions Inc*

Consideration
for amalgamation (Value of investments held by Mindtree)

4,063

1,045

522

Net
assets acquired

1,911

376

183

Goodwill

2,152

669

339

 

 

*The subsidiaries of the Company were in to the business of
Information Technology services.

 

Ultratech Cement Limited

From Notes to Financial Statements

 

Acquisition of identified cement units of JAL AND JCCL [Ind
AS 103]:

 

(A) Pursuant to the Scheme of Arrangement between the
Company, JAL, JCCL and their respective shareholders and creditors (“the
Scheme”), the Company has acquired identified cement units of JAL and JCCL on
June 29, 2017 at an enterprise valuation of Rs. 16,189.00 Crore having total
cement capacity of 21.2 MTPA including 4 MTPA under construction. The
acquisition provides the Company a geographic market expansion with entry into
high growth markets where it needed greater reinforcement and creating
synergies in manufacturing, distribution and logistics which offers many
advantages.  This will also create value
for shareholders with the ready to use assets reducing time to markets,
availability of land, mining leases, fly ash and railway infrastructure leading
to overall operating costs advantage.

 

(B) Fair Value of the Consideration transferred:

Against the total enterprise value of Rs.16,189.00 Crores,
the Company has taken over borrowings of Rs.10,189.00 Crore and negative
working capital of Rs.1,375.00 Crore from JAL and JCCL. After taking these
liabilities into account, effective purchase consideration of Rs. 4,625.00
Crore has been discharged as under:

Rs. in Crore

Particulars

Amount

Issue
of 6.37% Non-Convertible Debentures

3,124.90

Issue
of Redeemable Preference Shares

1,500.10*

Total Consideration transferred for Business Combination

4,625.00

 

*Redemption is linked with fulfilment of certain
conditions.  Out of that, Rs. 500 Crore
have already been redeemed till the reporting date.

 

(C) Acquired Receivables:

As on the date of acquisition, gross contractual amount of
acquired Trade Receivables and Other Financial Assets was Rs.17.07 Crore
against which no provision has been considered since fair value of the acquired
receivables are equal to carrying value as on the date of acquisition.

                       

Rs. in Crores

(D) The Fair Value of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed as on the acquisition date:

           

Particulars

Amount

Property,
Plant and Equipment

11,689.69

Capital
Work-In- Progress

218.78

Intangible
assets

2,715.88

Other
Non-Current Assets

1,604.43

Inventories

246.88

Trade
and Other receivables

16.21

Other
Financial Assets

0.86

Other
Current Assets

30.49

Total Assets

16,523.22

Non-Current
Borrowings

10,189.00

Current
Borrowings

497.55

Provisions

28.67

Trade
Payables

806.05

Other
Financial Liabilities

33.19

Other
Current Liabilities

303.97

Total Liabilities

11,858.43

Total Fair Value of the Net Assets

4,664.79

 

 

(E) Amount recognised directly in other equity [Capital
Reserve]:

 

Particulars

Amount

Fair
value of the net assets acquired

4,664.79

Less:
Fair value of consideration transferred

4,625.00

Capital
Reserve

39.79

 

 

(F) Acquisition related costs:

Acquisition related costs of Rs. 5.57 Crore (March 31, 2017
Rs.14.33 Crore) have been recognised under Miscellaneous Expenses and Rates and
Taxes in the Statement of Profit and Loss. The stamp duty paid/payable on
transfer of the assets Rs. 226.28 Crore has been charged to the Statement of
Profit and Loss has been shown as an exceptional item.

 

(G) The Company runs as integrated operation with material
movement across geographies and a common sales organisation responsible for
existing business as well as acquired business. Therefore, separates sales
information for the acquired business is not exactly available and accordingly
disclosures for revenue and profit/loss of the acquired business since
acquisition date have not been made.

 

Further, it is impracticable to provide revenue and
profit/loss of the combined entity for the current year as though the
acquisition date had been April 01, 2017 since these amounts relating to the
acquired business for the period prior to the acquisition date are not readily
available with the Company.

 

Indian Hotels Company Limited

From Notes to Financial
Statements

Accounting and Disclosures
for Scheme of Amalgamation

 

During the year, the National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”),
Mumbai bench vide its Order dated March 8, 2018 has approved the Scheme of
Amalgamation of TIFCO Holdings Ltd (“TIFCO”), a wholly owned investment holding
subsidiary, with the Company. The Scheme was approved by the Board of Directors
on May 26, 2017. Consequent to the said Order and filing of the final certified
Orders with the Registrar of the Companies, Maharashtra on April 11, 2018, the
Scheme has become effective upon the completion of the filing with effect from
the Appointed Date of April 1, 2017.

 

Upon coming into effect of the Scheme, the undertaking of
TIFCO stands transferred to and vested in the Company with effect from the
Appointed Date.

 

As this is a business combination of entity under common
control, the amalgamation has been accounted using the ‘pooling of interest’
method (in accordance with the approved Scheme). The figures for the previous
periods have been recast as if the amalgamation had occurred from the beginning
of the preceding period to harmonise the accounting for the Scheme with the
requirements of Appendix C of Ind AS 103 on Business Combinations. The
following Assets and Liabilities and Income and Expense are included (after
eliminating the intercompany balances) in the financial statements of the
Company for the periods presented below:

           

 

March 31, 2018

Rs crores

March 31, 2017

Rs crores

Assets

163.90

155.17

Liabilities

4.14

3.87

Net Assets

159.76

151.30

Income

5.59

4.17

Expense

1.54

2.93

Other
Comprehensive Income

4.41

(8.01)

 

 

All equity shares of TIFCO held by the Company were cancelled
without any further application, act or deed. Accordingly, the investment held
by the Company in TIFCO aggregating to Rs. 81.50 crore has been eliminated and
the reserves and surplus of TIFCO aggregating to Rs. 159.76 crore and Rs.
151.30 crore for years ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 respectively
were added on line by line basis with the respective reserves of the Company
after considering the impact of the difference of accounting policies. This
amalgamation did not involve any cash outflow (except for the transaction costs
which was expensed out) as TIFCO was a wholly owned subsidiary and the
amalgamation has been accounted using the ‘pooling of interest’ method. Opening
cash balances aggregating to Rs. 0.31 crore were transferred to the Company.

 

HDFC Ltd.

From Notes to Financial
Statements

 

Amalgamation of Grandeur Properties Pvt. Ltd., Haddock
Properties Pvt. Ltd., Pentagram Properties Pvt. Ltd., Windermere Properties
Pvt. Ltd., Winchester Properties Pv.t Ltd. with the Corporation

 

The National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai Bench approved the
merger of erstwhile Grandeur Properties Pvt. Ltd. (eGPPL), erstwhile Haddock
Properties Pvt. Ltd. (eHPPL), erstwhile Pentagram Properties Pvt. Ltd. (ePPPL),
erstwhile Windermere Properties Pvt. Ltd. (eWPPL), erstwhile Winchester
Properties Pvt. Ltd. (eWtPPL) (Transferor Companies) into and with the
Corporation vide its order dated March 28, 2018, having appointed date as April
1, 2016. The said order was filed with the Registrar of Companies on April 27,
2018. The entire business with all the assets, liabilities, reserves and
surplus of Transferor Companies were transferred to and vested in the
Corporation, on a going concern basis with effect from appointed date of April
1, 2016, while the Scheme has become effective from April 27, 2018. Since the
Scheme received all the requisite approvals after the financial statements for
the years ending March 31, 2017 were adopted by the shareholders, the impact of
amalgamation has been given in the current financial year with effect from the
appointed date. 

 

The Amalgamation has been accounted as per “Pooling of
Interest” method as prescribed by the Accounting Standard 14 “Accounting for
Amalgamations”. Accordingly, the accounting treatment has been given as under:

 

The assets and liabilities as at April 1, 2017 of eGPPL,
eHPPL, ePPPL, eWPPL and eWtPPL were incorporated in the financial statement of
the Corporation at its book value.

 

In terms of the Scheme, assets acquired and liabilities
discharged are as under:

 

Rs. in Crore

Particulars

eGPPL

eHPPL

ePPPL

eWPPL

eWtPPL

Total

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible assets (net of
Depreciation)

12.29

17.11

17.81

35.66

12.66

95.53

Cash and bank balance

0.56

14.05

0.28

0.41

0.11

15.41

Net Tax assets

6.31

2.87

5.80

8.37

2.42

25.77

Other current assets

2.79

0.57

7.81

0.16

11.33

Total Assets

21.95

34.03

24.46

52.25

15.35

148.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances from
related parties

10.60

78.69

69.12

118.99

47.45

324.85

Security deposits

0.81

0.62

4.85

5.07

0.64

11.99

Other current liabilities

0.08

12.15

0.02

0.38

0.41

13.04

Total Liabilities

11.49

91.46

73.99

124.44

48.50

349.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets/(Liabilities)
taken over

10.46

(57.43)

(49.53)

(72.19)

(33.15)

(201.84)

Profits/(loss) on operations
for FY 16-17

(4.14)

(1.38)

(6.02)

(12.30)

(7.24)

(31.08)

(Debit)/Credit to General
reserve

6.32

(58.81)

(55.55)

(84.49)

(40.39)

(232.92)

(Debit)/Credit to General
reserve on account of cancellation of equity holding

(101.82)

Total (Debit)/Credit to
General reserve of the Corporation on account of amalgamation

(334.74)

 

Operations of eGPPL, eHPPL, ePPPL, eWPPL and eWtPPL from
April 1, 2017 to March 31, 2018 as detailed below, have been accounted for in
the current year’s Statement of Profit and Loss, after the profit for the year
before impact of the scheme of amalgamation.

 

Rs. in Crore

Particulars

eGPPL

eHPPL

ePPPL

eWPPL

eWtPPL

Total

Income from leases

1.69

4.96

6.86

13.75

1.77

29.03

Other Income

0.03

0.01

0.04

0.10

0.18

Total Income

1.72

4.97

6.90

13.75

1.87

29.21

Interest Expenses

1.34

7.00

8.18

11.85

5.56

33.93

Depreciation

0.26

0.29

0.44

0.88

0.27

2.14

Other expenses

0.96

0.36

1.06

3.03

0.95

6.36

Total expenses

2.56

7.65

9.68

15.76

6.78

42.43

Profit Before Tax

(0.84)

(2.68)

(2.78)

(2.01)

(4.91)

(13.22)

 

 

The depreciation of tangible assets includes adjustment on
account of alignment of accounting policy arising from the amalgamation.

 

Further, pursuant to the merger of Transferor Companies, the
authorised share capital of the Corporation has further increased to Rs. 457.61
crore comprising 228,80,50,000 equity shares of Rs. 2 each.  

 

 

SERVICE TAX

i High Court

 

39. 
[2018-TIOL-1361-HC-AHM-CX] Commissioner, Central GST and CX vs. Ishan
Copper Pvt. Ltd. Dated 06th July, 2018

 

Dealer is entitled to input tax credit on closure of
factory.

 

Facts

The Assessee is registered under Central Excise and avails
input credit on inputs. Due to a disproportionate rate of inputs and final
product, the credit was accumulated and the assessee applied for refund of such
credit at the time of surrender of registration. The Tribunal allowed the
refund and accordingly the revenue is in appeal.

 

Held

The Hon’ble High Court relying on the decision of the
Karnataka High Court in the case of Slovak India Trading Co. Pvt. Ltd confirmed
by the Supreme Court reported at 2008 (223) ELT A 170 and the decision of the
Bombay High Court in the case of Commissioner vs. C.Ex. Nasik vs. Jain
Vanguard Polybutlene Ltd. [2010] 256 ELT 523 (Bom)
held that it is specifically
observed in all the decisions that the dealer is entitled to the refund of
unutilised input credit on closure of factory.

 

II. Tribunal

 

40. 
[2018-TIOL-2137-CESTAT-AHM] Kalpataru Power Transmissions Ltd vs.
Commissioner of Central Excise and Service Tax Ahmedabad-III. Dated 11th
April, 2018

 

Service of Outdoor Catering availed for the employees
pursuant to the requirement under a law cannot be considered as meant for
personal use and therefore the credit is allowable.

 

Facts

The Appellants availed CENVAT credit of service tax paid on
Outdoor Catering Service provided to the employees pursuant to the provisions
of the Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. The revenue denied the CENVAT credit.
Accordingly, the present appeal is filed before the Tribunal.

 

Held

The Tribunal relying on
the decision in the case of Reliance Industries Ltd vs. CCE & ST, LTU,
Mumbai [2016 (45) STR 383 (Tri.-Mum)]
noted that the credit is allowable
provided the service is not used for personal use. In the present case, since
the service is provided pursuant to the Building and Other Construction Workers
Act, it is not meant for personal use. Therefore credit is allowed.

 

41.  [2018] 94
taxmann.com 5 (New Delhi – CESTAT) Additional Police Deputy Commissioner vs.
Commissioner of Central Excise, Jaipur. Dated 23rd April, 2018

 

Tribunal held that the state police department cannot be
regarded as person engaged in running security business and thus, deployment of
police personnel on payment basis, being statutory function of State
Government, cannot be said to be supply of “security agency services”.

 

Facts

The issue in present appeal was whether the activities
undertaken by police department such as deployment of police personnel on
payment basis are covered under “security agency services”.

 

Held

The Hon’ble Tribunal held that the issue is no more res-integra
in view of its Final Order No. ST/A/55321-55348/2016-CU (DB) dated 25.11.2016
wherein it was held that Police Department, being an agency of the State
Government, cannot be considered to be a ‘person’ engaged in the business of
running security services. It was further observed that the charge of
deployment of additional force is also prescribed by the statutory
notification, issued by the State Government. Therefore, in the said decision,
Tribunal held that the deployment of police personnel on payment basis be
considered as part of statutory function of State Government and thus, such
activity would not get covered under scope of “security agency services”.
Consequently, Tribunal dismissed present appeal.

 

Note: In [2018] 94 taxmann.com 307 (SC) Commissioner of
Central Excise And Service Tax, Jaipur-I vs. Superintendent of Police,
Hanumangarh
, Hon’ble Supreme Court has dismissed revenue’s appeal against
decision of Hon’ble New Delhi Tribunal vide Dy. Commissioner of Police vs.
CCE&ST [2018] 93 taxmann.com 236
wherein it was held that the charges
collected by State police department for various activities such as providing
security personnel to various organizations and sending police personnel for
character verification of candidates selected for various jobs would not be
liable to service tax under category of “security agency services”.

 

42. [2018] 94 taxmann.com 217 (New Delhi-CESTAT) Theme
Exports (P.) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Service Tax, Delhi dated 09th
April, 2018

 

When the exporter
realised sale proceeds through banking channels and foreign bank remitted
proceeds to exporter after deducting certain charges, the exporter cannot be
treated as recipient of banking and other financial services.

 

Facts

The appellant is engaged in export of garments and realised
the sale proceeds of such exported items, through proper and approved banking
channel. Against the bills issued, the foreign buyer instructed their banker to
remit the amount as indicated in the invoice.

 

The transaction between foreign bank and the appellant’s bank
is either direct or facilitated by an intermediary bank. For providing such
services, either the intermediary bank located abroad or foreign bank deduct
certain amount and remit the balance amount to the appellant’s bank account.
Such modus operandi of the transactions was interpreted by the
department that the same should fall under the taxable category of service
under “Banking and other Financial Services” and accordingly, department
alleged that being recipient of said services, would be liable to pay service
tax under reverse charge mechanism.

 

Held

Hon’ble Tribunal set aside the order, relying upon the
decision of this Tribunal in the case of Dileep Industries (P.) Ltd. vs. CCE
[Order No. ST/A/56726/2017-CU[DB], dated 15-9-2017]. In said decision, Hon’ble
Tribunal referring to Greenply Industries Ltd. vs. CCE, Jaipur (Final
Order No. 50149/2014 dated 03-01-2014) held that in absence of documents
establishing that foreign bank has charged any amount from the appellant
directly, the appellant therein cannot be treated as service recipient and no
service tax can be charged u/s. 66A read with Rule 2(1)(2)(iv) of the Service
Tax Rules, 1994. 

 

43.  [2018] 94
taxmann.com 306 (New Delhi-CESTAT) Rishi Enterprises vs. Commissioner of
Central Excise, Indore dated 08th May, 2018

 

The different contracts between assessee and railways
involving different activities such as collection of bed rolls, napkins,
blankets, washing/dry cleaning of same and ironing and distribution of same to
passengers during their journey in train by deploying assessee’s  personnel cannot be taxed as independent
activities and would be chargeable to service tax as composite service under ‘business
auxiliary services’.

 

Facts

The appellant entered into different contracts with railway
department wherein appellant was required to undertake cleaning of bed rolls,
towels, pillow covers and blankets, pick-up the dirty clothes from the AC
coaches of the nominated trains and carry out the work of cleaning, washing/dry
cleaning, ironing and also distribution of items to passengers on board.
Appellant was also required to provide service of personnel for distribution of
bed rolls to on board passengers of AC coaches. Revenue alleged that appellant
provided “business auxiliary services” to railways and thus, liable to pay
service tax. It was contended that all the three activities could be classified
differently and considering threshold limit and exemption to cleaning linen, no
service tax liability would arise. The first appellate authority upheld
impugned demand. Being aggrieved the present appeal is filed.

 

Held

Hon’ble Tribunal observed that services rendered comprise of
collection of bed rolls, napkins, blankets, washing/dry cleaning of the same
and ironing and distribution of the same to the passengers during their journey
in the train by deploying their own personnel. Thus, Tribunal held that the
activities carried out are required to be considered as a composite service and
it will not be proper to vivisect the services into the various components even
though the contract specified the different components and separate charges for
the same. Further, Tribunal noted that the services were provided to passengers
who are customers of railways.

 

Since the responsibility of providing said services is that
of railways and appellant has provided services on behalf of railways, Hon’ble
Tribunal held that the activities undertaken are correctly taxable under
“business auxiliary services” as held by lower adjudicating authorities. Also,
Tribunal relied upon its decision in R.C. Goel vs. CCE, New Delhi – 2017 (5)
G.S.T.L. 324
(CESTAT – New Delhi). Accordingly, demand was sustained.  

 

44.  2018 (12) GSTL 39
(Tri. Del.) Commissioner of Service Tax, Delhi vs. DLF Golf Resorts Ltd. Dated
20th November, 2017

 

Services provided by a club to its members not taxable under
Club Association Services.

 

Facts

Appellant assessee was providing services of Mandap Keeper,
Health Club & Fitness Centre, BAS, Membership of Clubs, Maintenance or
Repair Services, Manpower Recruitment services, Renting of Immovable Property
and Sponsorship services. Department observed that assessee was collecting
charges from members of the club for various services but not paying service
tax on amount collected for these services. SCN was issued and demand was
confirmed with a view that such collected amount would fall within the ambit of
“any other amount” as defined u/s. 65(105)(zzze) read with Section 65(25a) of
the Finance Act, 1994. Appellant challenged the order before Hon’ble
Commissioner (Appeals), wherein demand was dropped. Revenue being aggrieved
filed appeal before Hon’ble Tribunal.

 

Held

Hon’ble Tribunal observed that the issue is no longer pending
to be examined as having been decided by Hon’ble Jharkhand High Court in Ranchi
Club Ltd. vs. Chief Commr. of C. Ex. & S.T., Ranchi Zone 2012 (26) S.T.R.
401 (Jhar.)
, Gujarat High Court in Sports Club of Gujarat Ltd. vs. Union
of India 2013 (31) S.T.R. 645 (Guj.)
and CESTAT in Federation Of Indian
Chambers Of Commerce & Industry vs. C.S.T., Delhi 2015 (38) S.T.R. 529
(Tribunal)
. Thus, various services provided by Club to its members not
taxable under aforesaid service. Revenue’s appeal is dismissed.

 

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

1.       
1.   Commissioner of Income Tax, Kolkata vs. Calcutta Export Company
(2018) 404 ITR 654 (SC)

 

Business
Expenditure – Disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) – The amended provision of section
40(a)(ia) of the Act should be interpreted liberally and equitable and applies
retrospectively from the date when section 40(a)(ia) was inserted i.e., with effect
from the Assessment Year 2005-2006

 

Calcutta Export Company, a
partnership firm, a manufacturer and exporter of casting materials, filed its
return of income for the Assessment Year 2005-06 for Rs. 4,18,17,910/-. The
case was selected for scrutiny and the assessment u/s. 143(3) of the Act was
completed on 28.12.2007. The Assessing Officer, vide order dated 12.10.2009,
disallowed the export commission charges paid by the assessee to Steel Crackers
Pvt. Ltd. amounting to Rs. 40,82,089/- while stating that the tax deducted at
source (TDS) on such commission amount on 07.07.2004, 07.09.2004 and 07.10.2004
ought to have been deposited by the assessee before the end of the previous
year i.e. 31.03.2005 to get the commission amount deducted from the total
income in terms of the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of the Act as it stood then.
But the same was deposited on 01.08.2005, hence, the assessee could not be
allowed to claim deduction of the commission amount from the total income. The
Assessing Officer revised the total income to Rs. 4,58,99,999/- with the
requirement to pay the additional tax amount of Rs. 23,88,832/- by the
assessee.

 

Being aggrieved by the
order dated 12.10.2009, the assessee preferred an appeal before the
Commissioner of Income tax (Appeals). Learned CIT (Appeals), vide order dated
01.08.2011, allowed the appeal while holding that the commission amount was
eligible for deduction under the said Assessment Year.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Revenue preferred an appeal before the Tribunal, which came to be dismissed on
29.02.2012.

Being aggrieved by the
order dated 29.02.2012, the Revenue preferred an appeal before the High Court.
The High Court, vide judgment and order dated 03.09.2012, dismissed the appeal.

 

Aggrieved by the judgment
and order dated 03.09.2012, the Revenue has preferred this appeal before the
Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the point that arose for its consideration was as to whether the
amendment made by the Finance Act, 2010 in section 40(a)(ia) of the IT Act is
retrospective in nature to apply to the present facts and circumstances of the
case.

 

If it is so, then the tax
duly paid by the assessee on 01.08.2005 was well in accordance with law and the
assessee is allowed to claim deduction for the tax deducted and paid to the
government, in the previous year in which the tax was deducted.

 

For deciding as to the
retrospective effect of the amendment made by Finance Act, 2010, the Supreme
Court noted the section as it stood before and after the amendment made through
the Finance Act, 2010 and the purpose of such insertion or amendment to the
said provisions. The Supreme Court noted that the purpose of bringing the said
amendment to the existing provision of section had been highlighted in the
memorandum explaining the provision which read as under:

 

“With a view to augment
compliance of TDS provisions, it is proposed to extend the provisions of the
section 40(a)(ia) to payments of interest, commission or brokerage, fee for
professional services or fee for technical services to the residents and
payments to a residential contractor or sub-contractor for carrying out any
work (including supply of labour for carrying out any work), on which tax has
not been deducted or after deduction, has not been paid before the expiry of
the time prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 200 and in accordance with
the provisions of other provisions of Chapter XVII-B”.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the purpose was very much clear from the above referred explanation by
the memorandum that it came with a purpose to ensure tax compliance. The fact
that the intention of the legislature was not to punish the assessee was
further reflected from a bare reading of the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of
the Act. It only resulted in shifting of the year in which the expenditure
could be claimed as deduction. In a case where the tax deducted at source was
duly deposited with the government within the prescribed time, the said amount
could be claimed as a deduction from the income in the previous year in which
the TDS was deducted. However, when the amount deducted in the form of TDS was
deposited with the government after the expiry of period allowed for such
deposit then the deductions could be claimed only in the previous year in which
such TDS payment was made to the government.

 

However, it had caused some
genuine and apparent hardship to the assessees especially in respect of tax
deducted at source in the last month of the previous year, the due date for
payment of which as per the time specified in section 200 (1) of Act was only
on 7th of April in the next year. The assessee in such case, thus,
had a period of only seven days to pay the tax deducted at source from the
expenditure incurred in the month of March so as to avoid disallowance of the
said expenditure u/s. 40(a)(ia) of Act.

 

With a view to mitigate
this hardship, section 40(a)(ia) was amended by the Finance Act, 2008.

 

The amendments made by the
Finance Act, 2008 thus provided that no disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of the Act
shall be made in respect of the expenditure incurred in the month of March if
the tax deducted at source on such expenditure had been paid before the due
date of filing of the return. The amendment was given retrospective operation
from the date of 01.04.2005 i.e., from the very date of substitution of the provision.

 

Therefore, the assessees
were, after the said amendment in 2008, classified in two categories namely;
one; those who have deducted that tax during the last month of the previous
year and two; those who have deducted the tax in the remaining eleven months of
the previous year. It was provided that in case of assessees falling under the
first category, no disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of the Act shall be made if the
tax deducted by them during the last month of the previous year has been paid
on or before the last day of filing of return in accordance with the provisions
of section 139(1) of the Act for the said previous year. In case, the assessees
were falling under the second category, no disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of Act
where the tax was deducted before the last month of the previous year and the
same was credited to the government before the expiry of the previous year.
According to the Supreme Court, the net effect was that the assessee could not
claim deduction in the previous year in which the tax was deducted and the
benefit of such deductions could be claimed in the next year only.

 

The
Supreme Court observed that the amendment though had addressed the concerns of
the assessees falling in the first category but with regard to the case falling
in the second category, it was still resulting into unintended consequences and
causing grave and genuine hardships to the assessees who had substantially
complied with the relevant TDS provisions by deducting the tax at source and by
paying the same to the credit of the Government before the due date of filing
of their returns u/s. 139(1) of the Act. The disability to claim deductions on
account of such lately credited sum of TDS in assessment of the previous year
in which it was deducted, was detrimental to the small traders who may not be
in a position to bear the burden of such disallowance in the present Assessment
Year.

 

In order to remedy this
position and to remove hardships which were being caused to the assessees
belonging to such second category, amendments were made in the provisions of
section 40(a) (ia) by the Finance Act, 2010.


Thus, the Finance Act, 2010 further relaxed the rigors of section 40(a)(ia) of
the Act to provide that all TDS made during the previous year can be deposited
with the Government by the due date of filing the return of income. The idea
was to allow additional time to the deductors to deposit the TDS so made.
However, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2010
expressly mentioned as follows: “This amendment is proposed to take effect
retrospectively from 1st April, 2010 and will, accordingly, apply in
relation to the Assessment Year 2010-11 and subsequent years.”

 

The controversy surrounding
the above amendment was whether the amendment being curative in nature should
be applied retrospectively i.e., from the date of insertion of the provisions
of section 40(a)(ia) or to be applicable from the date of enforcement.

 

The Supreme Court held that
the TDS results in collection of tax and the deductor discharges dual
responsibility of collection of tax and its deposition to the government.
Strict compliance of section 40(a)(ia) may be justified keeping in view the
legislative object and purpose behind the provision but a provision of such
nature, the purpose of which is to ensure tax compliance and not to punish the
tax payer, should not be allowed to be converted into an iron rod provision
which metes out stern punishment and results in malevolent results,
disproportionate to the offending act and aim of the legislation.

 

Legislature can and do
experiment and intervene from time to time when they feel and notice that the
existing provision is causing and creating unintended and excessive hardships
to citizens and subject or have resulted in great inconvenience and
uncomfortable results. Obedience to law is mandatory and has to be enforced but
the magnitude of punishment must not be disproportionate by what is required
and necessary. The consequences and the injury caused, if disproportionate do
and can result in amendments which have the effect of streamlining and
correcting anomalies. As discussed above, the amendments made in 2008 and 2010
were steps in the said direction only. Legislative purpose and the object of
the said amendments were to ensure payment and deposit of TDS with the
Government.


The Supreme Court further held that a proviso which is inserted to remedy
unintended consequences and to make the provision workable, a proviso which
supplies an obvious omission in the section, is required to be read into the
section to give the section a reasonable interpretation and requires to be
treated as retrospective in operation so that a reasonable interpretation can
be given to the section as a whole.

 

The purpose of the
amendment made by the Finance Act, 2010 was to solve the anomalies that the
insertion of section 40(a)(ia) was causing to the bonafide tax payer.
The amendment, even if not given operation retrospectively, may not materially
be of consequence to the Revenue when the tax rates are stable and uniform or
in cases of big assessees having substantial turnover and equally huge expenses
and necessary cushion to absorb the effect. However, marginal and medium
taxpayers, who work at low gross profit rate and when expenditure which becomes
subject matter of an order u/s. 40(a)(ia) is substantial, can suffer severe
adverse consequences if the amendment made in 2010 is not given retrospective
operation i.e., from the date of substitution of the provision. Transferring or
shifting expenses to a subsequent year, in such cases, would not wipe off the
adverse effect and the financial stress. Such could not be the intention of the
legislature. Hence, the amendment made by the Finance Act, 2010 being curative
in nature was required to be given retrospective operation i.e., from the date
of insertion of the said provision.

 

The Supreme Court concluded
that the amended provision of section 40(a)(ia) of the Act should be
interpreted liberally and equitable and applies retrospectively from the date
when section 40(a)(ia) was inserted i.e., with effect from the Assessment Year
2005-2006 so that an assessee should not suffer unintended and deleterious
consequences beyond what the object and purpose of the provision mandates.

 

Since the assessee has
filed its returns on 01.08.2005 i.e., in accordance with the due date under the
provisions of section 139 Act, hence, was allowed to claim the benefit of the
amendment made by Finance Act, 2010 to the provisions of section 40(a)(ia) of
the IT Act.

 

2.       
2.    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. HCL
Technologies Ltd. (2018) 404 ITR 719 (SC)

 

Export of computer
software – Exemption/Deduction – If the deductions on freight,
telecommunication and insurance attributable to the delivery of computer
software u/s. 10A of the Act are allowed only in Export Turnover but not from
the Total Turnover then, it would give rise to illogical result which would
cause grave injustice to the Respondent which could have never been the
intention of the legislature – When the object of the formula is to arrive at
the profit from export business, expenses excluded from export turnover have to
be excluded from total turnover also

 

The Respondent – HCL
Technologies Ltd., a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956, was
engaged in the business of development and export of computer softwares and
rendering technical services.

 

The
Respondent had shown gross income from business at Rs. 267,01,76,529/- while
claiming deductions under section 10A of the Act to the tune of Rs.
273,45,39,379/- showing a net loss of Rs. 6,43,62,850/-. The Respondent filed
its return of income for the Assessment Year 2004-05 on 01.11.2004 declaring
the income at Rs. 91,25,68,114/-. Thereafter, on 31.03.2005, a revised return
of income for Rs. 91,16,99,060/- was filed by the Respondent which was selected
for scrutiny u/s. 143 of the Act.

 

The Assessing Officer, vide
order dated 28.12.2006, held that the software development charges, as claimed
by the Respondent, were nothing but in the nature of expenses incurred for
technical services provided outside India. Further, in view of the fact that it
was not purely technical services and some element of software development was
also involved in it and in the absence of such bifurcation, the Assessing
Officer estimated such expense at the rate of 40% and remaining 60% for
providing technical services by the Respondent in foreign exchange to its
offshore clients and assessed the taxable income at Rs. 137,20,34,576/- and
levied penalty to the tune of Rs. 21,81,90,239/-.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Respondent preferred an appeal before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).
Learned CIT (Appeals), vide order dated 09.05.2007, partly allowed the appeal
while estimating 10% as software development charge incurred for technical
services provided outside India as against 60% estimated by the Assessing
Officer.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Respondent as well as the Revenue, preferred cross appeals before the Tribunal.
The Tribunal, vide order dated 23.01.2009, dismissed the appeal filed by the
Revenue while allowing the appeal of the Respondent.

 

Being aggrieved, the
Revenue preferred an appeal before the High Court. The High Court, vide order
dated 15.12.2009, dismissed the appeal of the Revenue.

Hence, Revenue filed
appeals before the Supreme Court.


According to the Supreme Court, the only point for consideration before it was
whether in the facts and circumstances of the case, the software development
charges were to be excluded while working out the deduction admissible u/s. 10A
of the Act on the ground that such charges were relatable towards expenses
incurred on providing technical services outside India?

 

The Supreme Court noted
that the Respondent was engaged in the business of software development for its
customers engaged in different activities at software development centres of
the Respondent. However, in the process of such customised software
development, certain activities were required to be carried out at the sight of
customers on site, located outside India for which the employees of the
branches of the Respondent located in the country of the customers were
deployed. Moreover, after delivery of such softwares as per requirement, in
order to make it fully functional and hassle free functioning subsequent to the
delivery of softwares in many cases, there could be requirement of technical
personnel to visit the client on site. The Assessing Officer had not brought any
evidence that the Respondent was engaged in providing simply technical services
independent to software development for the client for which the expenditures
were incurred outside India in foreign currency.

 

The Supreme Court further
noted that the Respondent company had claimed deduction u/s. 10A as per
certificates filed on Form No. 56F. The Respondent, while computing the
deduction, had taken the same figure of export turnover as of total turnover.
The Respondent had cited various judicial cases but all these cases pertained
to deduction u/s. 80HHC.

 

The Supreme Court also
noted that the definition of total turnover had been defined in section 80HHC
and 80HHE of the Act and that the definition of total turnover had not been
defined u/s. 10A of the Act.

 

The Supreme Court held that
the definition of total turnover given u/s. 80HHC and 80HHE could not be
adopted for the purpose of section 10A as the technical meaning of total
turnover, which does not envisage the reduction of any expenses from the total
amount, is to be taken into consideration for computing the deduction u/s. 10A.
When the meaning is clear, there is no necessity of importing the meaning of
total turnover from the other provisions. If a term is defined u/s. 2 of the
Act, then the definition would be applicable to all the provisions wherein the
same term appears. As the term ‘total turnover’ has been defined in the
Explanation to section 80HHC and 80HHE, wherein it has been clearly stated that
“for the purposes of this section only”, it would be applicable only
for the purposes of that sections and not for the purpose of section 10A. If
denominator includes certain amount of certain type which numerator does not
include, the formula would render undesirable results.

 

In the instant case, if the
deductions on freight, telecommunication and insurance attributable to the
delivery of computer software u/s. 10A of the Act are allowed only in Export
Turnover but not from the Total Turnover then, it would give rise to
inadvertent, unlawful, meaningless and illogical result which would cause grave
injustice to the Respondent which could have never been the intention of the
legislature.

 

Even in common parlance,
when the object of the formula is to arrive at the profit from export business,
expenses excluded from export turnover have to be excluded from total turnover
also.

 

On the issue of expenses on
technical services provided outside, one has to follow the same principle of
interpretation as followed in the case of expenses of freight, telecommunication
etc., otherwise the formula of calculation would be futile. Hence, in the same
way, expenses incurred in foreign exchange for providing the technical services
outside should be allowed to excluded from the total turnover.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the appeal was devoid of merits and thus was dismissed.

 

3.       3.    Mahaveer Kumar Jain vs. Commissioner of
Income-tax (2018) 404 ITR 738 (SC)

 

Income-tax Act not
applicable to Sikkim till 1989 – Prize money earned in Sikkim State Lottery in
1986 – Once the assessee having paid the income tax at source in the State of
Sikkim as per the law applicable at the relevant time in Sikkim, the same
income was not taxable under the Income-tax Act, 1961

 

The Appellant, a resident
of Jaipur, Rajasthan, having income from business and property, won the first
prize of Rs. 20 lakhs in the 287th Bumper Draw of the Sikkim State
Lottery held on 20.02.1986 at Gangtok organised by the Director, State Lottery,
Government of Sikkim, Gangtok. Out of Rs. 20 lakhs, the Appellant herein
received Rs. 16,20,912/- through two Demand Drafts for Rs. 8,10,000/- and Rs.
8,10,912/- each, after deduction of Rs. 2 lacs being agent’s/seller’s
commission and Rs. 1,79,088/- being Income Tax under the Sikkim State Income
Tax Rules, 1948.

 

The Appellant herein filed
Income Tax Return for the Assessment Year (AY) 1986-87 disclosing the income
from lottery at Rs. 20 lakhs and deducting the agent/seller commission of Rs. 2
lakhs out of the same. He claimed deduction u/s. 80TT of the Act on Rs.
20,00,000/- i.e. the gross amount of the prize money won in the lottery in
accordance with the provisions of the charging section.

 

On scrutiny, the Assessing
Officer (AO), vide order dated 08.01.1988, allowed the deduction u/s. 80TT of
the Act on Rs. 18 lakhs instead of Rs. 20 lakhs while holding that the
Government of Sikkim, had deducted the tax at source from the lottery amount of
Rs. 18 lakhs as Rs. 2 lakhs have been paid to the agent directly. In other
words, under the relevant provisions of section 80TT of the Act, the deduction
can be claimed only on net income out of lottery and not on the gross income.
The said order was further confirmed by the Commissioner of Income Tax,
(Appeals) vide order dated 31.10.1988.

 

Being aggrieved, the
present Appellant preferred an appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal
challenging the computation by the Assessing Officer (AO) of the deduction u/s.
80TT of the IT Act. The Appellant Assessee raised an additional ground before
the Tribunal claiming that the authorities below have grossly erred in law in
treating the lottery income of Sikkim Government as income under the Act.

 

Though the Tribunal allowed
the appeal partly vide order dated 26.02.1993 but it dismissed the objections
raised by the Appellant herein as to legality of assessment order and held that
the lottery amount is taxable under the provisions of Act.

 

However, at the instance of
the Appellant Assessee, the Tribunal framed certain questions under Act and
referred the same to the High Court for opinion, considering them the questions
of law fit for reference which are as under:



1.    Whether on the facts and in the circumstance
of the case, the Hon’ble Tribunal was justified in holding that income from
Sikkim State Lottery is taxable under the Income Tax Act, 1961?

 

2.    Whether in the facts and circumstances of the
case the Tribunal was justified in holding that deduction u/s. 80TT is
applicable on the net winning amount received by the Assessee and not on the
gross amount of the winning prize?

 

A Division
Bench of the High Court, vide judgment and order dated 10.09.2004, answered the
questions raised in affirmative.

 

Aggrieved
by the judgment and order dated 10.09.2004, the Appellant-Assessee preferred
appeal by way of special leave before the Supreme Court.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, the issue that arose for its consideration in the present
case was whether income from lottery earned is taxable under the Act especially
when such income was already taxed under the provisions of Sikkim State Income
Tax Rules, 1948. If so, whether the deduction that is to be allowed on such
income u/s. 80TT of the Act is on ‘gross income’ or on the ‘net income’.

 

The
Supreme Court noted that prior to 26.04.1975, Sikkim was not considered to be a
part of India. Any income accruing or arising there from would be treated as
income accruing or arising in any foreign country. However, by the 36th
amendment to the Indian Constitution in 1975, Sikkim became part of the Indian
Union. This, amendment was effected by introducing Article 371F in the
Constitution.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, on a plain reading of this provisions of Article 371F, it
was clear that all laws which were in force prior to April 26, 1975, in the
territories now falling within the State of Sikkim or any part thereof were
intended to continue to be in force until altered or repealed. Therefore, the
law in force prior to the merger, continued to be applicable.

 

The
Income-tax Act was made applicable only by Notification made in 1989 and the
first assessment year would be 1990-91 and by the application of this Act, the
Sikkim State Income Tax Manual, 1948 stood repealed.

 

The
Supreme Court observed that in the present case, it was concerned with the
assessment year 1986-87, and, during this time, the Income-tax Act had not been
made applicable to the territories of Sikkim. The law corresponding to the
Income-tax Act, which immediately was in force in the relevant State was Sikkim
State Income Tax Rules, 1948. Hence, there could be two situations, first is that
the person was a resident of Sikkim during the time period of 1975-1990 and the
income accrued and received by him there only. In such a case, no question of
applicability of the Income-tax Act arises.

 

However,
the problem arises where the income accrues to a person from the State of
Sikkim who was not a resident of Sikkim but of some other part of India. The
question that arises is whether the provisions of the Income-tax Act are
applicable to such income and whether the same could be subjected to tax under
the said Act especially in light of the fact that the income has already been
subjected to tax under the Sikkim State Income Tax Rules, 1948.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, the Appellant, being a resident of Rajasthan, received
the income arising from winning of lotteries from Sikkim during the Assessment
Year in question was liable to be included in the hands of the assessee as
resident of India within the State of Rajasthan where Income-tax Act was in
force notwithstanding that the same had accrued or arisen to him at a place
where the Income-tax Act was not in force even in respect of income accruing to
him without taxable territory. Section 5 of the Income-tax Act casts a very
wide net and all incomes accruing anywhere in the world would be brought within
its ambit.

 

However,
in the present case, that the amount had been earned by the Appellant-Assessee
in the State of Sikkim and the amount of lottery prize was sent by the
Government of Sikkim to Jaipur on the request made by the Appellant. The
result, therefore, was that, while section 5 of the Act would not be
applicable, the existing Sikkim State Income Tax Rules, 1948 would be
applicable, since Sikkim was a part of India for the accounting year,
therefore, on the same income, two types of income-taxes could not be applied.
It was a fundamental Rule of law of taxation that, unless otherwise expressly
provided, income cannot be taxed twice.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, therefore, the only question remained to be decided was
whether in fact there was a specific provision for including the income earned
from the Sikkim lottery ticket prior to 01.04.1990 and after 1975, in the
income-tax return or not. The Supreme Court after going through the relevant
provisions could not find such a provision in the Act wherein a specific
provision has been made by the legislature for including such an income by an
Assessee from lottery ticket. In the absence of any such provision, according
to the Supreme Court, the Assessee in the present case could not be subjected
to double taxation. Furthermore, a taxing Statute should not be interpreted in
such a manner that its effect will be to cast a burden twice over for the
payment of tax on the taxpayer unless the language of the Statute is so
compelling that the court has no alternative than to accept it. In a case of
reasonable doubt, the construction most beneficial to the taxpayer is to be
adopted. So, it was clear enough that the income in the present case was
taxable only under one law. By virtue of Clause (k) to Article 371F of the
Constitution which starts with a non-obstante clause, it would be clear that
only the Sikkim Regulations on Income-tax would be applicable in the present
case. Therefore, the income could not be brought to tax any further by applying
the rates of the Income-tax Act.

 

In view of the aforementioned
discussions, the Supreme Court held that once the assessee had paid the income
tax at source in the State of Sikkim as per the law applicable at the relevant
time in Sikkim, the same income was not taxable under the Income-tax Act, 1961.
Having decided so, the other issue whether the income that is to be allowed deduction
u/s. 80TT of the IT Act is on ‘Net Income’ or ‘Gross Income’, became academic.

From Published Accounts

Accounting and disclosure regarding application of Ind AS by
companies in the Non-Banking Financial Sector (NBFC) for the quarter ended 30
th
June 2018

 

Compilers’
Note:
As per
the transition notification of Ministry of Company Affairs (MCA), Ind AS became
applicable to Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) with effect from 1st
April 2018 with a transition date of 1st April 2017. Given below are the disclosures in unaudited results
of Quarter ended 30th June 2018 by few NBFCs.

 

Bajaj Finance Ltd

1.   The company has adopted Indian Accounting
Standards (‘IndAS’) notified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)
read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, from 1st April, 2018 and the effective
date of such transition is 1st
April, 2017. Such transition has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting
Standards notified under the Act, read with relevant rules issued thereunder
and guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) (collectively
referred to as “The Previous GAAP”). Accordingly, the impact of transition has
been recorded in the opening reserves as at 1st April, 2017 and the corresponding figures presented
in these results have been restated/ reclassified.

 

There is a
possibility that these financial results for the current and previous periods
may require adjustments due to changes in financial reporting requirements
arising from new standards, modifications to the existing standards, guidelines
issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and RBI or changes in the use of
one or more options exemptions from full retrospective application of certain
IndAS permitted under IndAS-101.

 

2.   As required by paragraph 32 of IndAS 101, net
profit reconciliation between the figures reported under previous GAAP and
IndAS is as follows:

(Rs.in Crore)

Particulars

Quarter Ended

Year ended

31.03.2018 (reviewed)

30.06.2017 (reviewed)

31.03.2018 (reviewed)

Net profit after tax as reported under Previous GAAP

720.95

602.04

2646.7

Adjustments increasing/ (decreasing) net
profit after tax as reported under previous GAAP:

 

 

 

Adoption of EIR* for amortisation of income and expenses-
financial assets at amortised cost

13.51

(122.11)

(118.03)

Adoption of EIR for amortisation of expenses- financial
liabilities at amortised cost

(1.91)

3.37

6.6

Expected Credit Loss

20.4

(8.4)

(0.92)

Fair Valuation of Stock options as per IndAS 102

(12.26)

(8.75)

(45.01)

Actuarial Loss on employee defined benefit plan recognised in
‘Other comprehensive income’ as per IndAS 19

5.23

5.23

Fair valuation of Financial Assets at Fair value through
profit
and loss

(3.14)

(9.75)

(10.06)

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

742.78


(7.59)

456.4


3.03

2484.51


(17.62)

Total Comprehensive Income

735.19

459.43

2466.89

 

 

*EIR = Effective
Interest Rate

 

Mahindra & Mahindra Financial Services
Ltd

1.   The financial results of the company have
been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (‘IndAS’) notified
under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 as amended by the
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2016.

 

The Company has
adopted IndAS from 1st
April, 2018 with effective transition date of 1st April, 2017 and accordingly, these financial results
together with the results for the comparative reporting period have been
prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement principles as laid down
in IndAS 34- Interim Financial Reporting, prescribed u/s. 133 of the Companies
Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) read with relevant rules issued thereunder and the other
accounting principles generally accepted in India.

 

The transition to
IndAS has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting Standards notified
under the Act, read with Rule 7 of Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 (as
Amended) guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (‘the RBI’) and other generally accepted accounting principles in
India (collectively referred to as ‘the Previous GAAP’).

 

Accordingly, the
impact of transition has been recorded in the opening reserves as at 1st April, 2017 and the
corresponding adjustments pertaining to comparative previous period/ quarter as
presented in these financial results have been restated/ reclassified in order
to conform to current period presentation.

 

The financial
results have been drawn up on the basis of IndAS that are applicable to the
Company as at 30th June 2018 based on the Press Release issues by
the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) on 18th January, 2016. Any
application guidance/ clarifications/ directions issued by RBI or other
regulators are implemented as and when they are issued/ applicable.

 

2.     As required by Para 32 of IndAS 101, the profit reconciliation between the figures previously reported under Previous
GAAP and restated as per IndAS is as follows:

(Rs.in Lakhs)

 

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Profit after tax as reported under Previous GAAP

4738.5

Adjustments resulting in increase/
(decrease) in profit after tax as reported under Previous GAAP

 

(7257.72)

29573.51

981.24


194.63


55.24

(8149.11)

i) Impact on recognition of fixed assets and financial
liabilities at amortised cost by application of effective interest rate
method

ii) Impact on application of Expected Credit Loss method for
loan loss provisions

iii) Impact on reconciliation of securitised loan portfolio
(derecognised in Previous GAAP)

iv) Reclassification of Actuarial Loss to Other Comprehensive
Income

v) Others

vi) Tax Impact on above adjustments

Profit after tax as reported under IndAS

20136.37

(127.27)

Other Comprehensive Income/ (Loss) (Net of Tax)

Total Comprehensive Income (After Tax) as reported under
IndAS

20009.10

 

 

Housing Development
Finance Corporation Ltd

1.     The corporation has adopted Indian
Accounting Standards (‘IndAS’) notified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013
(“the Act”) read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015,
from 1st April,
2018 and the effective date of such transition is 1st April, 2017. Such transition
has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting Standards notified under the
Act, read with relevant rules issued thereunder and guidelines issued by the
National Housing Bank (‘NHB’) (collectively referred to as “The Previous
GAAP”). Accordingly, the impact of transition has been recorded in the opening
reserves as at 1st
April, 2017. The corresponding figures presented in these results have been
prepared on the basis of the previously published results under previous GAAP
for the relevant periods, duly restated to IndAS. These IndAS adjustments have
been reviewed by the Statutory Auditors.

 

These financial
results have been drawn up on the basis of IndAS Accounting Standards that are
applicable to the corporation as at 30th June, 2018 based on MCA
Notification G.S.R. 111 (E) and G.S.R. 365 (E) dated 16th February, 2015 and 30th March, 2016 respectively.
Any application guidance/ clarifications/ directions issued by NHB or other regulators
are adopted/ implemented as and when they are issued/ applicable.

 

2.     As required by Paragraph 32 of IndAS 101,
net profit reconciliation between the figures reported, net of tax, under
previous GAAP and IndAS is give below:

 

(Rs.in Crore)

 

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Profit after tax as per Previous GAAP

1552.42

 

 

Adjustment
on account of effective interest rate/ forex valuation/ net interest on
credit impaired loans

(106.31)

Adjustment
on account of expected credit loss

(50.55)

Adjustment
due to fair valuation of employee stock options

(95.16)

Fair
value change in investments

17.49

Reversal
of Deferred tax Liability on 36(1)(viii) for the quarter

105.21

Other
Adjustments

1.37

 

 

Profit after tax as per IndAS

1424.47

Other
Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax)

(14.56)

Total Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax) as per IndAS

1409.91

 

 

LIC Housing Finance Ltd

1.     The company has adopted Indian Accounting
Standards (‘IndAS’) notified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) read
with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, from 1st
April, 2018 and the effective date of such transition is 1st April,
2017. Such transition has been carried out from the erstwhile Accounting
Standards notified under the Act, read with relevant rules issued thereunder
and guidelines issued by the National Housing Bank (‘NHB’) (collectively
referred to as “The Previous GAAP”). Accordingly, the impact of transition has
been recorded in the opening reserves as at 1st April, 2017. The
figures for the corresponding period presented in these results have been
prepared on the basis of the published results under previous GAAP for the
relevant periods, duly restated to IndAS. These IndAS adjustments have been
reviewed by the Statutory Auditors.

These financial
results have been drawn up on the basis of IndAS that are applicable to the
company based on MCA Notification G.S.R. 111 (E) and G.S.R. 365 (E) dated 16th
February, 2015 and 30th March, 2016 respectively. Any
guidance/ clarifications/ directions issued by NHB or other regulators are
adopted/ implemented as and when they are issued/ applicable.

 

2.     As required by Paragraph 32 of IndAS 101,
net profit reconciliation between the figures reported, net of tax, under
previous GAAP and IndAS is give below:

 

(Rs.in Crore)

 

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Net Profit after tax as per Previous
GAAP

470.06

 

 

Adjustment on account of effective
interest rate for financial assets and liabilities recognised at amortised
cost / net interest on credit impaired loans

23.14

Adjustment on account of expected credit
loss

(65.07)

Reversal of Deferred tax Liability on 36(1)(viii)
for the quarter

51.37

Other Adjustments

0.15

 

 

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS

479.65

Other Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax)

(0.47)

Total Comprehensive Income (Net of Tax)
as per IndAS

479.18

 

 

TATA Investment Corporation Ltd

1.     The company has adopted Indian Accounting
Standards (‘IndAS’) as notified under of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”),
from 1st April, 2018 with the effective date of such transition
being 1st April, 2017. Such transition had been carried out from the
erstwhile Accounting Standards as notified (referred to as ‘the Previous
GAAP’). Accordingly, the impact of transition has been recorded in the opening
reserves as at 1st April, 2017 and the corresponding figures
presented in these results have been restated/ reclassified.

 

2.     As required by Paragraph 32 of IndAS 101,
net profit reconciliation between Indian GAAP and IndAS for the quarter ended
30-06-2017 is as follows:

       (Rs.in Crore)

Particulars

Quarter ended 30th June 2017

Unaudited

Net Profit as per Indian GAAP

45.3

IndAS Adjustments

 

 Gain on equity
instruments classified as fair valued through Other Comprehensive Income
(OCI)

(36.97)

Changes in fair value of mutual funds/ venture capital funds

2.25

Taxes impacts (Current Tax and Deferred Tax)

7.41

Decrease in Interest Income by using Effective Interest rate

(0.01)

Total Effect of Transition to IndAS

(27.32)

 

 

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS (transfer to retained
earnings)

17.98

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) as per IndAS

 

(a) Items that will not be reclassified
to Profit and Loss account:

 

Changes in Fair valuation of equity instruments

291.58

Tax Impacts on above

(62.23)

(b) Items that will be reclassified to
Profit and Loss account:

 

Changes in Fair value of Bonds/ Debentures

5.2

Tax Impacts on above

(1.11)

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive Income

233.44

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income as per IndAS

251.42

 

 

Max Financial Services Ltd

1.     The financial results of the company have
been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (‘IndAS’) notified
under section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with relevant rules issues
thereunder (‘IndAS’). Beginning 1st April, 2018, the company has for
the first time adopted IndAS with the transition date of 1st  April, 2017. These financial results
(including the period presented in accordance with IndAS-101 First time
adoption of the Indian Accounting Standards) have been prepared in accordance
with the recognition and measurement principles in IndAS 34- Interim Financial
Reporting, prescribed u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with relevant
rules issued thereunder and other accounting principles generally accepted in
India.

 

There is a
possibility that these financial results for the current and previous period
may require adjustments due to changes in financial reporting requirements
arising from new standards, modifications to the existing standards, guidelines
issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs or changes in the use of one or
more optional exemptions from full retrospective application of certain IndAS
provisions permitted under IndAS 101 which may arise upon finalisation of the
financial statements as at and for the year ending 31st March, 2019
prepared
under IndAS.

 

2.     Reconciliation of net profit between Indian
GAAP as previously reported and Total Comprehensive Income as per IndAS is as
follows:

 

(Rs. in Crores)

Sr. No.

Nature of Adjustments

Corresponding 3 months ended 30.06.2017

 

Net Profit after tax as per erstwhile Indian GAAP (prior GAAP)

66.58

a)

Effect of Fair value of Investments in Mutual Funds

0.64

b)

Effect of measuring financial instruments at amortised cost*

c)

Effect of recognising Employee Stock Options and phantom
stock options cost at fair value

(1.75)

d)

Effect of recognising actuarial (gain)/ loss on Employee
defined benefit liability under Other Comprehensive Income

0.01

e)

Effect of fair value of financial instruments carried at fair
value through Profit or loss (FVTPL)

1.71

 

Net Profit after tax as per IndAS (A)

67.19

 

Other Comprehensive Income/ (loss) (B)

(0.01)

 

Total Comprehensive Income as per IndAS (A+B)

67.18

 

 

*Amount is Rs. 0.29 lakhs.   

 

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

12. Industrial
Infrastructure Development Corporation (Gwalior) M. P. Ltd. vs. CIT (2018) 403
ITR 1 (SC)

 

Registration
of Trusts – Commissioner of Income-tax had no power to cancel registration till
October 1, 2004 and the power conferred by the amendment was prospective –
Order of Commissioner of Income-tax passed u/s. 12A is quasi judicial in nature
and therefore section 21 of General Clauses Act has no application

 

The Appellant, a State
Government Undertaking, was established with a view to develop and assist the
State in the development of industrial growth centers/areas, to promote,
encourage and assist the establishment growth and development of industries in
the State of M.P.

 

On 10.02.1999, the
Appellant filed an application in the format prescribed u/s. 12-A of the Act to
the Commissioner of Income Tax (hereinafter referred to as “the CIT”)
for grant of registration. According to the Appellant, since they were engaged
in public utility activity which, according to them, was for a charitable
purpose u/s. 2(15) of the Act, they were entitled to claim registration as
provided u/s. 12A of the Act. Since the application for registration was
delayed in its filing, the Appellant also made an application for condonation
of delay in filing the application.

 

By order dated 13.04.1999,
the CIT (Gwalior) condoned the delay and granted the registration certificate
as prayed for by the Appellant. In Clause 3 of the registration certificate, it
was mentioned that the certificate is granted without prejudice to the
examination on merits of the claim of exemption after the return is filed.

 

On 27.11.2000, the CIT
issued a show cause notice to the Appellant stating therein as to why the
registration certificate granted to the Appellant by order dated 10.02.1999
u/s.12A of the Act be not cancelled/withdrawn. The show cause notice also set
out the factual grounds for the withdrawal of the registration certificate. The
Appellant was asked to reply the show cause notice. The Appellant accordingly
filed their reply and opposed the grounds on which the withdrawal/cancellation
of the certificate was proposed.

 

By order dated 29.04.2002,
the CIT did not find any substance in the stand taken by the Appellant in their
reply and accordingly cancelled/withdrawn the certificate issued to the
Appellant.

 

The Appellant felt
aggrieved and filed rectification application u/s.154 of the Act before the CIT
on 04.07.2002 contending therein that the order of the CIT dated 29.04.2002
cancelling/withdrawing the registration certificate contains an error apparent
and, therefore, it is required to be rectified or/and recalled. It was
contended that once the CIT grants the registration certificate u/s. 12A, he
has no power to cancel/recall the certificate granted to the Assessee.

 

On 20.12.2002, the CIT
rejected the application filed by the Appellant for rectification holding that
there was no error in his order cancelling the registration certificate granted
to the Appellant. In other words, the CIT held that he had the power to cancel
the certificate once granted by him and, therefore, the order for cancelling
the registration certificate is legal and proper.

 

Aggrieved by the said
order, the Appellant filed an appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal,
Agra Bench. By order dated 26.08.2004, the ITAT allowed the Appellant’s appeal
and set aside the order dated 29.04.2002 passed by the CIT by which he had
cancelled/withdrawn the registration certificate.

 

The Revenue felt aggrieved
by the order of the ITAT and filed appeal in the High Court at Gwalior Bench
u/s. 260-A of the Act. The High Court, allowed the appeal filed by the Revenue
and set aside the order passed by the ITAT and restored the order of the CIT.

 

The Division Bench of the
High Court placed reliance on section 21 of the General Clauses Act and held
that since there is no express power in the Act for cancelling the registration
certificate u/s. 12A of the Act and hence power to cancel can be traced from
section 21 of the General Clauses Act to support such order. In other words, in
the opinion of the High Court, section 21 is the source of power to pass
cancellation of the certification granted by the CIT when there is no express
power available u/s. 12A of the Act.

 

It is against this order,
the Assessee felt aggrieved and filed the appeal by way of special leave before
the Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the main questions, that arose for its consideration in this appeal,
were four:

 

First, whether the CIT has
express power to cancel/withdraw/recall the registration certificate once
granted by him u/s. 12A of the Act and, if so, under which provision of the
Act?

 

Second, when the CIT grants
registration certificate u/s.12A of the Act to the Assessee, whether grant of
certificate is his quasi judicial function and, if so, its effect on exercise
of his power of cancellation of such grant of registration certificate?

 

Third, whether Section 21
of the General Clauses Act can be applied to support the order of cancellation
of the registration certificate granted by the CIT u/s. 12A of the Act, in
case, if it is held that there is no express power of cancellation of
registration certificate available to the CIT u/s. 12A of the Act? and

 

Fourth, what is the effect
of the amendment made in section 12AA introducing Sub-clause (3) therein by
Finance (No-2) Act 2004 w.e.f. 01.10.2004 conferring express power on the CIT
to cancel the registration certificate granted to the Assessee u/s. 12A of the
Act.

 

The Supreme Court held
that, the CIT had no express power of cancellation of the registration
certificate once granted by him to the Assessee u/s. 12A till 01.10.2004. It is
for the reasons that, first, there was no express provision in the Act vesting
the CIT with the power to cancel the registration certificate granted u/s. 12A
of the Act. Second, the order passed u/s. 12A by the CIT is a quasi judicial
order and being quasi judicial in nature, it could be withdrawn/recalled by the
CIT only when there was express power vested in him under the Act to do so. In
this case there was no such express power.

 

Indeed, the functions
exercisable by the CIT u/s. 12A are neither legislative and nor executive but
as mentioned above they are essentially quasi judicial in nature.

 

Third, an order of the CIT
passed u/s. 12A does not fall in the category of “orders” mentioned
in Section 21 of the General Clauses Act. The expression “order”
employed in section 21 would show that such “order” must be in the
nature of a “notification”, “rules” and “bye
laws” etc. (see – Indian National Congress (I) vs. Institute of
Social Welfare and Ors., 2002 (5) SCC 685).

 

In other words, the order,
which can be modified or rescinded by applying section 21, has to be either
executive or legislative in nature whereas the order, which the CIT is required
to pass u/s. 12A of the Act, is neither legislative nor an executive order but
it is a “quasi judicial order”. It is for this reason, section 21 has
no application in this case.

 

The general power, u/s. 21
of the General Clauses Act, to rescind a notification or order has to be
understood in the light of the subject matter, context and the effect of the
relevant provisions of the statute under which the notification or order is
issued and the power is not available after an enforceable right has accrued
under the notification or order. Moreover, section 21 has no application to
vary or amend or review a quasi judicial order. A quasi judicial order can be
generally varied or reviewed when obtained by fraud or when such power is
conferred by the Act or Rules under which it is made. (See Interpretation of
Statutes, Ninth Edition by G.P. Singh page 893).

 

According to the Supreme
Court, it was not in dispute that an express power was conferred on the CIT to
cancel the registration for the first time by enacting sub-section (3) in
section 12AA only with effect from 01.10.2004 by the Finance (No. 2) Act 2004
(23 of 2004) and hence such power could be exercised by the CIT only on and
after 01.10.2004, i.e., (assessment year 2004-2005), because the amendment in
question was not retrospective but was prospective in nature.

 

The Supreme Court allowed
the appeal setting aside the order of the High Court and restoring the order of
the ITAT, however clarifying that, the CIT would be free to exercise his power
of cancellation of registration certificate u/s. 12AA(3) of the Act in the case
at hand in accordance with law.

13. The
Director, Prasar Bharati vs. CIT (2018) 403 ITR 161 (SC)

 

Deduction
of tax at source – Payments made by the Appellant pursuant to the agreement in
question were in the nature of payment made by way of “commission”
and, therefore, the Appellant was under statutory obligation to deduct the
income tax at the time of credit or/and payment to the payee

 

The Appellant known as
“Prasar Bharati Doordarshan Kendra” functioned under the Ministry of
Information and Broadcasting, Government of India. The dispute in this case
related to the Appellant’s Regional Branch at Trivandrum.

 

The Appellant, in the
course of their business activities, which included the running of the TV
channel called “Doordarshan”, had been regularly telecasting
advertisements of several consumer companies.

 

With a view to have a
better regulation of the practice of advertising and to secure the best
advertising services for the advertisers, the Appellant entered into an
agreement with several advertising agencies. The agreement, inter alia,
provided that the Appellant would pay 15% by way of commission to the Agency.

 

In the assessment year
2002-2003 (01.06.2001 to 31.03.2002) and 2003-2004 (01.04.2002 to 31.03.2003),
the Appellant paid a sum of Rs. 2,56,75,165/- and Rs. 2,29,65,922/- to various
accredited Agencies, with whom they had entered into the aforementioned agreement
for telecasting the advertisements given by these Agencies relating to products
manufactured by several consumer companies. The amount was paid by the
Appellant to the Agencies towards the commission in terms of
the agreement.

 

The AO was of the view that
the provisions of section 194H of the Act were applicable to the payments made
by the Appellant to the Agencies because the payments were made in the nature
of “commission” as defined in Explanation appended to section 194H of
the Act. The AO held that the Appellant, therefore, committed default thereby
attracting the rigor of section 201(1) of the Act because they failed to deduct
the “tax at source” from the amount paid to various advertising
agencies during the Assessment Years in question as provided u/s.194A of the
Act.

 

On quantification, the AO
found that during the Assessment Year 2002-2003, the Appellant had paid a sum
of Rs. 2,56,75,165/- towards the commission to the Agencies and on this sum,
they were required to deduct tax amount to Rs. 16,34,283/- and a sum of Rs.
3,80,611/- towards interest for delayed payment u/s. 201(1-A) of the Act and
during the Assessment Year 2003-2004, the Appellant had paid a sum of Rs.
2,29,65,922/- towards the commission to the Agencies and on this sum, they were
required to deduct tax amounting to Rs. 11,15,944/- and a sum of Rs. 1,54,050/-
towards interest for delayed payment u/s. 201(1-A) of the Act.

 

The Appellant felt
aggrieved and filed appeals before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals)-II,
Thiruvananthapuram. By order dated 04.03.2005, the Commissioner concurred with
the reasoning and conclusion arrived at by AO and accordingly dismissed the
appeals.

 

The Appellant felt
aggrieved and filed appeals before the Tribunal. By order dated 28.03.2007, the
Tribunal following its earlier order allowed the appeals and set aside the
orders passed by AO and CIT (Appeals).

 

The Revenue (Income Tax
Department), felt aggrieved by the order passed by the Tribunal, filed appeals
u/s. 260-A of the Act in the High Court. By impugned judgment, the High Court
allowed the appeals and while setting aside the Tribunal’s order restored the order of CIT (Appeals) and AO.

 

The High Court was of the
opinion that the provisions of section 194H were applicable to the payments made
by the Appellant to the Agencies during the period in question because the
payments made were in the nature of “commission” paid to the Agencies
as defined in Explanation appended to section 194H of the Act and since the
Appellant failed to deduct the “tax at source” while making these
payments to the Agencies in terms of the agreement in question, they committed
default of non-compliance of section 194H resulting in attracting the
provisions of section 201 of the Act.

 

The Appellant (Assessee)
felt aggrieved and filed appeals by way of special leave in Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the High Court was right in holding that the provisions of section 194H
were applicable to the Appellant because the payments made by the Appellant
pursuant to the agreement in question were in the nature of payment made by way
of “commission” and, therefore, the Appellant was under statutory
obligation to deduct the income tax at the time of credit or/and payment to the
payee.

 

The aforementioned
conclusion of the High Court was clear from the undisputed facts emerging from
the record of the case because we notice that the agreement itself has used the
expression “commission” in all relevant clauses; Second, there is no
ambiguity in any Clause and no complaint was made to this effect by the
Appellant; Third, the terms of the agreement indicate that both the parties
intended that the amount paid by the Appellant to the agencies should be paid
by way of “commission” and it was for this reason, the parties used
the expression “commission” in the agreement; Fourth, keeping in view
the tenure and the nature of transaction, it is clear that the Appellant was
paying 15% to the agencies by way of “commission” but not under any
other head; Fifth, the transaction in question did not show that the
relationship between the Appellant and the accredited agencies was principal to
principal rather it was principal and Agent; Sixth, it was also clear that
payment of 15% was being made by the Appellant to the agencies after collecting
money from them and it was for securing more advertisements for them and to
earn more business from the advertisement agencies; Seventh, there was a Clause
in the agreement that the tax shall be deducted at source on payment of trade
discount; and lastly, the definition of expression “commission” in
the Explanation appended to Section 194H being an inclusive definition giving
wide meaning to the expression “commission”, the transaction in
question did fall under the definition of expression “commission” for
the purpose of attracting rigour of section 194H of the Act.

 

14. K.
Raveendranathan Nair vs. CIT (2018) 403 ITR 180 (SC)

 

Appeal to
the High Court – Court fees – Wherever Assessee is in appeal in the High Court
which is filed u/s. 260A of the IT Act, the court fee payable shall be the one
which was payable on the date of such assessment order – In those cases where
the Department files appeal in the High Court u/s. 260A of the IT Act, the date
on which the appellate authority set aside the judgement of the Assessing
Officer would be the relevant date for payment of court fee

 

The Supreme Court noted
that by amendment in the Income Tax Act, 1961 (hereinafter referred to as the
‘IT Act’) in the year 1998, section 260A was inserted providing for statutory
appeal against the orders passed by the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal. In this
very section, under sub-section (2)(b), court fees on such appeals was also
prescribed which was fixed at Rs. 2,000/-. However, sub-section (2)(b) of
section 260A prescribing the aforesaid fee was omitted by amendment carried out
in the said Act, with effect from June 01, 1999. It was presumably for the
reason that insofar as court fee payable on such appeals are concerned, which
are to be filed in the High Court, it is the State Legislature which is
competent to legislate in this behalf.

 

In the State of Kerala, the
law of court fee is governed by the Kerala Court Fees and Suits Valuation Act,
1959 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘1959 Act’). Section 52 thereof relates to
the fee payable in appeals. Thus, with the omission of Clause (b) of
sub-section (2) of section 260A of the IT Act, fee became payable on such
appeals as per section 52. The State Legislature thereafter amended the 1959
Act by Amendment Act of 2003 and inserted section 52A therein, which was passed
on March 06, 2003. In fact, before that an Ordinance was promulgated on October
25, 2002 which was replaced by the aforesaid Amendment Act, the Act
categorically provided that section 52A is deemed to have come into force on
October 26, 2002. As per the amended provision, viz. section 52A of the 1959
Act, the fee on memorandum of appeals against the order of the Income Tax
Appellate Tribunal or Wealth Tax Appellate Tribunal is to be paid at the rates
specified in sub-item (c) of item (iii) of Article 3 of Schedule II. This
sub-item (c) reads as under:

 

(c)  Where such income                         One
percent of the assessed income,                             
     exceeds two lakh rupees                   subject to a maximum of ten
thousand rupees

 

It is clear from the above
that fee is now payable, where such income exceeds two lakh rupees, at the rate
of 1% of the ‘assessed income’, subject to a maximum of ten thousand rupees.

 

The question that arose for
consideration before the High Court in the impugned judgement, against which
the appeals arose before the Supreme Court, was payment of fee as per the
aforesaid Schedule on the appeals that are filed on or after October 26, 2002.
As per the State of Kerala, on all appeals which are filed against the order of
Income Tax Appellate Tribunal or the Wealth Tax Appellate Tribunal on or after
October 26, 2002, fee is payable as per the aforesaid amended provisions. The
Appellant herein, however, contend that in all those cases which were even
pending before the lower authorities, i.e. the Assessing Officer, Commissioner
of Income Tax (Appeals) or Income Tax Appellate Tribunal and orders were passed
even before October 01, 1998, the right to appeal had accrued with effect from
October 01, 1998 and, therefore, such cases would be governed as on the date
when the orders were passed by the lower authorities and the court fee would be
payable as per the unamended provisions. The High Court has not accepted this
plea of the Appellant and has held that any appeal ‘filed’ on or after October
26, 2002 shall be governed by section 52A of the 1959 Act.

 

The Supreme Court held as
under:

 

(i) Wherever Assessee is in
appeal in the High Court which is filed u/s. 260A of the IT Act, if the date of
assessment is prior to March 06, 2003, section 52A of the 1959 Act shall not
apply and the court fee payable shall be the one which was payable on the date
of such assessment order.

 

(ii) In those cases where
the Department files appeal in the High Court u/s. 260A of the IT Act, the date
on which the appellate authority set aside the judgement of the Assessing
Officer would be the relevant date for payment of court fee. If that happens to
be before March 06, 2003, then the court fee shall not be payable as per
Section 52A of the 1959 Act on such appeals.

15.  B. L. Passi vs. CIT (2018) 404 ITR 19 (SC)

 

Royalty or
fees for technical services – The Appellant was not entitled to deduction u/s.
80-O as there was no material on record to prove the sales effected by Sumitomo
Corporation to its customers in India in respect of any product developed with
the assistance of Appellant’s information and also on as to how the service
charges payable to Appellant were computed

 

The Appellant filed his
return disclosing income of Rs. 
57,40,360/-  for  the 
Assessment Year (AY) 1997-98 while claiming deduction of Rs. 58,87,045/-
under Section 80-O of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (in short ‘the IT Act’) on a
gross foreign exchange receipt of Rs. 1,17,74,090/- received from Sumitomo
Corporation, Japan. Sumitomo Corporation was interested in supplying dies for
manufacturing of body parts to Indian automobile manufacturers and entered into
a contract with the Appellant under which the services of the Appellant herein
were engaged by using his specialised commercial and industrial knowledge about
the Indian automobile industry. Sumitomo Corporation also agreed to pay
remuneration at the rate of 5% of the contractual amount between Sumitomo Corporation
and its Indian customers on sales of its products so developed. The Appellant
claimed to have supplied to Sumitomo Corporation the industrial and commercial
knowledge, information about market conditions and Indian manufacturers of
automobiles and also technical assistance as required by the Corporation.

 

The case of the Appellant
was selected for scrutiny by the Income Tax Department, Delhi and in response
to notice u/s. 143(2) of the IT Act, the Appellant along with others attended
the assessment proceedings from time to time justifying the claim u/s. 80-O of
the IT Act. The Assessing Officer, vide order dated 27.03.2000 u/s.143(3) of
the IT Act assessed the total income at Rs. 1,18,43,060/- and determined the
sum payable by the Assessee to the tune of Rs. 43,25,960/-. Being aggrieved by
the order dated 27.03.2000, the Appellant preferred an appeal before the
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals). The Appellate Authority, vide order dated
20.02.2002, partly allowed the appeal and held that the Appellant is entitled
to deduction u/s. 80-O of the IT Act. Being aggrieved by the order dated
20.02.2002, the Revenue went in appeal before the Tribunal. The Tribunal, vide
order dated 10.10.2005, allowed the appeal filed by the Revenue. The Appellant
approached the High Court by filing an appeal challenging the order of the
Tribunal dated 10.10.2005 which was dismissed on 13.12.2006 by a Division Bench
of the High Court.

 

Aggrieved by the judgement
and order dated 13.12.2006, the Appellant filed this appeal by way of special
leave before the Supreme Court.

 

The Supreme Court noted
that, provisions similar to section 80-O of the Act were originally in the
former section 85-C of the Income Tax Act, 1961 which was substituted by
Finance (No. 2) Act, 1971. Section 80-O was inserted in place of section 85C
which was deleted by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 1967. While moving the bill
relevant to the Finance Act No. 2 of 1967, the then Finance Minister highlighted
the fact that fiscal encouragement needs to be given to Indian industries to
encourage them to provide technical know-how and technical services to newly
developing countries. It is also seen that the object was to encourage Indian
companies to develop technical know-how and to make it available to foreign
companies so as to augment the foreign exchange earnings of this country and
establish a reputation of Indian technical know-how for foreign countries. The
objective was to secure that the deduction under the section shall be allowed
with reference to the income which is received in convertible foreign exchange
in India or having been received in convertible foreign exchange outside India,
is brought to India by and on behalf of taxpayers in accordance with the
Foreign Exchange Regulations.

 

The Supreme Court in
respect to the facts of the case at hand observed that, it was evident from
record that the major information sent by the Appellant to the Sumitomo
Corporation was in the form of blue prints for the manufacture of dies for
stamping of doors. Several letters were exchanged between the parties but there
was nothing on record as to how this blue print was obtained and dispatched to
the aforesaid company. It was also evident on record that the Appellant has not
furnished the copy of the blue print which was sent to the Sumitomo Corporation
neither before the Assessing Officer nor before the Appellate authority nor
before the Tribunal. The provisions of section 80-O of the IT Act mandate the
production of document in respect of which relief has been sought. The Supreme
Court was of the opinion that therefore it had to examine whether the services
rendered in the form of blue prints and information provided by the Appellant
fell within the ambit of section 80-O of the IT Act or any of the conditions
stipulated therein in order to entitle the Assessee to claim deduction.

 

The blue prints made
available by the Appellant to the Corporation could be considered as technical
assistance provided by the Appellant to the Corporation in the circumstances if
the description of the blue prints was available on record. The said blue
prints were not even produced before the lower authorities. In such scenario,
when the claim of the Appellant was solely relying upon the technical
assistance rendered to the Corporation in the form of blue prints, its
unavailability created a doubt and burden of proof was on the Appellant to
prove that on the basis of those blue prints, the Corporation was able to start
up their business in India and he was paid the amount as service charge.

 

Further, with regard to the
remuneration to be paid to the Appellant for the services rendered, in terms of
the letter dated 25.01.1995, it had been specifically referred that the
remuneration would be payable for the commercial and industrial information
supplied only if the business plans prepared by the Appellant resulted
positively. Sumitomo Corporation would pay to PASCO International service
charges equivalent to 5% (per cent) of the contractual amount between Sumitomo
and its customers in India on sales of its products so developed. From a
perusal of the above, it was clear to the Supreme Court that the Appellant was
entitled to service charges at the rate of 5% (per cent) of the contractual
amount between Sumitomo Corporation and its customers in India on sales of its
products so developed but there was nothing on record to prove that any product
was so developed by the Sumitomo Corporation on the basis of the blue prints
supplied by the Appellant as also that the Sumitomo Corporation was able to
sell any product developed by it by using the information supplied by the
Appellant. Meaning thereby, there was no material on record to prove the sales
effected by Sumitomo Corporation to its customers in India in respect of any
product developed with the assistance of Appellant’s information and also on as
to how the service charges payable to Appellant were computed.

 

In view of the foregoing
discussion, the Supreme Court was of the view that in the present facts and
circumstances of the case, the services of managing agent, i.e., the Appellant,
rendered to a foreign company, were not technical services within the meaning
of section 80-O of the IT Act. The Appellant had failed to prove that he
rendered technical services to the Sumitomo Corporation and also the relevant
documents to prove the basis for alleged payment by the Corporation to him. The
letters exchanged between the parties could not be claimed for getting
deduction u/s. 80-O of the IT Act.

 

The Supreme Court further held
that the Appellant was a managing agent and the High Court was right in holding
the principal agent relationship between the parties and that there was no
basis for grant of deduction to the Appellant u/s. 80-O of the IT Act. 

From the President

Dear Members,

The
FIFA World Cup 2018 has taken the globe by storm. Sweeping across continents,
it is the cynosure of the world, commanding the attention of an estimated 4.5
billion people. In football there are 22 players on the field with just one
mission – to score goals! The word ‘goals’ is a short word, but behind it is a
long and rigorous regime of hard work, perseverance, sacrifice and love of what
you are doing. Those seemingly effortless passes and taps that lead to goals
are the result of gallons of sweat and an eternity of mental discipline. 

This
is my last communication to you as President of BCAS; and I too would like to
talk about goals…but a different type! In July 2017, at the ‘kickoff’, I
defined four goals that I would like to focus on to keep Team BCAS a consistent
winner and champion. They were Transformation, Yuva Shakti, Digitisation
and Networking
. At the end of my tenure, I wish to review those goals
and achievements with you. Details under each goal are only illustrative though
we as a Team could achieve much more. The Managing Committee Report lists all
of them.  

With
the accelerating pace of change, Transformation has become a key
goal. By constantly scoring here, one will be well equipped to surge ahead on
the wings of new technologies, systems, ideas. At BCAS, we smoothened the path
to transformation by offering a wider spectrum of contemporary topics that were
effectively covered through events, publications and new media during the year.
These include:

    Experts reviewed topics including new
reforms like GST, BEPS, POEM, benami transactions, strengthening the
profession, NIFTY 10K and beyond among others.

    BCAJ introduced three new features –
Decoding GST, Revisiting FEMA and Statistically Speaking.

    Recorded and provided free access of short
GST videos by experts on 28 topics which got over 39,000 +  views.

With
65% of India being under 35 years, India is a young nation with a fantastic
demographic advantage over many nations. And therefore, Yuva Shakti
was made a pivotal priority in our annual plan. It is India’s youth who have to
be empowered to lead the nation in the decades ahead. Here are a few steps we
took at BCAS in this direction.  

    Encouraged the youth as speakers at Lecture
Meetings, Conferences, Workshops & others. They also contributed towards
the Journal and the annual Referencer.

    Organised a felicitation program for newly
passed CAs where 100+ participated in the interactive and motivational session.

   Tarang 2K18 – the Jal Erach Dastur CA
Students Annual Day offered youth a platform to showcase their talents and
creativity…it was a great success with over 600+ students attending the
event.

We are
living in a digital generation whether we like it or not, Digitisation
is fast displacing the conventional in most spheres. At BCAS, we made it a
commitment to keep pace. Having harnessed digitisation, we are now better
placed to disseminate knowledge to our members across time and geographical
boundaries with enhanced convenience. Here are some of the fruits of our
efforts.

    BCAS E-Learning Platform – Courseplay was
launched. This intuitive and user-friendly platform offers enhanced learning
through greater interaction and ease.

    The power of social media was explored and today
we have crossed 22K+ followers on our handle @bcasglobal. Successful campaigns
were conducted on the budget and there are always ongoing campaigns.

   YouTube is another avenue through which BCAS
popularity is spreading. There are over 6000+ subscribers who regularly tune in
to the videos to catch up on the many initiatives of the Society which is now
put up after most of the events.

Networking is a
critical goal to sustain the long-term growth of our careers, firms and the
Society. We stepped up our efforts to building and bettering relationships with
the government, government bodies, like minded professional organisations,
institutions and others. To pave the way, we embarked upon a few new roads.

   Organized GST training programs with NACIN
for our members and also retail traders.

    To give an impetus to corporate relations
and networking, we organised a 2 day Start Up Conference at Bengaluru, jointly
with the Karnataka State Chartered Accountants’ Association.

   Joint Programs were conducted with Indore
Management Association, Direct Tax Practitioners Association-Kolkata, Jaipur
Chartered Accountants Group and Chartered Accountants Association, Ahmedabad.

On the
national front the ruling Government scored an amazing goal – with GST becoming
an acknowledged success. It united the national market with a single tax and
most importantly it ensured that the inflation rate did not rise. The other key
benefit of GST is the formalisation of the economy with the adoption of
transparent digital processes. More individuals and firms have now entered the
tax system and collections have gone up considerably. The government hopes to
stabilise GST revenues at collections of Rs.1 lakh crore per month.

Many
improvements have been planned to enhance the GST experience. The compliance
process and registration system are two key steps. Also on the anvil are fewer
slabs, bringing more goods under GST and lowering of tax rates. Undoubtedly,
GST has been a big success and government hopes that bogus bills and other
means of dishonesty will soon disappear.

1st
July was the CA day of our Institute and BCAS will celebrate its Founding Day
on 6th July . Both organisations enter their 70th year of
existence. BCAS has always been a principle-centered and learning-oriented
organisation promoting quality service and excellence in our profession. The
organisation has been a catalyst to bring out better and more effective
Government policies & laws in order to have clean & efficient
administration and governance. We have been reinforcing the importance of
Principles, Values and Ethics which remain the core of the BCAS Vision to
ensure that the flag of CA profession keeps flying high.

It is
with a considerable measure of contentment that I end my tenure as President of
BCAS, one of the finest organisations I have been associated with. I sincerely
believe that this Society with its proven credentials is on a solid foundation
to face the future specially as it approaches its Platinum Jubilee Year.

Before
I sign off, I would like to express my sincere gratitude to the many people who
walked the talk with me. A big ‘Thank You’ to all my office bearers Sunil,
Manish, Suhas and Abhay who worked diligently with me to steer BCAS on the way
to success throughout the year. I also appreciate the earnest efforts of all
the past presidents including the chairmen of the nine sub committees who have
wrestled with tough deadlines and budgets to come up with excellent programmes
during the entire year. Many, many thanks to all the convenors, coordinators,
contributors and speakers …. it is your unflagging efforts that have raised the
standards BCAS is known for.

I
would also like to express my gratitude to the back office of the Society,
Events, Accounts, Knowledge, Communications, IT and Marketing Teams along with
the Office Boys who through their hard work and team spirit have kept the
wheels of BCAS turning smoothly, no matter what ! And lastly, but not the
least, I would like to extend a huge ‘Thank You’ to each and every member of
the over 9,000 strong BCAS family and all the journal subscribers for their
unstinted support and enthusiastic participation in all activities that have
made the Society the respected winner it truly is!

At the
AGM of the Society on 6th July 2018, I pass on the baton to the
incoming President CA Sunil Gabhawalla. I convey my best wishes to him and the
new team of Office Bearers for the coming year.

I flag
off for the last time from this communication by sincerely wishing that each
one of you target and achieve all your goals in life !

With
kind regards

CA.
Narayan Pasari

President

 

Namaskaar

Exemplary
Behaviour – Conduct


Ramayana is a treasure
of wisdom. It is full of pearls of thoughts combined with action. There are in
all more than 24,000 shlokas (verses) and to condense them into four
small articles is a big challenge. This is the fourth and the last article in
the present series.

 

In Ramayana, not only
Shree Ram but many others showed exemplary behaviour. They expressed the
highest level of noble thoughts and brought them into practice.

 

When Ram lifted the Shivadhanushya
(the divine bow) and Seeta was to marry him, Dasharatha, Ram’s father on
reaching Mithila with his retinue waited outside Janaka’s palace seeking
permission to enter. Janaka was surprised by Dasharatha’s humility. Dasharatha
said, “A giver always has an upper hand”. You are ‘giving’ your daughter
to my son Ram in marriage (Kanyadaan).So, your position is higher. As
a ‘receiver’, I must seek your permission.
Compare this with today’s world
of arrogant and audacious attitude.

 

After the wedding all
came back to Ayodhya. Dasharatha instructs Kausalya that mother-in-law should
take care of daughter-in-law as an eye-lid protects the eye ! Kausalya
implemented the advice.

 

When Dasharatha wanted
to retire, he called all sages,venerated citizens of Ayodhya, kings of states
under his tutelage for a meeting and sought their concurrence to his proposal
to appoint Ram as ‘Yuvraj’ (king designate).Dasharatha practised
consensus. Presently, the leader’s word is – ‘law’.

 

When Shravana was
inadvertently and unknowingly killed by Dasharatha’s arrow, Dasharatha himself
went to see Shravana’s old and blind parents with Shravana’s water-pot and
confessed his guilt. He begged their pardon ! As a king, he could have easily
run away from the situation. Today, avoidance and / or denial is the rule.

 

When Ram, Laxmana and
Seeta were going to exile, Laxmana’s mother Sumitra advised Laxmana to treat
the elder brother and sister-in-law as his parents and serve them faithfully.
Laxmana followed this dictat and discharged this duty throughout his life. In
this context, there is a very poetic episode that is – ‘When Ravana after
abducting was carrying Seeta in his viman, she saw a few monkeys on a
hill. She dropped her ornaments with a hope that the ornaments would reach Ram
and Laxmana when they would come looking for her. Those monkeys were Sugreeva,
Hanuman, etc. When Ram and Laxmana met them and enquired about Seeta, the
monkeys described what they saw and handed over the ornaments. Ram asked
Laxmana to recognise them. Laxmana utters a very poetic thought. He says, ‘I
can only recognise noopura’ (anklet) as due to my respect towards her, I
always bowed before her and never observed any other ornament that she wore.
This is the ultimate of reverence !’

 

After Bharata failed
to persuade Ram to return to Ayodhya, Bharata shunned all pomp and pleasure and
lived as a hermit at Nandigram outside Ayodhya and ruled the kingdom; as
agent of Ram for 14 years by placing Ram’s padukas (footwear) on the
throne. Bharat believed in the good old concept of: ‘give unto Caesar what
belongs to him’. This is against the modern practice of ‘greed and grab’.

 

Ram conquered
Kishkindha and Lanka by killing Bali and Ravana. But he was not an imperialist.
He installed Sugreeva and Bibhishana as the kings of the respective States !
Further on reaching Ayodhya, Ram returned the ‘puspak’, viman to Kubera,
the original owner, from whom Ravana had forcibly usurped it.

 

Finally, when
Bibhishana refused to perform the last rites of Ravana as he felt that Ravana
was a sinner, Ram declared that he had no enmity with Ravana but only abhorred
his wicked attitude. Ram believed in and practised forgiveness. There can be
objection to an action but never hate a person because the same soul is there
in both the sage and the sinner. Ram joined Bibhishana in performing Ravana’s
last rites!

 

If today’s society
follows even one percent of these principles, we can have a beautiful and happy
world.

 

Conduct based on
truth, love and ethics is the foundation of a good citizen, parent and leader.

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

I  High Court:

 

3.  2018 (12) GSTL 5 (ALL.) Vikram Solar PVT.LTD
vs. Union of India dated 4th January, 2018

 

Goods and conveyance seized due to failure of downloading E-way
Bill, released subject to deposit of bank guarantee.

 

Facts:

Petitioner carried goods from West
Bengal to Ghaziabad. The goods were seized by the department on the grounds
that E-way Bill had not been downloaded. Petitioner preferred a writ petition
to challenge the seizure order passed u/s. 129(1) of UPGST Act as well as the
consequential notice passed u/s. 129(3) of the said Act.

 

Held

The Hon’ble High Court held that
upon proof that there was some problem in downloading the E-way Bill and
subject to deposit of bank guarantee, equal to the value of the tax payable on
goods, the seized goods and conveyance is liable to release.

 

4.  2018 (12) GSTL 9 (ALL.) Pragati Enterprises
vs. State of Uttar Pradesh dated 12th January, 2018

 

Provisional release of goods and vehicle upon payment of security
deposit, where goods were seized due to wrong declaration of date on E-way
Bill, though inadvertently.

 

Facts

The goods and vehicle of the
Petitioner were seized on the grounds of wrong declaration of the date on the
E-way Bill. Petitioner approached the High Court for annulment of the seizure
order stating that such wrong declaration was done inadvertently. The penalty
order had not been passed though.

 

Held

The Hon’ble High Court ordered
provisional release of the goods and vehicle subject to deposit of security
other than cash or bank guarantee, equal to the amount of the tax payable on
goods.

 

5.  [2018-TIOL-138-HC-Orissa-GST]
Shree Subham Garments vs. UOI dated 13th August, 2018

 

In the event any dealer faces any problem in uploading data,
alternate mechanism for filing manual returns or assistance in uploading
necessary information at their respective offices should be provided.

 

Facts

In the present writ application,
the petitioner has sought to challenge the order dated 07.06.2018 under
Annexure-3 canceling the provisional registration granted under the G.S.T. Act.
It is asserted that in spite of all attempts made to upload the necessary
information on the website of the GST Portal and on failure of achieving such
object, the dealers have also been forced to manually comply by submitting
copies thereof before various authorities but it appears that such authority
showed their helpless in this regard and stated that they cannot accept such
manual compliance. Consequently, registrations in several matters have been
cancelled.

Held

The Court held that although under
the GST regime all applications required to be done online in the event any
dealer faces any problem in uploading such data the Commissioner ought to place
alternative authority with the Sales Tax Officer or appropriate officer before
whom manual returns can be filed and/or the dealers be assisted in uploading
the necessary information at their respective offices. The Officer cannot throw
their hands in desperation and blame the computer or the failure of uploading
and consequently lead to cancellation of registration. This is neither in the
interest of the State nor of the dealer. The petitioner is directed to extend
all necessary co-operation as may be required by the department with regard to
migration process.

 

6.  2018 (14) GSTL 338 (All.) M.K. Enterprises
vs.  State of U.P. dated 1st
January, 2017.

 

Order of seizure of goods not sustainable as assesse did not have
opportunity to explain discrepancy in tax invoice.

 

Facts

At the time of transportation of
goods of petitioner from Delhi to Dumka, Jharkhand, the vehicle was intercepted
and detained. The reason for detention given by authorities was that there was
no Transit Declaration Form (TDF). Against which the petitioner filed reply and
along with it annexed copy of its invoice and other documents. The authority
compared the IGST and compensation cess paid as disclosed in the tax invoice of
the petitioner and found discrepancy in the particulars. Upon finding of such
discrepancy authority passed the seizing order without issuing any other or
proper notice, alleging evasion on part of the petitioner and confirmed
penalty.

 

Aggrieved petitioner approached
theHigh Court invoking writ jurisdiction contesting that the seizure was made ex-parte
through the movement of goods from Delhi to Jharkhand was otherwise established
on record and the goods could not have been detained or seized merely because
the TDF was not found.

 

Held

The Hon’ble High Court setting
aside the detention order held that the petitioners were not given any
opportunity to explain its conduct with respect to discrepancy in the tax
invoice alleged in the seized order. The High Court by remitting the matter,
directed the petitioner to treat the seizure order as show cause notice in
respect of the charge levelled against it and furnish reply before the
respondent. After which the respondent shall pass order in accordance with the
law.

 

II. 
Authority for Advance Ruling

 

7.  [2018-TIOL-100-AAR-GST] Loyalty Solutions and
Research Pvt. Ltd dated 11th April, 2018.

 

Forfeiture of value of points not redeemed by the customer within
the due date is a supply of service liable for GST.

 

Facts

The applicant registered in the
State of Haryana, under a reward point based loyalty programme, is providing
certain services to its clients based on issuance of reward points also known
as pay back points by the applicant to the end customers. For managing the
loyalty programme, applicant is getting a management fee. The question before
the authority is whether this amount of issuance fee retained/forfeited would
amount to consideration for actionable claims and be subject to GST.

 

Held

The value of points forfeited on
which money had been paid by the issuer on account of failure of the end
customer to redeem the points within the validity period would be considered as
a consideration in lieu of service. The transaction would be outside the scope
of being considered as an actionable claim and therefore is a supply of service
liable for GST.

 

8.  [2018-TIOL-98-AAR-GST]
MERIT

HOSPITALITY SERVICES PVT. LTD dated

5th May, 2018

 

A mere supply of food or service and distribution of food does not
qualify as a canteen activity.

 

Facts

The Applicant is registered in the
State of Maharashtra and provides outdoor catering services to employees of
various companies. In the first scenario the food items are provided as per
contract wherein the menu is pre-decided for which monthly billing is done. In
the second scenario food is supplied and served to the recipients where a
separate bill is raised for service of food. The question before the authority
is whether both the activities qualify as canteen service and the applicable
rates. In the third situation, food is supplied to an association of employees,
which operates a canteen, and fourthly food is supplied directly to a company
located in a SEZ.

 

Held

The authority held that a simple
supply of food to a company on a contractual basis is not canteen activity and
so will not attract 5% GST. Further, the service and distribution of food does
not qualify as canteen activity, hence 5% GST will again not be attracted. The
third case will also not tantamount to canteen activity. In the last case, it
can neither claim to be operating a canteen in the area nor can it claim to run
a restaurant in the said area on which 5% GST is applicable.

 

9.  [2018-TIOL-97-AAR-GST] Habufa Meubelen BV
dated 16th June, 2018

 

If the liaison office does not render any consultancy or other
services and does not have any commitment powers, reimbursements and salaries
paid to such office will not attract GST.

 

Facts

Applicant, registered in the State
of Rajasthan is an Indian branch of a firm located in Netherlands. The question
before the authority is whether reimbursement and salary paid to liaison office
in India would attract GST as supply of service, given that no consideration is
charged or paid. If yes, the authority is also required to determine the place
of supply.

 

Held

If the liaison office in India did
not render any consultancy or other services directly or indirectly and the
liaison office does not have any commitment powers except those required for
normal functioning, then the reimbursement and salary to liaison office in
India will not attract GST.

 

10.  [2018-TIOL-192-AAR-GST] PPD Living Spaces
Pvt. Ltd dated 26th September, 2018.

 

The Input Tax credit availed in respect of the GST paid on goods
and/or services used/consumed for the development of the land in respect of the
plots sold after issuance of Completion Certificate is liable to be reversed on
pro rata basis.

 

Facts

As per paragraph 5 of the Schedule
III of the CGST Act, sale of land and, subject to clause (b) of Paragraph 5 of
Schedule II, sale of building shall be treated neither as a supply of goods nor
as a supply of service. In the instant case, the completion certificate in
respect of the project has been issued on 31.05.2018 and the proposed
transaction is in respect of sale of developed plots/land with civil structures
after issuance of Completion Certificate. The question before the authority is
whether it is correct to structure the agreement by fixing the land cost by
absorbing the development charges and whether ITC availed has to be paid back
on pro rata basis, on plots sold after completion.

 

Held


The
authority held that it is lawful to structure agreement by fixing the land cost
after absorbing the development charges. Further the Input Tax credit availed
in respect of the GST paid on goods and/or services used/consumed for the
development of the land, in respect of the plots sold after issuance of Completion
Certificate is liable to be reversed on pro rata basis. 

GLIMPSES OF SUPREME COURT RULINGS

4.  Commissioner of Income Tax I vs. Virtual Soft
Systems Ltd. (2018) 404 ITR 409 (SC)

 

Income – Real Income – Method of accounting followed, as derived
from the ICAI’s Guidance Note, was a valid method of capturing real income
based on the substance of finance lease transaction – The bifurcation of the
lease rental was, by no stretch of imagination, an artificial calculation and,
therefore, lease equalisation was an essential step in the accounting process
to ensure that real income from the transaction in the form of revenue receipts
only was captured for the purposes of income tax

 

The Respondent-Virtual Soft Systems
Ltd., a company registered under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956,
filed return of income for the Assessment Year 1999-2000 declaring loss of Rs.
70,24,178/- while claiming an amount of Rs. 1,65,12,077/- as deduction for
lease equalisation charges.

 

The Assessing Officer, in his
Assessment Order disallowed deduction claimed as the lease equalisation charges
amounting to Rs. 1,65,12,077/- and added the same to the income of the
Respondent.

 

Being aggrieved with the said
Assessment Order, the Respondent preferred an appeal before the Commissioner of
Income Tax (Appeals). Learned CIT (Appeals), upheld the order of the Assessing
Officer and dismissed the appeal. Being ssatisfied, the Respondent preferred an
appeal before the ITAT, who allowed the appeal of the Respondent while setting
aside the orders passed by Learned CIT (Appeals) and the Assessing Officer.

 

Being aggrieved, the Revenue took
the matter before the High Court. The High Court dismissed the appeal at the
preliminary stage while confirming the decision of the ITAT. Being aggrieved,
the Revenue took the matter before the Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme Court, the
short question that arose for its consideration was whether the deduction on
account of lease equalisation charges from lease rental income could be allowed
under the Income Tax Act, 1961, on the basis of Guidance Note issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).

 

The Supreme Court after noting
provisions of section 211 of the Companies Act, 1956 before and after the 1999
amendment observed that the purpose behind the amendment in section 211 of the
Companies Act, 1956 was to give clear sight that the accounting standards, as
prescribed by the ICAI, shall prevail until the accounting standards are
prescribed by the Central Government under this Sub-section. The purpose behind
the accounting standards was to arrive at a computation of real income after
adjusting the permissible deprecation and that these accounting standards were
made by the body of experts after extensive study and research.

 

The Supreme Court after going
through the Guidance Note observed that at the first look, it appeared that the
method of accounting provided in the Guidance Note of 1995, on the one hand,
adjusted the inflated cost of interest of the assets in the balance sheet.
Secondly, it captured “real income” by separating the element of capital
recovery (essentially representing repayment of principal amount by the lessee,
the principal amount being the net investment in the lease), and the finance
income, which was the revenue receipt of the lessor as remuneration/reward for
the lessor’s investment. As per the Guidance Note, the annual lease charge
represented recovery of the net investment/fair value of the asset lease term.
The finance income reflected a constant periodic rate of return on the net
investment of the lessor outstanding in respect of the finance lease. While the
finance income represented a revenue receipt to be included in income for the
purpose of taxation, the capital recovery element (annual lease charge) was not
classifiable as income, as it was not, in essence, a revenue receipt chargeable
to income tax.

 

The Supreme
Court held that the method of accounting followed, as derived from the ICAI’s
Guidance Note, was a valid method of capturing real income based on the
substance of finance lease transaction. The Rule of substance over form is a
fundamental principle of accounting, and is in fact, incorporated in the ICAI’s
Accounting Standards on Disclosure of Accounting Policies being accounting
standards which is a kind of guidelines for accounting periods starting from 01.04.1991.
According to the Supreme Court, it is a cardinal principle of law that the
difference between capital recovery and interest or finance income is essential
for accounting for such a transaction with reference to its substance. If the
same was not carried out, the Respondent would be assessed for income tax not
merely on revenue receipts but also on non-revenue items which was completely
contrary to the principles of the IT Act and to its Scheme and spirit.

 

Further, the
bifurcation of the lease rental was, by no stretch of imagination, an
artificial calculation and, therefore, lease equalisation was an essential step
in the accounting process to ensure that real income from the transaction in
the form of revenue receipts only was captured for the purposes of income tax.
Moreover, there was no express bar in the IT Act which barred the bifurcation
of the lease rental. This bifurcation was analogous to the manner in which a
bank would treat an EMI payment made by the debtor on a loan advanced by the
bank. The repayment of principal would be a balance sheet item and not a
revenue item. Only the interest earned would be a revenue receipt chargeable to
income tax. Hence, according to the Supreme Court there was no force in the
contentions of the Revenue that whole revenue from lease should be subjected to
tax under the IT Act.

 

The Supreme Court noted that in the
present case, the relevant Assessment Year was 1999-2000. The main contention
of the Revenue was that the Respondent could not be allowed to claim deduction
regarding lease equalisation charges since there was no express provision
regarding such deduction in the IT Act. The Supreme Court however held that the
Respondent could be charged only on real income which could be calculated only
after applying the prescribed method. The IT Act was silent on such deduction.
For such calculation, it was obvious that the Respondent had to take recourse
of Guidance Note prescribed by the ICAI if it was available. Only after
applying such method which was prescribed in the Guidance Note, the Respondent
could show fair and real income which was liable to tax under the IT Act.

 

Therefore, it was wrong to say that
the Respondent claimed deduction by virtue of Guidance Note rather it only
applied the method of bifurcation as prescribed by the expert team of ICAI.
Further, a conjoint reading of section 145 of the IT Act read with section 211
(un-amended) of the Companies Act made it clear that the Respondent was
entitled to do such bifurcation and there was no illegality in such bifurcation
as it was according to the principles of law. Moreover, the Rule of
interpretation says that when internal aid is not available then for the proper
interpretation of the Statute, the Court may take the help of external aid. If
a term is not defined in a Statute then it’s meaning could be taken as is
prevalent in ordinary or commercial parlance. Hence, there was no force in the
contentions of the Revenue that the accounting standards prescribed by the
Guidance Note could not be used to bifurcate the lease rental to reach the real
income for the purpose of tax under the IT Act.

 

The Supreme Court therefore
dismissed the appeal.

 

5.  Commissioner of Income Tax, Chennai vs. S.
Ajit Kumar (2018) 404 ITR 526 (SC)

 

Search and seizure – Block assessment – Words “and such other
materials or information as are available with the Assessing Officer and
relatable to such evidence” occurring in section 158BB of the Act – Any
material or evidence found/collected in a Survey which has been simultaneously
made at the premises of a connected person can be utilized while making the
Block Assessment in respect of an Assessee u/s. 158BB read with section 158BH
of the IT Act

 

A search was conducted by the
officers of the Income Tax Department in the premises of the Assessee on
17.07.2002 which was concluded on 21.08.2002. On the same date, there was a
survey in the premises of Elegant Constructions and Interiors Ltd. (hereinafter
referred to as ‘ECIL’)-the builder and interior decorator who constructed and
decorated the house of the Assessee at Valmiki Nagar. Pursuant to the same, the
fact that the Assessee having engaged the above contractor for construction of
the house came out. At the same time, from the survey in the builder’s
premises, the fact of the Assessee having paid Rs. 95,16,000/- to ECIL in cash
was revealed which was not accounted for.

 

The Assessing Officer, vide order
dated 31.08.2004, after having regard to the facts and circumstances of the
case, completed the block assessment and, inter alia, held that the said
amount is liable to tax as undisclosed income of the block period.

 

Being aggrieved with the order
dated 31.08.2004, the Assessee filed an appeal before the Commissioner of
Income Tax (Appeals). Learned CIT (Appeals), vide order dated 15.02.2005, held
that it was due to the search action that the Department had found that the
Assessee had engaged the services of ECIL. Hence, the order of block assessment
was upheld.

 

Being dissatisfied, the Assessee
brought the matter before the Tribunal by way of an appeal. The Tribunal, vide
order dated 28.04.2006, set aside the decisions of the Assessing Officer and
learned CIT (Appeals) and allowed the appeal.

 

Being aggrieved, the Revenue filed
an appeal before the High Court. The High Court, vide order dated 22.11.2006,
dismissed the appeal.

 

According to the Supreme Court, the
short point for its consideration in this appeal is as to whether in the light
of present facts and circumstances of the instant case, the material found in
the course of survey in the premises of the builder could be used in Block
Assessment of the Assessee?


The Supreme Court noted that in the instant case, the office and residential
premises of the Assessee was searched on 17.07.2002 and finally concluded on
21.08.2002. During the course of search, certain evidence were found which
showed that the Assessee had indulged in understatement of his real income
relating to the block period from 01.04.1996 to 17.07.2002. Consequently, a
notice dated 25.02.2003, u/s. 158BC of the IT Act, was issued to the Assessee
and he was asked to file block assessment. In reply to such notice, the
Assessee filed return on 11.08.2003, admitting the undisclosed income as
“NIL”.

 

The Supreme Court further noted
that in the present case, it was an admitted position that the cost of
investment was disclosed to the Revenue in the course of return filed by the
Assessee. The Assessee also disclosed the detail of transaction between the
Assessee and ECIL in the assessment year 2001-2002. However, he had not
disclosed the payment of Rs. 95,16,000/- in cash made to ECIL.

 

According the Supreme Court, on a
perusal of the provision of section 158BB, it was evident that for the purpose
of calculating the undisclosed income of the block period, it could be calculated
only on the basis of evidence found as a result of search or requisition of
books of accounts or other documents and such other materials or information as
are available with the Assessing Officer and relatable to such evidence.
Section 158BB has prescribed the boundary which has to be followed. No
departure from this provision is allowed otherwise it may cause prejudice to
the Assessee. However, section 158BH of the IT Act has made all other
provisions of the IT Act applicable to assessments made under Chapter XIV B
except otherwise provided under that Chapter. The Supreme Court noted that
Chapter XIV B of the IT Act, which relates to Block Assessment, came up for
consideration before it in CIT vs. Hotel Blue Moon (2010) 321 ITR 362 (SC)
wherein it has been held that the special procedure of Chapter XIV-B is
intended to provide a mode of assessment of undisclosed income, which has been
detected as a result of search. It is not intended to be a substitute for
regular assessment. Its scope and ambit is limited in that sense to materials
unearthed during search. It is in addition to the regular assessment already
done or to be done. The assessment for the block period can only be done on the
basis of evidence found as a result of search or requisition of books of
accounts or documents and such other materials or information as are available
with the assessing officer. Therefore, the income assessable in block
assessment under Chapter XIV-B is the income not disclosed but found and
determined as the result of search u/s. 132 or requisition u/s. 132-A of the
Act.

 

The Supreme Court held that the
power of survey has been provided u/s. 133A of the IT Act. Therefore, any
material or evidence found/collected in a Survey which has been simultaneously
made at the premises of a connected person can be utilised while making the
Block Assessment in respect of an Assessee u/s. 158BB read with section 158BH
of the IT Act. The same would fall under the words “and such other
materials or information as are available with the Assessing Officer and
relatable to such evidence” occurring in section 158BB of the Act. In the
present case, the Assessing Officer was therefore justified in taking the
adverse material collected or found during the survey or any other method while
making the Block Assessment.

 

As a result, the appeal succeeded
and was allowed. The impugned orders were set aside and the orders passed by
the Assessing Officer making the Block Assessment were restored.

 

6.  Commissioner of Income Tax, Karnal (Haryana)
vs. Carpet India, Panipat (Haryana) (2018) 405 ITR 469 (SC)

 

Exports – Special deduction – The question as to whether
supporting manufacturer who receives export incentives in the form of duty draw
back (DDB), Duty Entitlement Pass Book (DEPB) etc. is entitled for deduction
under section 80HHC of the Income Tax Act, 1961 referred to a larger Bench

 

Carpet India (P) Ltd.-the Assessee,
a partnership firm deriving income from the manufacturing and sale of carpets
to IKEA Trading (India) Ltd. (Export House) as supporting manufacturer, filed a
‘Nil’ return for the Assessment Year (AY) 2001-2002 on 30.10.2001, inter
alia
, stating the total sales amounting to Rs. 6,49,83,432/- with total
export incentives of Rs. 68,82,801/- as Duty Draw Back (DDB) and claimed deduction
u/s. 80HHC amounting to Rs. 1,57,68,742/- out of the total profits of Rs.
1,97,10,927/- at par with the direct exporter.


On scrutiny, the Assessing Officer, allowed the deduction u/s. 80HHC to the
tune of Rs. 1,08,96,505/- instead of 1,57,68,742/- as claimed by the Assessee
while arriving at the total income of Rs. 57,18,040/-.

 

Being aggrieved, the Assessee
preferred an appeal before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) which was
allowed while holding that the Assessee was entitled to the deduction of export
incentives u/s. 80HHC at par with the exporter.

The Revenue went in appeal before
the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal as well as before the High Court but the same
got dismissed leaving it to take recourse of the Supreme Court by way of special
leave.

 

According to the Supreme Court, the
short but important question of law that arose before it was whether in the
facts and circumstances of the present case, supporting manufacturer who
receives export incentives in the form of duty draw back (DDB), Duty
Entitlement Pass Book (DEPB) etc., is entitled for deduction under section
80HHC of the IT Act at par with the direct exporter?

 

The Supreme Court noted that in the
case at hand, it was evident that the total income of the Assessee for the
concerned Assessment Year was Rs. 1,97,10,927/- out of which it claimed
deduction to the tune of Rs. 1,57,68,742/- u/s. 80HHC of the IT Act which was
partly disallowed by the Assessing Officer and deduction was allowed only to
the tune of Rs. 1,08,96,505/-. However, the Assessee claimed the deduction at
par with the direct exporter u/s. 80HHC of the IT Act which has been eventually
upheld by the High Court.

 

According to the Supreme Court, in
the instant case, the whole issue revolved around the manner of computation of
deduction u/s. 80HHC of the IT Act, in the case of supporting manufacturer. On
perusal of various provisions of the IT Act, it was clear that section 80HHC of
the IT Act provides for deduction in respect of profits retained from export
business and, in particular,
s/s. (1A) and s/s. (3A), provides for deduction in the case of supporting
manufacturer. The “total turnover” has to be determined as per clause
(ba) of the Explanation whereas “Profits of the business” has to be
determined as per clause (baa) of the Explanation. Both these clauses provide
for exclusion and reduction of 90% of certain receipts mentioned therein
respectively. The computation of deduction in respect of supporting
manufacturer, is contemplated by section 80HHC(3A), whereas the effect to be
given to such computed deduction is contemplated u/s. 80HHC(1A) of the IT Act.
In other words, the machinery to compute the deduction is provided in section
80HHC(3A) of the IT Act and after computing such deduction, such amount of
deduction is required to be deducted from the gross total income of the
Assessee in order to arrive at the taxable income/total income of the Assessee,
as contemplated by section 80HHC(1A) of the IT Act.

 

The Supreme Court observed that in CIT
vs. Baby Marine Exports (2007) 290 ITR 323 (SC)
, the question of law
involved was “whether the export house premium received by the Assessee is
includible in the “profits of the business” of the Assessee while
computing the deduction under section 80HHC of the Income Tax Act, 1961?”.
The said case mainly dealt with the issue related with the eligibility of
export house premium for inclusion in the business profit for the purpose of
deduction u/s. 80HHC of the IT Act. Whereas in the instant case, the main point
of consideration was whether the Assessee-firm, being a supporting
manufacturer, was to be treated at par with the direct exporter for the purpose
of deduction of export incentives u/s. 80HHC of the IT Act, after having regards
to the peculiar facts of the instant case.

 

The Supreme Court noted that while
deciding the issue in Baby Marine Exports (supra), it held that on plain
construction of section 80HHC(1-A), the Respondent was clearly entitled to
claim deduction of the premium amount received from the export house in computing
the total income. The export house premium could be included in the business
profit because it was an integral part of business operation of the Respondent
which consisted of sale of goods by the Respondent to the export house.

 

The Supreme Court also noted that
the aforesaid decision had been followed by it in Special Leave to Appeal
(Civil) No. 7615 of 2009, Commissioner of Income Tax Karnal vs. Sushil Kumar
Gupta
. 

 

The Supreme Court however was of
the view that both these cases were not identical and could not be related with
the deduction of export incentives by the supporting manufacturer u/s. 80HHC of
the IT Act.

 

As Explanation
(baa) of section 80HHC specifically reduces deduction of 90% of the amount
referable to section 28(iiia) to (iiie) of the IT Act, hence, the Supreme Court
was of the view that these decisions required re-consideration by a larger
Bench since this issue has larger implication in terms of monetary benefits for
both the parties.
After giving thoughtful consideration, the Supreme Court was of
the view that the following substantial question of law of general importance
arose for its re-consideration:

 

“Whether in
the light of peculiar facts and circumstances of the instant case, supporting
manufacturer who receives export incentives in the form of duty draw back
(DDB), Duty Entitlement Pass Book (DEPB) etc. is entitled for deduction under
section 80HHC of the Income Tax Act, 1961?”

 

Accordingly,
it referred this batch of appeals to the larger Bench and directed the registry
to place the matters before the Hon’ble Chief Justice of India for  appropriate orders.

JOB WORK : OLD WINE IN BETTER BOTTLE? (PART 2)

In the previous article, we
concluded that the GST law has widened the scope of job work from its
predecessor law by considering ‘any’ treatment or process undertaken on goods
belonging to another registered person as a ‘job work’. Job work under GST law
could be viewed from two vintage points – (a) job worker’s view point with
respect of determination of his output tax liability; and (b) recipient/
principals’ view point with respect to movement of goods and retention of input
tax credit. The said article aims at discussing Job Work under various sub
topics from these viewpoints.

 

A) Supply – whether deemed Supply between distinct persons?

Movement of goods for job work
reduces the cash flow cost (to the extent of tax component) of an organisation.
GST law has innovated with the concept of distinct persons wherein distinct
registration numbers having the same PAN is deemed as independent persons (even
though they may be in the same state). Does this fiction extend even to job
work arrangements? Whether factory A can operate as a job worker for factory B
as distinct persons even-though they are holding the same PAN?

 

Section 25(4) of the CGST Act
states that a person having registration in multiple states would be treated as
distinct persons in each of the State for the purpose of the CGST/IGST/SGST
Act. This deeming fiction seemingly applies to all provisions of the GST law.
Schedule I deems transactions without consideration between distinct persons as
taxable only when there is a ‘identified supply’ between such distinct persons.
Since job work arrangements do not entail a supply (in the nature of sale,
barter, exchange, etc) between factory A to B, it would be permissible to move
goods between states without any GST implications. The goods can undergo
processing and cleared therefrom on payment of GST. While there may be
practically challenges to prove the aspect of a principal-job worker
relationship without a written contract between factory A to B, the self
generated delivery challan and ITC-04 should ideally serve as an expression of
the job work arrangement.

 

B) Classification – Supply of Goods/ Services

Job work as a Supply of Service – Job work
transactions have been deemed to be a ‘supply of service’ under Entry 3 of
Schedule II. The scope of the entry is wider in comparison to the definition of
job work in as much as it does not require the owner of the goods to be a
registered person. This entry would certainly put to rest any litigation over
the classification of such transactions on the grounds of percentage of
material involved, dominant intention, end deliverable, etc. In its Circular
No. 52/26/2018-GST, CBEC has stated that body building activity involving
supply of the entire body over the chassis owned by the principal is taxable as
supply of services @ 18% and not at the rate applicable to the goods (28%).
Therefore, in job work arrangements one would necessarily have to examine the
tax rate and exemption as applicable to services irrespective of the rate
applicable to the goods involved in such contract. The modelling of contracts
as job work or sale and purchase would become significant where the applicable
tax rate for the goods is substantially lower say exempt/ 5-12% in comparison
to the standard job work rate of 18%.

 

Job work vs.Works contract – Is there
an overlap between job work (section 2(68)) and works contract (section 2(119))
where an immovable property is involved in the arrangement? For eg. fabrication
services at site during construction of building/ storage tank for the
principal/ contractee could have two aspects:

 

  •    Process of fabrication as
    a treatment / process on goods. SAC classification under job work (99887)
    states that such fabrication manufacturing services of metal structures, steam
    generators, etc., is classifiable as job work and taxable at 18%.
  •    Process also involves
    erection of movable property as an immovable property. SAC classification (99544)
    covers assembly and erection of prefabricated constructions under the works
    contract / construction service category and taxable at 18%.

 

Explanatory notes to the SAC
classification codes provide that specific description would prevail over
general description. Going by this principle, it appears that classification as
a works contract prevails over job work (on the basis of the specific
definition of work contract w.r.t. immovable properties) and the tax rates as
applicable to work contract would apply. The end deliverable under the
contractual arrangement is the erection of the civil structure and job work
should be considered as only the means and not the end.

 

The important
point to note here is that the classification of service under Schedule II is
relevant only with reference to the job worker’s view point (i.e. his output
tax liability). This classification at the job worker’s end should not bar the
principal from availing the benefits of job work procedures. The principal
should still be permitted to send the goods to the job workers premises for any
specific activity (such as twisting, bending, etc.) under job work procedure
even-though the job worker may ultimately raise a works contract invoice on its
output activity. While this view is subject to debate, the author believes that
understanding of job work from the principal’s perspective does not necessarily
have to translate into the classification as a job work on the job worker’s
output invoice.

 

Job work vs. Manpower Supply
Contracts
– Job work has been specifically defined unlike manpower service
contracts. In certain instances where a person outsources specific processing
functions of a product to third party either on man-day/man-hour basis, the
dividing line between it being classified as a job work contract or a manpower
contract is blurred. In cases where the supplier takes responsibility over the
assignment of personnel to a particular entity for a specified job but does not
undertake the obligation over the quantum / quality of output from such
assigned personnel, the contracts would typically be in the nature of manpower
supply contracts (SAC 998513/4). Where the supplier takes over the obligation
of ensuring the quality / quantum of the product processed by the personnel so
assigned under its supervision and direction, the supplier would be
classifiable as a job worker. Decisions under both excise/ service on whether a
person is a ‘manufacturer/ service provider’ or mere supplier of hired labour
would provide some guidance on this aspect.

 

C)     Place of
Supply – Inter-State / Intra-State

Job work transactions being
classified as ‘supply of service’ would be governed by the place of supply
provisions as applicable to services u/s. 12/ 13 of the IGST Act. Some unique
instances have been provided below:

 

Job work for SEZ units/ developers – Supply of
job work service would be an inter-state supply, irrespective of the location
of the supplier of service or the place of supply u/s. 12 of the IGST Act, as
long as they are carried out for authorised operations of the SEZ unit/
developer. For the SEZ unit/ developers where physical movement of goods takes
place across the SEZ area, one will have to follow procedures of procurement of
‘goods’ under the SEZ rules (Rule 41/ 50 of SEZ rules which are discussed
later) even though the transaction may be classified as a supply of ‘service’
under the GST law. The deeming fiction of treating job work as a service
transaction under Entry 3 of Schedule II has limited operation under the GST
law and does not extend to the SEZ law.

 

Export of goods outside India for
Job Work
– Export of goods under job work arrangements outside India would
be governed by section 13 of the IGST Act. Section 13(3) read as follows:

 

“(3) The place of supply of the
following services shall be the location where the services are actually
performed, namely :-

 

(a)    Services
supplied in respect of goods which are required to be made physically available
by the recipient of services to the supplier of services, or to a person acting
on behalf of the supplier of service in order to provide the services:… ”

 

Generally, job work would be
regarded as performing a treatment/ process on goods under physical possession
(as a bailee). The definition of job work indicates the activity would be
clearly governed by section 13(3) – performance based activity and the place of
supply in case of exported goods would be location where the services are
actually performed i.e. outside India. Since the place of supply is outside
India, the transaction would not be taxable in the hands of the job worker
supplier.

 

The transaction would also not
qualify as an import of service in terms of section 2(11) of the IGST Act.
Though the RCM notification issued u/s. 5(3) of the IGST seeks to impose tax on
reverse charge basis on the basis of location of the recipient and not on the
basis of place of supply rules, in view of the author, this is a transaction
outside India and not taxable under the provisions of section 5(1) of the IGST
Act itself. No RCM liability can be attached on a non-taxable transaction.

 

From a customs perspective, export
movement is generally duty free except for some export duty goods. For Import
movement Notification 45/2017-Cus dt. 30-06-2017 grants customs duty exemption
(incl. IGST) to goods originally exported, at the time of reimport within 3
years, provided the goods are ‘same’ as those exported. Explanation to the
notification states that the goods would not be same if they are subjected to
re-manufacturing, reprocessing through melting, recycling or recasting abroad.
In such arrangements, challenge would arise on whether the job worked goods
constitute ‘same’ goods. In case the goods do not get the customs duty
exemption, it would be regarded as a fresh import and subjected to customs duty
incl. IGST on the enhanced value of the product.

 

 



Be that as it may, one can
certainly take a view based on the celebrated decision of Hyderabad
Industries vs. UOI 1999 (108) E.L.T. 321 (S.C.)
that IGST component u/s.
3(7) of the Customs Tariff Act is counter-veiling in nature and hence cannot be
imposed on imports under job work in the absence of a transaction of ‘supply’
between the parties involved1. The transaction is deemed to be a
supply only in limited cases when the conditions of job work are breached by
the principal and not otherwise.

___________________________________

1 There is a slight variation in the way section 3(1), (3) and
(5) are worded in comparison to 3(7) of the Customs Tariff Act, 1975.

 

Import of goods into India for Job
work
– Goods are imported into India for job work. While the job work
is performed in India, the location of the recipient of such job work (i.e.
principal) is outside India. Strictly speaking this arrangement does not fall
within the ambit of the definition of job work since the owner of the goods is
not a ‘registered person’. Nevertheless we will analyse this job work
transaction as understood in commercial sense.

 

Under the GST law, by application
of section 13(3), the place of supply would be held to be in India. By way of a
proviso2 to section 13(3) (extracted below), the place of supply in
such transactions has been fixed to the location of the recipient of job work
services rather than the place of performance of the job work.

 

“Provided further that nothing
contained in this clause shall apply in the case of services supplied in
respect of goods which are temporarily imported into India for repairs or for
any other treatment or process and are exported after such repairs or treatment
or process without being put to any use in India, other than that which is
required for such repairs or treatment or process;”

 

In view of this proviso, the
transaction would be considered as an export of service and zero-rated in terms
of section 16 of the IGST Act. The Customs law vide Notification 32/1997 dt.
1-4-1997 permits temporary imports into India for the purpose of job work,
etc., subject to certain conditions over time limit, use etc. Therefore, import
of goods for job work should not have any implications in India.

 

Inter-state job work – Job work
transactions would be inter-state or intra-state and largely dependent on the
location of the supplier and recipient of the service in terms of section 12(1)
of the IGST Act. Where the location of the supplier and recipient is in the
same state, it would be an intra-state transaction and vice-versa. Except in
cases involving an immovable property, the location of supplier of service and
recipient of service would be the only determinants in deciding the inter-state
character of the transaction. Provisions of CGST Act would apply to inter-state
transactions as well (section 20 of IGST Act) and hence all benefits extended
to intra-state arrangements would equally apply even to inter-state movements.

 

From a principals perspective for
intra-state job work movement, further supply of goods after job work either
from the principal location or job workers location would not pose any
particular challenge since the registered location of the supplier and the
physical location of the goods is in the same state. The further supply would
be treated as inter-state or intra-state depending on the movement of the
goods.

 

In certain inter-state job work
movement where the principal does not receive the goods back but decides to
supply the processed/ job worked goods directly from the job worker’s location
to its customer, there is a challenge in deciding the location of the supplier.
This is primarily because the registered location of the supplier is different
from the physical location of goods. It is depicted below:

________________________________________________

2   Broadened
by the IGST amendment Act, 2018 and yet to be notified.

 

 

 

 

 

 

In such transactions, the initial
movement of goods takes place from KA-MH under a delivery challan for the
purpose of job work. The supplier may or may not have a confirmed order for
supply of the said goods to a customer in MH. Assuming there is no confirmed
order, after job work, the principal supplies the goods directly to its
customer in MH. A question arises on the type of tax to be charged on the sale
invoice (i.e. IGST/ CGST+SGST).

 

The IGST Act states that where the
supply involves movement of goods within a state, the transaction would be
intra-state, else it would be classified as an inter-state transaction. In this
case, the first movement of goods by the supplier is under an arrangement of
job work and not under a binding contract of supply with the customer. It is
only when the order is received from the customer in MH that the second
movement commences, which then terminates in MH. Going by the fabric of the
entire GST law and also the fact that job work is merely facilitation provision
and does not materially alter other obligations under GST, one can take a stand
that this is an inter-state transaction despite the fact that the movement
commences and terminates in the same state3. This reconciles with
the overall scheme of source and consumption principle of value-added scheme of
taxation.

_________________________________________________

3   It
must be noted that this is not a Bill to Ship to case as is envisaged in
section 10(1)(b) but a case where the billing location and dispatch location
are in different states.

 

D)     Valuation
under job work

Job work transactions are liable to
tax on its transaction value i.e. price paid or payable by the principal to the
job worker for the job work service. There is a clear departure from the excise
principle of notionally re-valuing the goods after job work and subjecting the
same to excise duty. Under job work, valuation is only restricted to the
service rendered by the job worker. The price charged for the job work service
would then be subject to all the additions/ exclusions as provided u/s. 15(2)
and (3) of the Act. Certain important points have been stated below:

 

Recoveries on disposal of
scrap/ waste from Job Work

The erstwhile Cenvat rules was
silent on the treatment of waste and scrap arising during the course of
manufacturing final products at the premises of job worker. This resulted in
litigation on the person liable to excise duty on such waste/ scrap. Section
143(5) of the GST law now provides that the waste and scrap generated during
the job work may be supplied by the registered job worker directly from
his place of business or by the principal in case the job worker is not
registered. A question arises on whether the liability of recoveries on waste/
scrap generated from job work arises on the job worker in all cases?

 

In this context, job work contracts
can be classified into two categories: (a) Contracts where the responsibility
of utilisation and/ or disposals of scraps or waste emerging from the goods is
on the job worker. In such cases by virtue of the contract, the scraps and
waste are to the account of the job work and any recoveries from waste/ scraps
would be retained by the job worker. Accordingly, such recoveries should be
taxable in the hands of the job worker and not the principal.  (b) In other contracts waste and scraps are
to the account of the principal and the job worker has to report the generation
of such items to the principal. The principal may either receive the goods back
or direct the job worker to dispose them under its authorisation to a third
party. Generally, two sub-scenarios arise in this category (b-i) principal
sells the goods under its invoice and directs the job worker to collect the net
proceeds (as a collection agent). The principal should report this turnover and
discharge the tax liability on such transaction; (b-ii) job worker sells the
goods in its possession under its own invoice effectively operating as a
‘selling agent’ of goods belonging to the principal – in such case the
recoveries would be taxed in the hands of the principal (as a deemed supply
between principal and agent under Schedule I) as well as in the hands of the
job worker (as a selling agent).

 

Is there a conflict that may
possibly arise by virtue of a contract and the statute? In view of the author,
the provisions of section 143(5) should not be given a strict application in
all cases in view of the use of the term ‘may’. The contract should be given
prominence before determining the person liable to pay tax on such recoveries.
Section 143(5) should be understood as giving an option to the principal to
decide the more economical and viable options viz., to bring back the wastes
and scraps or to clear the same from job worker premises on payment of taxes by
himself or by the job worker, as the case may be.

 

The following judgements General
Engineering Works vs. CCE 2007 (212) ELT 295 (SC)
clearly explains the
position of earlier law and the importance of contractual terms in order to
ascertain the appropriate value:

 

“4. It is an admitted position that
to manufacture 100 Kgs. of points and crossings, 105 Kgs. of raw material has
to be used. Therefore, in working out the value of points and crossings the
cost of 105 Kgs. of raw material would have to be taken into account.
Undoubtedly, when points and crossings are manufactured a small quantity of raw
material become scrap/waste. But that does not detract from fact that to
manufacture 100 kg. of points and crossings 105 kg. of raw material has to be
used. This element i.e. the cost of raw material would remain the same
irrespective of whether scrap/waste is returned to the Railways or kept by the
Appellants. The Appellants charge what are known as conversion charges. This
includes their labour charges. Such conversion charges would have to be added
to the cost of raw material. To this would have to be added profits, if any,
earned by the processor (Appellant). Thus suppose the conversion charges are
Rs. 450/-, the cost of 105 Kgs. of raw material is Rs. 1,000/-, and Rs. 50/- is
earned from sale of scrap the value of the points and crossings would be Rs.
1,500/-

5. It must be clarified that the value of scrap would be included in the value
of the points and crossings only in case where it is shown that the conversion
charges get depressed by the fact that the processor is allowed to keep and
sell the scrap. Thus in the example given above, it would have to be shown that
the conversion charges are Rs. 450/- because Rs. 50/- is earned from the sale
of scrap. If the conversion charges are not depressed or if the scrap/waste is
returned then, their value will not get added.

 

6. The burden of proving that the
price is so depressed would be on the Revenue. But one of the methods of
proving it would be through the contract between the parties itself. In this
case the contract is on record. The contract provides as follows : –

 

“The prices quoted are based on the
free supply of Rails by you at our works, Bharatpur, Western Railway,
Rajasthan. The tonnage for Rails will be 5% more than the net requirement of
Rails required for different items of Switches, 5% being the manufacturing
wastage…………

The total requirement of Rails for
different items would be forwarded to you within ten days of receipt of your
formal order. Manufacturing wastage of 5% has been considered and therefore
this wastage will not be separately accounted for and shall not be returned. Any
surplus materials received from you against the contract, will be returned to
you and dispatched to the destination as advised by you, F.O.R.”

 

7. Thus, the contract clearly
indicates that the price (conversion charges) have been worked out on the basis
that 5% wastage would be available to the Appellants. This indicates that the
price has been affected by the sale of scrap. In this view, we are in agreement
with the view of the Tribunal that in computing the value of points and
crossings the value of scrap sold has to be taken into account.”

 

Includibility of Value of FOC items
(such as inputs, moulds, dies, etc.)

 

Job workers in many instances are
supplied with moulds, dies, etc., for rendering the service. The Central excise
and GST law both use the phrase that ‘price should be sole consideration’.
Under excise provisions, explanation to Rule 6 of the Central Excise
(Determination of Price of Excisable Goods) Rules, 2000 required the
manufacturer to include the amortised value of moulds, etc., in the value the
final product manufactured by the job worker. This practice under excise law
would certainly pose challenges during the GST period. The issue is whether a
notional value is to be attributed to the value of job work service on account
of (a) price not being the sole consideration in view of the FOC item; or (b)
in view of section 15(2)(b) of the GST law requiring the supplier to notionally
add value of all expenses incurred by the principal. Both are in some sense
correlated and section 15(2)(b) is an elaboration of the adjustment where price
is not the sole consideration.

 

Section 15(2)(b) has the following
cumulative conditions:

 

  •    Supplier (job worker) is
    making a supply (job work service) to its recipient (principal), typically
    under a contract;
  •    An amount is liable to
    be paid
    by the supplier (job worker);
  •    Such amount has been incurred
    by the recipient (principal)
  •    And accordingly this is
    not included in the price payable for supply (job work service)

 

In job work arrangements, the
moulds are purchased by the principal for multiple commercial reasons such as
high costs, IPR protection, etc. This is done in its own interest. One of the
primary conditions of section 15(2)(b) is that there has to be a primary
liability on the job worker to incur an expense, either under a contract or as
part the scope of work assigned to the job worker, which is subsequently taken
up by the principal, thereby reducing the net price as originally agreed in the
contract, for eg. a textile manufacturer agrees to outsource the dyeing of x
mtrs of textile with dyes/inks/ impressions as part of the responsibility on
the job worker and fixes a price of y/mtr. Subsequently, the manufacturer
procures the ink of specified type and supplies the same to the job worker and
reduces the price payable to y-1/mtr. In such cases, the dye could be
notionally added onto the value of supply in the hands of the job worker. In a
contrasting case, if the price was originally agreed at y 1/mtr with the supply
of dye being part of responsibility of principal, there is no liability on the
job worker to use his own dye for the process. The important driver for trigger
of this provision is that the liability of job worker should precede
the act of incurring the expense by the recipient. Fulfilment of one’s own
obligation is distinct from fulfilment of another person’s obligation and
15(2)(b) is addressing only the later obligation. In a transaction based law,
price agreed for a set of obligations (as a counter promise) should be the only
basis for valuation under GST.

 

E)     Compliance of Job work
provisions

Outsourcing
by job worker himself
– The law permits the principal to send the goods for job work to
multiple job workers. Outsourcing by job workers as a principal himself may be
permitted contractually but the law does not contain specific provisions for
job workers to send the goods at their own behest (in capacity of a principal).
One may view this from two perspectives.

 

The definition
of job work suggests that the law does not mandate that the goods should belong
to the principal i.e. the goods can be belong to any registered person. The
term principal is understood only u/s. 143 as being the person who ‘sends’ the
goods for job work.  Therefore, this
suggests that the job worker can function as a principal while sending the
goods for a second level job work. All provisions of the law as applicable to
principals would equally apply to the job worker when operating as a principal.

 

The other aspect is from the point
of view of section 143(2) which states that the accountability of the goods
under job work always lies with the principal. The accountability on the
principal u/s. 143(2) has been placed as a consequence of the fact that he has
availed input tax credit on such goods. This responsibility over the goods
under law cannot be shifted from the primary principal to the job worker.  Even if there is a clandestine removal of
goods without authorisation/ knowledge of the principal at any point of time,
the recovery of the tax on such goods would only be made by the person availing
the benefit of input tax credit i.e. principal. Since the job worker has not
availed the benefit of input tax credit on such goods, the onus is always on
the principal who has availed this facility to ensure that the goods are within
its supervision until all the conditions of job work are satisfied. While
outsourcing by a job worker to a sub-job worker is not barred, the
accountability over the goods under law still rests on the primary principal
only.

 

In-house job
work activity
– There are instances where a job worker performs the job work
activity in the premises of the principal for commercial reasons. In such
cases, the place of supply provisions would operate on similar lines and the
location of the principal and the job worker would decide the inter-state
character of the transaction (unless the job worker constitutes a fixed
establishment in the premises of the principal). Under these arrangements, the job
worker may have to move certain tools, equipments etc to the principal’s
premises and return those back to the original location. Section 19 and 143 is
applicable only cases where principal moves goods to the job worker’s premises
and not the other way round. However, in cases of in-house job work activity,
the principal does not need the facility of these sections since the entire
activity is occurring in-house. The job worker on the other hand is moving the
goods without an intent of supply but self-use. In view of the author, in the
absence of a transaction of supply between the job worker and the principal,
the job worker can still move the goods to the principal’s location and retain
the input tax credit by use of a delivery challan.

 

Possible consequence of violation
of Job work provisions

Violation of job work provisions
can be clubbed under two baskets (a) violation of substantial requirements
(such as arrangement not falling under the scope of job work, non-return of
goods within prescribed time etc) (b) violation of procedural requirements
(such as non-filing of ITC-04, etc).

 

(a)    Violation
of substantial provisions:
Conceptually any violation should be rectified
by restoring the benefit originally granted to the tax payer. In a job work transaction,
the principal avails the benefit of input tax credit on inputs/ capital goods
(i.e. skips the stage of reversal and reclaim) even-though the goods are not in
its possession. Section 143(3) & (4) deems the inputs/ capital goods as
being supplied by the principal to the job worker if they are not returned
within the time limit. Valuation rules do not provide any mechanism for
valuation of goods violating the job work provisions. In the absence of a
contractual consideration for the deemed supply of goods, does this mean that
the principal would have to pay tax on a notional value in terms of open market
value of the goods under job work? In the view of the author this may not be
so. The deeming fiction is to be understood in the context of the original
benefit extended to the supplier which is limited to recover the input tax
credit availed on the goods which have violated the job work provisions. It
would be legally in appropriate to assume this transaction as an independent
supply and subject it to tax in the hands of the principal at a notional value.

(b)    Violation
of procedural provisions:
Any procedural violation which is curable and
condonable should not have any adverse implication. Where the principal has
failed to make the necessary intimations of goods sent for job work, it can be
cured by producing books of accounts/ records evidencing the outward and inward
movement which conclusively establish the use of the goods under job work. In
cases where goods are duly accounted, it would be incorrect to saddle the
principal with an additional tax liability by invoking provisions of section
143(3) / (4). The penal provisions for non-filing of the relevant forms would
continue to apply.

 

F)     Procedural matters

Documentation requirements

Movement of goods between the
principal and job work is required to be covered under a delivery challan (DC)
in terms of Rule 45 r/w 55(1)(b) of CGST/ SGST Rules. This is also required to
be accompanied by a e-way bill in terms of Rule 138(1)(ii) of the said Rules.
Certain specific provisions have been provided under the e-way bill rules for
job work arrangements (CBEC Circular No. 38/12/2018):

 

  •    Where goods are sent by
    principal to only one job worker: The principal shall prepare a DC for sending
    the goods to a job worker. Two copies of the DC may be sent to the job worker
    along with the goods. The job worker should send one copy of the said challan
    along with the goods, while returning them to the principal. The FORM GST
    ITC-04 will serve as the intimation as envisaged u/s. 143 of the CGST Act,
    2017.
  •    Where goods are sent from
    one job worker to another job worker: In such cases, the goods may move under a
    DC issued either by the principal or the job worker. In the alternative, the DC
    issued by the principal may be endorsed by the job worker sending the goods to
    another job worker, indicating therein the quantity and description of goods
    being sent. The same process may be repeated for subsequent movement of the
    goods to other job workers.
  •    Where the goods are
    returned to the principal by the job worker: The job worker should send one
    copy of the DC received by him from the principal while returning the goods to
    the principal after carrying out the job work.
  •    Where the goods are sent
    directly by the supplier to the job worker: In this case, the goods may move
    from the place of business of the supplier to the place of business/premises of
    the job worker with a copy of the invoice issued by the supplier in the name of
    the buyer (i.e. the principal) wherein the job worker’s name and address should
    also be mentioned as the consignee, in terms of Rule 46(o) of the CGST Rules.
    The buyer (i.e., the principal) shall issue the challan under Rule 45 of the
    CGST Rules and send the same to the job worker directly in terms of para (i)
    above. In case of import of goods by the principal which are then supplied
    directly from the customs station of import, the goods may move from the
    customs station of import to the place of business/premises of the job worker
    with a copy of the Bill of Entry and the principal shall issue the challan
    under Rule 45 of the CGST Rules and send the same to the job worker directly.
  •    Where goods are returned
    in piecemeal by the job worker: In case the goods after carrying out the job
    work, are sent in piecemeal quantities by a job worker to another job worker or
    to the principal, the challan issued originally by the principal cannot be
    endorsed and a fresh challan is required to be issued by the job worker.

 

E-way Bill requirements

  •    E-way bill is required to
    be issued for movement of goods under a DC. The e-way bill is generally
    required to be generated by the person causing movement of goods. In case of
    job work, the provisions permit the either the principal or the job worker to
    raise the e-way bill for movement.

 

Quarterly
reporting of movement in Form ITC-04

  •    Rule 45(3) of the CGST
    Rules provides that the principal is required to furnish the details of DCs in
    respect of goods sent to a job worker or received from a job worker or sent
    from one job worker to another job worker during a quarter in FORM GST ITC-04
    by the 25th day of the month succeeding the quarter or within such period as
    may be extended by the Commissioner. FORM GST ITC-04 will serve as the
    intimation as envisaged u/s. 143 of the CGST Act.

 

G)     Challenges in
Compliance

Difference in unit of measurement
(UOM)/ quantity

Many a times, difference arises in
the UOM between goods sent and received under job work. Form ITC-04 originally
required that goods sent and received should be strictly correlated in terms of
the original UOM. The law also required the original delivery challan should be
enclosed with the delivery challan raised on return of goods. While in practice
there many reasons due which it is impossible to make a one-to-one correlation with
each outward and inward movement (eg. raw materials sent in batches, raw
materials losing their original identified, etc). The form has now been
recently rationalised wherein one-to-one correlation between outward challan
and inward challan is not mandatory if it is impossible for the principal to
ascertain. Therefore, as long as the principal can establish the conversion
ratio and account of the goods under job work, it may not be mandatory for the
principal to report each outward movement with the inward movement.
Whether job work provisions are applicable where raw material is exempt and
job worked product is taxable?

Section 143/ 19 are applicable only
on inputs/ capital goods i.e. goods used in business and on which tax is
leviable under the GST law. In cases where the raw material is exempt (such as
sugar to sugar cane), one may take a stand that since input tax credit has not
be availed on such goods, job work provisions need not be strictly followed.

 

Whether procedural provisions (such
as e-way bill) applicable when raw material is taxable and job worked product
is exempt?

Job work provisions are applicable
when the inputs under consideration are tax suffered goods and irrespective of
the taxability of goods on their return after job work provisions. Reporting
such movement is mandatory in ITC-04. However, e-way bill requirements are
waived for exempted goods. Therefore such goods may be returned under the cover
of a delivery challan and need not be accompanied with an e-way bill.

 

What is the value to be declared by
the job worker in the e-way bill on its return?

Certain challenges have been raised
on the value to be declared on the delivery challan on outward and inward
movement of goods under job work. One view suggests that the approx. market
value at the time the movement of goods should be adopted i.e. the return of
goods should be enhanced by the job work charges.  The other view may be to adopt the value of
cost of the input/ capital goods under job work for both outward and inward
movement. A third view may be to adopt the value on which input tax credit has
been availed on such inputs/ capital goods for both outward and inward
movement. The author is inclined to believe that the third view conceptually
aligns with the objective of the job work provisions under GST.


Special provisions for SEZ unit/ developer.

A
SEZ unit/ developer is permitted to sub-contract a portion of their processing
activity to other SEZ / EOU or DTA units (in terms of Rule 41 of SEZ Rules).
SEZ unit are also permitted to temporarily remove their capital goods/ inputs
to DTA without payment of duty for job work, testing, repair, refining,
calibration and return thereof (in terms of Rule 50 of SEZ Rules). Rule 40/51
both provide for strict procedures to be followed for outsourced processing
activities to a DTA including the time limit for return, account  of the goods cleared, wastage, quantum of
outsourcing, return of moulds, jigs, tools, etc. There could be variances
between the GST law and the SEZ requirements and the SEZ unit as a principal of
the transaction would have to necessarily comply with the more stringent
requirement in order to retain its SEZ benefits.

 

H)     Conclusion

Job work provisions should be
understood as a provision of convenience. Accordingly any misuse/
non-compliance should be viewed as a recovery of the benefit granted and not
beyond that.
 

ACCOUNTING OF FINANCIAL GUARANTEES

Query

Subsidiary has provided a financial
guarantee to a bank for loan taken by Parent. Subsidiary does not charge Parent
any guarantee commission. How is the guarantee accounted in the separate
financial statements of the Parent and Subsidiary assuming the guarantee is an
integral part of the arrangement for the loan?

 

Response

Subsidiary recognises the financial
guarantee liability (unearned financial guarantee commission) at fair value, in
its books at the date of issuance to the bank. Since the subsidiary does not
receive any consideration from the Parent, it has effectively paid dividends to
Parent.  Consequently, the corresponding
debit should be made to an appropriate head under ‘equity’. It would not be
appropriate to debit the fair value of the guarantee to profit or loss as if it
were a non-reciprocal distribution to a third party as it would fail to
properly reflect the existence of the parent-subsidiary relationship that may
have caused Subsidiary not to charge the guarantee commission. Under Ind AS
115, the unearned financial guarantee commission recognised initially will be
amortised over the period of the guarantee as revenue and consequently, the
balance of the unearned financial guarantee commission would decline
progressively over the period of the guarantee. However, in addition to
amortising the unearned financial guarantee commission to revenue, at each
reporting date, Subsidiary is required to compare the unamortised amount of the
deferred income with the amount of loss allowance determined in respect of the
guarantee as at that date in accordance with the requirements Ind AS 109. As
long as the amount of loss allowance so determined is lower than the
unamortised amount of the deferred income, the liability of Subsidiary in
respect of the guarantee will be represented by the unamortised amount of the
financial guarantee commission. However, if at a reporting date, the amount of
the loss allowance determined above is higher than the unamortised amount of
the financial guarantee commission as at that date, the liability in respect of
the financial guarantee will have to be measured at an amount equal to the
amount of the loss allowance. Accordingly, in such a case, Subsidiary will be
required to recognise a further liability equal to the excess of the amount of
the loss allowance over the amount of the unamortised unearned financial
guarantee commission.

 

As regards the Parent, in the fact
pattern, financial guarantee provided by Subsidiary is an integral part of the
arrangement for the loan taken by Parent from the bank. Therefore, in
accordance with the principles of Ind AS 109, separate accounting of such
financial guarantee is not required. However, the ITFG (Bulletin 16) felt that
as per Ind AS 109, fees associated with the guarantees that are an integral
part of generating an involvement with a financial asset or a financial
liability are taken into account in determining the effective interest rate for
the financial asset/financial liability. Therefore, the provision of guarantee
by Subsidiary without charging guarantee commission is analogous to a distribution/
repayment of capital by Subsidiary to Parent. To reflect this substance, Parent
should credit the fair value of the guarantee to its investment in Subsidiary
and debit the same to the carrying amount of the loan (which would have the
effect of such fair value being included in determination of effective interest
rate on the loan). Subsequently, ITFG revised Bulletin 16. As per the revised
requirement, Parent will debit the fair value of the guarantee to the carrying
amount of the loan. If the investment in subsidiary is accounted at cost or
FVTPL, the corresponding credit will be recognised in the P&L account. If
the investment in subsidiary is accounted at FVTOCI, the credit will be
recognised in the P&L account as dividend received, unless the distribution
clearly represents recovery of part of the cost of the investment.

 

The
author believes that the accounting of the financial guarantee by the grantor
is inevitable because financial guarantee is a financial liability in
accordance with the definition contained in Ind AS 32. However, there is no
requirement for the beneficiary to record a financial guarantee provided by a
grantor for which no commission is charged, in the way suggested by the ITFG.
This is also the global practice.
The implication of the ITFG view is that
in all cases, where any transaction between group companies are subsidised, the
transaction will be recorded at its fair value rather than at the transaction
price. This is certainly not required by Ind AS and could have unintended consequences,
particularly in the case of merger and amalgamation transactions. Furthermore,
it will create opportunities for group companies to create unnecessary credit
going to the P&L account of the separate financial statements. The only
requirement under Ind AS for such transactions would be appropriate disclosures
in accordance with the requirements of Ind AS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

TRAVEL APPS MADE EASY

We all travel a lot these days – be
it social or professional commitments. And travel has become so complicated –
multiple modes, multifarious options and unlimited variety. Sometimes, it could
get a bit overwhelming. Here are some apps which make travel easy and at times
enjoyable!

 

PackPoint travel packing list

PackPoint is a free travel packing list organizer and packing planner
for serious travel pros. PackPoint will help you organise what you need to pack
in your luggage and suitcase based on length of travel, weather at your
destination, and any activities planned during your trip.

 

Once your packing list is built and
organised, PackPoint will save it for you, and then you can choose to share it
with your friends and family in case they need help packing too.

 

Punch in the city you’re going to
travel to, the departure date, and the number of nights you’ll be staying
there. That’s it!

 

Different lists can be saved and
customised for different types of travel – business, leisure, activities you
plan to do, etc.

 

Use it often and never forget your
_____ Again!

 

Android : https://goo.gl/kA10CP

       

 iOS : https://goo.gl/Ji8AUd


 

Moovit: Bus Time & Train Time Live
Info

Moovit is your personal assistant for Public
Transport.  It guides more than 150
million users in over 2200 cities throughout the world. Commuters will find
updated bus time and train time, transit maps, and, where available, real-time
line arrivals based on GPS devices on-board buses, subways, and trains.

 

You can locate nearby stations,
travel with on-the-go live navigation guidance and receive get-off alerts at
your destination to ensure a smooth ride. This is why Moovit has been named one
of the best apps of the year in 2016 and 2017 by the Google Play and App
Stores, respectively.

 

You have offline maps, rate charts
and an interesting option to become a local guide for your city. You only need
one app to navigate – just MOOVIT!

 

Android : http://bit.ly/2KdWn5r  

 

iOS : https://apple.co/2Mcz5xi

 


Airbnb

If you are
travelling to a far away place, in a foreign country, or even within your own
country or city, and you are looking for some pleasant experiences on a
reasonable budget, Airbnb is for you.

 

Airbnb allows you to choose from
over 2.5 million homes in over 191 countries. Search by price, neighbourhood,
amenities, and more. Go through the reviews before you book. You may search for
last minute accommodation or even look for long term stays.

 

What is on offer, is home stays
where anyone having a spare room with decent surroundings can put up their
room(s) for rent.  You get the benefit of
meeting wonderful people, getting local guidance and a reasonable rate.  For the hosts, they can realise a decent
earning on their unused accommodation, communicate with the guests and make new
friends. A wonderful concept of matchmaking for guests and hosts effectively.

 

Android : https://goo.gl/Y3GUDu 

         
 iPhone : https://goo.gl/WdHJ7i

 


Google Trips

Google Trips
makes it easy to plan and organise your travel. Under beta testing for several
months, it is now available on the Play Store (https://goo.gl/hnBejO)

 

Once installed, it scans your GMail
account automatically to look for past and 
future trips. You can now find your travel reservations and
confirmations all in one place. Besides, it also downloads nearby interesting
places to see, hotels and restaurants, recreation activities – indoor and
outdoor and such interesting stuff automatically. These are curated by experts
and also by other fellow travellers. The best part is that you will be able to
access all of this even without an internet connection when you are in that
place!

 

Thus you can get
activity suggestions based on what’s nearby, customiseable day plans, and your
travel reservations from Gmail all in one place. And every trip you plan is
also available as a Card on your Google Home Page.
A must have
for frequent travellers.


 

Guides by Lonely Planet

Lonely
Planet is world famous for its travel guides – each of them curated by travel
writers who have visited each city and presents it in its true flavour. The
guides are bulky and costly too.

 

Now with this new app – Guides by
Lonely Planet – you get the city guides for free – yes you read it right –
FREE. Each city guide gives you details of what you can see (with friendly maps
and directions and wonderful pics), where and what you can eat, where you can
stay, shop, drink and play! You can save each city for offline use and pull it
out when you are there.

 

Currently, they have more than 20
cities listed and more are being added continuously.

With real life experiences and
essential tips, Guides by Lonely Planet are a boon to first time travellers to
any city – a must have when you travel to an unknown place.


https://goo.gl/daI5Eh


 

FlightAware

FlightAware.com
is a free flight tracker which tracks both commercial and private aircrafts
across the world. Founded in 2005, FlightAware has become the leading source of
flight information across the world.

 

Once you visit the site, all you
have to do is to enter the Airline Name and Flight No. and the site will
magically show you the current status of the aircraft – even if it is mid-air.
You may browse flight data by Operator, Aircraft Type and Airport.  The interface is quite simple and easy to
understand for the lay person while advanced options are available for the
geeks.

 

FlightAware also has an Android App
with the same name, which is very convenient to use. You can even receive
real-time push notification flight alerts, view airport delays, see nearby
flights (in the air!) and more.Remember to look up FlightAware if you are
travelling or assisting someone who travels by air.

 

 

TripIt: Travel Organiser

Tripit is
one of my favorite Travel Organisers for air travel.  As soon as you book a flight, hotel, car or
other reservation, simply forward it to plans@tripit.com and your plans will be
instantly added to your master itinerary.

 

All your important details like
flight timings, confirmation no., seat no. are in one place. No more
frantically searching through your inbox for them.  Important details like when your flight gets
in, or your confirmation number will all be in one place.  You can get to them instantly in TripIt, even
when you’re offline. Plus, it is very easy to send travel plans to your
calendar, or to anyone you choose. You can even update your meetings, hotel
bookings and local conveyance bookings, to give you a complete picture of your
visit in one place.

Manage all your plans for free with
TripIt, or, for about the price of checking your bags, upgrade to Tripit Pro to
get stress-free travel all year long. When you upgrade, you get additional
features like choosing the best seat, receive real-time flight alerts, get
terminal and gate reminders, track your frequent-flyer miles and much more.

An essential for Air Travel –
undoubtedly!

Android : http://bit.ly/2MxJfIS

              

iOS : https://apple.co/2MwOicp

 

HAPPY
TRAVELLING
!

RAINMAKING – ISSUES WITHIN PROFESSIONAL SERVICES FIRMS

A firm’s success or failure truly
boils down to three things: Finders, Minders and Grinders. For any firm to be
successful at all, it needs these three speci?c types of professionals.

 

1.     Finders-
Rainmakers who provide the work

2.     Minders-
Mid-level supervisory employees who manage the Grinders and are accountable for
their output

3.     Grinders-
junior level employees who are required to run assignments and matters

 

The Finders,
being an integral requirement in today’s hypercompetitive service landscape, pose
a special challenge to the otherwise collegiate culture that prevails in
professional services firms. More often than not there is a misplaced sense of
indispensability experienced by Finders who see themselves as the primary
generator of clients, and consider themselves extremely important to the
survival and success of the business. This attitude can generate some conflict
between the Finders and the Minders.

 

Role of Finder

Finders provide business and work
that keeps a firm running. They are extroverted by nature, enjoy networking and
making new connections and are able to generate business through new avenues.
Finders are not just salespeople or marketers but ‘people’s people’ who know
how to ?nd clients and what to say to them. Although primarily business
generators, they are also sometimes involved in executing the work since
clients have a high degree of comfort with them and repose more faith in their
abilities and competence.

 

Role of Minder

Finders cannot carry the firm on
their shoulders alone; a crucial element for success is being able to inspire
people to go through the journey with them. Minders are those employees who are
technically sound and expected to know every detail of their practice area.
They are focused on details of matters and are excellent at supervising
engagement teams. Finders need to be the captain of their Minders, steering the
vessel straight on course, adapting where necessary, and enabling them to
succeed.

 

A poor concept Finders have of
Minders is the stereotype of a micro-manager ruling over others with a task
list. However, it is the job of the Finders to enable their Minders to succeed
and intervene only at strategic points.

 

Role of Grinder

If the Finders are the Queen Bees
of the service industry, Grinders are the Worker Bees. They are responsible for
the heavy lifting of the workload, executing finer details of transactions and
are a very important cog in the wheel of the service industry.

 

Fees and revenue generated by a
firm are a combination of the talent and effort of all the above three
stakeholders. It is a well known fact that compensation increases with age and
competition. However, in many firms compensation can be disproportionate and
not entirely commensurate with the effort involved in the work.

 

This often causes feelings of
jealousy and insecurity among co-workers. Since people are the only asset of a
professional services organisation, it is imperative for the Finder to create
an environment of trust and fairness so there is a just and equal distribution
of work and compensation, which is commensurate with the skill and abilities of
the Minders and Grinders.

 

Compensation structures should
involve a proportion of fees to be distributed among the pool of employees in
addition to their salaries. There should also be incentives given to employees
who introduce clients and bring work to the firm. Some employees however, may
not have the contacts to generate revenue for the firm; they may have other
skills that would help them contribute to the growth of the firm such as
practice knowledge management, conducting training and learning programmes for
professionals and clients or contributing in other ways such as writing
articles for professional publications and journals. The management will also
need to find alternate ways of compensation for such skills.

 

The expectation of a Rainmaker is
to have a disproportionate share in the fees generated by his/her efforts to
bring in clients. Firms need to adopt best practices of profit sharing amongst
their partners to create a sense of fairness. This could include a number of
parameters such as rainmaking ability, execution capability, client
relationship management, promotion and marketing of the firm and contribution
by way of knowledge management.

While there is no “one size fits
all” approach to arrive at partner compensation, a balance of all these
indicative parameters may be the right approach towards achieving some
semblance of equity which would result in greater satisfaction and motivation
amongst the partnership.

 

At the end of the day, Finders, Minders and
Grinders need each other. One cannot exist without the other and all are
co-dependent on the others for their existence. In order to make a success of a
firm, Finders, Minders and Grinders must work together in a cooperative and
collaborative manner, each one knowing their place and purpose in the larger
scheme of things. As Henry Ford said, “Coming together is a beginning, staying
together is progress, and working together is success.”
  

MANAGERIAL REMUNERATION SHACKLES FINALLY REMOVED

Background


Finally, the requirement of
obtaining approval from the Central Government for paying managerial
remuneration by public companies has been removed. The amount of managerial
remuneration that can be paid is now an internal matter with the Board and,
where applicable, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the
shareholders. Shareholders consent by a special resolution is also needed wherever
the remuneration is in excess of limits prescribed in section 197 (1) of the
Companies Act, 2013.

 

For over last several decades,
though the laws relating to companies have been progressively reformed and made
liberal, managerial remuneration remained an area where sanction of the Central
Government was required to pay remuneration in excess of the limits prescribed
in section 197 read with Schedule V of the Act.

 

The limits on managerial
remuneration are mainly in the form of percentage of net profits and which
continues except that the approval of the Central Government is now not
required. There are overall limits for total managerial remuneration and then
sub-limits are provided for specified categories of directors. In case of loss
or inadequacy of profits absolute amounts are prescribed upto which a company
could pay remuneration. These are discussed in detail later herein. Paying
managerial remuneration beyond these limits required approval of the Central
Government. This requirement of taking government approval has been dropped
with effect from 12th September 2018. The new rules require
shareholders approval – special resolution. Hence, self governance has replaced
approval of the Central Government.

 

However, for listed companies SEBI
has prescribed additional requirements to ensure that promoters do not over pay
themselves without approval of the shareholders.

 

Summary
of existing provisions


The existing
provisions on limits on managerial remuneration are contained in section 197
read with Schedule V of the Companies Act, 2013. An overall limit for
managerial remuneration is provided at 11% of net profits. In other words,
executive and non-executive directors can be paid in the aggregate not more
than 11% of the net profits, calculated in the manner prescribed in section 198
of the Act. Payment of managerial remuneration beyond these limits required
approval of the Central Government. Within this limit, a single working
director (i.e., managing/whole-time director / executive director / manager)
could be paid remuneration upto 5% of the net profits, and all working
directors together could be paid 10% of the
net profits.

 

All non-executive directors could
be paid commission upto 1% of net profits and, if there was no working
director, then upto 3% of the net profits. The term manager and managing
director and whole-time director are defined in sub-section (53), (54) and (94)
of section 2 of the Act.

 

It is reiterated that sanction of
shareholders and central government was required to pay remuneration in excess
of the prescribed limits.

 

Needless to emphasise, obtaining
approval of the Central Government was a time consuming and possibly an
arbitrary affair. Even if shareholders agreed and approved, they could not take
such decisions. The limits on remuneration in case of inadequate profits were
arbitrary too, based on what the government perceived as fair remuneration.
Companies in need of talent at times were not able to hire the right person.
Moreover, the possibility of existing talent moving to other companies or even
migrating abroad loomed large generally for India and particularly during the
period when a company was going through a rough patch or even when the company
was expanding its activities and / or there existed circumstances beyond the
control of the management – for example – recession, market conditions and
period of restructuring operations.

 

As mentioned earlier, substantial
changes have been made which will ensure that the decisions of managerial
remuneration would be in accordance with good corporate governance practices
rather than government approval. The only approval required is of the
shareholders through a special resolution. This affirms the principle of
shareholders democracy. There have been several recent cases where shareholders
have showed growing disapproval by voting against remuneration they perceived
high. In many cases, this may be represented by substantial negative votes and
in some cases, actual rejection of the resolution itself by sufficient number
of negative votes.

 

Before we go into the specifics of
the changes, let us consider certain basics:

 

To which companies do the limits on managerial
remuneration apply?


The limits on managerial
remuneration apply to public companies, whether listed or not. They do not
apply to private companies, even if large in size.

 

What
is managerial emuneration?


Managerial remuneration is the
remuneration paid to directors, including those who are employees – such as
managing or whole time directors – that is –working directors and those who are
not employees of the company – i.e., the non-executive directors.  Managerial remuneration could be in the form
of salary, perquisites and / or commission. However, sitting fee for attending
board or committee meetings is not managerial remuneration.

 

Further, fees paid to professional
directors for professional services under certain circumstances is not
managerial remuneration.

 

Period
of appointment

The appointment of working director
could be made for a term of upto 5 years.

 

Changes
now made


The limits on managerial
remuneration remain largely as they are. Thus, the limits on managerial
remuneration as a percentage of net profits (including sub-limits for
individual directors) continue. Similarly, the minimum remuneration that can be
paid in case of inadequacy of profits also continues more or less as they
existed previously. However, if remuneration is desired to be paid beyond these
limits, the approval of the shareholders by way of a special resolution is
required. Approval of the Central Government is no more required. Hence,
shareholders now have the final say on managerial remuneration. The management
and the Board will thus have to present a good case to the shareholders for
payment of such higher managerial remuneration.

 

Approval
of lenders, etc.


Section 197 also provides for a
situation where the company has defaulted on payment of dues to banks/public
financial institutions or non-convertible debenture holders or any other
secured creditors. Their prior approval would be required before seeking
approval of the shareholders for paying remuneration higher than the prescribed
limits. Such approval is also required waiving the recovery of remuneration
paid in excess of prescribed limits. This requirement ushers in the concept of
involving consent of other stakeholders whose interests are affected in the
event of loss or inadequate results of operation.

 

SEBI
places further restrictions


SEBI in the meantime has separately
made amendments to Regulation 17 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and
Disclosure Requirements), 2009, though with effect from 1st April
2019.
These are:

 

1.   It
is now required that in a year where the annual remuneration of a single non-executive
director exceeds 50%
of the total annual remuneration payable to all non-executive
directors
, approval of members by special resolution shall be obtained.

 

2.   Amendments
are made with regard to managerial remuneration to promoters or members of the
promoter group. The amended provisions require that if the managerial
remuneration to a single promoter is Rs. 5 crores or 2.50% of net profits, whichever is higher, then the approval of
the shareholders by way of special resolution shall be obtained.

 

3.   Where
the proposed managerial remuneration to all promoters put together exceeds 5%
of the net profits, then too approval by way of special resolution is required
to be obtained.

 

The above requirements apply to
companies who have listed their specified securities on recognised stock
exchanges. Regulation 15(2) details the applicability giving exceptions.

 

Limits
on remuneration to independent directors


There is no change in the limit of
remuneration of independent directors – the cumulative limit is 1% or 3% of net
profits depending on whether the company has managing / executive / whole time
director or not.

 

Shareholders’ democracy is becoming
visible as in some instances re-appointment of independent directors has been
objected to, even if unsuccessfully. This is the beginning of shareholder
activism.


Approval
of Central Government continues to be required in certain other matters


The approval of the Central
Government will continue to be required in cases of appointment of such
managerial persons where the requirements relating to
qualifications/disqualifications are not complied with.

 

Conclusion

Companies will thus have much
greater freedom and flexibility in paying their top executives. In particular,
companies with lesser profits (for whatever reasons) will find relief. The
requirements of recommendation and review by Nomination and Remuneration
Committee (where applicable) and approval of the shareholders by
ordinary/special resolution will help in providing the required balance.

 

The timing of the amendments,
though, is a little awkward for companies desiring to take benefit of these
relaxations. Most companies may have already convened their annual general
meetings for 2018 and these matters may have not been proposed or proposed as
per earlier law. Thus, companies may need to approach the shareholders again to
seek their approval to take advantage of these relaxations.
  

OVERVIEW OF SECTION 138 OF THE NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS ACT

Introduction


Section 138 of the Negotiable
Instruments Act, 1881
(“the Act”) is one of the few
provisions which is equally well known both by lawmen and laymen. The section
imposes a criminal liability in case of a dishonoured or bounced cheque.
According to a 2008 Report of the Law Commission of India, over 38 lakh cheque
bouncing cases were pending at the Magistrate level as of October 2008. Over 10
years have passed since that Report and this figure is expected to have
leapfrogged!! The Magistrate Court is the first Court in the hierarchy of
criminal justice in India and if this entry level forum itself is clogged one
can very well understand why justice in India often takes so long. This Article
looks at some of the important facets of this Act including key recent changes
which have been introduced in the Act.  

 

When
does the section get triggered?


Let us briefly examine the impugned
section. Section 138 of the Act provides that if any cheque is drawn by a
person (drawer) in favour of another person (payee)
and if that cheque is dishonoured because of insufficient funds in the drawer’s
bank account, then such drawer is deemed to have committed an offence. The
penalty for this offence is imprisonment for a term which may be extended to 2
years and / or with a fine which may extend to twice the amount of the cheque.

 

In order to invoke the provisions
of section 138, the following three steps are necessary:

 

(i)    the
cheque must be presented to the bank within a period of 3 months from the date
on which it is drawn or within the period of its validity, whichever is
earlier;

 

(ii)    once the payee is informed by the bank about the dishonour of the
cheque, then he must within 30 days of such information make a demand for the
payment of the said amount of money by giving a notice in writing, to the
drawer of the cheque; and

(iii)   the drawer of such cheque fails to make the payment of the said
amount of money to the payee of the cheque, within 15 days of the receipt of
the said notice.

 

A fourth step is specified u/s.142
of the Act which provides that a complaint must be made to the Court within one
month of the date from which the cause of action arises (i.e., the notice
period). A rebuttable presumption is drawn by the Act that the holder of the
cheque received it for the discharge, in whole or in part, of any debt or other
liability.

 

It is presumed, unless the contrary
is proved, that the holder of a cheque received the cheque of the nature
referred to in section 138 for the discharge, in whole or in part, or any debt
or other liability.

 

Thus, in order to prosecute a
person for an offence u/s. 138, It is manifest that the following ingredients
are required to be fulfilled:

 

(a)   a
drawer must have drawn a cheque on his bank account for paying a sum to the
payee;

(b)   the
cheque should have been issued for the discharge of any legally enforceable
debt / liability;

(c)   the
payee must present such cheque within 3 months from the date on which it is
drawn or within the period of its validity whichever is earlier;

(d)   such
cheque is returned by the drawer’s bank as unpaid, because of insufficient
funds;

(e)   on
such cheque getting bounced, the payee demands repayment in writing and sends
such notice within 30 days of the dishonour intimation from the bank; and

(f)    even
after receipt of such written notice, the drawer fails to make payment of the
said amount of money to the payee of the cheque within 15 days of the receipt
of the said notice.

 

To illustrate, suppose a cheque is
deposited in a bank and the intimation of dishonour is received by the payee on

1st November 2018, then he has time till 30th November
2018 to send a demand Notice to the drawer. Assuming that the Notice is
received by the drawer on 30th November 2018, then he has time till
15th December 2018 to make good the payment. If not done, then the
payee can file a complaint starting 16th December 2018. The
complaint must be made by the payee within a period of 1 month from the date on
which the cause of action arises u/s. 138. It may be noted that a month is
defined under the General Clauses Act, to mean a month reckoned according to
the British Calendar. Thus, in this example, the last date for filing the
complaint would be 15th January 2019. This definition is relevant
since in several cases, it is presumed that a month means a period of 30 days
for filing a complaint. This becomes all the more relevant with a cause of
action which arises in the month of February. Thus, the maximum period is 1
month and not 30 / 31 days.

 

Who
can be Prosecuted in the cases u/s 138?


Various decisions have established
who can be prosecuted u/s. 138 in the case of dishonouring of a cheque. These
can be briefly summarised as follows:

 

(a)   The
drawer of the cheque himself in case of an individual drawer;

(b)   In
a case where the drawer is a company/firm / LLP – the Partners / the Directors
and the persons concerned for running of the company / firm / LLP including the
Managing Director, Designated Partner or any other officer of the entity with
whose consent or connivance the offence has been committed. Section 141 of the
Act regulates offences by companies and makes the directors, manager, secretary
and other officer of the company liable if the offence is attributable to any
neglect on their part.

The following Table indicates the
persons who can be implicated in case of a company / LLP:

 

Category

Degree of Averment

Reason

Managing Director or Designated Partner

No need to make an averment that he is in-charge of and
responsible to the company, for the conduct of the business of the company. It
is sufficient if an averment is made that the accused was the Managing
Director / Joint Managing Director or Designated Partner at the relevant
time.

The prefix ‘Managing’ to the word ‘Director’ makes it clear that
he was in charge of and was responsible to the company for the conduct of the
business wof the company. The same would be the case with a Designated
Partner.

A director or an officer of the company who signed the cheque on
behalf of the company

No need to make a specific averment that he was in charge of and
was responsible to the company, for the conduct of the business of the
company or make any specific allegation about consent, connivance or
negligence.

The very fact that the dishonoured cheque was signed by him on
behalf of the company, would give rise to responsibility.

Any other Director or officer of the company.

A specific averment is required in the complaint that such
person was in charge of, and was responsible to the company, for the conduct
of the business of the company is necessary. (Such officers can also be made
liable u/s. 141(2) by making necessary averments relating to consent and
connivance or negligence).

 

 

 

The Supreme Court has made it clear
in a catena of judgments that the complainant has to make out specific
averments to rope in directors u/s. 141 of the Act. Further, the Supreme Court
in the following Judgments have laid down the principle that the complainant
needs to demonstrate how and in what manner the director was responsible and
was in charge of affairs of the company:

 

a)    National Small Industries Corp. Ltd vs. Harmeet Singh Paintal and
Anr., 2010 All MR Cri 921

b)    Saroj Kumar Poddar vs. State (NCT of Delhi) and Anr., 2007 ALL MR
Cri. 560

c)    N. K. Wahi vs. Shekar Singh and Ors., 2007 (9) SCC 481


A company functions through its directors and officers who are responsible for
the conduct of the business of the company. A criminal liability on account of
dishonour of cheque primarily falls on the drawer company and is extended to
officers of the company. The normal rule in the cases involving criminal
liability is against vicarious liability, that is, no one is to be held
criminally liable for an act of another.

 

The legal position concerning the
vicarious liability of a director in a company which is being prosecuted for
the offence u/s. 138 came up for consideration before the Supreme Court on more
than one occasion. In a landmark decision in the case of National Small
Industries Corporation Limited vs. Harmeet Singh Paintal and Anr, 2010 ALL MR
CRI 921
the Supreme Court has laid down the following principles:

 

(a) The primary responsibility is
on the complainant to make specific averments as are required under law in the
complaint so as to make the accused vicariously liable. For fastening the
criminal liability, there is no presumption that the director knows about the
transaction.

(b) Section 141 does not make all
the directors liable for the offence. The criminal liability can be fastened
only on those who, at the time of commission of the offence, were in charge of
and were responsible for the conduct of business of the company.

(c) Vicarious liability can be
inferred against a company only if the requisite statements, which are required
to be averred in the complaint, are made so as to make the accused therein
vicariously liable for offence committed by the company along with averments in
the complaint containing that the accused were in charge of and responsible for
the business of the company and by virtue of their position they are liable to
be proceeded with.

(d)   Vicarious liability on the part of a person must be pleaded and
proved and not inferred. (There is no presumption u/s. 139 of the Negotiable
Instruments Act of vicarious liability)

(e) The person sought to be made
liable should be in charge of and responsible for the conduct of the business
of the company at the relevant time. This has to be averred as a fact as there
is no deemed liability of a director in such cases. The Court has reiterated
the position taken by it in its earlier decisions including the landmark
judgment delivered by it in the case of SMS Pharmaceuticals Ltd. vs.
Neeta Bhalla,2005 (4) Mh.L.J. 731
.

 

In the case of Central Bank
of India vs. Asian Global Limited 2010 AIR(SC) 2835
, the Supreme Court
has laid down that the allegations have to be clear and unambiguous showing
that the directors were in charge of and responsible for the business of the
company.

In this respect, the Act has taken
due care of Government nominated Directors and they shall not be liable for
prosecution under u/s. 138 r.w.s 141 of the Negotiable Instruments Act. Sadly,
such an exemption does not exist for Independent Directors!

 

Where
should a cheque bouncing complaint be filed?


One of the most litigious issues in
relation to a bounced cheque has been which Court has jurisdiction over a case?
Say, a debtor which has its registered office in Ranchi, Jharkhand issued a
cheque drawn on a Ranchi bank to a creditor based in Mumbai and the cheque once
deposited in the Mumbai bank bounces. Now, should the complaint be filed in
Mumbai or in Ranchi?

 

This answer could make a big
difference since the ease of filing a case in one’s own city or State is
manifold as compared to a remote location. This issue saw several Supreme Court
and High Court decisions leading to a see-saw one way and the other. A slew of
decisions came out strongly in favour of the accused unlike the earlier
decisions which were pro-complainant. Let us look at the history and the
current position on this very important aspect which made several creditors and
banks jittery.

 

A two-member bench of the Supreme
Court in K Bhaskaran vs. Sankaran Vaidhyan Balan (1999) 7 SCC 510
laid down five important components for filing a complaint u/s. 138 of the Act:

 

(a)   Drawing of the cheque,

(b)   Presentation of the cheque to the bank,

(c)   Returning the cheque unpaid by the drawee bank,

(d)   Giving notice in writing to the drawer of the cheque demanding
payment of the cheque amount, and

(e)   Failure of the drawer to make payment within 15 days of the receipt
of the notice

 

The Apex Court finally concluded
that since an offence could pertain to any of the above five acts there could be
five offences which could be committed at five different locations and hence,
the suit could be filed in any Court having jurisdiction over these locations.

 

 Thus, the complainant can select any of the
five Courts for filing his complaint within whose jurisdiction the five acts were
done.

 

However, a subsequent Supreme Court
decision in the case of Dashrath Rupsingh Rathod vs. State of
Maharashtra, Cr. A. No. 2287 /2009 Order dated 1st August 2014

led to debtors across the Country celebrating and creditors panicking. It
overruled all the earlier decisions on this subject and held that the case u/s.
138 had to be filed only where bank of the accused was located. This was
because of the fact that the offence of cheque dishonour has occurred where the
bank of the accused was located. Hence, in the above example, the creditor
would have had to file his case before the Magistrate Court of Ranchi! Imagine
the sheer harassment it would cause the creditor and that too to recover his
own money.

 

This decision caused a great deal
of inconvenience to litigants and finally the Parliament amended the Act with
effect from 15th June 2015 by inserting sub-section (2) in section
142 of the Act to define the jurisdiction for filing the case. It states that
if the cheque is delivered for collection through an account, then the
complaint would be filed at a place where the bank branch of the payee is
situated. Continuing with our above example, since the Mumbai-based creditor
deposited his Ranchi debtor’s cheque in his Mumbai Bank Account, the complaint
would be filed before the Metropolitan Magistrate of Mumbai. Indeed, a welcome
relief! The Constitutional Validity of this provision was challenged in the
case of Vikas Bafna & Ors vs. UOI, WP (C) 1351/2016 (Cha). It
was contended that the amendment took away a valuable right of the accused to
defend himself properly and that since the amendment nullified a Supreme Court
decision it was Constitutionally invalid. The Chattisgarh High Court negated
this plea and held that all laws which cause some hardship cannot be treated as
being constitutionally invalid.

 

Process
of Complaint


The process of filing a complaint
u/s. 138 of the Act is as follows:

 

(a)   A
complaint under the Act is filed by the payee before a Magistrate or JMFC (Judicial
Magistrate First Class) or Metropolitan Magistrate (only for the 4 Metros).

(b)   The
complainant is examined u/s. 200 of the Criminal Procedure Code (CrPC) where
his verification statement is filed. For the complainants verification can be
filed by way of an Affidavit also.

(c)   The
Magistrate then issues a Process u/s. 204 of the CrPC. or dismisses the
complaint u/s. 203 of the Code.

 

(d)   Once
the process is issued, summons are sent to the accused.

(e)   After
the summons are issued, if the accused does not appear before the Court, then a
Warrant of Arrest is issued.

(f)    Once
the accused appears before the Court, he has to secure bail and the plea of the
accused is recorded.

 

In this respect, there has been an important
amendment
with effect from 1st September 2018
to the Negotiable Instruments Act vide the insertion of section 143A. This
section states that if the accused pleads not guilty to the accusation made in
the complaint, then the Magistrate may direct the Accused to pay to the
complainant an interim compensation of up to 20% of the amount of the
cheque
. The interim compensation has to be paid within 60 days from the
date of the order. If the accused does not pay the same the same can be
recovered as if a fine was levied as per section 421 of the CrPC.

 

Two salient features of this
important amendment which are worth noting are as follows:

 

(i)    The
power to ask an accused to pay interim compensation is discretionary with the
Magistrate and is not mandatory. The words used are “may order
and not “shall order”. Hence, it is not that in each and every
case, the Court would order interim compensation, it may decide to avoid it
altogether in a case.

(ii)    Further, the interim compensation is not a fixed sum of 20% of
the cheque amount. It is an amount of up to 20% and hence, it could be any sum
even lower than 20% of the cheque amount. Thus, for instance, the Court may
order the accused to pay 5% as interim compensation.

 

(g)   Once
plea is recorded, the complainant has to file his evidence.

(h)   After
the evidence of the complainant /prosecution is recorded, the Magistrate
records the statement of the accused where questions are put to the accused
based on the evidence filed by the complainant. After the statement is recorded,
the accused has a choice to lead his evidence or has the right to remain
silent.

(i)    Once
the evidence of the accused is closed the matter proceeds for arguments and
judgment.

(j)    The
Court would then pass a judgment either of conviction of the accused or of his
acquittal. A judgment of conviction is appealable by the drawer in the Court of
Sessions. If an acquittal is given, then a leave has to be sought by the payee
from the High Court to file an Appeal in the High Court within 60 days of the
acquittal order.

 

Conclusion


One can only hope that given the
gravity of the violations and the consequences, the Government amends the
Negotiable Instruments Act to exempt Independent and Non-executive Directors.
In fact, such an amendment is also welcome in other similar statutes
prescribing a criminal liability on the directors. SEBI which has been the
driving force behind the corporate governance movement in India should take up
this matter with the Government. If we want more independent directors on our
companies, then we must make laws to facilitate the same!
 

 


 

 

VALUATION STANDARDS – AN ATTEMPT TO STANDARDISE SUBJECTIVITY

‘Valuation is the process of
determining the economic worth of a subject under certain assumptions and
limiting conditions for a particular purpose on a particular date.’

 

The above
description comes closest to defining ‘Valuation’ from a financial and economic
perspective. Such a process of valuation usually culminates into an ‘estimation
of value’, that is generally performed by a person with the desired skill-sets.
Since long, the valuation exercises have been the domain of various
subject-matter-experts, each claiming to be one in a specific category. The
nuances of such specific categories, e.g. real property, financial assets,
personal assets, intangibles, etc., ensured that the profession of valuation
remained scattered across various professional silos operating in a particular
domain area.

 

In the recent past, various
developments and factors in the Indian context have contributed to the
thought-process of creating a distinct class of professionals who would be
entrusted with the responsible need of performing valuations. The shift to the
fair-value based financial reporting, fragmented regulatory regime surrounding
valuations, advent of the insolvency and bankruptcy code and enhanced
stakeholder expectations, were the key contributors to the thought-process of
creating a distinct class of professionals to focus on performing valuations.
The Companies Act, 2013 (‘Act’), more specifically section 247 therein,
incarnated this distinct class of professionals as ‘Registered Valuers’.

 

The Act envisages an entire
framework under which the Registered Valuer is expected to function. Amongst
the many constituents of this framework, is an important obligation on the
Registered Valuer to ensure the conduct of the valuation exercise is in
accordance with the valuation standards as notified by the Central Government. Unlike
the other contemporaries, being Accounting Standards, Auditing Standards,
Standards of Internal Audit, etc., the Valuation Standards have, in a sense, a
self-defeating role in standardising the judgments, estimations,
subjectivities, presumptions and perceptions that are the inherent basis and
purpose of a valuation exercise.
Each of these attributes are a clear
antithesis to ‘standardisation’. Having said that, there is a real opportunity
to standardise the processes surrounding valuation and the broad contours of a
valuation exercise, basis of which a valuation professional can apply
his expertise.

 

Globally, there are different
valuation standards that are applicable to different jurisdictions. More
notable ones being (a) the International Valuation Standards (‘IVS’)
issued by the International Valuations Standards Council, applicable to various
countries, (b) the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (‘USPAP’)
issued by The Appraisal Foundation – USA (‘TAF’), predominantly
applied in the United States of America and (c) European Valuation Standards (‘EVS’)
as issued by The European Group of Valuers’ Association, applicable to certain
countries in the European region. These prominent sets of valuation standards
are more different than similar in their construct, approach, guidance and
application. Whilst attempts are being made to bridge the divergence between
these prominent valuation standards, significant differences remain between
these prominent international standards. Whilst the IVS tend to be highly
principle-based in their approach, the EVS and USPAP are fairly rule-based in
their approach. The EVS ecosystem particularly also provides detailed technical
guidance on nuances of the valuation process through guidance notes, codes and
technical documentation.

 

Indian Regulatory Position on Valuation
Standards


Rule 8 of Companies (Registered
Valuers and Valuation) Rules, 2017 mandates every Registered Valuer to comply
with valuation standards as notified by the Central Government.

 

Till date, no valuation standards
have yet been notified under the Companies Act, 2013 and the duty has been
entrusted to a committee formed by the central government, i.e. ‘Committee to
advise on valuation matters’ to recommend the valuation standards to the
Central Government for an eventual notification on their applicability.

 

The Act envisages 3 (three)
different asset classes, being a) Land and Building, b) Plant and Machinery and
c) Securities or Financial Assets; and the Registered Valuer shall practice
only in the specific asset class for which the Registered Valuer is qualified
for. Intangible assets are a part of Securities or Financial Assets. One would
expect that the committee would recommend valuation standards separately for
each asset class. It will be interesting to observe the outcome of this process
and the road map set by the committee for promulgation of valuation standards
under the Act.

 

Until such time the Central
Government formulates and notifies the valuation standards, the Registered
Valuer shall perform valuation engagements in accordance with (a) internationally
accepted valuation standards or (b) valuation standards adopted by any
registered valuation organisation.

 

Meanwhile, the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’) recognising the need to
have consistent, uniform and transparent valuation policies and harmonise the
diverse practices in use in India, constituted the Valuation Standards Board (‘VSB’)
on 28th February, 2017. The composition of the VSB is broad-based
and ensures participation of all interest groups in the standard-setting process.
Amongst various other functions, the main function of the VSB is to formulate
Valuation Standards to be recommended by ICAI to Registered Valuers
Organisations in India, the Government and other regulatory bodies in India and
abroad for adoption and implementation. Based on the recommendation of the VSB,
the ICAI at its landmark 375th meeting issued a set of Valuation
Standards aka ICAI Valuation Standards’.

 

These ICAI Valuation Standards are
applicable to members of the ICAI for all valuation engagements on a mandatory
basis under the Companies Act, 2013.
In respect of valuation
engagements under other statutes like Income Tax, SEBI, FEMA, etc., it will be
on recommendatory basis for the members of the Institute. These Valuation
Standards are effective for the valuation reports issued on or after 1st
July, 2018. There are currently 8 (eight) valuation standards along with
Preface and Framework documents that have been made applicable by the ICAI.
They are as follows:

 

a.   Preface
to the ICAI Valuation Standards

b.   Framework
for the Preparation of Valuation Report

c.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 101
Definitions

d.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 102
Valuation Bases

e.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 103
Valuation Approaches    and Methods  

f.    ICAI
Valuation Standard 201
Scope of Work, Analyses and Evaluation 

g.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 202
Reporting and Documentation

h.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 301
Business Valuation

i.    ICAI
Valuation Standard 302
Intangible Assets

j.    ICAI
Valuation Standard 303
Financial Instruments

 

The standards have been neatly
grouped into three different number scalable series, with 1XX series dealing
with a set of standards that are fundamental common principles being applicable
to across asset classes, the 2XX series dealing with the specifics of
performing a valuation engagement and the 3XX series dealing with explicit
matters in relation to an asset class. The currently applicable ICAI Valuation
Standards cover only the asset class of Securities or Financial Assets under
the 3XX series. On the other hands, the IVS as issued by International
Valuation Standards Council are as below:

 

a.   International
Valuation Standards Framework

b.   International
Valuation Standards 101
Scope of work

c.   International
Valuation Standards 102
Investigations and Compliance

d.   International
Valuation Standards 103
Reporting

e.   International
Valuation Standards 104
Bases of Value

f.    International
Valuation Standards 105
Valuation Approaches and Methods

g.   International
Valuation Standards 200
Business and Business Interests

h.   International
Valuation Standards 210
Intangible Assets

i.    International
Valuation Standards 300
Plant and Equipment

j.    International
Valuation Standards 400
Real Property Interests

k.   International
Valuation Standards 410
Development Property

l.    International
Valuation Standards 500
Financial Instruments

 

Since the ICAI Valuation Standards
are mandatory for chartered accountants, we shall discuss in detail on those
standards. The ICAI Valuation Standards are drafted by a committee of experts
appointed by the VSB and are curated keeping in sight the nuances surrounding
the valuation ecosystem in India alongwith the peculiar conditions of the
Indian regulatory regime. A synopsis of the ICAI Valuation Standards and key
provisions in each of the above standards is covered below:

 

a.   Preface
to the ICAI Valuation Standards

The Preface acts a precursor
to understanding the backdrop to valuation standards. The preface delves
in detail into formation and functioning of the Valuation Standards Board, the
scope of valuation standards and the procedure to issue a valuation standard.
The mandatory nature of the standards is also an attribute being derived from
the Preface.

 

b.   Framework for the Preparation of Valuation Report

The Framework sets out the concepts
that underline the preparation of valuation reports in accordance with the ICAI
Valuation Standards. The Framework acknowledges the fact that the ICAI
Valuation Standards may not be able to cover every nuance of a valuation
engagement and accordingly a valuation professional is expected to apply his
judgment to the matter. The Framework further elaborates the factors on which
the judgment should be based including the regulatory guidance surrounding such
an application of judgment. The Framework prescribes
a) Understandability, b) Reliability and c) Reliance as the three principal
qualitative characteristics that make the information in the valuation report
useful to the users of the valuation report. The Framework also prescribes
fundamental ethical principles to be followed by the valuation professional,
being a) Integrity and fairness, b) Objectivity, c) Professional competence and due care, d) Confidentiality and
e) Professional behaviour.

 

In case of a conflict between the
ICAI Valuation Standards and Framework, the provisions of ICAI Valuation
Standards would prevail.

 

c.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 101 – Definitions

The objective of this valuation
standard is to prescribe specific definitions and principles which are
applicable to the ICAI Valuation Standards, dealt specifically in other
standards. The definitions enunciated in this standard shall guide and form the
basis for certain terms used in other ICAI Valuation Standards.

 

The standard prescribes 48
definitions that are used in other ICAI Valuation Standards. Various terms
which are more generally and colloquially used have been defined in this
standard, e.g. As-is-where-is Basis, Goodwill, Fair value, Forced Transaction,
Highest and best use, Observable inputs, etc.

 

It is evident from the drafting of
the standard that an attempt has been made to maintain parity of common
definitions that are also defined in the accounting standards.

 

As-is-where-is Basis: The term
as-is-where-is basis will consider the existing use of the asset which may or
may not be its highest and best use.

 

d.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 102 – Valuation Bases

This standard defines important
valuation bases, prescribes the measurement assumptions on which the value will
be based and explains the premises of values.

 

Valuation Base’ is as an
indication of the type of value being used in an assignment. Different
valuation bases may lead to different conclusions of value. Therefore, it is
important for the valuation professional to identify the bases of value
pertinent to the engagement. This standard defines the following valuation
bases:

 

(a) Fair value;

(b) Participant specific value; and

(c) Liquidation value

 

On the other hand, ‘Valuation
Premise
’ refers to the conditions and circumstances of how an asset is
deployed.

 

In a given set of circumstances, a
single premise of value may be adopted while in some situations multiple
premises of value may be adopted. Some common premises of value prescribed in
the standard are as follows:

 

(a) highest and best use;

(b) going concern value;

(c) as is where is value;

(d) orderly liquidation; or

(e) forced transaction.

 

A valuation professional shall
select an appropriate valuation base considering the terms and purpose of the
valuation engagement. The standard also recognises the multiplicity of
‘valuation premises’ based on the conditions and circumstances how an asset is
deployed.For instance, a ‘Liquidation Value’ being the ‘Valuation Base’ with
‘Forced Transaction’ being the ‘Valuation Premise’ can result in a completely
different valuation outcome for a same asset being valued on a ‘Fair Value’ as
‘Valuation Base’ with ‘Highest and Best Use’ as the ‘Valuation Premise’.

 

e.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 103 – Valuation Approaches and Methods 

The objective of this standard is
to provide guidance on different valuation approaches and methods that can be
adopted to determine the value of an asset. The standard lays down three main
valuation approaches:

 

(a)  Market
Approach

(b)  Income
Approach

(c)  Cost
Approach.

 

The appropriateness of a valuation
approach for determining the value of an asset would depend on valuation bases
and premises. The standard requires that valuation approaches and methods shall
be selected in a manner which would maximise the use of relevant observable
inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs. It is also possible to use
multiple methods to arrive at combination value or weighted value.

 

ICAI Valuation Standard 103 is one
of the lengthiest of the valuation standards and delves on various commonly
used methods that are adopted vis-à-vis the different approaches. Few of the
methods discussed under this standard include:

 

(a)  Market Approach Methods:

i.    Market
price method

ii.    Comparable
companies multiple method

iii.   Comparable transaction multiple method

 

(b)  Income
Approach

i.    Discounted
cash flow method

ii.    Relief
from royalty method

iii.   Multi-period excess earnings method

iv.   With
and without method

v.   Option
pricing method


(c)  Cost Approach

i.    Replacement
cost approach

ii.    Reproduction
cost method

 

f.    ICAI
Valuation Standard 201 – Scope of Work, Analyses and Evaluation
 

This standard prescribes the basis
for (a) determining and documenting the scope/terms of a valuation engagement,
responsibilities of the valuer and the client; (b) the extent of analyses and
evaluations to be carried out by the valuer; and (c) responsibilities of the valuer
while relying on the work of other experts.

 

The standard prescribes detailing
of certain key attributes that form a part of a valuation engagement and such
attributes must be documented by way of an engagement letter. The minimum
contents of an engagement letter are also prescribed in the standard.

 

The standard is an important
guiding factor for the extent of analyses and evaluation that should be
conducted by a valuation professional in conducting the valuation exercise,
including the level of review of non-financial information, ownership
information, general information, subsequent events, etc. The standard also
provides guidance on necessary evaluation to be conducted by the valuation
professional in placing reliance on the work of other experts.

 

In placing reliance on the work of
other experts, the valuer shall evaluate the skills, qualification, and
experience of the other expert in relation to the subject matter of his
valuation. It is for the valuer to evaluate whether the expert has sufficient
resources to perform the work in a specified time frame and also explore the
relationship which shall not give rise to a conflict of interest.

 

If the work of any third party
expert is to be relied upon in the valuation assignment, the description of
such services to be provided by the third party expert and the extent of
reliance placed by the valuer on the expert’s work shall be documented in the
engagement letter. The engagement letter should document that the third party
expert is solely responsible for their scope of work, assumptions and
conclusions.

 

g.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 202 – Reporting and Documentation

The objective
of this Standard is to prescribe the minimum contents of the valuation report
depending upon the nature of the engagement and specify the responsibility of a
valuer in preparing the relevant documentation for arriving at a value. The
standard also deals with the functionality of a management representation and
its limitations.

 

In relation to the documentation to
be maintained by a valuation professional, the standard provides adequate
direction in relation to maintenance of sufficient and appropriate evidence of
the valuation exercise. The minimum set of documentation that should be
preserved by the valuation professional is also prescribed by the standard.

 

h.   ICAI
Valuation Standard 301 – Business Valuation

This standard provides guidance for
valuation professionals who are performing business valuation or business
ownership interests valuation engagements. The standard acknowledges the fact
that such a business valuation may be carried out for various different
purposes including for financial transactions, dispute resolution, reporting
requirements, compliance requirements, internal planning, etc.

 

The standard lays down a
step-by-step methodology in performing business valuation as under:

 

(d)  define
the premise of the value

(e)  analyse
the asset to be valued and collect the necessary information;

(f)   identify
the adjustments to the financial and non-financial information for the
valuation;

(g)  consider
and apply appropriate valuation approaches and methods;

(h)  arrive
at a value or a range of values; and

(i)   identify
the subsequent events, if any.

 

The standard also provides guidance
on commonly used methods for business valuation across the different approaches
that are used in the valuation of a business.

 

i.    ICAI
Valuation Standard 302 – Intangible Assets

In an increasing knowledge-driven
new-age economy, the valuation of intangibles is of greater and heightened importance.
The objective of this standard is to prescribe specific guidelines and
principles which are applicable to the valuation of intangible assets that are
not dealt with specifically in another ICAI valuation standard. The standard
defined an intangible asset as an identifiable non-monetary asset without
physical substance. The interplay of goodwill with intangible assets and their
distinct natures is well enshrined in the standard.

 

The standard
elucidates on the various types of intangible assets and goes on to provide
detailed guidance on various methods that are commonly used in valuation of
intangible assets across the different valuation approaches. Apart from other
methods, the greenfield method and the distributor method are also guided for
in the standard.

 

j.    ICAI
Valuation Standard 303 – Financial Instruments

The term ‘financial instrument’ has
a common adaption across financial reporting and valuation. This standard
establishes principles, suggests methodology and considerations to be followed
by a valuation professional in performing valuation of financial instruments.
For the purposes of this Standard, financial instrument is any contract that
gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or
equity instrument of another entity. Equity instruments, derivatives, debt
instruments, fixed income and structured products, compound instruments, etc.,
are certain examples of financial instruments.

 

The principles laid down in this
standard are generally consistent with the broad principles of Ind AS, although
the Ind AS provide far more detailed guidance including specific
classifications of inputs (level 1, level 2 and level 3) and their preferred
usage in a valuation exercise.

 

Acknowledging the prevalence of
market, income and cost approach, the standard discourages the use of cost
approaches as it is more commonly used in non-financial asset valuation.
Amongst various other matters, the standard deals with certain special
considerations surrounding (a) the entity control environment, (b) the
determination of present value in a valuation technique, (c) adjustment to
credit risks in a valuation exercise.

 

Conclusion


As evident from the above synopsis,
the ICAI Valuation Standards set the right platform for a valuation professional
to perform his valuation exercise. These standards have put in place various
guard-rails to which the subjectivity and estimation element of a valuation
exercise, can be subjected to. One of the important enhancements to the quality
of valuation reporting under the ICAI Valuation Standards is the enhanced
disclosure requirements that are mandated by the ICAI Valuation Standards.

 

The minimum disclosure requirements
also enhance comparability and provide a sense of underlying assumptions that
are considered by the valuer in making his assessment.

 

Given this fact and the
cohesiveness of the ICAI Valuation Standards adequately capturing the Indian
nuances, it would not be surprising if the ‘Committee to advise on valuation
matters’ as set up by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs recommends the ICAI
Valuation Standards as notified valuation standards under the Act, especially
for the securities and financial assets class.

One will need
to wait and watch the adoption of ICAI Valuation Standards by other registered
valuation organisations and their applicability for other regulatory purposes.


The ICAI Valuation Standards pushes the practice of valuation into certain
required rigours of documentation, reporting, reliance on experts, evaluation
of a control environment, etc., that would only act as a catalyst to further
enhance the reliance on the report of the valuation professional. While the
domain does not and by its very nature cannot, remove the element of
‘subjectivity’, the robust nature of ICAI Valuation Standards alongwith the
enhanced disclosure requirements have the potential go a long way in setting
the right principles and providing the right directional clarity to the
professional valuer performing a valuation exercise. The needle of balance
between subjectivity and standardisation has certainly moved a fair bit towards
standardisation.

JUDICIAL DISCIPLINE

1.  Prelude

In the
hierarchy of tax, the Assessing Officer is the first authority to determine the
tax liability in accordance with law. One of the most important provisions of
the Constitution of India is Article 265, which provides “no tax
shall be levied or collected except by authority of law”.
CBDT vide
Circular No. 14 (XL-35 dt. 11-04-1955 dealing with refunds and reliefs
to the assessee, stated that it is the duty of the Assessing Officer to grant
relief if he is legally entitled though the assessee has not claimed it in the
return of income. First appeal lies u/s. 246A of the Income-tax Act before the
Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals), who has been stated as a superior
assessing authority to correct and also to cure the assessment. Adversary
proceedings commence with appeal u/s. 253 to the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal,
an independent body functioning under the Ministry of Law, which is the final
fact finding
authority and to whom second appeal lies by the assessee as
well as by the Revenue. Third appeal lies u/s. 260A before the State High Court
against order of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal only on substantial question
of law. Final appeal lies to the Supreme Court of India u/s. 261 and Special
Leave Petition can be filed under Article 136 of the Constitution of India
before the Supreme Court, which is discretionary power, whereas all other
appeals are statutory. Relevant rules govern the procedure in first and second
appeal and third appeal is governed by the Civil Procedure Code and State High
Court rules. In the same order is the subordination and each is bound by the judicial
precedents
of the higher authorities, Tribunal, High Court and Supreme
Court. To maintain discipline, decorum and to avoid chaos and arbitrariness ‘Judicial
Discipline’ has been built-up by the judicial precedents, judge made
law.

 

2. 
Object, sanctity and effect

The basic object of judicial
discipline is to bring in consistency; to avoid unwanted litigation, which is costly
and full of uncertainties; to avoid harassment of tax-payers; to eliminate
denial of justice and to put an end to controversy. It has been rightly said
that if an appeal would have been provided against an order of the Supreme
Court, at least 10% of earlier judgments would have been reversed. Hence, a
four-tier scheme of appeal has been provided under the Income-tax Law.

 

3. 
Supreme Court   


3.1   The Supreme Court in Bhopal Sugar
Industries Ltd. vs. ITO (1960) 40 ITR 618 (SC)
observed that an assessing
authority is bound to carry out the directions given by the superior tribunal.
It stated as under: Refusal by a subordinate court is in effect a denial of
justice, and “is further more destructive of one of the basic principles in
the administration of justice based as it is in this country on a hierarchy of
courts”.

 

3.2   The Supreme Court in UOI vs. Kamlakshi
Finance Corporation Ltd. AIR 1992 SC 711
at 712 emphasised: The
principles of judicial discipline require that the orders of the higher
appellate authorities should be followed unreservedly by the subordinate
authorities. The mere fact that the order of the appellate authority is not
‘acceptable’ to the Department – in itself an objectionable phrase
– and is
the subject-matter of an appeal can furnish no ground for not following it
unless its operation has been suspended by a competent court.

 

3.3   The principle of judicial discipline as
expounded in the case of Kamlakshi Finance Corporation Ltd.(supra) has
been followed in the case of Nicco Corporation Ltd. vs. CIT (2001) 251 ITR
791 (Cal.) (HC)
.

 

3.4   Judgment delivered by the Income-tax
Appellate Tribunal is binding on the Assessing Officer. The Assessing Officer
is bound to follow the judgment in its ‘letter and spirit’. This is
necessary for judicial unity and discipline as the Assessing Officer is an
inferior officer vis-à-vis the Tribunal. Hence, the Assessing Officer should
not attempt to distinguish the same on untenable grounds. In this context, it
will not be out of place to mention that “in the hierarchical system of courts”
which exists in our country, “it is necessary for each lower tier” including the
High Court, “to accept loyally the decisions of the higher tiers”.

 

3.5   Hence, I.T.O. cannot refuse to follow orders
of Tribunal and such order would be without jurisdiction as held in Voest-Apline
Ind. GmbH vs. ITO. (2000) 246 ITR 745 (Cal.) (HC)
.

 

3.6   In Assistant Collector of Central Excise
vs. Dunlop India Ltd. (1985) 154 ITR 172
at 173 (SC): “It is inevitable
in a hierarchical system of courts that there are decisions of the supreme
appellate tribunal which do not attract the unanimous approval of all members
of the judiciary. But the judicial system works only if someone is allowed
to have the last word and that last word, once spoken, is loyally accepted”
.
Also refer Bank of Baroda vs. H.C. Shrivastava (2002) 256 272 385 Bom H.C.

 

3.7   In Cassell and Co. Ltd. vs. Broome (1972)
AC 1027 (HL)
, the House of Lords observed we hope it will never be
necessary for us to say so again that : “in the hierarchical system of
courts” which exists in our country, it is necessary for each lower tier,
including the High Court “to accept loyally the decisions of the higher tiers”.
`The better wisdom of the court below must yield to the higher wisdom of the
court above’.
That is the strength of the hierarchical judicial system.

 

3.8   In Cassell vs. Broome (1972) AC 1027,
commenting on the Court of Appeal’s comment that Rookes vs. Barnard (1964)
AC 1129
, was rendered per incuriam, Lord
Diplock observed (p. 1131): “The Court of Appeal found themselves able to
disregard the decision of this House of Rookes v. Barnard by applying to it the
label per incuriam. That label is relevant only to the right of an appellate
court to decline to follow one of its own previous decisions, not to its right
to disregard a decision of a higher appellate court or to the right of a judge
of the High Court to disregard a decision of the Court of Appeal”.

 

3.9   In this connection reliance is also placed on
the observations of the Supreme Court in the case of East India Commercial
Co. Ltd. vs. Collector of Customs AIR 1962 SC 1893
at page 1905. “Where
there is a decision of a higher appellate authority, the subordinate authority
is bound to follow such decision. Hence, an order passed by the Income Tax
Officer following the decision of the Appellate Tribunal cannot be held to be
erroneous and such an order cannot be revised u/s. 263”. Russell Properties
Pvt. Ltd. vs. A. Chowdhury, Addl. CIT (1977) 109 ITR 229 (Cal.) (HC)

 

3.10 Ours is a unified judiciary. According to
Article 141 of the Constitution of India, the law declared by the Supreme Court
shall be binding on all Courts within the territory of India. The expression “all
courts means courts other than the Supreme Court”
. The decision of the
Supreme Court is binding on all the High Courts. In other words, the High
Courts cannot hold the law laid down by the Apex Court is not binding on the
ground that relevant provisions were not brought to the notice of the Supreme
Court, or the Supreme Court laid down the legal position without considering
all points. The decision of the Apex Court binds both the pending cases and the
future ones. Even the directions of the Apex Court in a decision constitute
binding law under Article 141
Vishaka vs. State of Rajasthan AIR 1997 SC
3011
.

 

3.11 It is pertinent to state that : the Supreme
Court is not bound by its own decisions and may also overrule its
previous decisions either by expressly saying so or impliedly by not following
them in a subsequent case. Dwarka Das Shrinivas vs. Sholapur Spinning and
Weaving Company Ltd.,- AIR 1954 SC 119)
and C N Rudramurthy vs. K
Barkathulla Khan (1998) 8 SCC 275
.

 

3.12 Thus, in view of Article 141 of the
Constitution of India, when there is a decision of the Apex Court directly
applicable with all the force to the case on hand, the learned Single Judge
could have decided the Writ Petitions following the decision of the Apex Court,
holding that the decision of the Division Bench is contrary to the law laid
down under Article 141 of the Constitution of India. Sidramappa & Others
vs. State of Karnataka and others AIR 2014 (Karn.)100
, at 103 (Full Bench).

 

3.13 Two member bench not agreeing with opinion of
earlier three member bench, may refer to the President for a larger bench as
held in Union of India vs. Paras Laminates Pvt. Ltd. (1990) 186 ITR 722 (SC).
Judicial discipline and propriety demands that a Bench of two judges of the
Supreme Court should follow a decision of a Bench of three judges. If the Bench
of two judges concludes that an earlier judgment of a Bench of three judges is
so very incorrect that in no circumstances can it be followed, the proper
course for the Bench of two judges to adopt is to refer the matter before it to
a Bench of three judges, setting out the reasons why it could not agree with
the earlier judgment. If, then, the Bench of three judges also comes to the
conclusion that the earlier judgment of a Bench of three judges is incorrect, a
reference to a Bench of five judges is justified
Pradip C. Parija vs.
Pramod C. Patnaik (2002) 254 ITR 99 (SC)
.

 

3.14 No co-ordinate Bench of Supreme Court can even
comment upon, let alone sit in judgment over the discretion exercised or judgment
rendered in a case or matter before another co-ordinate Bench. Sub-Committee
of Judicial Accountability vs. UOI (1992) 4 SCC 97
.

 

3.15 On 18.01.2018 a Division Bench of the Supreme
Court in National Travel Services vs. CIT (2018) 401 ITR 154 (SC), directed,
after giving detailed reasons to place the matter before the Hon’ble Chief
Justice for reconsideration of decision in CIT vs. Madhur Housing and
Development Co. (2018) 401 ITR 152 (SC)
. Incidentally it is noticed
that Hon’ble Mr. Justice Rohinton Fali Nariman is common in both the cases. Matter
stands referred to the larger bench.

 

3.16 Further if the order of an appellate authority
is the subject-matter of further appeal, that cannot be the ground for not
following it, unless its operation has been suspended by a competent court.
If this rule is not followed, the result will not only be undue harassment to
assessees but also chaos in the administration of tax laws. The State is bound
to be fair to those with whom it has to deal, and to the extent possible, it
must avoid any harassment to the assessee public without causing any loss to
the exchequer. Nokia Corporation vs. DIT (2007) 292 ITR 22 (Delhi) (HC).

 

3.17 In case for any reason the Executive /
Department does not agree with the decision of the Supreme Court it can seek
review of the decision. However, the experience has been that the executive has
sought to amend the law.

 

4. 
Precedent


It would be appropriate to consider
the doctrine of precedent. In Krishnakumar vs. UOI AIR 1990 SC 1782,
the Hon’ble Apex Court considered the doctrine of precedent i.e., being bound
by a previous decision was limited to the decision itself and not as to what
was necessarily involved in it. It does not mean that the Court was
bound by the various reasons given in support of it, especially when they
contain proportions wider than the case required. In other words, the
enunciation of the reason or principle upon which a question before a Court has
been decided alone is a precedent.
The ratio decidendi is the
underlying principle
, namely the general reasons or the general grounds
upon which the decision is given devoid of peculiarities of the particular case
which give rise to the decision. Hence, it is the principle laid down in the
judgement that becomes the law of the land
and not every word mentioned in
the judgement. Bharat Petroleum 117 Taxman 377 Sc.

 

5. 
Supreme Court & High Court decision


5.1   It is needless to add that in India under
Article 141 of the Constitution, the law declared by the Supreme Court shall be
binding on all courts within the territory of India and under Article 144 all
authorities, civil and judicial, in India shall act in aid of the Supreme
Court. It may be added under Article 226 of the Constitution all authorities
civil and judicial, in a State shall act according to the decision of the
relevant High Court.

 

5.2   The Tribunal has to follow decision of
jurisdictional High Court without making any comment upon the decision and/or
without ignoring it on any ground. National Textile Corporation Ltd. (M.P.)
vs. CIT. (2011) 338 ITR 371 (MP) (HC)
.

 

5.3   A view expressed by the High Court is of
binding nature on all the subjects and authorities functioning within its
territorial jurisdiction [Motor Industries Co. Ltd. vs. JCIT (2007) 292 ITR
70 (Karn.) (HC)
] Precedent law must be followed by all concerned; deviation
from the same should be only on a procedure known to law. A subordinate
court is bound by the law enunciated by the superior court.

 

5.4   A co-ordinate Bench of a court cannot
pronounce judgment contrary to law declared by another Bench. It can only refer
it to a larger Bench if it disagrees with the earlier pronouncement. [(CIT
vs. Travancore Titanium Products Ltd. (2004) 265 ITR 526 (Ker. HC)
]. The
same principle will apply to the decision of the Tribunal. Hence, we have
experienced the constitution of special benches of the Tribunal CIT vs.
Travancore Titanium Products Ltd (2004) 265 ITR 526 KER.H.C
.

 

5.5   The Supreme Court in Sub-Inspector Rooplal
and Anr. vs. Lt. Governor (2000) 1 SCC 644
considered the situation where a
co-ordinate Bench of the Central Administrative Tribunal had in effect
overruled an earlier judgment of another co-ordinate Bench of the same
Tribunal. The Court observed: “If at all, the subsequent Bench of the
Tribunal was of the opinion that the earlier view taken by the co-ordinate
Bench of the same Tribunal was incorrect, it ought to have referred the matter
to a larger Bench so that the difference of opinion between the two co-ordinate
Benches on the same point could have been avoided. This Court has laid down
time and again that precedent law must be followed by all concerned; deviation
from the same should be only on a procedure known to law. It can only refer it
to a larger Bench if it disagrees with the earlier pronouncement”.

Also refer the following :

 

  •    District Manager,
    APSRTC, Vijayawada vs. K. Sivaji and Ors. (2001) 2 SCC 135
  •    Dr. Vijay Laxmi Sadho
    vs. Jagadish (2001) 2 SCC 247
  •    Gopabandhu Biswal vs.
    Krishna Chandramohanty and Ors. (1998) 4 SCC 447 para 16
  •    Usha Kumar vs. State of
    Bihar and Ors. (1998) 2 SCC 44 para 3 and
  •    State of A.P. vs. V.C.
    Subbarayudu (1998) 2 SCC 516 para 10.

 

5.6   Hence, it is well-settled that if a Bench of
co-ordinate jurisdiction disagrees with another Bench of coordinate
jurisdiction whether on the basis of “different arguments” or otherwise, on
a question of law,
it is appropriate that the matter be referred to a
larger Bench for resolution of the issue rather than leave two conflicting
judgments to operate, creating confusion”.

 

5.7   In a multi-judge court, it is essential the
judges are bound by precedents and procedure. They could use their discretion
only when there is no declared principle, no rule and no authority is found.
Judicial decorum and legal propriety demand that where a single judge or a
Division Bench does not agree with the decision of a Bench of co-ordinate
jurisdiction, the matter may be referred to a larger Bench.


It would be subversion of judicial process not to follow this procedure.
Sundardas Kanyalal Bhatija and Others vs. Collector, Thane, Maharashtra and
Others (1990) 183 ITR 130 (SC)
.

 

5.8   If a division bench expresses a view without
noticing a contrary view of a concurrent bench the lower judicial /
administrative authorities face a dilemma. It has been held that the later
decision will prevail and the subordinate court / authority would follow the
later view. However, the division bench of the High Court would have to
refer the matter to the Chief Justice for constituting larger bench.


6. Mixed Question of law and fact

6.1   The final authority on facts is the Tribunal.
However, the High Court and Supreme Court can consider the facts of a case if
the decision of Tribunal is perverse. Hence, the Supreme Court or High Court
can go into facts on a mixed question of law and fact. The Supreme Court in CIT
vs. Bedi & Co. P. Ltd. (1998) 230 ITR 580
observed: “Where the High
Court has to deal with various facts on record to determine whether the amount
in question was a loan or income, if the discussion of the High Court leads to
the conclusion that the amount was a loan and not income, it cannot be urged
that the High Court disturbed the findings of fact recorded by the Tribunal”.

 

The Supreme Court in Kailash
Devi Burman vs. CIT (1996) 219 ITR 214 (SC)
observed: “Even when the High
Court is required to decide whether the findings of fact reached by the
Tribunal are perverse, the High Court is confined to the evidence that was
before the Tribunal. The High Court cannot look at evidence that was not
before the Tribunal when it reached the impugned findings to hold that those
findings are perverse”.

 

7. Substantial Question of Law  


7.1        Appeal u/s. 260-A can be preferred only
on substantial question of law since 01.10.1998. The Supreme Court in Santosh
Hazari vs. Purshottam Tiwari (2001) 251 ITR 84
stated: “To be
“substantial”, a question of law must be debatable, not previously settled by
law of the land or a binding precedent, and must have a material bearing on the
decision of the case, if answered either way, in so far as the rights of the
parties before the court are concerned. The substantial question of law need
not necessarily be a substantial question of law of general importance”.

 

7.2   In Premier Breweries Ltd. vs. CIT (2015)
372 ITR 180
it was held: “The legal inference that should be drawn from
the primary facts is eminently a question of law
”.

 

8. Tribunal
and sanctity of its decision(s)


8.1   Income Tax Appellate Tribunal is the final
fact finding authority. Facts found by the Tribunal are final, unless perverse.
Facts found, if proper, cannot be tinkered with and will govern the decision of
the High Court and Supreme Court. Order passed by the Tribunal is binding on
all Revenue authorities functioning under the jurisdiction of the Tribunal.

 

8.2   A single member of the Tribunal is bound by
the view of another single member. If the single member wants to differ the decision must have the support of a decision of a division bench.
The Gujarat High Court in Sayaji Iron and Engineering Co. vs. CIT (2002) 253
ITR 749
, dealing with an almost similar situation laid down guidelines for
resolution of such controversy as follows: the
Tribunal on facts had no right to come to a conclusion contrary to the one reached by another Bench of the Tribunal on the same facts. If the
Tribunal wanted to take a view different from the one taken by an earlier
Bench, it ought to place the matter before the President of the Tribunal so
that he can refer to a Bench consisting of three or more members under the
provision in the Income-tax Act itself”. In the instant case, the learned
Members of the Indore Bench of the Tribunal instead of reviewing their own
earlier judgment, ought to have referred the matter to the larger Bench. This
finds support in Agarwal Warehousing and Leasing Ltd. (2002) 257 ITR 235
(MP) (HC)
.

 

8.3   The requisite provision is sub-section (3) of
section 255 where the President of the Tribunal is authorised to constitute a
Special Bench of three or more members.

 

8.4   Constitution of benches is the prerogative of
the President. The President can constitute a Special Bench constituting of
three or more members, on any particular case. The Supreme Court in ITAT vs.
DCIT (1996) 218 ITR 275(SC)
stated: “The administrative decision of the
President that a case is of all-India importance and requires to be decided by
a larger Bench or a Special Bench of three members is an administrative order
and such an order is not open to scrutiny under article 226 of the Constitution
of India except in extraordinary cases wherein the order is shown to be mala
fide one”.

 

8.5   Status of decision of Tribunal on CIT(A) or AO

A decision of
Special Bench of the Tribunal is a binding precedent on all single and division
Benches of the Tribunal and if any, division or three member Bench has
different opinion, the matter must be referred to the President of the Tribunal
u/s. 255(4) and if the President is satisfied can constitute larger Bench to
resolve the controversy.

 

8.6   A decision of Special Bench is not binding on
the High Court, but it is permissible to refer and if convinced the High Court
may adopt the same reasoning.

 

8.7   The CIT(A) or AO being subordinate to the
Tribunal are bound to follow the decision of the Tribunal. K.N. Agarwal vs.
CIT (1991) 189 ITR 769 (All) (HC).
In case the AO or the CIT differ from
the decision it is the bounden duty of the CIT(A) or AO to refer the cited case
law and to distinguish on facts. One single non-similar fact may justify the
CIT(A) or AO’s decision not to follow.
But it cannot be laid aside at
the ipse-dixit of the subordinate authority. Ratio decidendi
has to be
followed and cannot be commented upon or legal lapse or fault found by the
subordinate authority.

 

8.8   On the same facts the A.O. and CIT (A) needs
to follow an earlier decision.

 

8.9   The ITO is bound by decision of a single
judge. K. Subramanian vs. Siemens India 156 ITR 11.

 

8.10 Full Bench decision is binding on the A.O. even
if an appeal is pending before the Supreme Court Koduru Venkata Reddy ITO
ITR 15 A.P.

 

8.11 In Eagle Flask Industries 72 ITD 455 Pune:
it is observed

The action on the part of the
authorities below was flagrant disregard and disrespect to the provisions of
law. It may be considered as settled law that the decision of higher
authorities is binding on the lower authorities in the judicial hierarchy. Accordingly,
it would stand to reason that the CIT Appeals and the A.O. would be bound by
the decision of the Tribunal because at the time of passing the order, they
were working within the jurisdiction of the Pune Tribunal’.

 

8.12 In DCWT vs. Ashwin C Shah 82 ITD 573 BOM: it
is observed

Judicial adventurism or originality
has its limitations and cannot be taken to such absurd lengths where each and
every judgement of a higher judicial forum is sought to be circumvented on some
slender or tenuous ground. Every discovery of argumentative novelty cannot
compel reconsideration of a binding precedent. This would lead to judicial
chaos and indiscipline.

 

9. Impact
of decision of non-jurisdictional High Court over appellate authorities and the
Tribunal


9.1   In CIT vs. Sarabhai Sons Ltd 147 ITR 473
the Gujarat High Court has observed that one High Court should follow the other
High Court with a view to maintain uniformity in tax matters.

 

9.2   The Bombay High Court in Godavari Das
Saraf 113 ITR 589
has held that decision of another High Court should have
more than persuasive value for another High Court and would generally be
binding on the Tribunal.

 

9.3   In Arvind Boards & Paper Products Ltd.
vs. CIT (1982) 137 ITR 635
the Gujarat High Court observed: “If one High
Court has interpreted the provision or section of a taxing statute, which is an
All India statute, and there is no other view in the field, another High Court
should ordinarily accept that view in the interest of comity of judicial
decisions and consistency in matters of application of a taxing statute”.

Also refer CIT vs. Virajlal Manilal 127 ITR 512 MP.

 

9.4   Hence as Income-tax Act is a Central
legislation and applies on all the tax payers and tax administration
alike, a decision of a non-jurisdictional High Court is of persuasive value and
must be followed unless and until any contrary decision is available of any
other High Court. In case of conflict between High Courts or debatable issue
between different High Courts, the appellate authority or the Tribunal would
be justified to follow one which convinces its conscience and ignore the other.

In C.I.T. vs. Alcock Ashdown & Co. Ltd. (1979) 119 ITR 164 (Bom.) (HC)
High court observed at 170: “if any High Court has construed any section or
rule and come to a particular interpretation thereof, that interpretation
should be followed by this court unless there are compelling reasons brought to
our notice for departing from the view taken by another High Court.”

       

9.5   If different High Courts have expressed
different view and it is a debatable issue, the view taken by the
jurisdictional High Court would prevail and need to be followed. Refer Taylor
Instrument Co. (India) Ltd. vs. CIT (1998) 232 ITR 771 (Delhi) (HC), CGT vs.
J.K. Jain (1998) 230 ITR 839 (P&H) (HC), CIT vs. Sunil Kumar (1995) 212 ITR
238 (Raj.) (HC), CIT vs. Thana Electricity Supply Ltd. (1994) 206 ITR 727
(Bom.) (HC), Indian Tube Company Ltd. vs. CIT (1993) 203 ITR 54 (Cal.) (HC),
CIT vs. P.C. Joshi and B.C. Joshi (1993) 202 ITR 1017 (Bom.)
(HC), and
CIT vs. Raja Benoy Kumar Sahas Roy (1957) 32 ITR 466 (SC). Same view expressed
in DCIT vs. Raghuvir Synthetics Ltd. (2017) 394 ITR 1 (SC).

 

9.6   It is pertinent to note that if a decision of
a particular High Court is cited and the other High Court does not agree with
the same – the differing High Court would issue what in legal parlance is
termed a ‘speaking order’.

 

10. 
Hope & Expectation


Judicial Discipline deserves to be
followed religiously and its sanctity must be understood. It is painful that
despite a plethora of decisions commencing with Bhopal Industries, the AO. and
CIT(A) and few of the members of the Tribunal are flouting judicial discipline
and committing contempt. It is high time that appellate authorities correct the
errant authorities with heavy hand. It is being noticed that the Supreme Court
and High Courts are taking indiscipline seriously. Recently the Hon’ble Supreme
Court in UOI. v. Prithwi Singh(SC) (www.itatonline.org) dismissed the appeal
with cost of Rs.1,00,000/-. It held that, Union of India has created a huge
financial liability by engaging so many lawyers for an appeal whose fate can be
easily decided on the basis of existing orders in similar cases. Yet the Union
of India is increasing its liability and asking the taxpayers to bear an
avoidable financial burden for the misadventures.
The Bombay High Court has
also levied cost and passed strictures against errant officers, and has
directed that even cost be realised from such officers. However, there remain
deafening ears. The subordinate authorities should remain within their bounds
and do justice to the harassed tax payers. It is suggested that the Central
Board of Direct Taxes must keep a watch and vigil and take disciplinary action
against the wrong doers. Malady must go. Law is Supreme – Not the Tax
Authorities.
I conclude by stating : Judicial discipline is the essence of
`rule of law’.
 

Article 7(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA – in absence of DTAA providing any restrictions on deduction of expenses, domestic law restrictions on deductibility cannot be imported into DTAA

9. DDIT vs. Unocol Bharat Ltd

ITA Nos.: 1388/Del/2012

Date of Order: 5th October, 2018

A.Y.: 1998-99

 

Article 7(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA – in absence of DTAA
providing any restrictions on deduction of expenses,  domestic law restrictions on deductibility
cannot be imported into DTAA

 

Facts

The Taxpayer was a company
incorporated in Mauritius. It was engaged in business of development and
promotion in the energy sector in India for its parent company. The Taxpayer
was pursuing certain projects in India. It had constituted a PE in India.
Accordingly, it was offering its income on net basis. During the relevant year,
the Taxpayer had incurred certain expenses relating to operating contract,
employee salaries and travel and entertainment but did not earn any income.
Thus, Taxpayer incurred losses in the relevant year. 

 

According to the AO, the Taxpayer
had not produced appropriate documentary evidences in respect of the said
expenses. Further, it had also not withheld any tax from such payments.
Accordingly, the AO, relying on Supreme Court decision in Transmission Corporation
vs. CIT, 239 ITR 587 (SC)
, concluded that the expenditure was not allowable
and further invoked the provisions of section 40 (a)(i) to disallow the
expenditure.

 

Before CIT(A), the Taxpayer
contended that having regard to the short stay exemption under Article 15 of
India-USA DTAA, employee salaries were not taxable in India. The Taxpayer also
furnished information relating to expenses incurred. Further, compared to DTAAs
with other countries, Article 7(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA is worded differently.
In other DTAAs not only there is restriction on deduction of expenses but
deduction is also subject to the limitation of domestic tax law. In support of
its contention, the Taxpayer relied on the decision in JCIT vs. State Bank
of Mauritius Limited 2009 TIOL 712
. The Taxpayer also contended that it had
furnished sufficient details to the AO to support its claim. Thereafter, to
disallow the expenses, the onus was on the AO to point out errors/omission. The
CIT(A) held in favour of the Taxpayer.


Held

The contention of the AO that the
Taxpayer has not furnished details of expenditure is untenable. Further, the
amount paid to employees was eligible for short stay exemption under the DTAA.
Further, relying on Mumbai Tribunal decision in JCIT vs. State Bank of
Mauritius Limited 2009 TIOL 712
, the Tribunal held that:

 

  •    Article 7(3) of
    India-Mauritius DTAA provides for determining profits of a PE after deduction
    of expenses (including executive and general administrative expenses) incurred
    for the business of the PE. Accordingly, all expenses, which were incurred for
    the purpose of the business of the PE were to be allowed.
  •    The language in Article
    7(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA is different from that in other treaties.
    Illustratively, Article 7(3) of India-US DTAA provides deduction subject to the
    limitation of domestic tax laws. After the Protocol, India-UAE DTAA also
    incorporates similar restriction.
  •    In absence of such
    restriction in DTAA, any limitation under the Act cannot be imported into DTAA.
    Accordingly, if the expenditure was incurred for the purpose of the business of
    PE, it had to be allowed fully without any restriction that may have been
    provided under the Act.
     

Sections 9, 195 of the Act – Fees paid to surveyors for assessing damage was not taxable in India since the surveyors had undertaken work outside India and had merely provided their report without imparting any knowledge to the Taxpayer

8. [2018] 97 taxmann.com 644 (Chennai – Trib.)

Royal Sundaram Alliance Insurance Co. Ltd. vs. DCIT

ITA Nos.: 1622 to 1630 (Chny) of 2011

Date of Order: 6th August, 2018

A.Ys.: 2002-03 TO 2010-11

 

Sections 9, 195 of the Act – Fees paid to surveyors for assessing
damage was not taxable in India since the surveyors had undertaken work outside
India and had merely provided their report without imparting any knowledge to
the Taxpayer 

 

Facts

The Taxpayer was engaged in the
business of general insurance in India. The Taxpayer had engaged surveyors to
assess loss or damage to goods insured by it in transit to foreign country.
During the relevant year, the Taxpayer paid fees to the surveyors for such
assessment. The surveyors had assessed the damages outside India using their
experience and knowledge and furnished their report to the Taxpayer. The
Taxpayer contended that such income is not taxable in India and hence, it did
not withhold tax from the fees paid to surveyors.

 

In the course of assessment, the AO
disallowed the payment.

 

Held

  •    The surveyors were
    non-residents. They had undertaken the assessment of damage outside India using
    their experience and knowledge.
  •    The surveyors had not
    imparted their knowledge to the Taxpayer and had merely provided a report of
    the extent of damage to the Taxpayer so as to enable it to compensate its
    customers.
  •    Accordingly, the payment
    made by the Taxpayer to the surveyors was not chargeable to tax in India.
    Consequently, the Taxpayer was not required to withhold tax from such payment.

Article 7(3), India-Japan DTAA – Having regard to Article 7(3), read with Protocol thereto, of India-Japan DTAA, interest paid by Indian branch of a foreign bank to HO was allowable as a deductible expenditure

7.  DCIT vs. Mizuho
Corporate Bank Ltd.

ITA No.: 4711/Mum/2016 & 4710/Mum/2016

Date of Order: 13th August, 2018

A.Ys. 2007-08 & 2008-09

 

Article 7(3), India-Japan DTAA – Having regard to Article 7(3),
read with Protocol thereto, of India-Japan DTAA, interest paid by Indian branch
of a foreign bank to HO was allowable as a deductible expenditure

 

Facts       

The Taxpayer
was a bank incorporated in Japan. It was carrying on banking operations in
India through its branches at Mumbai and Delhi. It had furnished its return of
income for the relevant year. Subsequently, it furnished a revised return and
reduced the income. During the relevant year, the branch had paid interest to
Head Office (HO) on the funds that the HO had advanced to the branches in the
normal course of banking business. The branch had also withheld tax from the
interest payment. The Taxpayer had claimed the interest paid as a deduction by
relying on the protocol to Article 7(3) of India-Japan DTAA. In terms of the
said Protocol, interest on moneys lent by a banking institution to its PE is
allowable as a deduction.

 

In the course of assessment proceedings,
the AO observed that the branch in India constituted PE of the Taxpayer in
India and concluded as follows.

 

  •    The AO noted the interest
    paid by branch to HO. According to the AO, the branch and HO were not separate
    entities for the tax purpose. Hence, payment made by branch to HO was payment
    to self. Therefore, AO disallowed the deduction of interest paid to the HO. In
    this respect, the AO relied on the decision in ABN Amro Bank NV vs. ADIT
    [2005] 97 ITD 89 (SB).
  •    The AO further concluded
    that the source of the interest earned by HO was the branch in India. Hence, in
    terms of section 9(1)(v)(c) of the Act, the interest was deemed to have accrued
    or arisen in India. Therefore, it was taxable in India as per the Act.
  •    Further, as the payer of the
    income to a non-resident, the AO treated the branch as a representative
    assessee/agent of the Taxpayer in terms of section 163(1)(c) of the Act.
  •    Finally, the AO concluded
    that the interest received by HO was taxable in India @10% in terms of Article
    11(2)(a) of India-Japan DTAA on gross basis.

 

In appeal, CIT(A) ruled in favour
of the Taxpayer. Hence, the tax authority preferred an appeal before the
Tribunal.

 

Held2

  •    The Special bench decision in ABN Amro Bank
    case was reversed by Kolkata High Court in ABN Amro Bank NV vs. CIT [2012]
    343 ITR 81 (Cal)
    . Further, in Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation vs.
    DDIT [2012] 136 ITD 66 (SB) (Mum)
    , Special Bench of Mumbai Tribunal had
    deviated from the view of Kolkata Tribunal. The tax authority has not brought
    on record any decision to the contrary.
  •    In case of the Taxpayer in
    earlier year, relying on the decision in Sumitomo Mitsui banking corporation
    case
    , the Tribunal had held that the interest paid by Indian branch of the
    Taxpayer to HO was not chargeable to tax in India.
  •    While reversing the
    Tribunal decision in ABN Amro bank case, the High Court had observed that
    though a branch and HO are same person under general law, Articles 5 and 7 of
    India-Netherlands DTAA provided for assessment of PE as a separate entity.
    Hence, the High Court allowed interest paid by the branch to HO as a deduction
    from income of PE.
  •    Since Article 7(3) of
    India-Japan DTAA, read with Protocol thereto, provides for deduction of interest
    on moneys lent by HO of a banking institution to its branch in India, interest
    paid by branch to HO was allowable as a deduction.

 

_______________________________________________

2   The
Tribunal had issued notice of hearing to the Taxpayer. The Taxpayer neither
sought adjournment nor did it represent before the Tribunal. Accordingly,
Tribunal delivered its decision ex parte.

IlI -Advised SEBI Move to Separate Chairman-CEO’s Post in Companies

Background

A recent amendment to the SEBI LODR
Regulations 2015 requires that Chairperson of a listed company shall not
be an executive director or related to the Managing Director/CEO. This applies
to top 500 listed companies in terms of market capitalisation. Such companies
will have to ensure the change is made not later than 31st March
2020.

 

This change looks good on paper as in
principle, it is wrong to concentrate power in one person / family in large
quoted companies in India. However, I submit that this particular requirement
does not make sense in Indian context as many large companies are family
controlled. It will disrupt board structure of such companies and is actually
counter productive. It could also harm the company’s business and public image.

 

While the genesis of this can be traced back
to norms of corporate governance in the West, the immediate trigger for this
amendment is a recommendation of the Kotak Committee’s report on corporate
governance released in October 2017. The Companies Act, 2013, has certain
provisions governing this, but they are not as restrictive and absolute as
these new provisions under the SEBI Regulations. Let us thus review the
provisions under Companies Act, 2013, what the Kotak Committee has recommended
and finally what are the new provisions and their implications.

 

Provisions regarding split of post of
Chairman/CEO under the Companies Act, 2013

Section 203 of the Act, which applies to
certain specified companies, provides certain restrictions on appointing a
Chairperson who is also the MD/CEO. The proviso to this section, which contains
this provision, reads as under:

 

“Provided that an individual shall not be
appointed or reappointed as the chairperson of the company, in pursuance of the
articles of the company, as well as the managing director or Chief Executive
Officer of the company at the same time after the date of commencement of this
Act unless,—
?

 

(a) the articles of such a company
provide otherwise; or
?

 

(b) the company does not carry multiple
businesses:
?

 

Provided further that nothing contained
in the first proviso shall apply to such class of companies engaged in multiple
businesses and which has appointed one or more Chief Executive Officers for
each such business as may be notified by the Central Government.”

 

However, as can be seen, this restriction is
not absolute. A company, can, for example, provide a relaxation in its articles
permitting such a dual post.

 

Kotak Committee on corporate governance

The Kotak Committee has recommended several
changes in the provisions relating to corporate governance.

 

The Committee gives elaborate reasons why
the post of Chairman and CEO should be segregated. Referring to a global trend
on this, the report talks of the advantages of this in the following words:

 

“The separation of powers of the
chairperson (i.e. the leader of the board) and CEO/MD (i.e. the leader of the
management) is seen to provide a better and more balanced governance structure
by enabling better and more effective supervision of the management, by virtue
of:

 

a) 
providing a structural advantage for the board to act independently;

 

b) 
reducing excessive concentration of authority in a single individual;

 

c) 
clarifying the respective roles of the chairperson and the CEO/MD;

 

d) 
ensuring that board tasks are not neglected by a combined
chairperson-CEO/MD due to lack of time;


e) 
increasing the possibility that the chairperson and CEO/MD posts will be
assumed by individuals possessing the skills and experience appropriate for
those positions;

 

f) 
creating a board environment that is more egalitarian and conducive to
debate. “

 

The Report of the Cadbury Committee is also
quoted where it was stated, “…given the importance and the particular nature
of the chairmen’s role, it should in principle be separate from that of the
chief executive. If the two roles are combined in one person, it represents a
considerable concentration of power”
.

 

However, no comparative study has been made
in the Indian context. It is presumed that what is good for the West, is best
for the rest!

 

The Report, however, provides for a phased
out implementation of this recommendation.

 

Amendments to the SEBI LODR Regulations
2015

SEBI has, after due consideration, amended
the Regulations by inserting clause (1B) to Regulation 17. This new clause
reads as under:

 

“(1B) With effect from April 1, 2020, the
top 500 listed entities shall ensure that the Chairperson of the board of such
listed entity shall—

 

(a)   be a non-executive director;

 

(b)   not be related to the Managing Director or
the Chief Executive Officer as per the definition of the term
“relative” defined under the Companies Act, 2013:

 

Provided that this sub-regulation shall not be applicable to the listed
entities which do not have any identifiable promoters as per the
shareholding pattern filed with stock exchanges.

 

Explanation.—The top 500 entities shall
be determined on the basis of market capitalisation, as at the end of the
immediate previous financial year.”

 

As can be seen, the new provision goes
beyond the recommendation of the Kotak Committee and it is now an absolute
requirement that this post should be segregated, and the chairperson should not
be related to the Managing Director/CEO.

 

Implications of new provision

The Chairman should not be an executive director,
nor should he be related to the Managing Director or CEO. Effectively, this
means that the Chairperson and the MD/CEO will not be from the same family.
Thus, for example, it would not be possible, for the father to be the Chairman
and the son to be the Managing Director. This will have implications for Indian
companies which are basically family controlled and / or family managed.

 

Do these new provisions make sense for
India?

The significant feature of companies in the
West is that the shareholding is widely held and the CEO is a professional
manager. Persons in control including the Board members normally have
insignificant holding even if their holdings are taken together. A widely held
shareholding could make it difficult for shareholders to get together and
exercise close control over the management. Thus, it matters how the Board of
Directors is structured. In such a situation for the more the checks and
balances, the better it is, for corporate functioning. Having the same person
as chairperson and CEO does result in concentration of power considering that,
as chairperson – CEO controls operations and influences. The issue is: Does
this provision have any relevance in Indian conditions? The answer, it is
submitted, is in the negative as most of large listed companies in India are
controlled by `promoter family’. The family normally has significant holding
and hence full operational control. The public shareholders know it and even
prefer it. Usually, it is the head of the promoter group (typically, the family
patriarch) who is the chairperson and thus the face of the group. For example,
the Bajaj group has Mr. Rahul Bajaj as the chairperson and Reliance group has
Mr. Mukesh Ambani. However, in India, the chairperson is also the CEO. This
really helps in giving a realistic picture of who is / or are the persons in
control of the company. Again, if the company is a first generation promoter
company, the chairperson and managing director is often the Founder – thus
segregating the posts of chairperson and managing director does not make sense
in India. Further the restriction that the relative of the managing director
cannot be chairperson is not relevant in view of fact that the Promoter Group
exerts control over the company. Moreover the family members of the Promoter
Group usually make up a significant part of the Board. The financial
institutions at times prefer this as they seek personal guarantees of the
promoters.

 

Hence, the principle that there should not
be concentration of power in the promoter family goes against the culture,
tradition and reality in India of how companies are founded and have been
governed over generations, for example, Birlas, Goenkas and many others. What
is needed in India is ensuring checks and balances over unbridled control by
the promoter group.

 

Strangely, though, the new requirement does
not apply to companies who do not have identifiable promoters. I feel in
companies which have no identifiable promoter the management should stand split
between the chairperson and the CEO. Further the provision should be in
consonance with section 203 of the Companies Act. It would be relevant to have
a chairperson who is not a relative of the CEO or the executive directors who
are actively managing the company.

 

Does the
Chairman really have any substantial powers under law in India?

Thus the real question then is whether the
chairperson who is not a relative will have any real power in the corporate
setup in India. The answer, I submit, is in the negative. Further the Companies
Act, 2013, and the SEBI Regulations that govern 500 top companies do not give
any real power to the chairperson. Normally a chairperson cannot and does not
take any significant/substantive decision.

 

The chairperson has limited administrative
powers of, say, chairing and conducting meetings, signing minutes book, etc.
Address the shareholders’ meeting. Even in family companies if the chairperson
is a patriarch he is a guide and has a balancing influence. Even the casting
vote, whereby he can break a deadlock, is rarely used.

 

In contrast, in public perception, the
chairperson is the corporate brand ambassador of the company. It makes sense if
the chairperson is from the founder/and or lead promoter group who actually
run, control and manage the operations. Insisting that the chairperson should
neither be the CEO, nor related to him, will result in making a chairperson who
has no real say in the company.

 

This would not make any difference in
corporate governance. Hence, the Kotak Committee rightly stops at recommending
that the post of CEO and chairperson should be split.

 

Conclusion

It is surprising that the corporate circle
has not reacted. However, it will not be surprising that these provisions will be
complied merely in letter, (box ticking), without any substantive benefit.
  

Registration of Wills

Introduction

One of the
modes of succession is through a will, also known as testamentary
succession
. A will is a document which contains the last wishes of a
person as regards the manner and mode of disposition of his property. The
making of wills in India is governed by the provisions of the Indian
Succession Act, 1925
(“the Act”). While intestate succession is
different for different religions, the law governing the making of wills is the
same for people of all religions except Muslims. The Act does not apply to
wills made by Muslims as they are governed by their respective Shariat Laws.
Succession, whether through wills or otherwise, always has some interesting
issues, one such being whether a will should be registered and if yes, does it
have any special advantages?

 

Meaning

As the
term `will’ indicates, it signifies a wish, desire, choice, etc., of a person.
A person expresses his will as regards the disposition of his property. The Act
defines a will to mean “the legal declaration of the intention of the
testator with respect to his property which he desires to be carried into effect
after his death”. The General Clauses Act, 1897, defines the term will to
include “a codicil and every writing making a voluntary posthumous disposition
of property”. The Indian Penal Code defines a will to denote any testamentary
document.

 

One of the
important facets of a will is that the intention manifests only after the
testator’s (person making the will) death, i.e., it is a posthumous disposition
of his property. Till the testator is alive, the will has no force. He can
dispose of all his properties in a manner contrary to that stated in the will
and such action would be totally valid. E.g., A makes a will bequeathing all
his properties to his brother. However, during his lifetime itself, he
transfers all his properties to his son with the effect that at the time of his
death he is left with no assets. Such action of the testator cannot be
challenged by his brother on the ground that he was bound to follow the will
since the will would take effect only after the death of the testator. In this
case as the property bequeathed would not be in existence, the bequest would
fail.

 

Disputes

Making a
will does not mean a blanket insurance against succession disputes. A will may
be challenged on various counts. Some of the common grounds on which a will is
challenged include:

 

(a)   The will does not comply with
the rules laid down under the Indian Succession Act in respect of a valid will.

 

(b)   The will is not genuine,
i.e., it has been obtained by fraud, forgery, undue influence, coercion, under
duress, etc.

 

From time
immemorial, wills have been and will continue to be a source of family
disputes. This is true not just in India but also in the west, e.g., USA,
England, etc. It is often said that “where there is a will, there is a
legal dispute” or that “where there is a will, there is a disgruntled relative
”.
In order that these legal disputes are minimised and the claims by disgruntled
relatives set aside, it is necessary that the will is a valid will and one
which can stand scrutiny in a court of law. One such precaution which is often
suggested to reduce disputes is to register the will.

 

Registration of a will

The
testator of a will or the executor, after him, may register the will with the
Registrar of Sub-Assurances under the Registration Act, 1908. However, it is
not compulsory to register a will. Even if a will bequeaths immovable property,
registration is not compulsory. In fact, section 17(1) of the Registration Act
which prescribes those instruments which require compulsory registration,
expressly states that only non-testamentary instruments are required to be
mandatorily registered.

 

Procedure

The procedure
for registering a will is as follows:

 

(a)   The will is to be registered with the
appropriate Registrar of Sub-Assurances. 

 

(b)   In case a person other than the testator
presents a will for registration, then such other person must satisfy the Registrar
that the will was executed by the testator who has since expired, and that the
person registering the will is authorised to do so.

 

(c)   The other procedures which are applicable for
the registration of any document would equally apply to a will also. For
instance, after the amendment in the Registration Act inserted in 2001, every
document which is to be registered requires the person presenting the document
to affix his passport size photograph and also his finger-print. It may be
noted that as is the case with any will, no stamp duty is payable even if it is
registered. There is no difference on this count.

 

(d)   Persons who are exempted from personally
appearing before the Registrar, include:

 

(i)    A person who is unable to come without risk
or serious inconvenience due to bodily infirmity;

 

(ii)    A person in jail under civil or criminal
process;

 

(iii)   Persons who are entitled to exemption under
law from personal attendance in Court. 

     

In such
cases, the Registrar shall either himself go to the house of such person or the
jail where the person is confined and examine him or issue a commission for his
examination.

 

A testator may also deposit
his will for safekeeping with the Registrar by depositing it in a sealed
envelope which contains the name of the testator and a statement about the
nature of the document. Once the registrar receives the cover he would enter the
name of the testator in his register book along with the date of presentation
and the receipt. Thereafter, he is required to place the envelope in his
fireproof safe. Such a deposited will can be withdrawn by the testator or by
his duly authorised agent. On his death, an application can be made to the
registrar to open the cover and cause the contents of the will to be copied
into his register book.



Mulla
in his commentary on the Indian Registration Act, 10th
Edition, Butterworths
, states that the applicant need not be a claimant
or executor under the will and may be anyone who is prepared to pay the
requisite copying and other fees. Hence, the will would become a public
document open to inspection. This is one disadvantage of registering a will.

 

Another
option one may consider to registration is notarising the will since even this
could help prove that the will is not forged.

 

Benefits of registration

Registration
of a will by the testator prior to his demise raises a strong presumption in
favour of the genuineness of the will but the same cannot be said of a will
which is registered after his death, or without his knowledge– Guru Dutt
Singh vs. Durga Devi, AIR 1966 J&K 75.
  Registration of a will helps in establishing
the date of execution or signing beyond a doubt. Also, registration establishes
the genuineness of identity of the testator and the witnesses. However, the
Delhi High Court in Thakur Dass Virmani vs. Raj Minocha AIR 2000 Del 234
has held that where the will was registered and the signatures of the testator
were similar to her regular signatures, due execution of the will may be
presumed. 

 

In Rabindra
Nath Mukherjee vs. Panchanan Banerjee by LRs(1954) 4 SCC 459
it has
been held that in a case where a will is registered and the Sub-Registrar
certifies that the same had been read over to the executor who, on doing so,
admitted the contents, the fact that the witnesses to the documents are
interested lost significance. The documents at hand were registered and it was on
record that the Sub-Registrar had explained the contents to the testator.
Hence, the Supreme Court did not find this as suspicious on the facts of the
case.

 

What registration does not prove

A will
need not be compulsorily registered; the fact that a will is not registered is
not a circumstance against the genuineness – Basaut vs. Brij Raj, A.I.R.
1935 (PC) 132.

 

Merely
because a will has not been registered by the testator, an adverse inference
cannot be drawn that the will is not genuine – Ishwardeo Narain Singh vs.
Kamata Devi AIR 1954 SC
280. In this case, the Supreme Court held that
there was nothing in law which required the registration of a will and wills
are in a majority of cases were not registered at all. To draw any inference
against the genuineness of the will merely on the ground of its
non-registration appeared to be wholly unwarranted.

 

Again in Rani
Purnima Devi vs. Kumar Khagendra Narayan Dev, 1962 SCR Supl. (3) 195
,
the Apex Court held as follows while examining the genuineness of a registered
will:

 

“There is no doubt that if a will has been registered, that is a
circumstance which may, having regard to the circumstances, prove its
genuineness. But the mere fact
that a will is registered will not by
itself be sufficient to dispel all suspicion regarding it where suspicion
exists
, without submitting the evidence of registration to a close
examination. If the evidence as to registration on a close examination reveals
that the registration was made in such a manner that it was brought home to the
testator that the document of which he was admitting execution was a will
disposing of his property and thereafter he admitted its execution and signed
it in token thereof, the registration will dispel the doubt as to the
genuineness of the will. But if the evidence as to registration shows that
it was done in a perfunctory manner
, that the officer registering the will
did not read it over to the testator or did not bring home to him that he was
admitting the execution of a will or did not satisfy himself in some other way
(as, for example, by seeing the testator reading the will) that the testator
knew that it was a will the execution of which he was admitting, the fact that
the will was registered would not be of much value. It is not unknown that
registration may take place without the executant really knowing what he was
registering
. Law reports are full of cases in which registered wills have
not been acted upon (see’ for example, Vellasaway Sarvai v. L. Sivaraman
Servai, (1) Surendra Nath Lahiri v. Jnanendra Nath Lahiri ( 2 )and Girji Datt
Singh v. Gangotri Datt Singh)(3). Therefore, the mere fact of registration
may not by itself be enough to dispel all suspicion that may attach to the
execution and attestation of a will; though the fact
that there has been
registration would be an important circumstance in favour of the will being
genuine
if the evidence as to registration establishes that the testator
admitted the execution of the will after knowing that it was a will the
execution of which he was admitting.”

 

Registration
of a will would go a step in proving whether or not the will is the last will
of the deceased since the date of the execution of the will would get
established beyond a doubt. 

 

A will,
which requires probate, is of no effect unless probated. The mere fact of its
registration makes no difference. Thus, a Court when called upon to probate a
will would look into the fact of its registration only as one of the several
circumstances when deciding whether to grant probate or not. 

 

The registration of will is not the proof of the testamentary capacity
of the testator, as the Sub-Registrar is not required to make an enquiry about
the capacity of the testator.

 

Can a registered will be superseded by an
unregistered will?

The
question whether a registered Will can be superseded by an unregistered will
had also been a matter of consideration before the court of law, wherein the
Delhi High Court has held that there is no law that a registered will cannot be
superseded by an unregistered will. A will does not operate in praesenti.
Its operation is contingent upon the death of the testator. Till alive, the
testator can always revoke the will because a will is an instrument of trust by
a living person addressed in rem to be operative after his death. A will, be it
registered or be it unregistered can be revoked by defacing the will,
destroying the will or otherwise superseding the same. – Sunil Anand vs.
Rajiv Anand, 2008(103) DRJ 165
.The following passage from the judgment
is relevant:

 

“….the
will Ex.PW-1 is a registered will. Secondly, there is no law that a
registered will
cannot be superseded by an unregistered will.
A will does not operate in praesenti. Its operation is contingent upon
the death of the executor. A will creates no right, title or interest when it
is executed. The right is created under a will on the death of the testator.
Till alive, the testator can always revoke the will because a will is an
instrument of trust by a living person addressed in rem to be operative after
his death. A will, be it registered or be it unregistered can be revoked
by
defacing the will, destroying the will or otherwise superseding
the same
.”

 

Again, in Amara
Venkata Subbaiah and Sons and ors. vs. Shaik Hussain Bi, 2008(5)ALD547
,
the Andhra Pradesh High Court has held that the law was well settled that even
an unregistered codicil in relation to a registered will, would have to be read
as amending the will. Thus, this also supports the view that a registered will
can be superseded by an unregistered will.

Conclusion

While
registration of a will may not be a panacea for the ills of probate disputes,
it certainly is a strong anti-biotic as compared to an unregistered will! It
helps dispel the element of doubt associated with a will.
 

 

Ind AS vs. ICDS Differences

The author Dolphy D’Souza has
provided a detail list of differences between Ind AS and ICDS.  ICDS are closer to Indian GAAP than Ind
AS.  The differences between ICDS and Ind
AS have further exacerbated due to introduction of new standards, such as, Ind
AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 
These differences will further increase over time. Consequently, an Ind
AS company will be required to track these differences to enable tax
computation.  If the differences are
numerous, it is best that the tracking is done in the system rather than
outside the system such as on excel spread-sheets.

 

Point of Difference

Ind AS

ICDS

Ind AS 1 vs. ICDS I

Changes in accounting policies –
accounting of the impact

Change in accounting policy allowed only
when required by an Ind AS or results in more reliable and relevant
information. Requires retrospective application of changes in accounting
policies.

Change in accounting policy allowed only
when there is reasonable cause. ICDS does not provide any guidance on how to
account for the impact. Impact of change generally debited or credited to
current P&L.

Correction of prior period errors

Requires correction to be made for the
retrospective period.

Correction is made for the relevant
period, and previously filed ITR’s are revised.

Change in Mark to markup losses / gain

MTM loss/gain on derivative is
recognised in P&L unless designated as hedge.

Losses shall not be recognised unless
recognition is in accordance with provision of other ICDS. Instances of
losses permitted under ICDS are;

 

 

??Inventory valuation loss

 

 

???Loss on construction contract on POCM basis

 

 

??MTM forex loss on monetary item (include forward and option
for hedging)

 

 

??Provision for liability on reasonable certainty basis

 

 

Losses which may not be allowed as
deduction are as given below;

 

 

??Foreseeable loss on construction contract

 

 

??MTM on derivative (for example, commodity contracts) other
than forward and option for hedging covered by ICDS VI

 

 

CBDT FAQ dt 23rd March, 2017
clarified that same principle will apply to MTM gain as well.

Ind AS 2 vs.
ICDS II

Change in cost formula

Considered as change in an accounting
policy

Cannot be changed without reasonable
cause.

Inclusion of statutory levies in value
of inventory

Inventory to be valued net of creditable
statutory levies (like GST)

Inventory to be valued inclusive of
creditable statutory levies (like GST). 
However, this is just a matter of semantics, and the net profit as per
ICDS and Ind AS on this account will not be different.

Ind AS 115
vs. ICDS III and ICDS IV

Scope

Ind AS 115 deals with revenue arising
from contract with customers

ICDS III (Construction Contracts) and
ICDS IV (Revenue) are similar to erstwhile Indian GAAP AS 7 and AS 9.

Revenue recognition principle

Revenue is recognised based on five step
model on transfer of control to customer

For goods, revenue is recognised on
transfer of risk and rewards. For services, revenue is recognised to the
extent of stage of completion of contract

Identification of performance obligation

Detail requirements apply for
identifying and recognising revenue on multiple-element contracts

Do not require or prohibit
identification of performance obligation.

Allocation of transaction price

Allocated to performance obligation
identified based on relative standalone selling price.

Not covered in ICDS

Variable consideration

Methodology for estimating and
recognising variable consideration is set out in detail in the standard.

Currently, entities may defer measurement
of variable consideration until uncertainty is removed. For e.g. claims in
construction contracts are recognised on final certainty.

Sales return

Revenue is recognised after deducting
estimated return. Sales returns result in variable consideration.

No guidance is provided in ICDS

Significant financing

Revenue is adjusted for significant
financing and presented separately as finance cost/income

Revenue is not adjusted for time value
of money

Non-cash consideration

Measured at fair value

No guidance provided

Onerous contract

Expected losses are recognised as an
expense immediately.

Losses incurred on a contract will be
allowed only in proportion to the stage of completion

Real estate revenue

If the entity has a right to receive
payment for work completed to date, POCM is applied. Else completed contract
method needs to be followed.

Exposure draft issued. Requires POCM.

Early stage contract

Revenue recognised to the extent of cost
if there is no reasonable certainty.

Reasonable certainty threshold of 25% is
specified.

 

Revenue is recognised to the extent of
costs incurred when up to 25% of the work is completed otherwise
proportionate method will apply.

Service contract

Revenue is recognised on transfer of
control.

POCM applied. Straight-line method, if
service contract involves indeterminate number of acts over specific period
of time.

 

Completed contract, if duration < 90
days

Retention money

Retention monies are a deduction from
the revenue bill, which is paid by the customer on satisfactory completion of
contract or warranty period. The retention monies are treated as normal
revenue.

Same as Ind AS. Retention is part of
overall contract revenue and is recognised subject to reasonable certainty of
its ultimate collection.

Ind AS 16 vs. ICDS V

Major spare parts

Recognised as Inventory if do not meet
Ind AS 16 criteria. As per Ind AS 16 property plant and equipment are items
that;

??Are held for use in production or supply of good, and


??
Are expected to be used during more than
one period.

Machinery spares which can be used only
in connection with a Tangible fixed asset and where use is irregular, have to
be capitalised.

 

E.g., Spares which can be used with
multiple machine will be considered as inventory under ICDS whereas these
will be capitalised and depreciated in Ind AS.

Major inspections

They are capitalised. Remaining amount
from previous inspection is derecognised.

No guidance.

Ind AS 21 vs. ICDS VI

Foreign currency

Functional currency is currency of
primary economic environment in which company operated. Foreign currency is
currency other than functional currency.

Reporting currency is INR except for
foreign operation. Foreign currency is currency other than reporting
currency.

Scope exception

Foreign exchange gain/loss regarded as
adjustment to interest cost is scoped out.

The adjustment is considered as
borrowing cost under
Ind AS.

No such scope exclusion.

Capitalisation of exchange differences
on long term foreign currency monetary item for acquisition of fixed assets

Exchange difference is debited/credited
to P&L

? On imported assets S43A allows capitalisation

 

??With respect to local assets all MTM exchange differences are
included in taxable income

Forward exchange contracts on balance
sheet items, such as forward contract for debtor or creditor

Derivatives are measured at fair value
through P&L, if hedge accounting is not applied.

Any premium or discount shall be amortised
as expense or income over the life of the contract. Exchange difference on
such a contract shall be recognised as expense/income in the period in which
the exchange rate changes.

Forward exchange contract to hedge
foreign exchange risk of firm commitment or highly probable forecast
transaction

Derivatives are measured at fair value
through P&L, if hedge accounting is not applied.

Section 43AA introduced by Finance Act
2018 requires exchange differences on forward exchange contracts to be
recognised as per ICDS. Premium, discount or exchange difference, shall be
recognised at the time of settlement as per ICDS VI.

Foreign exchange contract for trading or
speculative purposes

Derivatives are measured at fair value
through P&L

Section 43AA introduced by Finance Act
2018 requires exchange differences on forward exchange contracts to be
recognised as per ICDS. Premium, discount or exchange difference, shall be
recognised at the time of settlement as per ICDS VI.

Foreign currency translation reserve
(FCTR)

Accumulated in reserves. Recognised in
P&L on disposal, deemed disposal or closure of branch.

FCTR taxed similar to FX
assets/liabilities; ie, monetary items are restated at closing exchange rates
but non-monetary items are stated at historical rates. FCTR balance (excludes
impact on non-monetary items) as on 1 April, 2016 shall be recognised in the
previous year relevant to assessment year 2017-18 to the extent not
recognised in the income computation in the past.

Ind AS 20
vs. ICDS VII

Government Grant – recognition

Not recognised unless there is a
reasonable assurance that the entity shall comply with the conditions
attached to them and the grants will be received.

 

Mere receipt of grant is not criteria of
recognition.

Similar to Ind AS, except recognition is
not postponed beyond the date of actual receipt.

Ind AS 20
vs. ICDS VII

Export Incentive

When it is reasonably certain that all conditions
will be fulfilled and the collection is probable.

In the year in which reasonable
certainty of its realisation is achieved.

Grant in the nature of promoters
contribution

No such concept.

No such concept.

Sales tax deferral benefit

Grant benefit imputed based on time
value of money. Benefit capitalised, if related to acquisition of asset. Else
credited to P&L.

No benefit imputed

Ind AS 109 /
ICDS VIII

Securities (quoted) – held for trading

Mark to market gain/loss recognised in
the P&L

Lower or cost or NRV to be carried out
category-wise.

 

Securities held by banks and Public
Financial Institutions to be valued as per extant RBI Guidelines.

Ind AS 23
vs. ICDS IX

Qualifying asset

Assets which takes substantial period of
time to get ready for its intended use.

No condition w.r.t substantial period of
time except inventory ( 12 months).

Capitalisation of general borrowing cost

Weighted average cost of borrowing is
applied on funds that are borrowed generally and used for obtaining a
qualifying assets.

Allocation is based on average cost of
qualifying asset to average total assets.

Borrowings – Income on temporary
investments

Reduced from the borrowing costs
eligible for capitalisation

Not to be reduced from the borrowing
costs eligible for capitalisation.

Commencement of capitalisation

Capitalisation of borrowing cost
commences, when the construction activity commences.

In case of specific borrowings, from the
date on which funds were borrowed. In case of general borrowings, from the
date on which funds were utilised.

Suspension of capitalisation

Capitalisation of borrowing cost
suspended during extended period in which active development is interrupted.

No guidance.

Ind AS 37
vs. ICDS X

Recognition of contingent assets
/reimbursement

Virtual certainty is required for
recognition.

Reasonable certainty is required for
recognition. Test of ‘reasonable certainty’ is not in accordance with section
4/5 of Income-tax Act. Hypothetical income not creating enforceable right
can’t be taxed.

Discounting of long term provision

Required

Not allowed.  

 

 

Decoding The Consequences of POEM in India

The Finance Act, 2016 substituted section
6(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act), w.e.f. 1st April 2017.
The “Place of Effective Management” (POEM) was introduced as one of the tests
for determination of the residential status of a company. Various stakeholders
raised concerns that a foreign company which is treated as a “POEM resident” in
India may not be able to comply with the provisions of the Act applicable to a
resident as the determination of POEM transpires during the assessment
proceedings that are usually years after the relevant tax year for which the
foreign company is treated as “POEM resident” in India. To mitigate such
concerns, the Finance Act, 2016 introduced section 115JH which gave the Central
Government power to notify exceptions, modifications and adaptations.
Therefore, laws and regulations applicable to an Indian company for computing the
tax liability would apply to a foreign company, which is a “POEM resident” in
India subject to such exceptions, modifications and adaptations notified by the
Central Government. On 15th June 2017, the CBDT issued a draft
notification for implementing the provisions of the section 115JH of the Act.
The Central Government has now published the final notification u/s. 115JH of
the Act on 22nd June 2018, specifying the consequences in respect of
a foreign company treated as “POEM resident” in India for the first time. This
write-up dissects and decodes the transitory consequences for a foreign
company.

 

1. 
Backdrop:

Prior to the
introduction of Place of Effective Management (POEM), a company was considered
as a resident of India only if its control and management were “wholly
situated in India”. An absolute threshold meant that companies could avoid
being classified as a resident by merely holding one key board meeting outside
India.

 

Therefore, to
protect India’s tax base and to align provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961
(‘the Act’) with the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) entered into
by India with other countries1, India introduced the concept of POEM2
vide amendment3 to section 6(3)(ii) of the Act:

 

Section
6(3):
For the purpose of the Act, a company is said to be a resident
in India in any previous year, if—

 

(i)  it is an Indian company; or

 

(ii)  its place of effective management, in that
year, is in India.

 

Explanation.—For
the purposes of this clause “place of effective management” means a
place where key management and commercial decisions that are necessary for the
conduct of business of an entity as a whole are, in substance made.”

 

However, the use of
POEM as a test for residency was made applicable from assessment year 2017-18 onwards4.

 

As noted in the
Explanation to section 6(3), POEM is defined as the place where the “key
management and commercial decisions that are necessary for the conduct of
business of an entity as a whole are, in substance made.”

Therefore, the
definition of POEM has four limbs:-

___________________________________________________________

1   However, as per the 2017 update to the
OECD Model Tax Convention, the OECD has moved away from “POEM” to a
case-by-case resolution using Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP) for determining
conflicts of dual residency.

2   According to the Explanatory Notes to the
provisions of the Finance Act, 2015. Circular No.- 19 /2015 dated 27th
November 2015. F. No. 142/14/2015-TPL.

3.  Refer section 4 of Finance Act 2015.

4.    Refer section 4 of
Finance Act 2016.

 

i.    Key Managerial and Commercial decisions

ii.    Necessary for the Conduct of Business

iii.   Of an entity as a whole

iv.   In substance made.

 

Since the
introduction of POEM in India, the CBDT has issued three circulars providing guidelines
with respect to POEM. The three circulars can be broadly classified as follows:

 

Circular No.

Date of Circular

Description

6

24th January 2017

Guidelines on determination of POEM.

8

23rd February 2017

Clarification on the turnover threshold for
applicability of POEM.

25

23rd October 2017

Clarification on applicability of POEM
for regional headquarters and applicability of General Anti-Avoidance Rule
(GAAR) for abuse of this Circular.

 

 

The first circular
(i.e. Circular No. 6) issued by the CBDT introduced following:

 

i.   An objective test –To determine whether a
foreign company has active operations outside India (formally known as “active
business outside India” test)5

 

ii.  Subjective Guidelines – To provide important
factors that may be considered while determining POEM.

 

A company is
considered to have an “active business outside India” when (a) its passive
income (An aggregate of sale and purchase transactions between related parties,
dividend, interest, royalty and capital gains) is less than 50 per cent of its
total income, and (b) the number of employees in India, value of assets in
India and payroll expenses relating to Indian employees is less than 50 per
cent of the company’s total employees, assets and payroll expenses,
respectively. The determination of these factors is based on an average of the
data pertaining to the relevant financial year and two previous years.

______________________________________________________

5   The “active business outside India” test and
‘passive income’ clause are akin to provisions or objectives of a Controlled
Foreign Corporation (CFC) Rule. It is pertinent to note that no country in the
world has such conditions for determination of POEM that tries to achieve dual
purposes.

 

A company having an
active business outside India is presumed to be non-resident as long as
majority of its board meetings are held outside India.

 

For companies that
fail the active business outside India test, the determination of residence
would involve identification of (a) persons who are responsible for management
decisions, and (b) place where decisions are actually made.

 

If a foreign
company gets hit by the POEM provisions, it becomes a resident and all
provisions of a resident company would apply to it. However, various
stakeholders raised concerns that a foreign company which is treated as a “POEM
resident” in India may not be able to comply with the provisions of the Act
applicable to a resident as the determination of POEM transpires during the
assessment proceedings that are usually years after the relevant tax year for
which the foreign company is treated as “POEM resident” in India. To mitigate
such concerns, the Finance Act, 2016, amongst other things, introduced special
provisions in respect of a foreign company said to be “POEM resident”6  in India by way of insertion of a new Chapter
XII-BC consisting of section 115JH in the Act with effect from 1st
April 2017. Section 115JH of the Act, inter alia, provides that the
Central Government may notify exception, modification and adaptation subject to
which, provisions of the Act relating to computation of total income, treatment
of unabsorbed depreciation, set off or carry forward and set off of losses,
etc., shall apply.

 

On 15th
June 2017, the CBDT issued a draft Notification for implementing provisions of
the section 115JH of the Act. The draft Notification invited comments from
stakeholders and the public. The Central Government, vide Notification dated 22nd
June 2018, released the final Notification7 under section 115JH(1)
of the Act. The final guidelines take forward the concept laid down in the
draft guidelines. It further provides clarification on other areas which were
not mentioned in the draft guidelines such as deemed computation of Written
Down Value (WDV) when WDV is not available in tax records, allowing carry
forward of unabsorbed depreciation on a proportionate basis when the accounting
year followed by the foreign company is different, explicitly defining “foreign
jurisdiction” etc. The consequences of a foreign company attracting POEM
provisions for the first time have been summarised below.

___________________________________________________–

6   “POEM resident” is a term coined by the
authors for companies that become “resident” as per the Income Tax Act, 1961
due to the attraction of the “POEM” provisions.

7     Notification No. S.O. 3039(E) dated 22nd
June 2018. The Notification is applicable from 1st April 2017.

 

2.  Key
takeaways from the Final Notification

The key takeaways
of the Notification are summarised below and a hypothetical case study of Ace
Ltd., is used to elucidate the takeaways in a more comprehensive manner.

 

2.1 Determination of WDV, brought forward
losses and unabsorbed depreciation for the relevant year

 

When the
foreign company is assessed to tax in the foreign jurisdiction

a)  The WDV of the depreciable asset shall be
determined as per the company’s tax records in the foreign jurisdiction.

 

b)  When WDV of the depreciable asset is not
available in tax records, the WDV is to be calculated as per the provisions of
the laws of that foreign jurisdiction.

 

c)  The brought forward loss and unabsorbed
depreciation shall be determined (year wise) on the basis of the foreign tax
records of the company.

 

When the
foreign company is NOT assessed to tax in the foreign jurisdiction

a)  The WDV of the depreciable asset, the brought
forward loss and unabsorbed depreciation (year wise) is to be determined on the
basis of the books of account maintained in accordance with the laws of the
foreign jurisdiction.

 

Other
miscellaneous provisions

a)  The brought forward losses and unabsorbed
depreciation determined above shall be allowed to be set-off and carry forward
in accordance with the provision of the Act for the remaining period,
calculated from the year in which brought forward loss and unabsorbed
depreciation occurred for the first time.

 

b)  The brought forward losses and unabsorbed
depreciation will be allowed to set off only against such income that has
become chargeable to tax in India on account of the foreign company becoming a
“POEM resident” in India.

 

c)  If there is a revision or modification in the
amount of brought forward loss and unabsorbed depreciation in the foreign
jurisdiction, then such revisions will also be made in India for set-off and
carry forward.

 

Case Study:

Ace Ltd., a foreign
company, was incorporated on 1st April 2016. It follows the same
financial year as India i.e. 1st April-31st March. It
acquired a fixed asset worth Rs 10 crores on 1st April 2016 itself.
The company attracts POEM provisions in India for financial year 2017-18. The
facts of the company are summarised below:

 

Depreciation as per
tax law – 10%.

WDV as per tax law
– 9 crores

 

Depreciation as per
company law – 20%.

WDV as per company
law – 8 crores

 

Business Loss as
per tax law – Rs 1,00,000/-

Business Loss as
per company law – Rs 1,50,000/-

 

Q1) What would be
the WDV of Ace Ltd.’s fixed assets as on 1st April 2017?

 

Scenario 1: Ace
Ltd. is incorporated in Singapore and the Singapore tax laws provide 10 rate of
depreciation.

 

Scenario 2: Ace
Ltd. is a Singapore company; however, the Singapore’s tax laws don’t provide
any specific rates for depreciation.

 

Scenario 3: Ace
Ltd. is incorporated in UAE.

 

Q2) What loss Ace
Ltd. can set off in the previous year 2017-18 in India?

 

Scenario 1: Ace
Ltd. is incorporated in Singapore.

 

Scenario 2: Ace
Ltd. is incorporated in UAE.

 

Solutions:

Answer 1:

Scenario 1: Since
Ace Ltd. is assessed to tax in Singapore and the Singapore tax laws specify the
rate of depreciation for the fixed asset, the WDV of such asset as on 1st
April 2017 will be Rs 9 crores (computed as per Singapore’s tax law).

Scenario 2: Since
Ace Ltd. is assessed to tax in Singapore and the Singapore tax laws do not
specify the rate of depreciation for the fixed asset, the WDV of such asset as
on 1st April 2017 will be Rs 8 crores (computed as per
Singapore’s company law).

 

Scenario 3: Since
Ace Ltd. is not assessed to tax in UAE, the WDV of such asset as on 1st
April 2017 will be Rs. 8 crores (determined on the basis of the books of
account maintained in accordance with UAE’s company law).

 

Answer 2:

Scenario 1: Since
Ace Ltd. is assessed to tax in Singapore, the loss in accordance with
Singapore’s tax law will be considered.
Therefore, the brought forward loss
of Rs. 1,00,000/- will be allowed to be set off for eight consecutive years.

 

Scenario 2: Since
Ace Ltd. is not assessed to tax in UAE, the loss as determined in the books
of account maintained in accordance with the company law will be considered.
Therefore,
the brought forward loss of Rs. 1,50,000/- will be allowed to be set off for
eight consecutive years.

 

Note: The loss calculated in both scenarios was from the year in which
brought forward loss occurred for the first time (i.e. previous year 2016-17).
It is important to always calculate the remaining period of set off from the
year the loss first occurred and not from the year in which the foreign company
becomes “POEM resident” in India.

    

2.2   Preparation of Profit and Loss and Balance
Sheet

a)  The foreign company will have to prepare
financial statements8
for the period immediately following its accounting year to the period in which
the foreign company becomes “POEM resident” in India.

 

b)  The foreign company shall also be required to
prepare financial statements for succeeding periods of twelve months till the
year the foreign company remains resident in India on account of POEM.

 

In other words, the
foreign company needs to prepare its financial statements for India on a
financial year basis consistently till it remains a “POEM resident” in India.

c)  For carry forward of loss and unabsorbed
depreciation, the following provision will apply:

 

   If the “split period” is
less than six months, then such loss and unabsorbed depreciation will be
included in the year in which the foreign company becomes “POEM resident” in
India. Additionally, the financial statements will be extended to include the
split period.

____________________________

8   Profit and Loss Account & Balance Sheet.

 

For example:
Assuming Ace Ltd. is following a calendar year, then with a “split period” of
three months it does not have to prepare a “split” financial statement of three
months and financial year 2017-18 financial statement of twelve months
INDIVIDUALLY. It can combine both the financial statements and prepare a
fifteen month statement from 1st January 2017 to 31st
March 2018.

 

Furthermore, the
loss of previous year 2016-17 (Rs 1,00,000/- or Rs 1,50,000/- as the case may
be) will be now considered as current year business loss for the previous year
2017-18 in India.

 

    If the “split period” is
equal to or greater than six months, then the split period would be classified
as a separate accounting year and consequently, the financial statements for
such split period need to be prepared.

 

For example: If Ace
Ltd. was incorporated in Australia where the previous year is from 1st
July – 30th June, then the split period for Ace Ltd would be nine
months  (1st July 2016 to 31st
March 2017).

 

Therefore, in such
a case, Ace Ltd. would have to file two separate financial statements i.e. (a)
split financial statement of nine months, and (b) previous year 2017-18
financial statement of twelve months.

 

It is pertinent to
note that the loss of previous year 2016-17 (Rs 1,00,000/- or Rs 1,50,000/- as
the case may be) will be allowed as a carry forward of business loss for eight
years in the previous year 2017-18 in India.

 

d)  Further, the Notification provides that in
case when separate split period accounts are prepared, the loss and unabsorbed
depreciation as per tax records or books of account, as the case may be, shall
be allocated on a proportionate basis.

 

2.3 Applicability of TDS Provisions (Chapter
XVII-B)

a)  Prior to becoming “POEM resident” in India, if
the foreign company has complied with the relevant provisions of Chapter XVII-B
of the Act, then it is considered to be compliant with the provisions of the
said Chapter.

 

b)  If more than one provision of Chapter XVII-B
of the Act applies to such foreign company as a:

   resident, and

    foreign company

 

then the provisions
applicable to a foreign company shall apply.

 

c)  Any payment to a foreign company who is “POEM
resident” in India – section 195(2) will still be applicable.

 

For example: If Ace
Ltd., a foreign company who is “POEM resident” in India, entered into a
management consultancy contract with an Indian entity, Soham Pvt. Ltd., then,
Soham Pvt. Ltd. (the payer) can make an application to the AO to determine an
appropriate sum chargeable to tax and to determine the liability for
withholding tax.

 

Since section
195(2) explicitly mentions that the payee i.e. Ace Ltd must be a
“non-resident”, (in the instant case Ace Ltd., being a “resident” due to the
POEM in India), the Notification specifically clarifies that the beneficial
provisions of section 195(2) will be applicable to the foreign company which is
resident in India due to its POEM in India.

 

Interestingly, it
is pertinent to note that the provisions of section 195 specifically mention
applicability to a foreign company. Therefore, any person making payment to Ace
Ltd. would be covered by the provisions of section 195 notwithstanding the fact
that Ace Ltd. has become resident of India by virtue of its POEM in India.

 

 

2.4  
Rate of Tax

a)  The rate of tax in case of the foreign company
shall remain the same even though the residential status of the foreign company
changes from non-resident to resident on the basis of POEM.9  

 

Therefore, Ace Ltd.
would be taxed at 40 per cent plus surcharge and cess. POEM, being in the
nature of
anti-avoidance to prevent base erosion, the high tax rates acts as a deterrent.

 

_____________________________________________

9   This is a derivation of key takeaways
explained in paragraphs 2.7 and 2.8.

 

 

2.5  
Foreign Tax Credit

a)  A foreign company will be eligible to avail
the benefits of India’s DTAA after it becomes “POEM resident” in India.

 

b)  In a case where income on which foreign tax
has been paid or deducted, is offered to tax in more than one year, credit of
foreign tax shall be allowed across those years in the same proportion in which
the income is offered to tax or assessed to tax in India in respect of the
income to which it relates and shall be in accordance with the provisions of
Rule 128 of the Rules.

 

2.6  
Limitation on setting off against India sourced Income

a)  The exceptions, modifications and adaptions
referred to in Para A of the Notification shall not apply to India sourced
income of a foreign company. Therefore, brought forward loss, unabsorbed
depreciation and foreign tax credit will not will available for India sourced
Income of a foreign company.

 

For example: Ace
Ltd, a Singapore entity, follows calendar year (1st January – 31st
December), and the income earned and tax paid by Ace Ltd. in Singapore and in
India is summarised below:

 

Singapore

Source

Financial Year 2017-18

(January-December)

Financial Year 2018-19

(January-December)

Amount
(Rs  in crores)

Tax (Rs 
in crores)

Amount
(Rs  in crores)

Tax (Rs 
in crores)

Business

1,200

240

2400

480

 

 

India

Source

Financial Year 2017-18 (April-March)

Amount (Rs in crores)

Tax (Rs in crores)

Business

10,000

3,000

 

 

How much foreign
tax credit can Ace Ltd. claim, assuming that Ace Ltd. gets hit by POEM
provisions in financial year 2017-18?

 

Solution:

Sine Ace Ltd. is
struck by POEM provisions in financial year 2017-18, it will be considered as a
resident in India and consequently, its global income will be taxed in India.

Furthermore, it
will be taxed at the rate applicable for foreign companies.

 

Computation of Income and tax paid for

financial year 2017-18 in India

Particulars

Amount (Rs in crores)

India sourced Income (A)

10,000

Singapore Income:

 

9 months Income of financial year
2017-18
(1 March 2017 to 31 December 2017) (B)

 

900

3 months income of financial year
2018-19

(1 January 2018 to 31 March 2018) (C)

 

600

Total Global Income (A+B+C) = (D)

11,500

Taxed at the Rate – 43.26 per cent  (E)

4974.9

Less: Proportionate Foreign Tax
Credit: 

 

9 months tax of financial year 2017-18

(1 March 2017 to 31 December 2017) (F)

 

(180)

3 months tax of financial year 2018-19

(1 January 2018 to 31 March 2018) (G)

 

(120)

Net Tax Liability (E-F-G) = (H)

4674.9

 

 

Note for determining Source wise
Foreign Tax Credit

 

 

2.7  
Transacting with a foreign company who is “POEM resident” in India

Any transaction of the foreign company with any other person or entity
under the Act shall not be altered only on the ground that the foreign company
has become Indian resident.

 

For Example: Ace Ltd. has an associated enterprise Beta Private Limited
in India. Will transfer pricing provisions apply to “international
transactions” between Ace Ltd. and Beta Ltd.?

 

As per section 92B,
an “international transaction” means a transaction between two or more
associated enterprises, either or both of whom are non-residents. Therefore, it
is important for one of the associated enterprises to be a non-resident.

 

In the instant
case, since Ace Ltd. has become a “resident” in India due to the applicability
of POEM provisions, ideally, transfer pricing provisions should not be
applicable. However, the language of the Notification creates confusion and
needs clarity.

 

2.8   
Conflict between Provisions

a)  Subject to the paragraph 2.7 above, a foreign
company shall continue to be treated as a foreign company even if it is said to
be “POEM resident” in India and all provisions of the Act shall apply
accordingly.

 

b)  It is pertinent to note that the provisions of
the Act which are specifically applicable to either a foreign company or a
resident assessee will apply to such companies. The provisions relating to
non-resident assessees will not apply to such companies. It has been further
clarified that any conflict between provisions of the Act applicable to it as a
foreign company and provisions of the Act applicable to it as a resident
assessee, the former shall prevail.

 

For example: Act
Ltd., a foreign company, who is “POEM resident” in India, is taxed on:

 

Particulars

Ace Ltd.

Reason

Scope of 
Tax

Global Income

Provisions specifically applicable to
resident shall apply to Ace. Ltd.

Rate of Tax10

40%

Conflict between Foreign company as
Resident (30%) and Foreign Company (40%) – provision applicable to foreign
company will apply.

 

 

3. 
Issues

The final
Notification has provided much-needed clarity regarding the consequences of
POEM for foreign companies who are “POEM resident” in India for the first time.
However, there remains ambiguity in the applicability of POEM for cases where
POEM is applied for the second or more time. Determination of POEM is an annual
exercise which needs to be conducted for every assessment year. Therefore, it
is always possible that the facts of the case may reveal that a foreign company
might attract POEM provisions in Year 1, not attract POEM provisions in Year 2
and again attract POEM provisions in Year 3. In such a case, there are no
guidelines about the consequences of POEM for foreign companies who are “POEM
resident” in India for multiple times.

 

Furthermore, there are some issues which have not been addressed by the
final Notification such as the applicability of advance tax, transfer pricing,
etc. For example, according to Para D of the Final Notification, transactions
of a foreign company with any other person or entity under the Act shall not be
altered only on the ground that such foreign company has become a “POEM
resident” in India. This Para implies that transfer pricing provisions will
continue to apply even if a foreign associated enterprise has become “POEM
resident” in India. Therefore, such a foreign company will have to comply with
transfer pricing provisions while transacting with its Indian associated enterprise.
This concept is irrational because transfer pricing provisions were introduced
in India to prevent shifting of profits from India to another tax jurisdiction.
Transfer pricing should not apply when both the entities are taxed in India, as
there is no opportunity for tax arbitrage.

 

4. 
Conclusion

Section 4 of the Act empowers the Central Government, to specify the
rate of tax. As per the Act, a company is differentiated either as a “domestic
company”11 or a “foreign company”12.  A higher rate of tax is provided for the
foreign company as its scope of tax is limited to Indian sourced income only. A
domestic company, however, is liable to tax on its worldwide (global) income
and therefore subject to a reduced tax rate. Thus, the principle seems to be
that as the scope of tax widens, the rate of tax reduces.13  However, in the case of a foreign company who
is “POEM resident” in India, not only is its scope of tax broader but also its
rate of tax.

Particulars

Domestic Company

Foreign

Company

Foreign Company

being “POEM resident”

Scope of 
Tax

Global Income

India sourced

Income

Global Income

Rate of Tax14

30%15

40%

40%

 

 

The consequences of
POEM of a foreign company in India are harsh and punitive. Since the
Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill 2015 provides that the POEM rule is
targeted towards shell companies which are incorporated outside but controlled
from India, POEM should be used as an anti-avoidance tool and be resorted only
in exceptional cases. It is hoped that this provision will be used in the
spirit of the Explanatory Memorandum.
 

________________________________________________________

10  Excluding surcharge and cess

11  Read section 2(22A).

12  Read section 2(23A).

13  This principle might be based on the principle
of equity.

14  Excluding surcharge and cess.

15   A domestic company is taxable at 30 per cent.
However, the tax rate is 25 per cent if turnover or gross receipt of the
company does not exceed Rs. 50 crore.

 

Set Off vis-a-vis Gross Receipts for Rule 53(6)(B) of The MVAT Rules

Introduction

The grant of set off is
prerogative of the legislature. In other words, set off is not right of the
dealers. The set off is to be given as per Scheme, Rules and conditions
attached therewith.

 

Under MVAT Act, there is
broad scheme of granting set off including almost on all goods like Capital
goods, trading goods and expenses are eligible for set off. However, there are
certain conditions where set off can be reduced or it can be denied.

 

There is Rule 53(6)(b)
which has attracted long litigation. The rule is reproduced below for ready
reference.

 

53. Reduction in
set-off

 

The set-off available under
any rule shall be reduced and shall accordingly be disallowed in part or full
in the event of any of the contingencies specified below and to the extent specified.

 

(6) If out of the gross
receipts of a dealer in any year, receipts on account of sale are less than
fifty per cent. of the total receipts, –

 

(b) in so far as the dealer
is not hotel or restaurant, the dealer shall be entitled to claim set-off only
on those purchases effected in that year where the corresponding goods are sold
or resold within six months of the date of purchase or are consigned within the
said period, not by way of sale to another State, to oneself or one’s agent or
purchases of packing materials used for packing of such goods sold, resold or
consigned:

 

Provided that for the
purposes of clause (b), the dealer who is a manufacturer of goods not being a
dealer principally engaged in doing job work or labour work shall be entitled
to claim set-off on his purchases of plant and machinery which are treated as
capital assets and purchases of parts, components and accessories of the said
capital assets, and on purchases of consumables, stores and packing materials
in respect of a period of three years from the date of effect of the
certificate of registration.

 

Explanation.-For the
purposes of this sub-rule, the “receipts” means the receipts pertaining to all
activities including business activities carried out in the State but does not
include the amount representing the value of the goods consigned not by way of
sales to another State to oneself or one’s agent.”

 

It can be seen that if the
receipts from sale are less than 50% of gross receipts, than set off is restricted
to the purchases which are sold within six months. If such condition is
applicable, then the dealer has to give the data about purchase and sale of
corresponding goods and then claim set off.

 

The major issue arises
about interpretation of “gross receipts”. One of the issues is what is the
scope of gross receipts?

 

Case of Mutual Funds

In case of Mutual Funds,
they run various different schemes. Separate accounts are kept for each scheme.
If receipts of all the schemes are considered then the mutual funds attract
above rule. However, if the scheme relating to particular commodity like gold
is considered separately then the above rule may not apply.  

 

There was controversy about
the scope of gross receipt in relation to mutual fund i.e. whether to take
receipts from all the schemes to compute the gross receipts or to take only
receipts of each scheme. The matter has reached to Hon. Bombay High Court in
case of Axis Mutual Fund (WP No. 710 of 2018 dt.6.8.2018).

 

The brief facts narrated by
Hon. Bombay High Court are reproduced below.

           

“3.  By the Deed of Trust dated 27.06.2009 made by
and between Axis Bank Limited, a settlor, and Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Company
Limited, trustee, an irrevocable trust/trusts called Axis Mutual Fund was
created.

 

4.  Axis Mutual Fund Trustee Company Limited
(“Trustee Company”), incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act,
1956, was approved by Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) to act as
a Trustee of the various scheme(s) of the Axis Mutual Fund.

 

5. Axis Asset Management
Company Limited (“Axis AMC”), incorporated under the provisions of the
Companies Act, 1956, was approved by SEBI to act as the Asset Management
Company for the scheme(s) of the Axis Mutual Fund.

 

6.  By the Deed of Trust dated 27th
June, 2009, the settlor, inter-alia, declared and agreed that the Trustee
Company shall manage the mutual fund in accordance with the  applicable regulations. Further, as per para
6.1.1 of the Deed of Trust dated 27th June, 2009, the Trustee
Company is allowed to float one or more schemes for the issue of units to be
subscribed by the public.

 

7.  The responsibility for the daily operations
of the scheme(s) of Axis Mutual Fund has been delegated to the Axis AMC through
an investment Management Agreement dated 27th June, 2009 executed
between the Trustee Company and Axis AMC. As enumerated in Clause 3 of this
Agreement dated 27th June, 2009, the delegated responsibilities,
inter alia, include the maintenance of accounts and records, evaluation of investment
operations, carrying out credit assessments in relation to proposes
investments.

 

8.  It is the contention of the Petitioner that
by the Deed of Trust dated 27th June, 2009, multiple trust(s), i.e. scheme(s), were created as and when floated. The various clauses of the
Deed of Trust indicating independent existence of each scheme is provided in
the table below:-

 

Para

Text

4.3.1

Entrustment
of property

 

The
liabilities of a particular Scheme shall be met out of assets of the same
scheme and shall in no way attach to or become a liability of any other
scheme.

4.3.2

Entrustment
of property

 

The
Trustee Company shall ensure that proper and separate accounting records are
maintained for each scheme.

6.1.14

Functions
of Trustee Company

 

Distribute
dividend and income of the relevant Scheme, as and when the same may become
due and payable.”

 

 

The contention of the
dealer was that though there is one trust deed, there are actually multiple trusts
as per the schemes. It was submission that a trust is an obligation annexed to
the ownership of property. It was also submitted that as clearly evident from
Deed of Trust, such obligations are towards the beneficiaries of each scheme
and not towards the beneficiaries of all the schemes put together. Accordingly,
it was argued that the receipts of each scheme to be seen separately. If it so
seen then for Axis Gold ETF Scheme, the condition of 50% of sale of the gross
receipts gets fulfilled and Rule 53(6)(b) will not apply. The reliance was
placed on the judgment of the Hon. Supreme Court in case of Commissioner
of Income Tax, Andhra Pradesh and Anr. vs. Trustees of H. E. H. the Nizam’s
Family Trust (1986) 4 SCC 352.
 

 

On behalf of revenue the
above submission was opposed on the ground that trust is registered as dealer
and hence it is one dealer and the rejection of set off applying Rule 53(6)(b)
is correct.

 

The Hon. High Court
discussed various aspects including the judgment cited in case of Nizam’s
Family Trust. However, under the scheme of the Rule 53(6)(b), the Hon. High
Court upheld the action of the revenue.

The observations of the
Hon. High Court are as under;

 

“46. Such is not the case
before us. There is a single Deed of Trust. There may be separate schemes, but
there was never any intent as is now sought to be culled out and to create
separate Trust. This is not a case where separate Trusts were created and
hence, the principle relied upon by Mr. Sridharan from several works on Law of
Trust and to the effect that receipts from Axis Mutual Fund ETF alone have to
be considered for there is formation of more than one trust by the Deed of
Trust and that is permissible, has no application. This has no application here
because the earlier principle and based on the case of Commissioner of Income
Tax, Bombay City 1, Bombay vs. Manilal Dhanji, Bombay 3 is inapplicable. This
is not a case where the settlor has created more trusts under a single Trust
Deed. This is a clear case where the Deed of Trust permits floating one or more
schemes. That is not equivalent to creation of separate Trusts. It is in these
circumstances that the assessing officer, the first appellate authority and the
Tribunal all rightly concluded that the set-off available under Rule 53 has to
be reduced. It shall be accordingly in part or full in the event of any of the
contingencies specified and to the extent specified in sub-rule (6) of Rule 53.
Pertinently, the set-off has not been disallowed in full. It is hold that in
the case clearly specified of gross receipts of a dealer in any year and if
from that, receipts on account of sale are less than 50% of the total receipts,
then, insofar as the dealer, who is not a hotel or restaurant, the set-off is
permissible only on those purchases effected in that year where the
corresponding goods are sold or resold within six months from the date of
purchase. There is no creation of separate Trusts, but separate schemes under a
single Trust Deed are floated.”

Thus, the application of
Rule 53(6)(b) was justified.

                       

Conclusion

The above judgment will be
guiding judgment to interpret the scope of Rule 53(6)(b). However, leaving
aside the legality, the effect is that there will be double taxation in as much
as the set off is denied though on the sale of same goods, tax is collected. It
is for the policy makers to reconsider the issue and to give necessary relief
considering the scheme and object of the VAT system.
 

 

 

Job-Work : Old Wine In Better Bottle? (Part-1)

Job Workers are generally understood as
persons who perform a part of a manufacturing process on goods belonging to another.
Traditionally, job workers performed outsourced manufacturing/ processing
activities by receiving goods belonging to their principal and returning the
same after due processing. The arrangements are usually made for certain
commercial reasons, such as:

 

1.   Work requires special skilled labour

 

2.   Work can performed only with specialised
machinery

 

3.   Infrequent requirement not requiring a
full-fledged set-up

 

4.   Job worker can perform same/ similar tasks at
lower operating costs

 

5.   Paucity of space for job work activity

 

The objective of this article is to discuss
the concept of job work from the perspective of its scope and the general
procedures involved in a job work arrangement.

 

Job Work – A specie of a Contract

Job work contracts are usually a combination
of a service contract coupled with bailment. The owner of the goods delivers or
transfers possession over his goods to another person with a condition of
returning the goods or disposing them under the directions of the owner. The
essentials of a contract of job work would be as follows:

 

1.   The objective of the contract is to perform a
process/ treatment over the goods

 

2.   For the purpose of its fulfilment, the owner
of goods (generally called the principal) delivers/ transfers the possession of
goods with a specific mandate to the transferee (called the job worker) under a
contract of bailment

 

3.   Ownership continues to rest with the
principal awarding the job work

 

4.   The job worker performs his process on the
goods received and on completion delivers the goods back to the principal or
any other place as designated by the principal

 

5.   Job worker would have to account for the
consumption of goods/ scrap and wastage

 

6.   Job worker would ensure that the goods are
not merged / mixed with own goods or any other principals’ goods

 

7.   Job worker is required to take reasonable
steps for the safety of the goods in capacity as a bailee of these goods

 

Job Work – Its relevance and history

The concept of Job work was originally
contained in the Excise law. Excise law was an activity driven law in the sense
that the manufacturing process in a factory formed the basis of imposition of
duty. The ownership over goods was not relevant for deciding the taxable person
(1988 (38) E.L.T. 535 (S.C.) Ujagar Prints, etc. vs. UOI). It laid
emphasis on the physical location, movement and identity over the goods and
considered the terms of contract between the parties as an inessential element.
Therefore, every removal of goods, whether in processed or unprocessed form,
whether under a contract of sale, bailment or otherwise, had excise
implications either as duty payment or Cenvat Credit reversal. In order to
overcome the procedural difficulties of an intermittent duty payment or credit
reversal, the Government extended certain benefits to job workers and reduced
multiplicity of tax implications and compliance under job work transactions.
The benefits can be put into two baskets:

 

i.    Notification 214/86-CE dated 25-03-1986
granted duty exemption in case a job worker was engaged in manufacturing
activity as long as the principal undertook to discharge the applicable duty on
the finished goods.  Notification
83/94-CE and 84/94-CE exempted job worker manufacturer and supplier
manufacturer under the SSI scheme from payment of duty.

 

ii.    Rule 4(5) of Cenvat Credit Rules, 2004
allowed the manufacturer/ service provider to retain the Cenvat Credit availed
on inputs/ capital goods where such goods were sent for the purpose of job work
and returned within the prescribed time limit.

 

The important point that needs to be
observed is that both these benefits operated under different domains. The
former granted a duty benefit which was otherwise applicable in case of a
manufacturing activity undertaken by a job worker and the latter granted the
benefit of retaining Cenvat Credit inspite of goods being physically removed
for a specific purpose. Yet, the common intent behind this was to relax the
complexities in view of physical movement of goods and ensuring that the goods
are duly accounted at the original location after the job work.

 

On the other hand, the Sales tax / VAT law
did not contain specific provisions in respect of job work. Infact, one may say
that this was not essential because the levy was a transaction based levy with
the sole emphasis on the ‘transfer of ownership’ over the goods. As long as the
principal retained its ownership over the goods, any manufacturing activity on
such goods did not lead to tax implications. Pure job work being a contract for
service and bailment did not fall within the ambit of VAT (except for some
stray works contract cases). The movement of goods (inter-state or intra-state)
for job work coupled with transport documents did not generally have any
sales/VAT tax implications. At most, the law prescribed certain documentation
for movement of goods in order to protect the interest of revenue and tap any
diversion of goods.

 

One may say that excise is a ‘boundary’
based law whereas sales tax is a ‘transaction’ based law. Therefore, concept of
job work had prominence under the excise law rather than the sales tax
law. 

 

Concept of Job work under GST

The GST law is considered a pseudo-sales tax
law with its peripheries made from the excise law. Two important facets of the
law are (a) it’s a contract based transaction law; and (b) it’s a multi-point
levy on both goods and services. Every form of value addition, whether on goods
or of service is taxed under the GST law at the transaction level and not at
the unit level. Job work itself being a value-added activity is a ‘taxable
service’ and did not require any special treatment.

 

Yet, the GST law has introduced the concept
of job work.  The only possible reason
attributable to such a move could be that job work arrangements would involve
significant to and fro movement of goods between the principal and the job
worker. Hence from a revenue perspective it was important to ensure that the
inventory of goods (esp. tax credited goods) are duly accounted for by the
principal after completion of job work. Reporting of outward and inward
movement of goods for job work enables the revenue to ascertain the end-use of
the goods.

 

Framework of Job work under GST

Job work provisions are contained u/s. 19
and 143 with certain transitional provisions u/s. 141. Job work has been
defined u/s. 2(68) to mean any treatment or process undertaken by a person on
goods belonging to another registered person and the term job worker should be
construed accordingly. Section 19 is titled ‘Taking input tax credit in respect
of inputs and capital goods sent for job work’ and placed under the Input tax
Credit chapter (Chapter V). Section 16, 143, 141 use terms such as ‘inputs’ and
‘capital goods’ rather than ‘goods’ in general implying that the job work
provisions should be understood to extend only to those goods which are
availing the benefit of ITC. This indicates that job work provision were
intended to operate in the lines of Rule 4(5) of Cenvat Credit Rules, 2004 and
not as an exemption from payment of tax.

 

An examination of the general provisions and
the waiver conditions in section 19 and 143 further substantiate this
conclusion. Section 19 provides a relaxation to one of the primary conditions
of availing input tax credit i.e. the receipt of goods u/s. 16(2)(b). The
section state the following:

 

    Credit on Inputs / capital
goods is permitted even in cases where such goods are directly sent to the
job-workers premises for job work without first being brought to the premises
of the principal provided they are returned in the specified period;

 

   the goods are returned to
the principal within a period of one year or three years; and

 

   in case of any violation,
the inputs/ capital goods originally sent out would deemed to be supplied by
the principal to the job worker on the day they were originally removed

 

Section 143 under Chapter XXI –
Miscellaneous contains procedural provisions to be followed in job work
transactions which state the following:

 

     The principal is permitted
to send inputs/ capital goods to a job worker without payment of tax provided
they are returned within the prescribed period of one/ three years

 

    It is permitted to supply
these goods directly from the job workers premises without bringing the same
back to the principal’s place of business if the job worker is registered or
the job workers place of business is included in the certificate of
registration of the principal

 

     The principal is
accountable for the goods sent on job work

 

     Waste and scrap generated
during job work is permitted to be supplied by a job worker directly from his
place of business on payment of tax

 

     An extended meaning to the
term input has been provided which states that intermediate goods would also be
termed inputs – implying that intermediate goods would be permitted to remove
without payment of tax to a job worker.

 

Section 19 and 143 contain similar
provisions i.e. permitting zero-tax movement of goods back and forth between
the principal and job worker. The content of both the sections overlap each
other except on three points (a) treatment of scrap/ wastage; (b) inclusion of
intermediate goods for job work activity and (c) permitting clearance of goods
from job worker premises. Yet, one noticeable difference between section 19 and
143 is that while section 19 talks about ‘retention of the input tax credit
in the hands of the principal, section 143 grants the benefit of removal of
goods to a job worker ‘without payment of tax’.

 

Rate of Tax/
Classification under GST

Job work activity has been deemed as a
supply of services under Schedule II of the GST Act (Entry 3). Notification
11-2017- Central Tax (Rate) (as amended) has provided the rates of tax for job
work activities. The said activity has been classified under HSN 9988 &
9989. Explanatory note to HSN 9988 states that it covers services performed on
physical inputs owned by others and are generally characterised as outsourced
manufacturing units, etc. The value of the service is based on the service fee
and not the value of goods manufacturer. HSN 9989 provides for classification
of other manufacturing services and cases which involve intangible inputs and
not necessarily physical inputs. The service rate schedule prescribes the
following rates for job work activities:

 

HSN/SAC

Scope of activity

Rate of Tax

9988

Printing of news-papers, book, etc;
Textile processing activities; job work for jewellery; food processing
activities; tanning and leather processing activities

5%

 

Manufacturing of clay bricks, handicraft
goods, etc

5%

 

Manufacturing of umbrella and Printing
of paper products attracting 12% tax

12%

 

Other Manufacturing services

18%

9989

Printing of all paper products (under
Chapter 48 or 49) where only content is supplied by the publisher and the
paper belongs to the printer

12%

 

Other manufacturing services including
publishing, printing, reproduction material recovery activities

18%

 

 

Issues under the GST law

A) 
What is the scope of the term ‘job work’?

The fundamental question arising under job
work is the extent of value addition that is permissible under a job work
arrangement. Is there any outer limit on the value addition (say the entire/
substantial part of the manufacturing activity)? Can a job worker be the owner
of the principal raw material itself while performing job work? These questions
are to be viewed independently – the former question is on substantial value
addition on account of the ‘processes’ performed by the job work and the latter
question is on value addition on account of the ‘type of inputs’ used by
the job worker?

 

Addressing the first aspect, it may be
relevant to examine the issue based on a controversy raised by a recent advance
ruling. The Maharashtra Advance Ruling Authority in re: JSW Energy Limited
(GST-ARA-05/2017/B-04)
had the occasion to examine whether coal converted
into electrical energy on job work basis would fall within the definition of
job work. The Advance Ruling authority held that the job work was not on
coal rather the coal was consumed in the process of generation of
electricity resulting in a manufacturing activity and hence beyond the scope of
the term job work. The Advance Ruling authority suggested that job work and
manufacturing activity are mutually exclusive and the presence of the term
manufacture limits the scope of the term job work. On appeal, the appellate
advance ruling authority (MAH/AAAR/SS-RJ/01/2018-19) held that the
definition does not permit complete transformation of tangible inputs into intangible
inputs – only minor additions are permitted in a job work arrangement (relying
on Prestige Engineering case discussed below). The AAAR stated that
though processing of inputs resulting in manufacture is permitted under job
work arrangements, the section requires the principal to bring back the inputs
and in the absence of a one-to-one correlation between the inputs and the
processed output, the activity is not within the scope of job work.

 

We need to analyse the definition of job
work a little more intricately. The term job work is defined to mean a
treatment or process undertaken on goods belonging to another registered
person. The emphasis of the definition is on two things (a) ownership of
goods
and (b) treatment/ process being performed on those goods. The
term treatment and process are very generic terms without any limits. In this
context, the term treatment generally means giving some properties (either
chemical, physical or biological) to another item. The term process has been
very widely understood by the Supreme Court in the past. In CCE vs.
Rajasthan State Chemical Works 1991 (55) E.L.T. 444 (SC)
it was held that
the natural meaning of process would refer to any treatment of certain
materials in order to produce a good result, a species of activity performed on
the subject-matter in order to transform or reduce it to a certain
stage.  The definition of job work reads
as follows:

 

2(68) “job work” means any treatment or
process undertaken by a person on
goods belonging to another registered person and the expression “job worker”
shall be construed accordingly

 

In comparison, job work was defined in the
CE notification 214/86 as follows:

 

“Explanation I. – For the purposes of
this notification, the expression “job work” means processing or
working upon of raw materials or
semi-finished goods supplied to the job worker/ so as to complete a part or
whole of the process resulting in the manufacture or finishing of an article or
any operation which is essential for the aforesaid process”

 

The AAR held that the treatment or process
should be performed upon the goods
for it to be termed as job work. Grammatically speaking, the term ‘on’ is used
as preposition1 to establish a relationship between a pronoun and
the rest of a sentence. Preposition generally have an object for which it
establishes a relationship. The legislature have used to term ‘on’ in order to
make goods as the object of the entire
statement. The said preposition is establishing a relationship between the
person and the goods and does not establish a relationship between the
process and the goods
. It proves that the term process in the definition is
unqualified and should be understood in its natural and complete sense. Unlike
the central excise definition which requires working upon raw materials,
current definition in GST is limited to performing the treatment on goods.
Since the definition is completely silent on the result of the treatment or
process, the definition should be widely construed.

 

Now referring to section 19 and 143, we can
infer that both sections require the principal to bring back the inputs and
capital goods within a specific time frame. The AAAR & AAR have commented
that the meaning of job work should also be gathered from section 19 and 143.
Since the provision require the principal to bring back the inputs, the term
job work should be understood as only limited to cases where the identity of
the goods is retained and as such returned to the principal. The AAAR failed to
appreciate that section 143 also permits the principal to ‘supply or export’
such inputs with or without payment of tax from the job-workers premises. Any
interpretation should be made based on contemporaneous circumstances. If such
narrow interpretation is made, principal manufacturers would also be barred
from sending raw materials to job work and clearing the finished products after
the manufacturing activity to end customers. Where the provision itself permits
onward clearance of finished products subsequent to a manufacturing activity,
the requirement of retention of the original identity of goods is an apparent
conflict with the term manufacture. The entire provision would become
unworkable with this absurd interpretation of the AAAR.

_____________________________________________________________

1     The term preposition is a word governing, and
usually preceding, a noun or pronoun and expressing a relation to another word
or element in the clause. 

 

 

Moreover, when 143(5) itself speaks about
generation of scrap and wastage and use of intermediate goods ‘arising’ from
inputs, it is necessarily referring to a manufacturing activity. This conveys
the intention that job workers are permitted to carry out manufacturing
activity including the fact that the existence of the original input is not
visible in the final product.  The AAR
failed to understand that the section does not contemplate that the inputs or
capital goods should be brought back in its original condition – such an
interpretation would defeat the concept of job work itself. It should be
interpreted to mean that inputs should either be contained in final products
after job work in some form or the other or the inputs should cause the further
generation of the new product emerging from the job work process. The important
aspect is that the original input should identifiable (either by its cause,
content, character) with job work process and the final product. The Supreme
Court in Prestige Engineering (India) Ltd. vs. CCE Meerut Samples – 1994
(73) E.L.T. 497 (S.C.)
while explaining the scope of the definition of job
work under an exemption notification stated that job work should not be
narrowly understood as requiring the job worker to return the goods in the same
form, this would render the notification itself redundant (since the definition
specifically contemplated ‘a manufacturing process’) but it also cannot be so
widely interpreted to allow an arrangement where the process involves
substantial value addition. 

 

The AAAR commented that coal converted into
electrical energy has not been brought back. The condition of bringing back
should be understood from the original intent under Rule 4(5) of Cenvat Credit
Rules i.e. ensuring tax credited inputs do not escape the taxation net while
the goods leave the premises of the taxable person. As long as they have been
used for a value added activity for the taxable person, the condition should be
understood as satisfied and the benefit should be granted. The narrow
interpretation adopted in the AAR only stifles the intent of the law.

 

One may also observe that the original
ITC-04 tool on the GSTN portal (form for reporting outward and inward movement
of goods under job work activity) required that quantity code of the original
inputs match with the quantity code of the processed item after job work. This
was a challenge as in many cases manufacturers would receive the processed item
in a different form/ quantity. After representations the revised ITC-04
(amended vide Notification 39/2018 dt. 04-09-2018) has suggested that the
original challan date and number need not be given if one-to-one correspondence
between the original goods send for job work and the returned goods is not
possible. This adds credence to the above conclusion that establishing identity
or existence of the original product is clearly not a requirement of the law
and the term job work should not be narrowed down by the requirement of
bringing back the inputs. This leads to an inescapable conclusion that a job
worker can perform any value added activity on the goods.

 

B) Are the terms manufacture and job work
mutually exclusive?

The AAR concluded that manufacture is
excluded from the definition of job work in view of a separate definition. This
was part of the ruling modified by the AAAR on appeal by stating that job work
activity may or may not result in manufacture. The term manufacture refers to
processing of raw materials or inputs resulting in emergence of a new products
having a distinct name, character and use. On scanning the entire law, the term
manufacture has been used with limited reference: composition scheme, transitional
credit, deemed export.  The term
manufacture is used in completely independent context and does not even
remotely narrow down the scope of the term job work.

 

In other words, the job work is understood
from a contractual sense while manufacture was understood from the physical
properties of the product. In terms of a contract, if a bailor-baliee
relationship is established between the contracting parties with specific
directions for performing a treatment/ process, it would necessarily be a job
work activity. There could be cases which are job work but do not result in a
manufacturing process and there could also be cases were a manufacturing
activity is not a job work transaction in a contractual sense. It is in view of
this independent concepts that under excise, job worker declaration was
required only where the job worker performed a manufacturing activity. Where
the job worker performed limited testing activities, it was not essential for
the job worker to comply with the exemption conditions of Notification 214/86.

 

The CBEC in its flyer have stated as
follows:

 

“Job work sector constitutes a
significant industry in Indian economy. It includes outsourced activities that
may or may not culminate into manufacture. The term Job work itself explains the
meaning. It is processing of goods supplied by the principal. The concept of
job work already exists in Central Excise, wherein a principal manufacturer can
send inputs or semi-finished goods to a job worker for further processing. Many
facilities, procedural concessions have been given to the job workers as well
as the principal supplier who sends goods for job work. The whole idea is to
make the principal responsible for meeting compliances on behalf of the job
worker on the goods processes by him (job worker), considering the fact that
typically the job workers are small persons who are unable to comply with the
discrete provisions of the law.”

 

The flyer clearly states that job work
activity may or may not result in manufacture. The idea behind the concept of
job work is to facilitate the tax free movement of goods and making the
principal responsible for goods under job work. The explanatory notes to the
HSN/SAC chapter headings also provide explain job work as involving an
outsourced manufacturing activity. Further, the notification prescribing the
rates also specify both manufacturing and processing activities to be included
under the SAC for job work. All these clearly indicate that the concept of job
work overlaps with the concept of manufacture and both need not be considered
as mutually exclusive concepts.

 

C) Whether
job worker can introduce substantial raw materials in its job work process?

A parallel question is whether the
definition prohibits a job worker from introducing substantial/ critical raw
materials in relative comparison to that received from the principal
manufacturer. A plain reading of the section certainly does not bar this
activity. The definition is open ended and left these matters to the mutual
contractual terms between the principal and job worker. Prima-facie, is
appears that law does not prohibit the introduction of substantial / high value
inputs or critical inputs being used by the job worker during the entire
processing. As an example there is no restriction for a goldsmith to use its
own gold where the solitaire diamond is being supplied by the principal
manufacturer. 

 

However, the Supreme Court in Prestige
Engineering (supra)
does not permit an open-ended definition of the term
job work. It stated that the definition should not be widely understood to
permit the job worker from performing substantial value added activity. This
understanding of the law was made while interpreting an exemption notification.
As discussed, the concept of job work is being introduced as a facility for
retaining the Cenvat credit rather than as an exemption provision. The
interpretation should be such that the facility made available is effective
rather than a dead letter. The Madras High Court in 2015 (316) E.L.T. 209
(Mad.) CCE vs. Whirlpool of India ltd
held that the definition of Prestige
engineering case is limited to that notification and does not extended over the
Cenvat Credit Rules. Therefore, one can certainly take a stand that the excise
understanding of value added activity should not narrow down the scope of the
prevailing definition.

 

The CBEC Circular No. 38/12/2018, dated
26-3-2018 has clearly permitted the job worker to use his own goods apart from
the goods received from the principal and has not restricted the type/ nature
of goods to be used by the job worker:

 

“5. Scope/ambit of job work : Doubts have
been raised on the scope of job work and whether any inputs, other than the
goods provided by the principal, can be used by the job worker for providing
the services of job work. It may be noted that the definition of job work, as
contained in clause (68) of section 2 of the CGST Act, entails that the job
work is a treatment or process undertaken by a person on goods belonging to
another registered person. Thus, the job worker is expected to work on the
goods sent by the principal and whether the activity is covered within the
scope of job work or not would have to be determined on the basis of facts and
circumstances of each case. Further, it is clarified that the job worker, in addition
to the goods received from the principal, can use his own goods for providing
the services of job work.”

 

Moreover, from
an economics perspective, one would be neutral to the fact that critical inputs
being used by the job worker. Being a value added tax law with job work
services also being taxed under its ambit, it is really immaterial on who
introduces the raw material since commercial terms would automatically
determine the transaction value of the each leg of the supply (incl. job work)
and taxes would be appropriately recovered. From a revenue administration
perspective, the benefit of job work was to tide over the compliance of input
tax credit reversal and availment during the intermediary phase. Revenue would
monitor the job work movement primarily to ensure that the input tax credit
availed on such goods is used for the intended objects only. Where substantial
value / critical raw materials are purchased by the job worker itself, the risk
exposure of granting the benefit u/s. 19 is correspondingly reduced. The input
tax credit on the bullion purchased has been now been availed by the goldsmith
and section 19 operates only the domain of inputs sent by the principal to the
job worker and not on the self-purchased inputs.

 

Rationally, this credit of bullion does not
jeopardise the input tax credit claim on the diamond purchase and sent by the
principal. Hence revenue authorities should not question the quantum / nature
of inputs being used by the job worker as it not result in any additional revenue.

 

The above conceptual understanding of job
work can be tabulated with some practical examples:

 

Sl No

Type of Work

Ownership of Raw material

Job work Process

Whether Job work?

1

Forging
of metal blocks into specific castings

Metal
Blocks supplied by principal

Foundry
activities

Yes
even though there is a manufacturing activity

2

Supply
of Coal which is used in power plant for generation of electricity

Coal
owned by principal

Power
generation, conversion of coal into steam is also a process

Yes,
even though tangible inputs convert into intangible output

3

Supply
of Customised Printed Paper

Paper
and Ink owned by printer

Printing/
publishing activity

May
not be classifiable as job work but as supply of goods but HSN 9989 and
notification permits such activity as job work

4

Retreading
of Tyres

Old
tyres supplied by the Principal and the retreading material owned by job
worker

Retreading

Yes
– CBEC Circular No. 34/8/2018-GST, dated 1-3-2018 gives a view that where
supplier of retreated tyres own the old tyres, it is a supply of goods

5

Manufacturing
of bearings with own raw material but based on moulds, dies, etc received
from principal

Ownership
of raw material with job worker and ownership of dies with principal

Manufacturing
activity

Yes
to extent of moulds, dies, etc even though no process or treatment of moulds
since there exists a bailor-bailee relationship over the moulds/ dies, etc

6

Bus-Body
Building Activity

Chassis
owned by principal

Body
built on chassis

Yes
as per Circular No. 52/26/2018-GST, dated 9-8-2018

7

Bottling
plants receiving concentrate for processing

Concentrates
usually purchased by bottlers

Contract
manufacturer

No
May not be a job work if there is a principal-principal relationship

8

Brand
owners merely lending brand for manufacturing activity: Pharma/ FMCG industry

Intangibles
owned by brand owner but all raw materials owned by manufacturer

Licensed
manufacturing / loan licensee

May
not be a job work activity but stated in HSN9989 as any manufacturing
activity involving supply if intangible inputs

9

Printing
of Paper/ Photographs based on intangible material (such as designs) supplied
by Customer on tangible material

Intangible
materials owned by principal

Printing
activity

May
not be a job work but included in HSN9989 as outsourced manufacturing
activity

10

Extraction
of paraffin from crude material

Crude
material owned by principal

Extraction/
purification

Yes,
treatment includes extraction

11

Repairing
a transport passenger vehicle

Vehicle
owned by manufacturer

Repairing/
painting, etc

No
compliance of job work provisions required if not an ITC eligible item

 

In summary, the concept of job work has not
undergone a substantial change from its parent law. There is no reason to limit
its scope with reference to some terminologies as is being attempted by the
AAR. In fact, the concept of job work has widened in relative comparison to
from its excise origin. Its full effect should be given especially in a value
added system. The AAAR have deviated from the essence of job work and this
needs to be examined by a higher forum. The other procedural issues on job work
can be undertaken in a subsequent article. 
 

 

Charity and Donations

Ours is a charity minded society. ‘Giving’
is an important ‘sanskara’ in our culture. My parents used to give ‘dakshina
to the priests or alms to the beggars through our hands, so that the habit is
inculcated in early childhood.

 

The rationale behind tax exemptions to
charitable trusts is interesting. The Kings used to rule over a large
territory.  During famines or other
natural calamities, it was the king’s duty to provide food grains to the
affected subjects.  The distances from
capital city were quite long. Therefore, local godowns were maintained at
various places spread across the kingdom. Local religious temple – trusts were
entrusted with the task of looking after the warehouses and arranging for
distribution in appropriate situations. 
Since the trusts were performing the king’s task, they were granted
exemption from paying taxes. The taxes used to be normally equivalent to one
sixth of the crop, as agriculture was the main source of income.

 

Unfortunately, in the present era of
degenerating values, such exemptions are being misused by both – the
institutions as well as the donors while claiming tax benefits. Therefore, it
is now experienced the world over that the Government’s or regulator’s approach
towards the charitable institutions or NGOs has not remained very healthy.

 

Nevertheless, charity still continues and
will continue for ever. Here are two anecdotes:-

 

There was a housing society. Once, the
children in the society formed their club or ‘mandal’. It was decided to
raise funds by collecting contributions from the residents. There were many
buildings and each building was allotted to one or two children. An innocent
but smart boy collected some contribution from a gentleman. The person was a
little witty. He asked the boy –”Now that I have become a member of your mandal,
what will I get?”.

 

The kid was fumbled. He never knew what for
the funds were being collected. He thought for a moment and said, “Uncle,
perhaps you can again give such contribution next year!”. The real secret and
purpose of doing a good thing lies in doing it repeatedly and selflessly.

 

In an organisation of dedicated social
workers, the mentor was giving “useful tips for collection of funds. “One
should be begging ‘shamelessly’ for a good charitable cause”.  By shamelessly he meant, ‘without any ego’.
He narrated a real story of Pandit Madanmohan Malaviya, the founder of Banaras
Hindu University. He was a scholar and freedom fighter and left his well-paid job
under the British rule. He was posthumously conferred with Bharat Ratna in the
year 2014. He travelled all over the country to raise funds. Once he thought,
why not ask the Nizam for a donation to this cause!

 

“Are you mad?”. His colleagues
asked him. He said, “what worst can happen? He will insult me and drive me
away. I don’t mind that”.

 

He went before the Nizam in open court and
requested for a contribution to the Banaras Hindu University. As expected,
Nizam got wild and threw his mojri on Panditji! Panditji coolly with a
smiling face picked up those mojris and went away. Then he stood in the
market yard on a raised platform and started ‘auctioning’ the Nizam’s mojris!.

 

The news went to Nizam. He was baffled by
this unforeseen development. He called Panditji and gave him some funds!

 

I believe, our BCAS Foundation is working
with the same motivation and zeal!

4 Article 12 & Article 14 of India-Germany DTAA – Article 14 applies to payments made for obtaining scientific services from a non-resident individual; Article 14 being more specific provision applicable to professional services rendered by individuals shall prevail over Article 12

TS-492-ITAT-2018

Poddar Pigments Limited vs. ACIT

A.Y: 2008-09; Date of Order: 23rd
August, 2018

 

Article 12 & Article 14 of
India-Germany DTAA – Article 14 applies to payments made for obtaining
scientific services from a non-resident individual; Article 14 being more
specific provision applicable to professional services rendered by individuals
shall prevail over Article 12

 

Facts

The Taxpayer, an
Indian company, was engaged in the business of manufacturing master batches and
engineering plastic compounds. During the year, the Taxpayer entered into a
technical services agreement with a German scientist (Mr. X). As per the
agreement, Mr X was required to invent different processes of polymers by
applying different chemistry to raw materials used by the Taxpayer.

 

The Taxpayer
contended that payments made to Mr X was in the nature of independent
scientific services and hence, it qualified as independent personnel services
(IPS) under Article 14 of India-Germany DTAA. Since Mr X did not have a fixed
base in India and his stay in India did not exceed 120 days, payments made to
Mr X were not taxable in India as per Article 14 of India –Germany DTAA.

 

The AO rejected the
Taxpayer’s contention and held that the payments were in the nature of ‘fees
for technical services’ under Article 12 of DTAA as well as ITA. Hence, they
were subject to withholding of tax. Since the Taxpayer made payments to Mr X
without withholding tax, AO disallowed such expense u/s. 40(a)(i) of the Act.

The CIT (A) upheld
AO’s contention. Aggrieved, the Taxpayer filed an appeal before the Tribunal.

 

Held

     As per Article 14 of
India- Germany DTAA, income derived by an individual resident of Germany from
the performance of professional services or other independent activities is
chargeable to tax only in Germany, if the individual German resident does not
have any fixed base regularly available to him in India for performing his activities
and further, if he has not stayed in India for a period or period exceeding 120
days in the relevant previous year. Also, professional services for the
purposes of Article 14 includes ‘independent scientific services’.

 

     ITAT noted the documentary
evidence submitted by the Taxpayer and held that the services rendered by Mr X
were in the nature of scientific services. Hence, they would qualify as
professional services under Article 14 of the DTAA.

 

     ITAT also noted that such
services would also qualify as technical services under the FTS Article of the
DTAA which would trigger source taxation in India. The issue, therefore was,
which of the two Articles governed taxability of Mr. X.

 

     In the facts of the case,
Article 14 is applicable and not Article 12 for the following reasons:

 

     Article 14 deals with income from
professional services of an “individual” taxpayer whereas Article 12 deals with
all the taxpayers (including individuals)

 

     Article 12 is broader in scope and general
in nature as compared to Article 14 of DTAA. Accordingly, Article 14 would
apply on the facts of the case.

 

     It is a general rule of interpretation that
specific or special provisions prevail over and take precedence over the
general provisions.

 

     Thus,
in absence of a fixed base of the Taxpayer in India, and since the Taxpayer was
not present in India for a period exceeding 120 days, income from such services
was not taxable in India by virtue of Article 14 of the DTAA.
 

 

 

 

3 Article 11(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA – clarification issued by CBDT; Circular No. 789; Tax Residency Certificate can be the basis for determining beneficial ownership of interest income

TS-460-ITAT-2018

HSBC Bank (Mauritius) Limited vs. DCIT

A.Y: 2011-12; Date of Order: 2nd
July, 2018

 

Article 11(3) of India-Mauritius DTAA –
clarification issued by CBDT; Circular No. 789; Tax Residency Certificate can
be the basis for determining beneficial ownership of interest income

 

Facts

The Taxpayer was a
limited liability company incorporated, registered and tax resident, in
Mauritius and was engaged in banking business. During the year under
consideration, the Taxpayer earned interest from investments in debt securities
in accordance with the SEBI Regulations. The Taxpayer claimed that its income
was exempt in India in terms of Article 11(3)(c) of the India-Mauritius DTAA.

 

The AO, in
conformity with the directions of DRP, denied the exemption on the ground that
the Taxpayer did not fulfil the following three conditions prescribed in
Article 11(3)(c) of the India-Mauritius DTAA.

 

(i)   the interest was not “derived” by the
Taxpayer;

(ii)   interest was not “beneficially owned” by the
Taxpayer; and

(iii)  the Taxpayer did not carry on bonafide
banking business.

 

Aggrieved, the
Taxpayer appealed before the Tribunal. The Tribunal held that the Taxpayer
derived interest income and that it was carrying on bonafide banking
business. As regards the third condition pertaining to ‘beneficial ownership’,
the Tribunal remanded the matter to AO.

 

The Taxpayer
agitated the issue through miscellaneous application before the Tribunal.
Thereafter, the Tribunal recalled its order insofar as it pertained to
‘beneficial ownership’. To support its proposition of being beneficial owner of
interest, the Taxpayer primarily relied on the Tax Residency Certificate (TRC)
issued by the Mauritian Revenue authorities.

 

Held

     Clarification issued by
CBDT on circular no. 789 dated 13.04.2000 states that wherever a Certificate of
Residency is issued by the Mauritian authority, such Certificate will
constitute sufficient evidence for accepting the status of residence as well as
the beneficial ownership for applying the provisions of the India-Mauritius
DTAA.

 

    While the aforesaid CBDT
Circular was issued specifically in the context of income by way of dividend
and capital gain on sale of shares, same shall also be applicable in the
context of interest income under Article 11(3)(c) of the India-Mauritius Tax
Treaty. Reliance was placed on Bombay HC in case of Universal International
Music B.V (TS-56-HC-2013)
wherein HC had relied upon the aforesaid Circular
in the context of royalty income.

 

    Basis the Circular, TRC
obtained by the Taxpayer from Mauritian tax authority was sufficient evidence
that the ‘beneficial ownership’ of the impugned interest income was of the
Taxpayer.

 

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA; section 9 of the Act – As subscription income from provision of deal matching system for foreign exchange dealing was providing ‘information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific work’, income was royalty

6.  [2018] 96 taxmann.com
354 (Mumbai – Trib.)

DCIT vs. Reuters Transaction Services Ltd.

ITA Nos.: 1393 & 2219 (Mum.) of 2016

Date of Order: 3rd August, 2018

A.Ys.: 2012-13

 

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA; section 9 of the Act – As
subscription income from provision of deal matching system for foreign exchange
dealing was providing ‘information concerning industrial, commercial or
scientific work’, income was royalty

                       

Facts       

The Taxpayer was a company
incorporated in, and tax resident of the UK. It was providing access to its
electronic deal matching system for foreign exchange dealings. Its server was
located in Switzerland. The Taxpayer had entered into an agreement with its
group company in India for marketing of its system.

 

In the course of assessment
proceedings, the AO observed that: the income of the Taxpayer was not covered
under Article 13(6) of India-UK DTAA; the Taxpayer had a PE in India; and
therefore, the income of the Taxpayer was taxable as royalty. However, since
the Taxpayer had disputed the existence of the PE, Article 13(6) was held to be
inapplicable.

 

Following the Tribunal decision in
case of the Taxpayer in earlier years, the DRP upheld the draft order of the AO
to the effect that the payment received by the Taxpayer from its subscribers
was for use of its equipment and process and hence, it qualified as  royalty, both under the Act and India-UK
DTAA. The DRP further held that the server of the Taxpayer in Switzerland
extended to the equipment provided in India by the Taxpayer to the subscribers
constituted an equipment PE in India of the Taxpayer.

 

Held

u   In the earlier years, the
Tribunal had held that income received by the Taxpayer from subscribers in
India was royalty.

u   The Taxpayer had failed to
bring on record any evidence to counter the finding of facts by the Tribunal.

u   Hence, the subscription
income received by the Taxpayer was in the nature of royalty. Since the
subscription income was in the nature of royalty, there was no need to examine
whether the Taxpayer had PE in India. Article 13(6) can be invoked only if
existence of a PE is not in dispute. Since the Taxpayer has contended before
the lower authorities that it does not have a PE in India, Article 13(6) cannot
be applied.

ARBITRATION AWARD VS. EXCHANGE CONTROL LAW

Introduction


Indian
corporates and Foreign Investors in India anxiously awaited the Delhi High
Court’s verdict in the case of NTT Docomo Inc. vs. Tata Sons Ltd. This
decision was going to decide upon the fate of enforceability of foreign
arbitral awards in India. The Delhi High Court delivered its landmark decision
on 28th April 2017 reported in (2017) 142 SCL 252 (Del) and
upheld the enforceability of foreign arbitral awards. While doing so, it also
threadbare analysed whether the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 would be
an impediment to such enforcement?


Factual Matrix


To better
understand this case, it would be necessary to make a deep dive into the
important facts before the matter travelled to the Delhi High Court. NTT Docomo
of Japan invested in Tata Teleservices Ltd (“TTSL”). A
Shareholders’Agreement was executed amongst Docomo, TTSL and Tata Sons Ltd (“Tata”),
the promoter of TTSL. Under this Agreement, Docomo was provided with certain
exit options in respect of its foreign direct investment. One of the Clauses
provided that if Tata was unable to find a buyer to purchase the shares of
Docomo, then it shall acquire these shares. Further, Tata had an obligation to
indemnify and reimburse Docomo for the difference between the actual sale price
and the higher of (i) the fair value of these shares as on 31st
March, 2014 or (ii) 50% of the investment price of Docomo. Accordingly, Docomo
was provided with a downside protection of 50% of its investment.
As luck
would have it, Tata was unable to obtain a buyer at this price and hence,
Docomo issued a Notice asking Tata to acquire the shares at Rs. 58.45 per
share, i.e., the minimum price stipulated in the Agreement. Tata Sons disputed
this Notice by stating that under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”),
i.e., the exchange control laws of India, it can purchase shares from a
non-resident only at a price which is equal to the fair value of the investee
company. Accordingly, Tata could buy the shares only at Rs. 23.44 per share and
it approached the Reserve Bank of India (“the RBI”) for its
approval to buy the shares at Rs. 58.45 per share. Initially, the RBI felt that
this was not an assured return, which was prohibited under the FEMA but it was
in the nature of downside protection. This was a fair agreement and hence, Tata
should be allowed to honour their commitment. Further, the larger issue was of
fair commitment in Foreign Direct Investment contracts and keeping in view,
Japan’s strategic relationship with India, the contract should be fulfilled.
This was a very unique stand taken by the RBI. However, the RBI approached the
Finance Ministry, Government of India on this issue. The Finance Ministry
rejected Tata’s plea and held that an individual case cannot become an
exception to the FEMA Regulations. Consequently, the RBI wrote to Tata
rejecting permission to buy the shares at a price higher than the fair
valuation of TTSL. The guiding principle was that a foreign investor could not
be guaranteed any assured exit price. This became an issue of dispute between
the parties and the matter reached arbitration before the Arbitral Tribunal,
London.


Arbitration Award


The Arbitral Tribunal gave an Award in favour of Docomo after
considering the Agreement and India’s exchange control laws. It held that the
Agreement was drafted after considering the FEMA since a simple put option was
not permissible. The Agreement did not qualify the Tata obligation to provide
downside protection by making it subject to the FEMA Regulations. It held that
Tata had clearly failed in its obligation to find a buyer and the FEMA
Regulations did not excuse non-performance. Further, the RBI’s refusal of
special permission did not render Tata’s performance impossible. Accordingly,
it awarded damages to Docomo along with all costs of arbitration. It however,
expressed no view on the question whether or not special permission of the RBI
was required before Tata could perform its obligation to pay damages in
satisfaction of the Award.


Armed with
this Award, Docomo moved the Delhi High Court seeking an enforcement and
execution of the foreign Award. The RBI filed an intervention application in
this suit opposing the payment by Tata. Subsequently, Tata and Docomo filed
consent terms under which Tata agreed to pay the damages claimed by Docomo,
subject to a ruling on the objections raised by the RBI. Further, it was
decided to obtain permission of the Competition Commission of India and a
Withholding Tax Certificate from the Income-tax authorities before remitting
the funds. In lieu of the same, Docomo agreed to suspend all proceedings
against Tata wherever they were launched and give up all claims against
Tata.   


RBI’s Plea


The RBI
contended that for the Award to hold that the FEMA Regulations need not be
looked into, was illegal and contrary to the public policy of India. Since the
RBI had rejected the permission to pay Rs. 38 per share, the matter had
achieved a finality. Payment of an assured return was contrary to the
fundamental policy of the nation.


High Court’s Verdict


At the
outset, the Delhi High Court dealt with whether the RBI could have a locus
standi
to the Award and held that any entity which is not a party to the
Award cannot intervene in enforcement proceedings. Even though the Award dealt
with the FEMA provisions in detail that ipsofacto did not give a right
to the RBI to intervene.


The Court
held that there was no statutory requirement that where the enforcement of an
arbitral Award resulted in remitting money to an non-Indian entity outside
India, RBI has to necessarily be heard on the validity of the Award. The mere
fact that a statutory body’s power and jurisdiction might be discussed in an
adjudication order or an Award will not confer locus standi on such body
or entity to intervene in those proceedings.In the absence of a provision that
expressly provides for it, the question of permitting RBI to intervene in such
proceedings to oppose enforcement did not arise.


The Court
held that the Award was very clear that what was awarded to Docomo were damages
and not the price of the shares. It was not open to RBI to re-characterise the
nature of the payment in terms of the Award. RBI has not placed before the
Court any requirement for any permission of RBI having to be obtained for
Docomo to receive the money as damages in terms of the Award.


The Court
held that it was unable to find anything in the consent terms which could be
said to be contrary to any provision of Indian law much less opposed to public
policy. The issue of an Indian entity honouring its commitment under a contract
with a foreign entity which was not entered into under any duress or coercion
will have a bearing on its goodwill and reputation in the international arena.
It would indubitably have an impact on the foreign direct investment inflows
and the strategic relationship between the countries where the parties to a
contract are located. These too were factors that had to be kept in view when
examining whether the enforcement of the Award would be consistent with the
public policy of India.


The
Arbitral Tribunal had clearly held that the sum awarded was towards damages and
not sale of shares. Hence, the question of obtaining the special permission of
the RBI did not arise. If the Court allowed enforcement of the Award, then the
RBI would be as much bound by the verdict as would the parties to the Award. It
further observed that the RBI had at no stage contended that the Shareholders’
Agreement was void or illegal. The damages were more of a downside
protection and not an assured return on investment.
Hence, the FEMA
Regulations freely permitted remittance outside India. The RBI could not
recharacterise the payment from damages to sale consideration more so when Tata
had not objected to it. The Court laid down a very important principle which
is that the FEMA contained no absolute prohibition on contractual obligations.

It even upheld the consent terms and held that there was nothing contrary to
public policy.


Finally,
it concluded by dismissing the plea of the RBI and upholding the enforceability
of the Award in India as if it was a decree of the Delhi High Court. In the
meanwhile, the parties have obtained the permission of the Competition
Commission of India to make the payment. Whether the RBI will challenge this
decision is something which time will tell.


Unitech City Cruz Case


A similar issue was dealt with by the Delhi High Court in an earlier
case of Cruz City 1 Mauritius Holdings vs. Unitech Ltd, (2017) 80
taxmann.com 180 (Del).
This too dealt with the enforceability of a
foreign arbitration Award in respect of a Shareholders’ Agreement gone sour. It
held that under the FEMA, all foreign account transactions are permissible
subject to any reasonable restriction which the Government may impose in
consultation with the RBI. It is now permissible to not only compound
irregularities but also seek ex post facto permission. Thus, it held
that the question of declining enforcement of a foreign award on the ground of
any regulatory compliance or violation of a provision of FEMA would not be
warranted. It held that enforcement of a foreign award cannot be denied if it
merely contravenes the law of India. The Court held that the contention that
enforcement of the Award against the Indian party must be refused on the ground
that it violates any provision of the FEMA, cannot be accepted; but, any
remittance of the money recovered from the Indian party under the Award would
necessarily require compliance of regulatory provisions and/or permissions.
Another important question addressed by the Court was whether it was now open
for Unitech to raise a plea that the foreign investment made was violative of
the provisions of FEMA and Indian Law.


The Court
observed that Unitech had itself given unambiguous representations and
warranties in the Shareholders’ Agreement that the transaction was valid and
binding and enforceable and that the same did not require any approval from any
authority. It had further stated that all applicable laws were complied. Now
Unitech was contending that FEMA provisions do not permit such a transaction
without the RBI permission. The Court held that reneging on such express
commitments would be patently unjust and unfair and hence, not permissible. It
held that the Agreement was subject to Indian laws and Unitech had full
opportunity to challenge the validity before the Arbitral Tribunal but it having
failed to do so, theCourt found no reason to entertain such contentions to
resist enforcement of the Award. It is learnt that Unitech has challenged this
judgment. 


Interestingly,
in this case, the Court held that the remittance under the Award was subject to
the FEMA Regulations but in the latter case of Docomo it held that no special
permission of the RBI was needed for remittance under the Award!


Takeaways


As long as
an award is towards damages, there should not be any challenge in its
enforceability even if it involves foreign remittances. No special permission
of the RBI is needed for the same. One wonders whether the Court’s verdict
would have been the same had the Agreement been drafted differently? It was a
decision on the interpretation of a specific clause and hence, in future
foreign investors could insist on wordings similar to the ones used in the
Tata-Docomo Agreement. What is also interesting are the observations of the
Delhi High Court in Unitech’s case where it has bound the Indian party by the
representations made at the time of receiving the foreign investment. Following
these decisions, some Indian corporates have started settling arbitration
proceedings and paid the disputed amounts to foreign investors. For instance,
in October, GMR Infrastructure settled an ongoing arbitration with its foreign
private equity investors by acquiring their preference shares for a
consideration of cash + kind.


Clearly,
India has a long way to go towards full capital convertibility of the Indian
Rupee. In fact, whether or not it should has been the matter of great debate.
However, a disconnect between the Arbitration Law and the FEMA Regulations /
the RBI may act as a great dampener to the foreign investment climate in the
country. These two decisions of the Delhi High Court would act as a booster
shot for foreign investors. Considering that the Government has abolished the
Foreign Investment Promotion Board / FIPB, the nodal investment authority,
maybe it is high time for the RBI to amend its Regulations to make them more in
sync with commercial contracts.


The
Indian judicial system is clearly overburdened resulting in corporates
resorting to arbitration as a dispute resolution forum. In such a scenario, an
environment which facilitates the enforceability of foreign awards would help
improve India’s ease of doing business rankings. It would be desirable if we
have a clear policy devoid of confusion and ambiguity.
 

 

IS IT FAIR TO EXPAND THE SCOPE OF SBO UNDER THE SECTION THROUGH SBO RULES, 2018?

BACKGROUND


Section 90
was enacted by the Companies Act, 2013. It was recast totally by the
Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017. The amended section was made effective from 13th
June 2018. MCA has further notified Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners)
Rules, 20l8 on 13th June 2018. These rules (herein after referred as
SBO) cast various responsibilities on the Companies, Shareholders (for that
matter members too) and beneficial owners in shares.


PROBLEM


Section
90(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 (as amended), provides that declaration is to
be filed by every Individual, who acting alone or together, or through
one or more persons or trust, including a trust and persons resident outside
India, holds beneficial interests, of not less than twenty-five per cent or
such other percentage as may be prescribed
, in shares of a company or the
right to exercise, or the actual exercising of significant influence or control
as defined in clause (27) of section 2, over the company shall make a
declaration to the company
. The Central Government may however, prescribe
class/es of persons who shall not be required to make declaration. (delegated
legislation).


However,
explanation appended below the applicable rules (The Companies (Significant
Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018) clearly exceeds an authority granted to the
rule makers because through an explanation what is sought to be done is expansion
of the scope of Significant Beneficial Owner so as to bring even persons other
than individuals within the scope.


UNFAIRNESS


1.  The Companies (Amendment) Bill, 2016 contained
provisions which proposed to delegate the Central Government the power to
prescribe, by way of rules, the details with regard to – certain time-limits,
contents and manner of issuing/filing of certain forms including abridged
forms, amount of fees to be paid and other similar items of subordinated
legislation. A Memorandum Regarding Delegated Legislation (MRDL) explaining
such delegation is attached to the Companies (Amendment) Bill, 2016.


The
relevant extract of the Memorandum (so far as it relates to SBO is reproduced hereunder):


Clause 22,
inter alia, empowered Central Government to prescribe u/s. 90 of the
Act—

……


(c) class
or classes of persons which shall not be required to make declaration
under proviso to s/s.(1)


(d) Other
details which may be included in the register of interest declared by
individual in s/s. (2)
,

…………


2.  Thus above delegation presupposes that rules
framed will include

  • class or classes of
    persons which shall not be required to make a declaration

Present
rules do not contain any such provision as to which persons shall not make the
declaration.


3.  Besides next requirement w.r.t., to rules also
presupposes that declaration is to be given by an individual where as
present rules have cast a responsibility on various entities including
Company, Firm and Trust.


4.  Rule 2(1) (e) of The Companies (Significant
Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018 reads as under:


(e)
“significant beneficial owner” means an individual referred to in
sub-section (1) of section 90 (holding ultimate beneficial interest of not less
than ten per cent) read with sub-section (10) of section 89, but whose name is
not entered in the register of members of a company as the holder of such
shares, and the term ‘significant beneficial ownership’ shall be construed
accordingly


5.  However, explanation appended below above
mentioned rule clearly exceeds an authority granted to the rule makers because
through this explanation what is sought to be done is expansion of the scope of
Significant Beneficial Owner so as to bring even persons other than
individuals within the scope.
The said explanation reads as under:


Explanation
l. – For the purpose of this clause, the significant beneficial ownership, in
case of persons other than individuals or natural persons, shall be determined
as under:


The explanation thereafter covers Company, Firm and Trust.


This
clearly exceeds the rule making powers of the subordinate legislation.


6.  Let us now see briefly what subordinate
legislation is and what principles are required to be observed by subordinate/
delegated legislation:


The need
and importance of subordinate legislation has been underlined by the Supreme
Court in the Gwalior Rayon Mills Mfg. (Wing.) Co. Ltd. vs. Asstt.
Commissioner of Sales Tax and Others**
thus:

……….


Nature of subordinate legislation    


‘Subordinateness’,
in subordinate legislation is not merely suggestive of the level of the
authority making it but also of the nature of the legislation itself. Delegated
legislation under such delegated powers is ancillary and cannot, by its very
nature, replace or modify the parent law nor can it lay down details akin to
substantive law. There are instances where pieces of subordinate legislation
which tended to replace or modify the provisions of the basic law or attempted
to lay down new law by themselves had been struck down as ultra vires.[1]


7.  It is a well settled principle
that a rule, regulation or bylaw must not be ultra vires, that is to
say, if a power exists by statute to make rules, regulations, bylaws, forms,
etc., that power must be exercised strictly in accordance with the provisions
of the statute which confers the power, for a rule, etc., if ultra vires,
will be held incapable of being enforced.
 


CONCLUSION FROM THE ABOVE


Let us now
revert to the provision of section 90(1) which clearly provided that
declaration is to be filed by an Individual.


The word
‘individual’ makes it clear that the section cannot apply unless the holder of
shares or significant influence/control is a natural person (human being) and
not an artificial person such as a company or firm or trust as is envisaged in
the explanation to Rule 2(e) of SBO.


The term
individual is not defined in Companies Act, 2013 but the term is defined in
various dictionaries and definition of Individual by Merriam- Webster defines Individual as “a
particular being or thing as distinguished from a class, species, or
collection”


Even
definition of Person u/s. 2(31) of Income Tax Act, 1961 reads as under:


“person”
includes- (i) an individual, ………..


Thus,
individual is a subset of a person and has narrow meaning as compared to Person
which includes other incorporated and non incorporated entities.


SOLUTION


The
explanation in Rule 2(e) , which is contradictory to the provisions of the
section 90(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 has cast an onerous responsibility on
entities such as Companies, Firms and Trusts to make a declaration under SBO
even though the parent section did not put such responsibility and as such is prima
facie ultra vires
.


It is therefore essential that
either parent section is amended or Rule is in synchronisation to the section.


 

 



[1] The Committee on Subordinate Legislation of Rajya Sabha.

SEBI ORDER ON ACCOUNTING & FINANCIAL FRAUD – CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & ROLE OF AUDITOR ETC., UNDER QUESTION AGAIN

Background
and summary of SEBI order


SEBI
has passed an interim order in case of Fortis Healthcare Limited (Order number
WTM/GM/IVD/68/2018-19 dated 17th October, 2018). It has recorded
preliminary findings of accounting and financial frauds whereby, inter alia,
about Rs. 400 crore of company funds that were lent to related parties and
which are now lost.
 


The manner of carrying out
such alleged fraud as described in the SEBI order makes an interesting reading.
It makes allegations of false accounting entries, use of allegedly intermediary
entities to make related party transactions without necessary approvals or
disclosures, etc. This raises obvious and grave implications of role and
liability of the Board, the Audit Committee, the auditors, the Chief Financial
Officer, the independent directors, etc.


SEBI has passed interim
directions against specified promoter entities ordering, inter alia,
return of monies with interest. It has given them a post-order opportunity of
hearing and also initiated detailed investigation.
 


While there have been other
transactions over which concerns have been raised in the order, the loans of
about Rs. 400 crore to promoters or promoter owned entities could be focussed
on here. There is a complex background to these loans but, essentially, it
appears that Fortis granted loans aggregating to about Rs. 400 crore (final
balance) eventually to three companies through its wholly owned subsidiary.
These three companies were not ‘related parties’ when such loans were first
granted but later on, the SEBI order says, became promoter owned entities.
However, the interesting aspect was that an attempt was made not to show the
amount of such loans as receivable at the end of every quarter. Instead,
circular bank transactions were made for repayment and giving back of such
loans. Thus, on the last day of each quarter, such loans were shown to have
repaid and then paid back on the next day. Thus, as at the end of each quarter,
for several consecutive quarters, the loans did not appear as outstanding.


Even this, the SEBI order
alleges, was false/fake. It was not even as if the loans were first repaid and
then lent again. There was back-dating of entries. The borrowers were first
paid the monies which were then used that money to repay the original loans.
Even these transactions really took place after the end of the quarter. But the
accounting records were made to show as if the repayment of loans happened on
the last day of the quarter.


This continued for nearly
two long years – repeated over several quarters – till it so happened that even
this token repayment/relending could not be made. The auditors of the company
apparently refused to sign off on the accounts for that quarter. This matter
was reported in media and SEBI promptly initiated action. It called the
auditors for discussion and carried out a preliminary examination of the
details. The preliminary finding was that the amount of about Rs. 400 crore had
actually reached the promoters/promoter controlled entities through the three
companies. These amounts were partly used to repay borrowings of the promoters
and partly retained by a promoter controlled entity. It also appears that this
amount has been lost and provided for as a loss.


Based on these preliminary
findings, SEBI has passed an ad interim order issuing several
directions. It has asked the company to recover these monies. It has asked the
specified promoters and certain entities controlled by them not to transfer any
assets till such amounts are repaid. It has also asked specified persons not to
be associated with the company.


It has also initiated a
much more detailed investigation into the affairs of the company in this
matter. It has also given a post-order opportunity of hearing to the parties.
In particular, SEBI has also stated that it will be looking into the role of all
parties including the auditors in this matter. I would also expect that,
considering the preliminary findings, questions may also be raised on the role
of the Audit Committee, Chief Financial Officer, etc.


Other questions have also
arisen. While, apparently, the three companies to whom loans were given were
not ‘related parties’ as on the date of grant of such loans, such companies
served merely as a conduit to pass on the amounts to the promoter entities.
Further, even these three companies, owing to some restructuring, became
related parties. The compliance of requirements of approval of related party
transactions for such loans or for the disclosure of such transactions and
balances were allegedly not made.


SEBI thus made preliminary
findings of violations of multiple provisions of law. And accordingly, has
passed interim directions and will investigate the matter further and pass
final orders, if any.


Let us discuss in more
detail what could be the implications.


Analysis
of the case in terms of implications assuming the facts stated are true


Let us assume that the
facts stated in the Order are true. It is also to be noted that this is a
preliminary ex-parte order. The parties accused of the violations have yet to
present their case. Even SEBI is yet to make a detailed investigation. But yet,
it would be worth examining what are the implications at least on the
hypothetical basis that all these facts and findings as stated therein are
true. What then would be the specific violations of law, who can be held liable
and what would be the punishment? The following paragraphs make an attempt to
do this.


Nature
of transactions and implications under various laws


Essentially, the
transactions related to loans given and, apparently, that too on interest rates
that sound to be reasonable. On the face of it, such transactions would not be
irregular or illegal. However, as seen earlier, there are some unique features
of the present case. The loans were given to certain parties who promptly
handed over the monies to certain related parties. SEBI alleges that the
intermediary entities were used only to hand over the funds to the related
parties and thus the transactions were related party transactions.


Related party transactions
require disclosure that they are so, disclosure of the related parties, etc.,
who are source of such relation and, importantly, certain approvals by the
Audit Committee, shareholders, etc.


According to SEBI, these
‘repayment’ and ‘relending’ transactions at the end of each quarter were effectively
sham. In view of this, then, these were accounting irregularities, false
disclosures and even fraud. These too would result in serious implications
under the Act and Regulations. The consequences, as we will see later, can be
in several forms ranging from debarment to prosecution.


However, let us see who can
be said to be liable if such frauds, wrongful disclosures, non-compliances,
etc., have taken place.


Liability
of the Executive Directors


Transactions of such size
and nature can be expected to have been initiated by Executive Directors (i.e.
the Managing/Wholetime Directors). Unless this presumption can be rebutted,
primary blame may fall on them. It would be also their duty to inform the
various other persons involved such as Audit Committee, Board, etc., of the
real nature of the transactions. Thus, the primary liability and action for
non-compliance may fall on them first.


Liability
of CFO


The Chief Financial Officer
(“CFO”), being in charge of accounts and finance, is the other person who too
could be expected to know – or at least inquire into – the real nature of such
large transactions. This is more so considering that there were entries of
repayment on last day of each quarter and relending on the next day that SEBI
found as sham transactions.


Here again, unless the CFO
rebuts and shows he was not at all aware or involved, he would again be the
first group of persons against whom proceedings could be initiated.


Liability
of internal/statutory auditors


The nature of transactions
and the manner in which they are carried out could validly raise a concern that
the auditors should have been able to detect that there is something seriously
irregular here. Here, again, unless they are able to rebut this presumption,
they could face action.


Liability
of Audit Committee


The Audit Committee can be
expected to go into matters of accounts and audit in more detail than the Board
but less than the executive directors, internal/statutory auditors and the CFO.
They are expected to examine the accounts and matters of compliance more
critically. However, they are to an extent, also subject to what is presented
to them by such executives and auditors. Unless they can show that they had
critically examined the accounts and also they were not informed of anything
irregular in the transactions, they may be subject to action.


Liability of Board and independent directors


Primarily, it can be argued
that the Board and independent directors would examine what is placed before
it. If the accounts, on the face of it, do not show anything irregular, that no
information is passed to them about irregularity in the transactions and that
they have been otherwise diligent, they may not be liable for such defaults.


Liability
of others including Company Secretary


The authorities may examine
the facts and critically examine the role of the Company Secretary and other
executives to ascertain whether they could have been aware of the transactions
and even be involved in the violations. If there is a positive finding, they
too may be subject to various adverse actions.


Implications
of the violations


The findings, as presented
and if assumed to be found to be finally true, indicate violation of multiple
provisions of the Act/Regulations. The accounts are not truly/fairly stated.
There are false statements made in accounts. The provisions relating to related
party transactions including obtaining of approvals, making of disclosures,
etc., have not been complied with. The transactions are in the nature of fraud
and thus may result in serious action under the Act/Regulations.


The authorities including
the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and SEBI would have several powers to take various
adverse actions against the guilty persons. They can debar the auditors,
directors, CFO, etc., from acting as such to listed companies and other persons
associated with capital markets. They can pass orders of penalty and even
disgorgement of fees earned. They can initiate prosecution. The parties may be
required to ensure that the monies are repaid (or they pay the monies
themselves) with interest.


New
powers proposed by SEBI


As has been discussed
earlier in this column, SEBI has recently proposed amendments of several of the
Regulations whereby it has sought powers directly on Chartered
Accountants/auditors, valuers, Company Secretaries, etc. The amendments
provided for specific role of care and other duties by such persons and empower
SEBI to take action directly on such persons if they are found wanting in
performance of such duties. Representations have been made against these
amendments for various reasons including for encroachment powers of other
authorities, making such powers too wide, etc.


However, cases such as
these could make the argument of SEBI even stronger that it needs such powers
to be able to punish errant persons involved so as to restore the credibility
of capital markets.


Conclusion


Such cases are rightly
cause of worry whether the system is strong enough to prevent such things from
happening or at least catch such violations well in time. Further, the
detection and punishment too has to be swift and strong so as to act as
deterrent to others from doing such things.


In the present case, if the
findings are indeed finally held to be true, there has been no prevention and
no timely detection. It appears that the monies may have been lost at least for
now. It will have to be seen whether the action of SEBI is swift and effective
to recover the monies and also punish the perpetrators so as also to act as
deterrent for others.
  

 

 

SCOPE OF GST AUDIT

Audit is the
flavour of the season and finance/ accounting professionals are busy addressing
this statutory requirement under various laws. The GST council and the
Government of India have recently notified the GST Annual Return (in Form 9)
and the GST Annual Certification (in Form 9C) for tax payers in respect of
transactions pertaining to the financial year 2017-18. This is an annual
consolidation exercise of all monthly reports of GST. We have detailed our
thoughts on the scoping of GST Annual certification/ audit under the GST laws.
One should reserve their conclusion on whether Form 9C is an ‘audit report’ or
‘certificate’ until the end of this article.


GOVERNMENT’S THOUGHT PROCESS


The Indian economy
has progressively evolved from an appraisal system to a self-assessment system.
Business houses are required to self-assess the correct taxes due to the
Government exchequer and report the same in statutory returns on a periodical
basis. The parallel to this liberalisation was the requirement of maintenance
of comprehensive, robust and reliable records for verification and examination
by the tax administration at a later stage. The Government(s) approached
independent statutory bodies having professional expertise on the subject
matter to assist them in verification of the accounting records of the
taxpayers. It is this thought process that lead to the emergence of statutorily
prescribed audits with specific reporting requirements giving the Government
assurance over the accounting records for them to effectively discharge their
administrative duties.


AUDIT VS. CERTIFICATION


While audit report
and certificates are part of attest functions of an auditor, there is a
conceptual difference between an ‘audit’ and ‘a certificate’. As per ‘Guidance
Note on Audit Report and Certificates for special purposes’ issued by ICAI, the
difference between a certificate and report has been provided as under:

  • “A Certificate is a
    written confirmation of the accuracy of facts stated there in and does not
    involve any estimate or the opinion”;
  • “A Report, on the other
    hand, is a formal statement usually made after an enquiry, examination or
    review of specified matters under report and includes the reporting auditor’s
    opinion thereon”.


The reader of a
certificate believes that the document gives him/ her reasonable assurance over
the accuracy of specific facts stated therein. A certificate is normally
expected to entail a higher level of assurance compared to an opinion or report
– a true and correct view. An audit report is more generic and gives an overall
opinion
that the reported statements are true and fair (in some cases true
and correct). It must be noted that due to inherent limitation of audit
procedures, an absolute assurance is impossible to provide and in spite of the
words report and certificates being used interchangeably, a professional should
clarify to the users of his services that only a reasonable assurance or
limited assurance can be provided by him.


RECORD MAINTENANCE UNDER GST LAW


Section 35 places a
requirement of maintaining accounts, documents and records. The law places an
obligation on every registered person to maintain separate accounts for each
registration despite the person maintaining accounts at an India level. At
every registration level, the tax payer should maintain a true and correct
account of specified particulars such as production or manufacture of goods;
inward and outward supply of goods or services or both; stock of goods; input
tax credit availed; output tax payable and paid; and other additional documents
mentioned in the rules. Rule 56(1) prescribes maintenance of goods imported/
exported, supplies attracting reverse charge liability and other statutory
documents (such as tax invoices, bill of supply, delivery challans, credit
notes, debit notes, receipt vouchers, payment vouchers and refund vouchers).
Succeeding clauses place requirements on the taxpayer (including service
providers) to maintain inventory records at a quantitative level; account of
advances received, paid and adjustments made thereto; output/ input tax,
details of suppliers and registered and/or large unregistered customers, etc.


Strictly
speaking, section 35 does not require the assessee to maintain independent
state level accounting ledgers/ GLs.
The section
limits its scope only to maintenance of specified records (which need not be an
accounting ledger) giving the required details enlisted therein at the
registration level in electronic or in physical form. The taxpayer should be in
a position to provide the details as envisioned in section 35 and its
sub-ordinate rule. This could be understood by a simple example of a company
maintaining a bank ledger for pan India operations. Section 35 does not expect
the taxpayer to maintain a separate bank ledger for each registration, but it
certainly expects that the taxpayer to be in a position to derive the state
level advances/ vendor payments from this consolidated bank ledger when
required. Section 35 is not a prescription of list of ledgers for each registered
person, but a specific list of records relevant for the law.
 


GST REPORTING REQUIREMENTS


Section 35(5) read
with section 44(2) of the CGST Act and the corresponding Rule 80(3) of the CGST
Rules relates to audit. Section 35(5) places three reporting requirements:

  • Submission of copy of
    audited accounts;
  • Submit a reconciliation
    statement in terms of section 44(2); and
  • Submit any other prescribed
    document


Section 44(2)
requires the taxpayer to submit an annual return (in Form 9), audited annual
accounts and a reconciliation statement. Rule 80(3) prescribes the turnover
threshold (currently 2 crore) beyond which tax payers are required to get their
accounts audited in terms of section 35(5) and furnish a copy thereof along
with a reconciliation statement ‘duly certified’.


An important link
between section 35(1) and 35(5) to be noted here is that though section 35(5)
prescribes audit of the accounts of the assessee, section 35(1) does not specify
the accounting parameters under which this exercise is to be conducted. As
stated in the earlier paragraph, section 35 does not provide for maintaining
accounting ledgers at the state level and hence consciously refrained from
providing the accounting parameters (unlike the Income tax law). The law has
limited itself to specific details for its information requirement. Thus, audit
under any governing statute, or in its absence, an audit based on generally
accepted accounting principles, is considered acceptable under the said
section. The law has thus prescribed mere filing of copy of audited annual
accounts as a requirement u/s. 35(5).


Section 35(5) and
44(2) give rise to two scenarios – first being cases where accounts are not
audited under any other law in which case an audit is required to be conducted
under GAAP; and second being cases where accounts are audited under other
statutes and such accounts would be acceptable under GST. A separate obligation
of maintaining GST specific books of accounts has not been prescribed. In both
scenarios, the audited accounts should be accompanied with the reconciliation
statement duly certified u/s. 44(2).


APPLICABILITY OF GST AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN


Annual Return: Every registered person irrespective of the turnover threshold
would be required to file an annual return. The said return in Form 9
consolidates the category wise turnovers, tax liabilities and input tax credit
availment/ reversal as reported in the relevant GST returns. It also captures
transactions/amendments, which spill across financial years. A recent document
issued by GSTN convey that Form 9 would be pre-filled by GSTN in an editable
format. The taxpayer would have to review the data and file the same. Aggregate
of the turnover; output tax and input tax credit details as declared in the GST
returns and consolidated in Form 9 would flow into Form 9C for the purpose of
reconciliation by the auditor.


GST
Certification:
Every registered person whose
turnover exceeds the prescribed limit is required to file annual audited
accounts and reconciliation statement. An entity having registration in more
than one State / UT is considered as a distinct persons in every State in terms
of section 25 of the CGST/SGST Act. Distinct persons are required to maintain
separate records and get their records audited under the GST Laws. There seems
to be no ambiguity that Form 9 and 9C need to be filed and reported at the
registration level.


However, there
exists some confusion on whether the turnover limit needs to be tested
independently at each GSTIN level or at the entity level. This confusion arises
primarily on account of the wordings adopted in section 35(5) vis-à-vis Rule
80(3). While section 35(5) uses the term ‘turnover’, Rule 80(3) uses the phrase
‘aggregate turnover’. Aggregate turnover is defined to include the PAN based
turnover and the term turnover is not defined. The closest meaning of turnover
would be expressed by the definition of ‘turnover in a state’ which restricts
itself only to the turnover at a particular GSTIN. Thus on one hand, the section
refers to turnover in a state and Rule 80(3) refers to aggregate turnover i.e.
entity level turnover. A simple resolution of this conflict would be to place
larger emphasis on Rule 80(3) as the powers of prescription have been delegated
and one would have to view the prescription only as per the delegate
legislation. Section 35(5) does not in anyway narrow down the scope of Rule
80(3) by using the phrase ‘turnover’. It merely directs one to refer to the
expression of turnover as laid down by the delegated legislation for the
purpose of deciding applicability. There are several viewpoints that affirm
this stand and it would be fairly reasonable to take the view that audit at
each location should be performed irrespective of the state level turnover as
long as the aggregate limits have been crossed.


While the above
explanation conveys that thresholds are to be tested at the entity level and
applied to all registrations under an umbrella, it would be interesting to
examine the other side of the argument for a better debate:

  • Registered persons u/s. 25
    also includes distinct persons and the provisions should apply independently to
    each distinct person. If the law expects a separate audit report for each
    GSTIN, it seems unnatural that this one turnover parameter is singled out to be
    tested at the entity level.
  • Deeming fiction of distinct
    persons under GST law should be given its full effect unless the law conveys a
    contrary meaning and the law has not specifically conveyed any contrary
    meaning. Since the deeming fiction has stretched itself to treat a branch as
    distinct from its head office, the turnover of the head office cannot be then
    included for the purpose of assessing the branch compliance.
  • Though CGST Act is a
    national legislation, it has state specific coverage like its better half (i.e.
    SGST Act) and should be understood qua the specific registration and not qua
    the legal entity as a whole. Hence turnover in section 44(2) should be
    understood as per the of definition ‘turnover in a state’, else turnover would
    be left undefined/ unexplained in law. The term ‘aggregate turnover’ in Rule
    80(3) being a sub-ordinate legislation should be understood within the confines
    of section 44(2) to mean aggregation of all supplies under a particular GSTIN
    and not at the entity level.


The author believes
that former view is a more sustainable view and the latter view is only a
possible defence plea in any penal proceeding.


SCOPE OF GST AUDIT


Section 35(5) does
not lay down the parameters of its audit requirement. Though the statute
defines ‘audit’ u/s. 2(13), it appears the definition is a misfit for 35(5).
The said definition seems relevant only for the purpose of special audits
required and directed by the Commissioner u/s. 66. The definition reads as
follows:


‘audit means
examination of records, returns and other documents maintained or furnished by
the registered person under this Act or rules made thereunder or under any
other law for the time being in force to verify the correctness of the
turnover declared, taxes paid, refund claimed and input tax credit availed, and
to assess his compliance
with the provisions of this Act or rules made
thereunder’


The above
underlined portion of the definition places a stringent task over the auditor
to verify correctness of all declarations of the taxpayer and make a
comprehensive assessment of compliance of the GST law. The requirement is so
elaborate that the auditor would be required to apply all provisions (including
rules, notifications, etc) to every transaction of the taxpayer, take a view in
areas of ambiguity and provide a report on the compliance/ non-compliance of
the provisions of the Act. Section 35(5) seems to be on a different footing
altogether. It refers to performance of audit of accounts (NOT records, returns
or statutory documents) and submission of the copy of the same, which is
completely different from the definition u/s. 2(13). It therefore seems that
the said definition has limited relevance. It applies to cases where a special
audit is directed by the Commissioner on the ground that the books of accounts
and records warrant an examination by a professional.


If one also reads
9C (discussed in detail later), it does not incorporate any section level
report or overall compliance of provisions of the Act. In fact there is a clear
absence of a section reference or the term ‘compliance’ in the entire form.
This leads to the only inference that audit should be understood in general
parlance and not in terms of section 2(13). As a consequence, one can conclude
that the scope of the audit is undefined and respective governing statutes
would be the basis of any audit of accounts u/s. 35(5). This seems logical
since section 35(1) itself stays away from prescribing maintenance of general
books of accounts. In cases where audit is not governed under any statute,
section 35(5) merely directs conduct of audit of accounts as per generally
accepted accounting principles and standards on auditing. An auditor should
apply the procedures given in the Standards on Auditing, specifically obtaining
representation and clarify the terms of engagement in writing with the auditee.


SCOPE OF GST RECONCILIATION STATEMENT


The scope of
reconciliation statement and its certification are not very well defined under
the GST law. Section 44(2) does give some limited indication on the scope of
the reconciliation statement, which reads as under:


‘a
reconciliation statement, reconciling the value of supplies declared in the
return furnished for the financial year with the audited annual financial
statement,
and such other particulars as may prescribed’


The above extract
of section 44(2) conveys that the reconciliation statement is a number
crunching document aimed to bridge the gap between the accounts and returns.
Revenue figures as per accounts are present on one end (‘accounting end’) and
the GST return figures are present on the other (‘return end’). The statement
requires the assessee to provide an explanation to timing/ permanent variances
between these two ends. The framework of Form 9C also echoes of it being a
reconciliation and not an ‘opinion statement’ of the auditor and depends on the
reliance upon the data provided by the client that forms the basis of such
reconciliation. 


OVERALL STRUCTURE OF FORM 9C


Let’s reverse
engineer Form 9C to affirm this understanding !!!. Form 9C contains two parts:
Part A contains details of reconciliation between accounting figures with the
Annual return figures. Part B provides the format and content of the
certificate to be obtained by assessee.


The salient
features of Part A of 9C can be categorised under four broad heads as follows
(clause wise analysis may be discussed in a separate article):


Table 5 – 8 –
Outward Supply (Turnover Reconciliation):
The
net of taxation of GST extends beyond the operating income of a taxpayer. The
objective of this section is to reconcile the operating revenue as reported in
the profit and loss account with the total turnover leviable to GST and
reported in GST returns. The said section then provides a drill down of this
total turnover to the taxable turnover. Any unreconciled difference arising due
to inability to reconcile or other reasons would be reported here.


Table 9 &
11 Output Tax Liability (Tax Reconciliation):

Output tax liability of a taxpayer is calculated on the taxable turnover of the
assesse. However, there could be inconsistencies between the tax payable and
the tax reported in accounts due to either excess collection or otherwise. This
section requires reporting of differences between Tax GLs in accounts vs. the
numbers reported in the electronic liability ledger. The instructions do not
place an obligation on the auditor to verify legality of the rates applied.


Table 12–16
Net Input Tax Credit (Credit Reconciliation):
This
section reconciles net ITC availed as per accounts with that reported in
GSTR-3B. ITC under GST is permitted to spill over FYs and the reconciliation
table bridges this timing gap between accounts and GST returns. There could be
certain unreconciled differences such as:- ITC availed in A/C but not availed
in GST returns, lapsed credits, ineligible credits in A/C but claimed in GSTR 9
etc. The table expects the auditor to report the flow of numbers starting from
the accounts to the GST returns. This part also contains an expense head wise
classification based on accounting heads for statistical and analytical
purposes by the tax administration.


Auditors
Recommendation Of Liability Due To Non-Reconciliation


This section
provides the auditors recommendations of tax liability due to
non-reconciliation. The recommendation is limited only to items arising out of
“non” reconciliation and not on account of legal view points. The auditor can
rely on the tax positions taken by the assessee and need not report the same if
the auditee has a contrary view to the same. Difference in view points would
not be points of qualification in the Auditor’s concluding statement.


Part-A seems to limit itself to a reconciliation exercise at various
levels with the audited accounts. There is no provision which requires the
auditor to provide his/her opinion on the compliance with the sections of the
laws (e.g job work, time or place of supply, etc).


Part B of Form
9C
is the Certification statement which has been
divided into two parts:-


(I) Where reconciliation
statement is certified by the person who has audited the accounts-
As the title suggests, auditors takes twin responsibilities of
statutory audit (either under the Income tax law, sector specific laws or the
GST law1) and GST reconciliation statement and would furnish its
report in Part-I. In this report, the auditor reports on three aspects:


(a) that statutory
records under GST Act are maintained;


(b) that financial
statements are in agreement with accounts maintained; and


(c) that particulars
mentioned in 9C are true and correct.


It must be noted
that Part I is not an audit report even-though it is issued by the same
auditor. The auditor performing the audit would still have to issue a separate
audit report as per relevant professional guidelines certifying that the
financial statements/ accounts are in accordance with GAAP and giving a true
and fair view. In this part, the auditor reaffirms that audit has been
conducted by him and the audit provides assurance that the audited books of accounts
agree with the financial statements.


In cases where the
Mr A (Partner of ABC firm) audits under the Companies Act, 2013, Mr X (Partner
of the same firm) performs audit under the Income tax Act, 1961), and Mr Z
(Partner of the same firm) performs certification under the GST law, Mr A may
have to follow Part-I of the certification statement as it is part of the firm
which conducted the statutory audit.


(II) Where
accounts are already audited under any law (Such as Companies Act 2013, Income
Tax Act 1961, Banking Regulation Act 1949, Insurance Act 1938, Electricity Act
2003)
. This part applies in cases where a
person places reliance on the work of another auditor who has conducted audit
under another statute. The professional believes that statutory audit conducted
under the respective statutes gives him/ her reasonable assurance that the
figures reported in the financial statements are correct. Therefore, the
auditor only reports on two aspects


(a) that statutory
records under GST Act are maintained;


(b) that
particulars mentioned in 9C are true and correct.

_____________________________________________

1   For eg. An individual earning commercial
rental in excess of 2 crore and reporting the same under ‘income from house
property’ would not be subject to maintenance of books of accounts / tax audit
under the income tax.  Such individual
would have to get his accounts audited in view of section 35(5) and then
proceed to obtaining the certification over the reconciliation statement.


It appears that
Part B of Form 9C has used audited accounts as the starting point and sought a
certification from the auditor on the particulars mentioned in the
reconciliation statement to reach the numbers at the return end. When the
starting point is unaudited, section 35(5) places an onus on the assessee to
get the accounts audited (based on generally accepted accounting principles)
and perform the reconciliation pursuant to the audit exercise. The audit
process has limited significance only to give assurance to the user of the
reconciliation statement that the accounting end of the reconciliation
statement is also reliable.


To reiterate, the
pressing conclusion is that the focus of Form 9C is to certify the particulars
required to bridge the mathematical gap between accounting revenue vs. GST
outward turnover, input credit as per accounts vs. input credit as per GST
returns and tax liability as per accounts vs. tax liability as reported in GST
returns. This objective becomes effective only when:


a)  The accounts are reliable and are consolidated
into the financial statements.


b)  This accounting number is bridged with the GST
number in the return.


The first objective
is fulfilled by placing reliance on the audit report issued by the statutory
auditor that financial statements are a true and fair representation of the
books of accounts maintained by the assessee. The second objective is met by a
reporting certain particulars in Part I of 9C. To summarise 9C Part II is a
limited purpose certificate reporting the correctness of the particulars
contained in 9C only.


COMPARATIVE WITH INCOME TAX REQUIREMENTS


Audit reports/
certificates are not germane to tax laws. Income tax has also traditionally
required an income tax audit u/s. 44AB and also chartered accountant
certificates under various sections (such as 115JB, 88HHE, etc). Section 44AB
permitted assessee to have its accounts audited under the Income tax law or any
other law applicable to the assessee and in addition furnish a report in the
prescribed form (in Form 3CD) verifying the particulars mentioned therein. The
audit report in Form 3CD presently contains 44 clauses placing onus on the
auditor to verify compliance of specific sections and reporting particulars
relevant to each section under the respective clause. Each clause requires the
auditor to apply legal provisions/ tax positions, circulars, etc and give an
accurate report of the eligibility and quantum of deduction claimed by the tax
payer (such as whether assessee has claimed any capital expenditure, compliance
of TDS compliance, claim of specific deductions, etc). Yet, it is also settled
that the auditor’s view on a particular section is not binding on the tax payer
and the tax payer was free to take a contrary stand in its income tax return.
One the other hand, section 115JB required a certificate from the chartered
accountant reporting compliance of computation of book profits under the said
section in terms of the list of clauses u/s. 115JB (in Form 29B).


It appears that
Form 9C is not an audit activity rather a certification of accuracy of
particulars. If a comparative is drawn with Form 3CB/3CD and certification
exercise u/s. 115JB, Form 9C appears to be number oriented certification
exercise rather than compliance oriented exercise such as Form 3CD/29B.
Therefore it would be incorrect to term Form 9C as an ‘audit’ exercise and
rather appropriate to term it as a ‘certification’.
 

 

 

 

 

KEY DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IND AS 116 AND CURRENT IND AS

Ind AS 116
will apply from accounting periods commencing on or after 1st April,
2019 for all companies that apply Ind AS; once the same is notified by the
Ministry of Corporate Affairs.


The following is a summary of the
key differences
between Ind AS 116 and current Ind AS

 

Ind AS 116          1st April 2019

Current Ind AS

Definition of a lease

A lease is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the
right to control the use of an underlying asset for a period of time in
exchange for consideration.  To
determine if the right to control has been transferred to the customer, an
entity shall assesses whether, throughout 
the period of use, the customer has the right to obtain substantially
all of the economic benefits from use 
of the identified asset and the right to direct the  use of the identified asset.

Ind AS 17 defines a lease as an agreement whereby the lessor
conveys to the lessee, in return for a payment or series of payments, the
right to use an asset for an agreed period of time. Furthermore, Appendix C
of Ind AS 17 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, it
is not necessary for an arrangement to convey the right to control the use of
an asset to be in scope of Ind AS 17.

Recognition exemptions

 

 

Short term leases-lessees

Lessees can elect, by class of underlying asset to which the
right of use, relates, to apply a method similar to Ind AS 17 operating lease
accounting, to leases with a  lease
term of 12 months or less and without a purchase option

Not applicable

Leases of low value assets- lessees

Lessees can elect, on a lease-by-lease basis, to apply a method
similar to Ind AS 17 operating lease accounting, to leases of low-value
assets (e.g., tablets and personal computers, small items of office furniture
and telephones).

Not applicable

Classification

 

 

Lease classification-lessees

Lessees apply a single recognition and measurement approach for
all leases, with options not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease
liabilities for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets.

Lessees apply a dual recognition and measurement approach for
all leases. Lessees classify a lease as a finance lease if it transfers
substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership. Otherwise a
lease is classified as an operating lease.

Measurement

 

 

Lease payments included in the initial measurement-lessees

At the commencement date, lessees (except short-term leases and
leases of low-value assets) measure the lease liability at the present value
of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments include:

a. Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less
any lease incentives receivable

b. Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate,
initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date

c. Amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual
value guarantees

d. The exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is
reasonably certain to exercise that option

At the commencement of the lease term, lessees recognise finance
leases as assets and liabilities in their statements of financial position at
amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the
present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception
of the lease. Minimum lease payments are the payments over the lease term
that the lessee is or can be required to make, excluding contingent rent,
costs for services and taxes to be paid by and reimbursed to the lessor,
together with, for a lessee, any amounts guaranteed by the lessee or by a
party related to the lessee.  Variable
lease payments are not part of the lease liability.

 

e. Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease
term reflects the lessee exercising an option to terminate the lease

The cost of the right-of-use asset comprises:

a. The lease liability

b. Lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less
any lease incentives received

c. Initial direct costs

d. Asset retirement obligations, unless those costs are incurred
to produce inventories

No assets and liabilities are recognised for the initial
measurement of operating leases.

Reassessment of lease liability-lessees

After the commencement date, lessees shall remeasure the lease
liability when there is a lease modification (i.e., a change in the scope of
a lease, or the consideration for a lease that was not part of the original
terms and conditions of the lease) that is not accounted for as a separate
contract.

Lessees are also required to remeasure lease payments upon a
change in any of the following:

  The lease term

• The assessment of whether the lessee is reasonably certain to
exercise an option to purchase the underlying asset

• The amounts expected to be payable under residual value
guarantees

• Future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or
rate


Not dealt with by current Ind AS

Lease modifications

 

 

Lease modifications to an operating lease-lessors

Lessors account for a modification to an operating lease as a
new lease from the effective date of the modification, considering any
prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to the original lease as part of
the lease payments for the new lease.

Not dealt with by current Ind AS

Lease modifications which do not result in new separate
leases-lessees and lessors

Lessees:

a) Allocate the consideration in the modified contract

b) Determine the lease term of the modified lease

c) Remeasure the lease liability by discounting the revised
lease payments using a revised discount rate with a corresponding adjustment
to right-of-use asset

In addition, lessees recognise in profit or loss any gain or
loss relating to the partial or full termination of the lease.

Lessors:

If a lease would have been an operating lease, had the
modification been in effect at the inception date, lessors in a finance
lease:

i.  Account for the
modification as a new lease

ii.  Measure the carrying
amount of the underlying asset as the net investment in the lease immediately
before the effective date of the modification.

Otherwise the modification is accounted for in accordance with
Ind AS  109 Financial Instruments.

Not dealt with by current Ind AS

Presentation and disclosure

 

 

Presentation-lessees

Statement of financial position-present right-of-use assets
separately from other assets. If a lessee does not present right-of-use
assets separately in the statement of financial position, the lessee is
required to include right-of-use assets within the same line item as that
within which the corresponding underlying assets would be presented if they
were owned and disclose which line items in the statement of financial
position include those right-of-use assets.

Lease liabilities are also presented separately from other
liabilities. If the lessee does not present lease liabilities separately in
the statement of financial position, the lessee is required to disclose which
line items in the statement of financial position include those liabilities.

Statement of profit or loss-present interest expense on the
lease liability separately from the depreciation charge for the right-of-use
asset. Interest expense on the lease liability is a component of finance
costs, which paragraph 82(b) of Ind AS 1 Presentation of Financial
Statements
requires to be presented separately in the statement of profit
or loss.

Cash flow statement – classify cash payments for the principal
portion of the lease liability within financing activities; cash payments for
the interest portion of the lease liability applying the requirements in Ind
AS 7 for interest paid – as operating cash flow or cash flow resulting from
financing activities (depending on entity’s policy); and short-term lease
payments, payments for leases of low-value assets and variable lease payments
not included in the measurement of the lease liability within operating
activities.

Presentation in the statement of financial position- not dealt
with by current Ind AS

 

Statement of profit or loss-operating lease expense is presented
as a single item

 

Cash flow statement- for operating leases, cash payments are
included within operating activities

Disclosure-lessees and lessors

Detailed disclosures including the format of disclosure, are
required under Ind AS 116. In addition, qualitative and quantitative
information about leasing activities is required in order to meet the
disclosure objective.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required, but
generally fewer disclosures are required than under Ind AS 116.

Sale
and leaseback transactions

 

 

Sale and leaseback transactions determining whether a sale has
occurred

Seller-lessees and buyer-lessors apply the requirements in Ind
AS  115 to determine whether a sale has
occurred in a sale and leaseback transaction.

Ind AS 17 focuses on whether the leaseback is an operating or
finance lease and does not explicitly require the transfer of the asset to
meet the requirements for a sale in accordance with Ind AS 18 for
seller-lessees and buyer-lessors.

Sale and leaseback transactions accounting by seller-lessees

The seller-lessee measures the right-of-use asset arising from
the leaseback at the proportion of the previous carrying amount of the asset
that relates to the right-of-use retained by the seller-lessee and recognises
only the amount of any gain or loss that relates to the rights transferred to
the buyer-lessor.

If a sale and leaseback transaction results in a finance lease,
any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount are deferred and
amortised over the lease term.

 

If a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating
lease, and it is clear that the transaction is established at fair value, any
profit or loss is recognised immediately.

Sale and leaseback transactions-accounting by seller-lessees for
transactions not at fair value

If the fair value of the consideration for the sale of an asset
does not equal the fair value of the asset, or if the payments for the lease
are not at market rates, an entity is required to measure the sale proceeds
at fair value with an adjustment either as a prepayment of lease payments
(any below market terms) or additional financing (any above market terms) as
appropriate.

If a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating
lease and the sale price is

• Below fair value – any profit or loss is recognised
immediately except that, if the loss is compensated for by future lease
payments at below market price, it is deferred and amortised in proportion to
the lease payments over the period for which the asset is expected to be used

• Above fair value – the excess over fair value is deferred and
amortised over the period for which the asset is expected to be used

Business 
Combinations

 

 

Business combinations – acquiree is a lessee – initial
measurement

The acquirer is not required to recognise right-of-use assets
and lease liabilities for leases with a remaining lease term less than 12
months from the acquisition date, or leases for which the underlying asset is
of low value.

The acquirer measures the right-of-use asset at the same amount
as the lease liability, adjusted to reflect favourable or unfavourable terms
of the lease, relative to market terms.

There is no exemption for leases with a remaining lease term
less than 12 months from the acquisition date, or leases for which the
underlying asset is of low value.

 

An intangible asset is recognised if terms of operating lease
are favourable relative to market terms and a liability is recognised if
terms are unfavourable relative to market terms.

 

An intangible asset may be associated with an operating lease,
which may be evidenced by market participants’ willingness to pay a price for
the lease even if it is at market terms.

 

 

 

 

AMOUNTS NOT DEDUCTIBLE U/S. 40(a)(ii) AND TAX

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION


Section 40(a)  provides for a list of expenses that are not
deductible in computing the income chargeable under the head “Profits and gains
of business or profession”, notwithstanding the provisions of sections 30 to 38
of the Act in case of any assesse. Vide clause (ii), any sum paid on account of
any rate or tax levied on the profits or gains of any business or profession
of, or otherwise on the basis of any such profits or gains is disallowable.
Explanations 1 & 2 of the said clause, 
provide that any tax eligible for relief u/s. 90, 90A and 91 shall be deemed
to be the rate or tax. Likewise, any sum paid on account of wealth-tax is also
disallowable vide clause (iia) of section 40 (a).


The term ‘tax’ is defined by section 2(43) of the Act to mean income-tax
chargeable under the provisions of the Act. The courts often have been asked to
examine the true meaning of the term “tax” and to determine whether any of the
following are includible in the meaning of the term tax.

  • Education cess including secondary and higher
    education cess.
  • Interest on late payment of tax deducted at
    source.
  • Foreign taxes i.e. taxes on foreign
    income.                                                               


The Tribunals and the Courts  at
times have delivered  conflicting
decisions on each of the above issues. The short issue which however is sought
to be examined here is about the deductibility of the payment of the education
cess, in computing the profits and gains of business or profession.


SESA GOA LTD’S CASE


The issue arose in the case of Sesa Goa Ltd vs. JCIT, 38 taxmann.com
(Panaji), 60 SOT 121
,  for assessment
year 2009-10. In that case, the assessee company had claimed a deduction of an
amount of Rs.19.72 crore towards payment of education cess, which amount was
disallowed by the AO and the disallowance was confirmed by the CIT (Appeals) by
applying provisions of section 40(a)(ii) of
the Act.


On appeal to the Tribunal, it was contended that the education cess was
paid for providing finance for quality education and therefore should be
considered to have been paid and incurred for the purposes of business. It was
further explained that cess was not listed for disallowance under the
provisions of clause (ii) of section 40 of the Act. In reply, it was contended
by the Revenue that the education cess formed an integral part of the direct
tax collection and the payment thereof was clearly covered for the disallowance
under the aforesaid clause of section 40(a) of the Act.


On hearing the rival submissions and on due consideration of the
parties, the Tribunal held that the education cess was collected as a part of
the income tax and the provisions of the respective clauses of section 40(a)
were applicable and the assessee was not entitled for the deduction of the
amount paid towards education cess.


According to the Tribunal, the payment of the education cess could not
be treated as a “fee” but should be treated as a “tax” for the reason that the
payment of fees was meant for getting certain benefits or services, while tax
was imposed by the Government and was levied without promising in return any
benefit or service to the assessee.


The Tribunal held that such payment could not be said to be an
expenditure incurred wholly and 
exclusively for the purpose of the business. An appeal filed by the
assessee against the order of the Tribunal in this case has been admitted by
the High Court and is pending for hearing.


CHAMBAL FERTILIZERS AND CHEMICALS’ CASE


The issue again came up for
consideration of the Jaipur bench of the Tribunal in the case of ACIT vs.
Chambal Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.
, for assessment year 2009-10, in
ITA No.412/JP/2013
. In that case, the assessee had challenged the action of
the CIT (Appeals)  in confirming the
action of disallowance of education cess of Rs.3.05 crore, by the AO, u/s. 40
(a) (ii). The AO had also held that such cess was not an allowable expenditure
u/s. 37. The Tribunal noted that the same issue, in the assessee’s own case,
was adjudicated by a co-ordinate bench of the Tribunal vide an order dated
28.10.2016 passed in ITA No.s 459 and 558/JP/2012.


In the said appeals, it was contended by the assessee that the
legislature, where desired  had provided
that the payment of cess was not deductible, by specifically including the same
in the language of the provisions; it was explained that there was no intention
to disallow the payment of education cess in computing the income. The Tribunal
observed that the basic character of the education cess was that of a tax which
was levied on the profits or gains of the business and given that such a tax
was liable for disallowance u/s. 40(a) (ii), the payment of education cess was
not eligible for deduction. The Tribunal, in the later case under
consideration, following the above mentioned orders, decided the appeal against
the assessee by confirming the disallowance made by the AO.


On further appeal by the assessee to the high court in the case of Chambal  Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. vs. JCIT in
D.B ITA No. 52 of 2018 decided by an order dt. 31.07.2018
, the assessee,
relying on the decision in the case of Jaipuria Samla Amalgamated Collieries  Limited vs. CIT , 82 ITR 580 (SC)
contended  that the term tax did not
include cess. Attention of the court was invited to  circular No. 91 of 1967, bearing number
91/58/64–ITJ(19) dated 18.05.1967 to contend that the CBDT vide that circular
had clarified that the cess was not specifically included in section 40(a)(ii)
for disallowance and that no disallowance of education cess was possible. 


The following submissions made before the lower authorities by the
assessee were taken note of by the court;

  • On a plain reading of the above provision of
    section 40(a) (ii), it was  evident that
    a sum paid of any rate or tax was expressly disallowed only where : (i) the
    rate was levied on the profits or gains of any business or profession, and
    (ii)  the rate or tax was assessed at a
    proportion of or otherwise on the basis of any such profits or gains. It was
    evident that nowhere in the said section, it had been mentioned that education
    cess was not allowable. Education cess was neither levied on the profits or
    gains of any business or profession nor assessed at a proportion of, or
    otherwise on the basis of, any such profits or gains.
  • In CBDT Circular No. 91/58/66 ITJ (19), dated
    May 18, 1967 it has been clarified that the effect of the omission of the word
    “cess” from section 40(a)(ii) was that only taxes paid were to be disallowed in
    the assessment for the years 1962-63 onwards. Thus, as per the said circular,
    Education cess could not be disallowed; there could not be a contradiction, as
    the circulars bind the tax authorities.
  • That education cess could not be treated at
    par with any “rate” or “tax” within the meaning of section 40(a)(ii) especially
    when the same was only a “cess” as seen from the speech of the  Finance Minister .


The Revenue  placed reliance on
the decision in the case of Smithkline & French (India)  Ltd. vs. CIT, 219 ITR 581 (SC) wherein it
was held that ‘surtax’ was levied on business profits of the company and was
therefore, disallowable u/s. 40(a)(ii) of the Act. It was also contended
relying on the decision in the case of SRD Nutrients Private Limited  vs. CCE AIR 2017 SC 5299 that ‘education
cess’ was in the nature of surcharge, which the assessee was required to pay
along with the basic excise duty. 


The following submissions made before the lower authorities by the
Revenue were taken note of by the court;

  • The purpose of introducing the cess was
    to  levy and collect, in accordance with
    the provisions of the relevant chapter, 
    as surcharge for purposes of Union, a cess to be called the Education
    Cess, to fulfill the commitment of the Government to provide and finance
    universalised quality basic education. It was clear that the said cess was
    introduced as a surcharge, which was admittedly not deductible.
  • The 
    provision was  wide enough to
    cover any sum paid on account of any rate or tax on the profits or assessed at
    a proportion of such profits. Education cess being calculated at a proportion
    (2% or 1%) to Income Tax, which in turn, was in proportion to profits of
    business, would certainly qualify as a sum assessed at a proportion to such
    profits.
  • If education cess was considered deductible,
    then by the same logic Income-Tax or any surcharge would also became
    deductible, which would be an absurd proportion.
  • If Education cess were to be deductible, then
    it would not be possible to compute it, e.g. If profit is Rs. 100, Income Tax
    was Rs. 30 and Education Cess was Rs. 0.90 and if education cess were to be
    deductible from profit, such profit (after such deduction) would become Rs.
    99.1 (100-0.9) which would again necessitate re-computation of Income-Tax. The
    vicious circle of such re-computation would continue, which was why the
    legislature, in its wisdom, had not allowed deductibility of amounts calculated
    at a proportion of profits.
  • The mechanism of recovery of unpaid Education
    cess and the penal provision for non payment being the same as that for  income tax, indicated that unpaid cess was
    treated as unpaid tax and was visited with all consequences of non-payment of
    demand. There was no separate machinery in the Act for recovery of unpaid cess
    and imposition of interest and penalty in case of default in payment of unpaid
    cess. This indicated that cess is a part of tax and all recovery mechanisms and
    consequences pertaining to recovery of tax apply to recovery of cess also
    without explicit mention of the word “cess” in the foregoing
    provisions. Hence, drawing a parallel, no explicit mention of “cess”
    was required in section 40a(ii) for making disallowance thereof.


On due consideration of the submissions by the parties, the Rajasthan
high court allowed the appeal of the assesse and ordered the deletion of the
disallowance of the education cess by holding in paragraph 5 that ;


“On the third issue in appeal no.52/2018, in view
of the circular of CBDT where word “Cess” is deleted, in our
considered opinion, the tribunal has committed an error in not accepting the
contention of the assessee. Apart from the Supreme Court decision referred that
assessment year is independent and word Cess has been rightly interpreted by
the Supreme Court that the Cess is not tax in that view of the matter, we are
of the considered opinion that the view taken by the tribunal on issue no.3 is
required to be reversed and the said issue is answered in favour of the
assessee.”


The High Court directed the AO to allow the claim of the assesse for
deduction of the cess in computing the profits and gains of business.


OBSERVATIONS


The issue, under the controversy, 
is all about deciding whether the education cess levied under the
Finance Act with effect from financial year 2004-05 is disallowable under
clause (ii) of section 40(a) of the Income tax Act.


The Education Cess, secondary and higher,  has been levied since financial year 2004-05
by the respective Finance Acts. The Finance Minister, while presenting the
Finance (No.2) Bill, 2004, 268 ITR (st.) 1, had explained the objective and the
purpose behind the levy of cess in the following words. “Education 22.
In my scheme of things, no issue enjoys a higher priority than providing basic
education to all children. I propose to levy a cess of 2 per cent. The new cess
will yield about Rs. 4000- 5000 crores in a full year. The whole of the amount
collected as cess will be earmarked for education, which will naturally include
providing a nutritious cooked midday meal. If primary education and the
nutritious cooked meals scheme can work hand-in-hand, I believe there will be a
new dawn for the poor children of India.”


The cess  is levied and collected
at a specified percentage of the Income tax i.e. otherwise payable on the total
income, including the profits or gains of any business or any profession. It is
deposited in a separate account to be known as ‘Prarambhik Shiksha Kosh’ which
deposits are used for this specific purpose of meeting the educational needs of
the citizens of India. The power to levy income tax as also cess is derived by
the parliament under Article 270 of the Constitution of India. The term ‘tax’
is defined by section 2 (43) of the Income tax Act and in the context, means,
the income tax chargeable under the provision of the Act. With effect from
financial year, 2018-19, this cess includes collection for health also and is
now know as the Health & Education Cess.


A provision similar to section 40(a)(ii), is not contained in section 58
for disallowance of tax payable on the income computed under the head  Income from 
Other Sources. Explanation 1 of section 115JB(2) provides that the
amount of income tax paid or payable and the provision therefore should be
added to the profit, as shown in the Statement of Profit and Loss, in computing
the book profit that is liable for the MAT. 
Explanation 2 specifically provide, vide clauses (iv) and (v), that the
income tax shall include education cess levied by the Central Acts. No such
extension of the meaning of the term ‘tax’, used in section 40(a)(ii), has been
provided for or clarified for including the education cess, in its scope for
disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ii) of the Act.


Section 10(4) of the Income tax Act, 1922 provided for a similar
disallowance in computing the income from the specified sources. The said
section in clear words provided that the income tax and “cess” were to be
disallowed in computing the income. Section 40(a)(ii) which is the successor of
section 10(4) of 1922 Act, has chosen to not include the term “cess” in its
fold specifically, there by indicating that the cess would not be subjected to
disallowance, unless the term “tax”, used therein, by itself includes a cess.


Importantly a circular issued by the CBDT, in the year 1967,
specifically clarified for the purpose of section 40(a)(ii), that the term
“tax” did not include in its scope any cess and the exclusion of ‘cess’ in
section 40(a)(ii) of the Act of 1961, in contrast to section10(4) of the Act of
1922, was for a significant reason.  In
short, the said circular bearing number 91/58/64–ITJ(19) dated 18.05.1967
clarified that a cess was not disallowable u/s. 40(a)(ii) of the Income tax Act
of 1961. The relevant part of the circular reads as;


CIRCULAR F. NO. 91/58/66-ITJ(19) DT. 18TH
MAY, 1967 Interpretation of provision of s.40(a)(ii) of IT Act,
1961-Clarification regarding 18/05/1967 . BUSINESS EXPENDITURE SECTION
40(a)(ii),


1. Recently a case has come to the notice of the
Board where the ITO has disallowed the ‘cess’ paid by the assessee on the ground
that there has been no material change in the provisions of s.10(4) of the old
Act and s.40(a)(ii) of the new Act.


2. The view of the ITO is not correct. Clause
40(a)(ii) of the IT Bill, 1961 as introduced in the Parliament stood as under:
“(ii) any sum paid on account of any cess, rate or tax levied on the profits or
gains of any business or profession or assessed at a proportion of, or
otherwise on the basis of, any such profits or gains”. When the matter came up
before the Select Committee, it was decided to omit the word ‘cess’ from the
clause. The effect of the omission of the word ‘cess’ is that only taxes paid
are to be disallowed in the assessments for the year 1962-63 and onwards.


3. The Board desire that the changed position may
please be brought to the notice of all the ITOs so that further litigation on
this account may be avoided.


Under the Constitution of India, the collected tax is to be used for the
general purpose of running and administration of the country, while the cess is
collected for a specified purpose.  In
that sense, the cess is usually held to be in the nature of a fee and not a
tax.  The education cess as noted
earlier, is levied for a specific purpose of promoting education in India;  importantly the cess is not calculated as a
tax, at the specified rate on the income of an assessee,  it is rather calculated as a percentage
of  such tax, so determined on income, by
applying the specified rate to the tax, so computed. 


The Supreme court in the case of Dewan Chand Builders &
Contractors vs. UOI
[CA Nos. 1830 to 1832 of 2008, dated 18-11-2011], held
that a cess levied under the BOCW Welfare Cess Act was a fee, not a tax,
collected for a specified   purpose. It
was not a part of the consolidated fund and was to be used for the specified
purpose of promoting the security of the workers. Similarly, the Apex court in
the cases of Kesoram Industries Ltd. 262 ITR 721(SC)– held that a cess
when levied for the specific purpose was a fee and not a tax.


The Mumbai bench of the Tribunal, in an unreported decision in the case
of Kalimata Investment Co. Ltd., ITA No. 4508/N/2010 dated 19.05.2012,  held that the term ”tax” used in section
40(a)(ii) included education cess, levied w.e.f. financial year 2004-05,  and that a cess was an additional sur-charge
and was therefore disallowable in computing the income of an assessee. An
appeal filed against the decision is admitted by the High Court and is pending
for hearing.       


The related issue, of  education
cess being an expenditure incurred wholly or 
exclusively for the purpose of business or profession, was also
addressed  by the Rajasthan high court in
the case of Chambal Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (supra) by holding
that the payment of education cess was for the purpose of business, by
referring to the objective behind its levy and the purpose for which it is
collected by the Government, and was allowable as a deduction u/s. 37 of the
Act.


In a different context, a cess may also be a tax and not only a
fee.  Entry 49, List 2 of the Government
of India Act which uses the expression “cesses” was examined by the  Supreme Court in the case of Kunwar Ram
Nath vs. Municipal Board AIR 1983 SC 1930
to hold that such a cess levied
under Entry 53 of List 2 of the Constitution of India was a “tax”. In the case
of Shinde Brothers vs. Deputy Commissioner, Raichur, AIR 1967 SC 1512,  it was held that a ‘cess’ meant a ‘tax’ and
was generally imposed for meeting some special administrative expenses, like
health cess, education cess, road cess, etc.


For the
reason noted above and in particular on accounts of the circular No. 91 of
1967 (supra)
and the provisions of section 2(43) and section115JB, the
expenditure on education cess is not disallowable u/s. 40(a)(ii) of the Act,
unless the Government is able to establish that the education cess is also a
tax chargeable under the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961. Presently the
education cess is levied under sub-sections (12) & (13) of  section 2 of the Finance Act, 2018. The
decisions of the tribunal had not taken in to 
consideration circular 91 of 1967 in deciding the issue against the
assessee; had the same been brought to the attention of the Tribunal, the
decision could have been different.

 

Section 45: Capital gains-Transfer-Capital gains are levied in the year in which the possession of the asset and all other rights are transferred and not in the year in which the title of the asset gets transferred. [Section 2(47), Transfer of Property Act, 1953]

9. 
Pr.CIT-25 vs.  Talwalkars Fitness
Club [ Income tax Appeal no 589 of 2016
Dated: 29th October, 2018
(Bombay High Court)]. 

Talwalkars Fitness Club vs. ACIT-21(2);
dated 27/05/2015 ; ITA. No 7246/Mum/2014, Bench: E ;  AY 2008-09  
Mum.  ITAT ]


Section 45: Capital gains-Transfer-Capital
gains are levied in the year in which the possession of the asset and all other
rights are transferred and not in the year in which the title of the asset gets
transferred. [Section 2(47), Transfer of Property Act, 1953]


During the assessment
proceedings, the A.O noticed that the assessee had disposed of two premises
each measuring 1635 sq. ft. for a total consideration of Rs.4,40,00,000/- by
way of two separate agreements to sale. The AO observed that the assessee had not
offered capital gains arising out on such sale. On being asked to explain, the
assessee submitted that though the agreements to sale were executed during the
financial year relevant to assessment year 2011-12, however, the actual sale
took place in the subsequent year and the capital gains were accordingly
offered in subsequent assessment year 2012-13, which had been accepted by the
department also. The assessee further explained that the assessee had not
parted with the possession of the property in question during the year under
consideration.


The AO, however, did not
agree with the contentions of the assessee. He observed that the property was
transferred by way of two registered sale agreements both executed on
14.02.2011 i.e. during the year under consideration. The said agreements were
duly registered with the stamp duty authorities. The sale agreement in question
was not revokable. The handing over of the possession of the property on a
future date was a mere formality. He therefore held that the transfer of the
property took place on the date of agreement and thus the capital gains were
liable to be assessed during the year under consideration.


In appeal, the Ld. CIT(A),
while referring to the wording of the some of the clauses of the agreement dated
14.02.11, upheld the findings of the AO that the capital gains arising from the
sale of the said property would be liable to be assessed in the A.Y. 2011-12.


Aggrieved by the order of
the Ld. CIT(A), the assessee filed appeal before ITAT. The Tribunal held that
the assessee has taken us through the different clauses of the agreement dated
14.02.11. He has submitted that though, the reference to the parties in the
agreement has been given as vendors and purchasers, however, it was an
agreement to sell and not the sale deed itself. As per the separate agreements,
each of the property had been agreed to be sold for a consideration of
Rs.2,20,00,000/. Only a token amount of Rs.20,00,000/- was received as advance.
However, the balance consideration was agreed to be paid by 26.05.11. The
possession of the property was not handed over to the prospective purchasers.
The sale transaction was deferred for a future date on the payment of balance
consideration of the amount of Rs.2 crore and therafter the possession was to
be handed over to the prospective purchasers.


The assessee continued to
enjoy the possession of the property even after the execution of the agreement
and was liable to handover the possession on receipt of the balance
consideration amount. It was also 
observed that the advance received by the assessee of Rs.20 lakh was
less than the 10% of the total consideration amount settled. The assessee was
not under obligation to handover the possession of the property till the
receipt of the balance consideration of the amount. The assessee was liable to
pay the due taxes on the property and was also liable for any type of loss or
damage to the property till it was handed over to the prospective purchaser
after receipt of balance sale consideration. The sale transaction was completed
on 16.06.11 and till then the assessee continued to be the owner in possession
of the property. The assessee has already offered the due taxes in the
subsequent year relevant to the financial year in which the sale deed was completed
and the possession was handed over by the assessee to the purchasers, which has
also been accepted by the department. Hence, there was no justification on the
part of the AO to tax the assessee for short term capital gains for the year
under consideration. In the result, the appeal of the assessee is hereby
allowed.


Aggrieved
by the order of the ITAT, the Revenue filed appeal before High Court. The Court
held  that the Tribunal applied the
correct legal principles and construed the clauses in the agreement, otherwise
than as understood by the A.O and the Commissioner. Such findings of fact can
never be termed as perverse for they are in consonance with the materials
produced before the Tribunal. Accordingly Revenue appeal was dismissed
.

 

Section 22: Income from house property vis a vis Income from business – Real estate developer – main object not acquiring and holding properties – Rental income is held to be assessable as Income from house property. [Section 28(i)] Section 80IB(10) : Housing projects – stilt parking is part & parcel of the housing project – Eligible to deduction

8. CIT-24 vs.  Gundecha Builders [ Income tax Appeal no 347
of 2016
Dated: 31st July, 2018
(Bombay High Court)]. 

[ACIT-24(3) vs. Gundecha Builders; dated
19/02/2014 ; ITA. No 4475/Mum/2011, Bench G, 
Mumbai.  ITAT ]


Section 22: Income from house property vis a vis
Income from business – Real estate developer – main object  not acquiring and holding properties – Rental
income is held to be assessable as Income from house property. [Section 28(i)]


Section 80IB(10) : Housing projects – stilt
parking is part & parcel of the housing project – Eligible to deduction


The assessee is engaged in
the business of developing real estate projects. During the previous year the
assessee has claimed lease income of Rs.30.18 lakh under the head income from
house property. The same was not accepted
by  the 
A.O  who  held 
it  to  be 
business  income. Consequently,
the deduction available on the account of repair and maintenance could not be
availed of by the assessee.


Being aggrieved, the
assessee filed an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A) held that the rental income
received by the assessee has to be classified as income from house property.
Thus, 30% deduction on account of repairs and maintenance be allowed.


Being aggrieved with the
CIT(A) order, the Revenue filed an appeal to the Tribunal. The Tribunal holds
that the dispute stands squarely covered by the decision of the Supreme Court
in Sambhu Investment (P)Ltd. vs. CIT (2003) 263 ITR 143(SC), wherein the
Hon’ble Apex Court has held that when main intention of letting out the
property or any portion thereof is to earn rental income, the income is to be
assessed as income from house property and where the intention is to exploit
the immovable property by way of complex commercial activities, the income
should be assessee as income from business. Applying this proposition to the
facts of the instant case, it was held 
that the assessee has let out the property to earn the rental income.
Accordingly, the lease income was taxable as income from house property.


Before High Court the
Revenue points out that after the above decision the issue now stands concluded
in favour of the revenue by the decision of the Supreme Court in Chennai
Properties and Investments Limited, Chennai vs. CIT (2015) 14 SCC 793
and Rayala
Corporation Private Limited vs. ACIT (2016)15 SCC 201.


The Court observed  that the assessee is in the business of
development of real estate projects and letting of property is not the business
of the assessee. In both the decisions relied upon by Revenue Chennai Properties
(supra)
and Rayala Corporation (supra), the Supreme Court on facts
found that the appellant was in the business of letting out its property on
lease and earning rent there from. Clearly it is not so in this case. Further,
the decision of this Court in CIT vs. Sane & Doshi Enterprises (2015) 377
ITR 165
wherein on identical facts this Court has taken a view that rental
income received from unsold portion of the property constructed by real estate
developer is assessable to tax as income from house property. Accordingly,
Revenue Appeal is dismissed.


As regard second issue is
concerned, the AO has disallowed assessee’s claim of deduction u/s. 80IB(10) in
regards to parking space. The CIT(A) allowed the assessee’s claim after find
that parking is part & parcel of the housing project that is the first and
foremost requirement of the residents of the residential units. Therefore, it
cannot be said that sale proceeds of stilt parking is outside the purview of
section 80IB(10) of the Act. The parking’s are in built and approved in the
residential structure of the residential building and no such separate
approvals are taken. The principle decided by the Hon’ble Spl. Bench of ITAT
(Pune) in the case of Brahma Associates vs. JCIT also supports the case
of the appellant that if some part of the flat is used for commercial purpose,
the correct character of housing project is not vitiated, AO has not brought on
record that which part of expenditure claimed to have been incurred for parking
is bogus. Hence, the A.O was directed to allow deduction to the appellant u/s.
80IB(10) on sale proceeds of stilt parking .The Tribunal upheld the finding of
the CIT(A)


Being aggrieved with the
ITAT order, the Revenue filed an appeal to the High Court. The court held that
this issue stands concluded against the Revenue and in favour of the assessee
by virtue of the orders of this Court in respect of AYs  2006-07 and 2007-08 decided in CIT vs.
Gundecha Builders (ITXA Nos.2253 of 2011 and 1513 of 2012
order dated 7th
March, 2013). Accordingly, Revenue Appeal was dismissed.


 

Section 28(iv) : Remission or cessation of trading liability – Loan waiver cannot be assessed as cessation of liability, if the assessee has not claimed any deduction and section 28(iv) does not apply if the receipts are in the nature of cash or money [ Section 41(1) ]

7. The Pr. CIT-1 vs.  M/s Graviss Hospitality Ltd [Income tax Appeal no 431 of 2016 Dated: 21st August, 2018
(Bombay High Court)]. 

[ACIT-1(1)  vs. 
Graviss Hospitality Ltd;     dated
17/06/2015 ;  ITA. No 6211/Mum/2011,
Bench: G , AY: 2008-09  Mumbai  ITAT ]


Section 28(iv) : Remission or cessation of
trading liability – Loan waiver cannot be assessed as cessation of liability,
if the assessee has not claimed any deduction and section 28(iv) does not apply
if the receipts are in the nature of cash or money [ Section 41(1) ]


The assessee company was
allowed rebate on loan liability of Rs.3,05,10,355/- from Inter Continental
Hospital  and SC Hotels & Resorts
India Pvt. Ltd. The entire rebate on loans was credited to the P& L account
under the head ‘other income’ and the same was offered for tax.


During the assessment
proceedings, the assessee furnished the details and rebate on loan to the AO
and submitted that out of total rebate allowed, an amount of Rs.2,10,73,487/-
related to principal amount of loan waived by SC Hotels & Resorts India
Pvt. Ltd. The assessee submitted before the AO that the receipt of loan from
SCH was on capital account and therefore the waiver of the principal amount was
also on capital account. The assessee submitted that the waiver of loan on
principal amount inadvertently remained to be excluded from total income and
the same was wrongly offered for tax and therefore the same was required to be
deducted from the total income.


The AO, however, did not
accept the contention of the assessee and disallowed the same observing that
the assessee was required to file a revised return of income in this respect.
He relied on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of “Goetze
(India) Ltd. vs. CIT [2006] 284 ITR 323 (SC)
.


In appeal, the ld. CIT(A),
observed that the waiver of loan was required to be treated as capital receipt
and was not taxable income. He, while relying upon the decision of the Tribunal
in the case of “CIT vs. Chicago Pneumatics Ltd.” [2007] 15 SOT 252 (Mumbai)
held that if the assessee was entitled to a claim the same it should be allowed
to the assessee. He therefore directed the AO to treat the same as capital
receipt.


Being aggrieved with the
order of the CIT(A), the Revenue filed the Appeal before ITAT. The Tribunal
held that the waiver was not in respect of any benefit in kind or of any
perquisite. The waiver was of the principle loan amount in cash. The assessee
had not claimed any deduction in respect of loss, expenditure or trading
liability in relation to the loan amount. The waiver was of the principle
amount of loan for capital asset. He, thereafter, relying upon the decision of
the Hon’ble Jurisdictional High Court, in the case of “Mahindra &
Mahindra Ltd. vs. CIT” 261 ITR 501
, held that the waiver of the loan amount
was a capital receipt not taxable as business income of the assessee. Further
relied on the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of ‘Pruthvi Brokers
& Shareholders Pvt. Ltd
.’ and 
held that even if a claim is not made before the AO it can be made
before the appellate authorities. The jurisdiction of the appellate authorities
to entertain such a claim is not barred.


The Hon’ble High Court
observed that the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Mahindra & Mahindra
Ltd. (2018) 404 ITR 1
held that on a plain reading of section 28 (iv) of
the Act, it appears that for the applicability of the said provision, the
income which can be taxed shall arise from the business or profession. Also, in
order to invoke this provision, the benefit which is received has to be in some
other form rather than in the shape of money. If that is because of the
remission loan liability, then, this section would not be attracted.  Accordingly, Revenue appeal was dismissed.

Sections 92C and 144C – Transfer pricing – Computation of arm’s length price (Reasoned order) – Order passed by DRP u/s. 144C (5) must contain discussion of facts and independent findings on those facts by DRP – Mere extraction of rival contentions will not satisfy requirement of consideration

30. Renault Nissan Automotive India (P.)
Ltd. vs. Secretary; [2018] 99 taxmann.com 4 (Mad):
Date of order: 28th
September, 2018
  A. Y. 2013-14


Sections 92C and 144C – Transfer pricing –
Computation of arm’s length price (Reasoned order) – Order passed by DRP u/s.
144C (5) must contain discussion of facts and independent findings on those
facts by DRP – Mere extraction of rival contentions will not satisfy
requirement of consideration


The assessee filed return
of income by computing arm’s length price of international transactions. The
TPO rejected economic adjustments claimed by the assessee and proposed certain
transfer pricing adjustments. Based on order of the TPO, the Assessing Officer
passed draft assessment order. The assessee filed objections before the DRP
u/s. 144C objecting additions made by the TPO. The DRP passed impugned order
accepting conclusion arrived at by the TPO.


Madras High Court allowed
the writ petition filed by the assessee challenging the validity of the order
of the DRP and held as under:


“i)    Perusal of the impugned order of the first respondent would
clearly indicate that apart from extracting each objection raised by the
petitioner and the relevant portion of the order passed by the Transfer Pricing
Officer dealing with such objection, the first respondent has not further
discussed anything on the said objection in detail as to how the objections
raised by the petitioner cannot be sustained or as to how the findings rendered
by the Transfer Pricing Officer on such issue have to be accepted.


ii)    It is seen from section 144C that the assessees shall file their
objections if any, to such variation made in the draft order of assessment
within 30 days to the Dispute Resolution Panel and the Assessing Officer as
contemplated u/s. 144C(2). Sub-section (5) of section 144C contemplates that
the Dispute Resolution Panel shall issue such directions as it thinks fit for
the guidance of the Assessing Officer to enable him to complete the assessment.
But such directions referred to in sub-section (5) shall be issued by the
Dispute Resolution Panel only after considering the following as provided under
sub-section (6), viz., (a) draft order; (b) objection filed by the assessee;
(c) evidence furnished by the assessee; (d) report, if any, of the Assessing
Officer, Valuation Officer or Transfer pricing Officer or any other authority;
(e) records relating to the draft order; (f) evidence collected by or cause to
be collected by, it; and (g) result of any enquiry made by or caused to be made
by it. Sub-section (7) of section 144C further contemplates that the Dispute
Resolution Panel may make such further enquiry as it thinks fit or cause any
further enquiry to be made by any Income tax authority before issuing any
directions. Perusal of the procedure contemplated under sub-section (6) and
sub-section (7), thus, would clearly indicate that issuance of such directions
as contemplated under sub-section (5), cannot be made mechanically or as an
empty formality and on the other hand, it has to be done only after considering
the above-stated materials. Therefore, the consideration of the above materials
by the Dispute Resolution Panel must be apparent on the face of the order and
such exercise would be evident only when the order contains the discussion of
facts and independent findings on those facts, by the Dispute Resolution Panel.
Certainly mere extraction of the rival contentions will not satisfy the
requirement of consideration. In the absence of any such independent reasoning
and finding, it should be construed that the Dispute Resolution Panel has not
exercised its power and issued directions by following the mandatory
requirements contemplated u/s. 144C(6) and (7). In this case, it is found that
the Dispute Resolution Panel had failed to do such exercise. Thus, it is
evident that the first respondent has passed a cryptic order, which in other
words, can be called as an order passed with non-application of mind.


iii)    Therefore, the matter has to go back to the first respondent for
consideration of the objections raised by the assessee in detail and to pass a
fresh order on merits and in accordance with law with reasons and independent
findings.”

Section 132 – Search and seizure – Block assessment – Declaration by assessee – Effect of section 132(4) – Declaration after search has no evidentiary value – Additions cannot be made on basis of such declaration

29. CIT vs. Shankarlal Bhagwatiprasad
Jalan; 407 ITR 152 (Bom):
Date of order: 18th July,
2017

B. P. 1988-89 to 1998-99


Section 132 – Search and seizure – Block
assessment – Declaration by assessee – Effect of section 132(4) – Declaration
after search has no evidentiary value – Additions cannot be made on basis of
such declaration


In the case of the
assessee, there was a search and seizure operation u/s. 132 of the Act, between
27/11/1997 and 04/12/1997. On 31/12/1997, the asessee filed a declaration under
the Voluntary Disclosure of Income Scheme, 1997 declaring undisclosed income of
Rs. 1.20 crore. However, the assessee did not deposit the tax required to be
deposited before 31/03/1998 resulting in the rejection of declaration under the
Scheme. Thereafter by a letter dated 15/01/1998, the assessee addressed a
communication to the Assistant Director (Investigation) and offered a sum of
Rs. 80 lakh as an undisclosed income to tax. But on 23/11/1998, the assessee
filed a return of income declaring undisclosed income for the block period at
Rs. 55 lakh. The Assessing Officer made an addition of Rs. 65 lakh on the basis
of the declaration under the Scheme and determined the undisclosed income for
the block period at Rs. 1.20 crore.


The Commissioner (Appeals)
deleted the addition. The Commissioner (Appeals) held that communication dated
15/01/1998 to the Assistant Director (Investigation) disclosing income of Rs.
80 lakh could not be considered to be a statement u/s. 132(4) of the Act. This
was confirmed by the Tribunal.


On appeal by the Revenue,
the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:


“i)    A bare reading of section 132 (4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961,
indicates that an authorised officer is entitled to examine a person on oath
during the course of search and any statement made during such examination by
such person (the person being examined on oath) would have evidentiary value
u/s. 132(4).


ii)    The Tribunal was justified in law in deciding that the letter
dated 15/01/1998 of the assessee addressed to the Assistant Director about the
disclosure of Rs. 80 lakhs as income had no evidentiary value as stated u/s.
132(4). The Tribunal was justified in law in accepting the assessee’s claim of
sale of goods on various dates while deleting the addition of Rs. 65 lakhs.


iii)    The Tribunal was correct in law in deciding that the source of
the entire purchases had been explained as out of the initial capital of Rs. 31
lakhs by cash and sale proceeds of the purchased stock of timber.”

 

Sections 160, 161, 162 and 163 – Representative assessee – Non-resident – Agent – Conditions precedent for treating person as agent of non-resident – Transfer of shares in foreign country by non-resident company – No evidence that assessee was party to transfer – Notice seeking to treat assessee as agent of non-resident – Not valid

28. WABCO India Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT
(International Taxation); 407 ITR 317 (Mad):
Date of order: 1st August,
2018 A. Y. 2014-15


Sections 160, 161, 162 and 163 –
Representative assessee – Non-resident – Agent – Conditions precedent for
treating person as agent of non-resident – Transfer of shares in foreign
country by non-resident company – No evidence that assessee was party to
transfer – Notice seeking to treat assessee as agent of non-resident – Not
valid


The appellant assessee was
incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, in the year 1962, and was engaged
in the business of designing, manufacturing and marketing conventional braking
products, advance braking systems and other related air assisted products and
systems. The company was duly listed in the stock exchange and its shares were
transferable. In 2012-13, 75% of the shares of the Appellant were held by CD
and the balance 25% were held by public. In 2013-14, there was a share transfer
agreement between CD and WABCO, Singapore, in terms whereof CD transferred its
shareholding to WABCO, Singapore. The sale consideration of 1,42,25,684 shares
amounted to Rs. 29,84,97,852 Euros equivalent to Rs. 2347,23,78,600/-, for
which capital gains in the hands of CD was Rs. 2156,98,34,163/-. CD was
assessed and a draft assessment order was served on CD on 31/12/2017 in respect
of tax liability of Rs. 4,29,39,66,823/-, subject to CD availing of the option
to challenge the draft assessment order before the Dispute Resolution panel.
The Draft assessment order was finalised and a final assessment order issued
u/s. 143(3) read with section 144C of the Act. On 09/01/2018 the Department
issued a show-cause notice u/s. 163(1)(c) of the Act, to the Appellant assesee
whereby it was alleged that the capital gains had arisen directly as a result
of consideration received by CD from the Appellant and the Appellant was
proposed to be held as agent u/s. 163(1)(c) of the Act, in the event of any
demand against CD in the assessment proceedings for the A. Y. 2014-15. A writ
petition against the notice was dismissed by the Single Judge.


The Division Bench of the
Madras High Court allowed the appeal filed by the Appellant assessee and held
as under:


“i)    Harmonious reading of section 160 to 163 of the Income-tax Act,
1961 would show that: (i) in order to become liable as a representative
assessee, a person must be situated such as to fall within the definition of a
representative assessee;

(ii) the income must be such as is taxable u/s. 9;


(iii) the income must be such in respect of which such a person can be treated
as a representative assesee;


(iv) the representative assessee has a statutory
right to withhold sums towards a potential tax liability;


(v) since the
liability of a representative assessee is limited to the profit, there can be
multiple representative assessees in respect of a single non-resident
assessee-each being taxed on the profits and gains relatable to such representative
assessee..


ii)    The question was whether the show-cause notice was at all without
jurisdiction, whether the respondent wrongly assumed jurisdiction by
erroneously deciding jurisdictional facts, whether in the facts and
circumstances of the case, the appellant at all had any liability in respect of
the capital gains in question, and whether the appellant could be said to be an
agent u/s. 163(1)(c). The High Court had jurisdiction to consider the question
in writ proceedings.


iii)    No case was made out by the Department that in respect of
transfer of shares to a third party, that too outside India, the Indian company
could be taxed when the Indian company had no role in the transfer. Merely
because those shares related to the Indian company, that would not make the
Indian company an agent qua deemed capital gains purportedly earned by the
foreign company.


v)    The notice was not valid. The judgment and order under appeal is
set aside and consequently, the impugned show-cause notice is also set aside.”

Benami Act – No Longer A Paper Tiger ! – Part II

(continued
from page 38 of september 2018 bcaj)

 

5.     HOW WILL THE ACT BRING OUT ILLICIT MONEY?

Illicit money is parked to a substantial extent in benami properties.
The benefits of such properties are now effectively nullified by the Government
in the following manner.

     Firstly, the real owner is disabled
from claiming any right on benami property.

    Secondly, the benamidar is prevented
from re-transferring the benami property to the real owner.

     Thirdly, by including sale proceeds
of benami property in the definition of ‘benami property’, benamidar is
prevented from enjoying the sale proceeds of such property.

     Finally, the benami property is
confiscated and the same vests in the Central Government. Thus, the illicit
money parked in benami properties is eventually sent to Government coffers.

 

Thus, the Act provides teeth to the law and thereby enables
Government to deal with the holders of the illicit money parked in benami
properties. This is visible in the new preventive and punitive provisions which
did not exist in the Act prior to its amendment in November 2016. The
three preventive provisions which act as effective deterrents are reviewed, as
follows.

 

5.1      The
Owner deprived of the right to recover the benami property

 

Position of law prior to 1988 in respect of the prohibition of the right
to recover benami property was explained by the Supreme Court[1]
in the following words.

“prior to the coming into operation of the Benami
Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988, benami transactions were a recognised
specie of legal transactions pertaining to immovable properties. It was a legal right of the plaintiff to contend in
those days that even though the transfer of the property had been effected in
the name of defendant benamidar for the plaintiff from whom the consideration
had moved, the plaintiff was the real owner and, therefore, the defendant was
bound to restore such property to the real owner.
If the benamidar took up
a defiant attitude, then the law provided a substantive right to the plaintiff
to come to the court for an appropriate declaration and relief of possession on
that ground. For the purpose of prohibiting such benami transactions, the
Benami Transactions (Prohibition of the Right to Recover Property) Ordinance,
1988, was promulgated by the President and it was followed by the Act.”
(Emphasis supplied)

 

5.1.1     The Act reaffirms the Owner’s deprivation

 

The abovementioned position prevailing prior to 1988 pertaining to the
real owner’s rights in respect of Benami property, was altered by
promulgation of the Ordinance[2]  on 19 May 1988. The Ordinance eventually
resulted in the enactment of section 4 which disabled the real owner in two
ways.

 

Section 4(1)barred the enforcement of the real owner’s claim on the benami
property
. Thus, now, the real owner cannot bring any suit, claim or action
to enforce his right as the real owner on the plea that the ostensible owner is
merely a benamidar. Section 4(1), thus, disables the real owner from
enforcing his right against the benamidar.

 

Likewise, section 4(2) is the other disabling provision in respect of benami
property. When the benamidar brings a suit to enforce his right in the
property, section 4(2) disables the real owner from enforcing his right of
defence to claim that he is the real owner.

 

5.2     Confiscation
of Benami Property

 

Under the old section 5, there was no provision for confiscation of
benami property and its vesting in the Central Government. This infirmity is
now sought to be remedied by providing confiscation of the benami property and
its vesting in the Government. Upon such vesting, all rights and title in the
confiscated property vest in the Central Government absolutely free from all
encumbrances and that, too, without paying any compensation.

 

5.2.1 Confiscation
of sale proceeds

 

The Act defines “benami property” to mean any
property which is the subject-matter of a benami transaction. The term
also includes the proceeds from such property. The order of confiscation is in
respect of benami property which also includes the proceeds from sale of
such property. Hence, the sale proceeds of benami property are also
liable to confiscation.

 

5.3     Bar
on re-transfer of benami property

 

The Act provides that benamidar shall not re-transfer the Benami
property to the beneficial owner or his nominee.

 

5.3.1 Re-transfer–
null and void

 

The Act provides that any re-transfer of property by benamidar to
the real owner or his nominee in violation of the abovementioned prohibition is
null and void.

 

5.3.2     Prohibition
on re-transfer

  not
applicable to IDS cases

 

Where the beneficial owner has made a declaration of benami property under
Income Declaration Scheme (“IDS”) pursuant to which benamidar
re-transfers the benami property, such re-transfer does not attract the
prohibition and voiding of the retransfer.

 

6.     ADMINISTRATION OF THE ACT

The administration of the Act is done by various authorities and
officers.

6.1     Adjudicating
Authority

 

The Central Government is empowered to appoint Adjudicating Authorities
to exercise the jurisdiction, powers and the authority conferred by the Act.

Two notifications were issued by the Central Government on 25-10-2016
for appointment of Adjudicating Authorities.

 

6.1.1 Composition
of the Authority

 

The Adjudicating Authority comprises –

    Chairperson

    At least two other members

 

Thus, the minimum number of members of the Adjudicating Authority is
three.

 

6.1.2 Adjudicating
Authority to regulate its own procedure

 

The Act provides that the Adjudicating Authority is not
bound by the procedure specified in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908.

 

The Authority has powers to regulate its own procedure, subject to the
other provisions of the Act.

 

The Adjudicating Authority is, however, to be guided by the principles
of natural justice.

 

6.1.3   Central
Government to provide staff

 

The Act requires the Central Government to provide each
Adjudicating Authority with officers and employees.

 

6.1.4 Superintendence
over the staff

 

The officers and employees of the Adjudicating Authority are required to
discharge their functions under the general superintendence of the Adjudicating
Authority.

 

The word “superintendence” signifies exercise of some authority or
control over the person or thing subjected to oversight[3].

 

6.2     Authorities

 

The Act provides the following authorities.

     The Initiating Officer (i.e. Assistant
Commissioner of Income-tax or a Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax);

     The Approving Authority (Additional
Commissioner of Income-tax or Joint Commissioner of Income-tax);

    The Administrator (Income-tax Officer); and

     The Adjudicating Authority.

 

The roles of the abovementioned authorities are as follows.

 

6.2.1 Initiating
Officer

 

On the basis of the information in his possession, if the Initiating
Officer has reason to believe that any person holds a property as benamidar,
he initiates the process by issuing notice to the benamidar to show
cause within the time specified in the notice why such property should not be
treated as Benami property. A copy of the notice is served on the
beneficial owner.

 

Thereafter, with the previous approval of the Approving Authority, the
Initiating Officer provisionally attaches the property if, in his opinion, the
person in possession of the Benami property is likely to alienate such
property during the period specified in the notice. After making such inquiries
and calling for reports or evidence and taking into account all relevant
materials, the Initiating Officer takes the following actions within 90 days
from the date of issue of notice with the prior approval of the Approving
Authority.

 

(a)  Where the provisional
attachment was made:

(i)   pass order continuing
the provisional attachment of the property till the date of the order made by
the Adjudicating Authority; or

(ii)   revoke the
provisional attachment of the property;

(b)  Where provisional attachment
is not made:

(i)   pass order
provisionally attaching the property till the date of order made by the
Adjudicating Authority; or

(ii)   decide not to attach
the property specified in the notice.

 

Where the Initiating Officer passes the order continuing the provisional
attachment or passes the order provisionally attaching the property, he is
required to draw up a Statement of the Case within 15 days from such
attachment, and refer it to the Adjudicating Authority.

 

6.2.2   Approving
Authority

 

The Approving Authority may give or deny the prior approval to the
orders of the Initiating Officer which approve-

     the provisional attachment of the property
held by benamidar.

     the revocation of the provisional
attachment.

     the order continuing the provisional
attachment

    the decision not to attach the property
specified in the notice.

6.2.3   Adjudicating
Authority

 

On receiving the Statement of Case from the Initiating Officer, the
Adjudicating Authority takes the following actions.

     adjudicates whether property is Benami
property,after hearing the affected persons, and pass an order.

     Hears the affected persons after
passing the adjudicating order, and pass the confiscation order.

 

6.2.4     Administrator 

 

His role is to take possession of the confiscated Benami property
and manage the same.

 

6.2.5     Assistance
of other departments

 

In the enforcement of the Act, the authorities are assisted by
the following officers:

     Income-tax authorities;

     officers of the Customs and Central Excise
Departments;

     officers of the Narcotic Drugs and
Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985;

     officers of the stock exchange recognised
under Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956;

     officers of the Reserve Bank of India;

    police officers;

     officers of the Enforcement Directorate;

    officers of the SEBI;

     officers of any other body corporate
constituted or established under a Central or a State Act; and

     such other officers of the Central
Government, State Government, local authorities or banking companies as the
Central Government may, by notification, specify, in this behalf.

 

6.3     Scope
of the powers of the Authorities

 

The powers of the abovementioned four authorities are not unfettered.

 

The authorities are required to exercise the powers and perform all or
any of the functions conferred on, or assigned to them under the Act or
the prescribed rules.

 

6.3.1   Authorities
to have powers of a Civil Court

 

The Authorities have the powers vested in a Civil Court under the Code
of Civil Procedure, 1908
, while trying a suit in respect of the following
six matters:

    discovery and inspection;

     enforcing attendance of any person,
including any official of a banking company or a public financial institution
or any other intermediary or reporting entity, and examining him on oath;

     compelling the production of books of
account and other documents;

    issuing commissions;

     receiving evidence on affidavits; and

     any other prescribed matter.

 

7.     SCOPE OF PRACTICE FOR CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

Section 48 of the Act deals with “Right to representation”.
A person preferring an appeal to the Tribunal may choose to appear in person.
He is also free to take assistance of an authorised representative of his
choice to present his case before the Tribunal.

 

It is provided that any of the following persons may be authorised by
the appellant to appear on his behalf –

     a relative or employee.

     any officer of a scheduled bank with which
the appellant maintains an account or has other regular dealings.

    any legal practitioner who is entitled to
practice in any civil court in India.

     any person who has passed
theCBDT-recognised accountancy examination

    any person who has acquired the
CBDT-prescribed educational qualifications.

 

8.     CASE STUDY: HOME LOAN – WHETHER BENAMI
TRANSACTION

In case of home loan, the following facts are observed:

    The lender provides funds to the home-owner
and debits the account of the borrower.

     The borrower (buyer) does not hold the
property “for the immediate or future benefit, direct or indirect,” of
the lender.

     It is not intended that the lender will be
the real owner while the borrower will be mere name-lender.

     Lender’s intention is only to get the
repayment of loan in scheduled instalments (including interest).

     Lender will have charge on the property
till the loan is repaid with interest.

 

The moot issue is: whether the fact that the consideration for the
property is provided by the lender (who is a person other than the person in
whose name property is registered), will make the property the benami property?

 

The abovementioned facts show that the case of home loan will not fall
within the definition of ‘benami transaction’ under the Act.This
proposition is supported by the Supreme Court[4].

 

The legal position will not be any different where the loan is given for
purchase of a house under construction. For such loan, tripartite agreement is
entered into by the parties viz., lender, borrower, builder/developer/seller.

 

9.     PUNITIVE PROVISIONS OF THE ACT

One may now review the rigorous punitive provisions of the Act
reflected in imprisonment and fine for certain offences [sections 3, 53 and
54
of the Act].The implications of these punitive provisions are
reviewed, as follows.

 

9.1     Section
3

 

Section 3(2) provides punishment for breaching the prohibition on benami
transactions. Punishment for entering into any benami transaction is
imprisonment uptothree years or with fine or both.

 

9.1.1     Punishment for transaction after 1st
November 2016

 

Section 3(3) provides different punishment for the benami
transaction entered into after 1st November, 2016.

 

Whosoever enters into any benami transaction on or after 1st
November 2016 is punishable u/s. 53, 54 and 55 which deal with the following
three aspects.

    53: Penalty for benami
transaction

    54: Penalty for false
information

    55: Previous sanction

 

9.1.2     Overriding
nature of this punishment

 

Section 3(3) overrides section 3(2) [see the non-obstante expression in
section 3(3), viz., “notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (2),
….
]

Thus, in respect of the benami transactions entered into after 1st
November, 2016, the punishment mentioned in section 3(2) will not apply. The
punishment for such transactions will be determined in accordance with the
provisions of sections 53, 54 and 55.

 

9.1.3     Enquiry
by tax department into the source of

purchase of benami property – not barred

 

Punishment u/s. 3 does not prevent the tax department from enquiring
into the real ownership of property for tax purposes. Section 4 of the Act
merely nullifies the possibility of setting up of a claim of Benami in
any suit, claim or action between the real owner and the benamidar. A
proceeding for the purpose of tax assessment in which the question of benami
arises, however, does not partake of such claim, action, etc.

 

The tax department is concerned mainly with inquiring into the source of
investment in property for the purpose of assessment of income under the Income-tax
Act,
and ascertaining the person who made such investment: the assessee or
the benamidar.

 

Accordingly, prohibitions in sections 3 and 4 of the Benami Act
do not bar the enquiry by the tax officer into the source of investment in benami
property. The enquiry by the tax officer is to ascertain whether the investment
was made by the assesse. The benami character of the acquisition of the
property is merely secondary aspect in such inquiry. Any finding on such
secondary aspect is merely incidental[5].

 

9.2     Section
53

 

For convenience of reference, section 53 is extracted here.

 

53.  Penalty for benami
transaction

 

(1)  Where any person enters into a
benami transaction in order to defeat the
provisions of any law or to avoid payment of statutory dues or to avoid payment
to creditors,
the beneficial owner, benamidar and any other person who
abets or induces any person to enter into the benami transaction, shall be guilty of the offence of benami transaction.

(2)  Whoever is found guilty of the
offence of benami transaction referred to in sub-section (1) shall be
punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a
term which shall not be less than one year, but which may extend to seven years
and shall also be liable to fine which may
extend to twenty-five per cent of the fair market value of the property.(Emphasis
supplied)

 

Section 53 (1) which is deemed to have come into force on 19th
May 1988, provides penal consequences where any person enters into a benami
transaction for any of the following three purposes.

    to defeat the provisions of any law;

     to avoid payment of statutory dues; 

    to avoid payment to creditors


9.2.1   Persons guilty of the offence

According to section 53(1), three persons are guilty of the offence of
Benami transaction, viz,

     the beneficial owner,

     benamidar, and

    any other person who abets or induces any
person to enter into Benami transaction.

 

9.2.2     Quantum
of punishment

 

Section 53(2) provides punishment for the offence of benami
transaction, viz, rigorous imprisonment for a term ranging from one year to
seven years.

 

The person guilty of the offence of benami transaction will also be
liable to fine which may extend to 25% of the fair market value of the
property. For this purpose, “fair market value” is the price that the
property would ordinarily fetch on sale in the open market on the date of the
transaction. Where the benami property is unquoted equity shares, their
market value will be determined in accordance with Rule 3(1) of the Prohibition
of Benami Transactions Rules, 2016
.

 

9.2.3     Difference
in the quantum of punishment:

Section 53(2) vs. Section 3(2):


Punishment for entering into benami transaction is by way of imprisonment for a
term that may extend to three years. Violation of section 3(1) may be
additionally punishable with fine. However, levying fine is optional.

When we look at the punishment provided in section 53(2) for benami transaction
entered into for any one or more of the three purposes mentioned in section
53(1), the following rigours of section 53(2) become apparent when compared
with the penalty u/s. 3(2).

    Firstly, section 53(2) provides
punishment of rigorous imprisonment for a term of one to seven years. However,
in section 3(2), it is simple imprisonment that may extend upto three years.

     Secondly, additional punishment
under section 53(2) by way of fine up to twenty-five percent of fair market
value of the property is mandatory and not optional. On the other hand, in
section 3(2), fine is optional.

9.2.4   Overriding
nature of section 53

 

According to section 3(3), in respect of Benami transactions
entered into on or after 1st November 2016, section 53 shall apply
not withstanding anything contained in section 3(2). Accordingly, Chapter VII
(Sections 53, 54 and 55) overrides only section 3(2) and not sections 3(1), 4,
5 and 6.

 

Thus, the rigorous imprisonment and fine specified in Chapter VII are
attracted only to the benami transactions entered into on or after 1
November, 2016 to defeat the provisions of any law or to avoid payment of
statutory dues or to avoid payment to creditors. However, the legal
consequences specified in sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 in respect of benami
transactions or benami properties will operate irrespective of the motive for
entering into the transaction.

 

9.2.5     Prosecution
of transferor – only in specified cases

 

A moot question that needs to be addressed is: can the transferor of a
benami property be prosecuted u/s. 53 of
the Act?

 

The transferor would be prosecuted only if he has abetted or induced any
person to enter into Benami transaction for any of the following three
purposes.

     to defeat the provisions of any law

    to avoid payment of statutory dues

    to avoid payment to creditors.

 

This is indicated by the words in section 53(1) “beneficial owner,
benamidar and any other person who abets or induces any person to enter into
benami transaction, shall be guilty of the offence”.

 

In the context of the abovementioned three purposes, one may also note
the relevance of the following provisions of the Indian Penal Code, 1860.

 

Section

Subject

415

Cheating

421

Dishonest or
fraudulent removal or concealment of property to prevent distribution among
creditors

422

Dishonestly or
fraudulently preventing debt being available for creditors

423

Dishonest or
fraudulent execution of deed of transfer containing false statement of
consideration

424

Dishonest or
fraudulent removal or concealment of property

 

 

9.2.6     Fraudulent
Transfers punishable

 

Now, fraudulent transfers are made specifically punishable u/s.
53 of the Act. Indeed, the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 empowers
the Court to set aside transfers in fraud of creditors and transfers in fraud
of subsequent transferees[6].

 

9.3     Penalty
for furnishing false information

 

Any person who is required to furnish information under the Act knowingly
gives any false information to any authority or furnishes any false document in
any proceeding under the Act is punishable with rigorous imprisonment
for a term ranging from six months to five years and shall further be liable to
fine that may extend to ten percent of the fair market value of the property.

 

“Fair market value” is the price that the property would ordinarily
fetch when sold in open market on the date of the transaction. If Benami
property is unquoted equity shares, their fair market value will be determined
in accordance with rule 3 of Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions
Rules, 2016
.

 

9.4    Previous sanction for prosecution

 

Previous sanction of the Board is mandatory for instituting prosecution
against any person in respect of any offence u/s. 3, 53, or 54.

 

10.   CONCLUSION

In past, the debates in Parliament and the observations in the Law
Commission Reports always lamented that the then law was toothless. The
administration of the old Benami Law was found ineffective. There were no
deterrents to the persons indulging in benami transactions.

 

All shortcomings of the erstwhile benami legislation have been taken
care of in the Act that came into force on 1st November 2016.
The Government is determined to remove the evil of the benami transactions by
implementing provisions of the Act with all its deterrent and penal
remedies.


It is reported that so far, investigation has led to discovery of substantial
illicit money parked in benami properties valued at several hundred crores.
Show cause notices have been issued in a number of cases. Provisional attachments
have been made of benami properties totalling Rs 1,500 crores and the matters
are being pursued vigorously.  
 



[1] Rajagopal Reddy (R)
vs. Padmini Chandrasekharan (1995) 213 ITR 340 (SC)

[2] See: Section 2, The
Benami Transactions (Prohibition of the Right to Recover Property) Ordinance,
1988

[3] P RamanathAiyer’s
Law Lexicon, 2nd Edition (2001)

[4] Pawan Kumar Gupta
vs. RochiramNagdeo (1999) 4 SCC 243; AIR 1999 SC 1823

[5] CIT vs. K Mahion
(1995) 213 ITR 820 (Ker)

[6] See Law Commission
of India 57th Report: 7 August 1973, Paragraph 5.8

DIGITAL WILL OF DIGITAL ASSETS

You may have
decided on who to give your physical assets, but in this digital era, you will
also have to will your digital assets – your online photo albums, your Facebook
Account, your bitcoin wallet, your email accounts, your passwords and the
rest………that’s where your Digital Will comes in.

 

Death is
inevitable, and preparing for it is unavoidable! But many of us leave the
activity of making a Will pending, till it is too late. We have heard cases of
people dying intestate and the problems that follow – if the financial assets
are not in joint names / having a nominee, there are a host of problems with
Banks / Financial Institutions. If there is an immovable property, a probate
may be a must. And we all know the time and cost of obtaining a probate from the
High Court.

 

Digital
assets may be valuable intellectual property (IP) and hence planning about them
is important. An example could be that of a Twitter handle of say @SrBachchan.
In case of digital assets, the process is fairly simple, if executed by the
legator before death. And we must ensure that ALL our digital assets are
properly bequeathed so that the survivors are not put to inconvenience at best,
and pain at worst.

 

However, for
digital assets, there is this extra headache. It has been observed in multiple
studies, that few of us actually download and backup online content in a format
which is easily accessible to those after our death. And different agencies
have different rules for transmission of these assets to the rightful owner;
e.g. in the case of Facebook, parents of a 15 year old girl were refused access
to her account. However, in the case of Yahoo, a Court has overruled their
privacy policy, and allowed the legal heirs to access the deceased’s account.

 

Is there life after death on Social
Media?

Most Social
Media accounts continue online for varying periods, depending on the service
provider. A Digital Will will ensure that each of your accounts is properly
transferred / memorialised or closed, depending on your instructions.

 

Creating a Digital Will

A digital
will is an informal document that allows executors to access and execute your
instructions for all your online accounts.

Strictly speaking, it is of no legal value. If you want to transfer rights to
things such as a domain name or a website, it may be advisable to account for
these in your formal will. Certain rights are non-transferable and you need to
identify those, which will expire with your demise. Here are a few steps to
create your Digital Will:

 

1.  List All Your Online Accounts

Create a list
of all the sites where you have accounts, including social media, photo
storage, email accounts, online banking and brokerage accounts, blogs and
accounts that automatically withdraw from your bank account.

 

2.  Give Detailed Instructions

Let your
executors know exactly what you would like to see happen with each account. For
example, you may not want your Facebook page memorialised, but you do want your
photo albums shared with loved ones. If you are working on some project or have
a variety of resources which you have painstakingly collected online, decide
what you would like to be done with that. Think about stuff like copyrights
also, if you have created original material.

 

3.  Select your Digital
Executors

Select a
couple (or more) of mature persons to carry out your wishes after you are gone.
Let the executors know about your Digital Will in advance. Let them also know
how they will find the document on your demise. Be sure to name your executors
in your Digital Will. You may also name alternate executors in case any of one
or more of your executors is unable to serve.

 

4.  Store Your Digital Will
in a Safe Place

A will is
only useful if it can be found at the right time. If you store the will on a
password-protected device, make sure for that device can be accessed when you
die. Consider printing and signing your Digital Will, and storing it with your
other important personal documents.

 

Legacy Policies of some popular Websites
/ Portals

Many popular
websites / portals have legacy policies in their Terms of Service Agreement to
handle what will become of your digital footprint after you die. Policies vary
from allowing a named executor to close an account, to continue using your
account or finally how your account may be deleted after a period of
inactivity. It is a good idea to review a site’s legacy policy before drafting
your digital will. The following are a few examples from popular Websites /
Portals:

 

  •     PayPal allows an executor to close a
    user’s account. Remaining funds will be liquidated by a payment to the estate
    of the deceased on production of necessary forms / documents.
  •     Twitter does not provide log-in
    information to the executor or the legatee. The only option is to deactivate
    the profile by submitting a form with information on the deceased, including a
    death certificate.
  •     Ebay’s user agreement does not allow
    transfer of accounts to others on the expiry of a member. If you need to close
    an account due to death, you should contact their support team and follow the
    process suggested by them.
  •     Google’s “Inactive Account Manager”
    allows you to decide how your account is handled if it is inactive for a
    specified length of time. For example, if you have not logged into your email
    for more than a year, the account will be deleted. You can also add up to 10
    trusted contacts, who will receive an email that bequeaths files stored on a
    Google service if your account is left unattended between three and 18 months.
  •     Facebook lets family members convert
    the deceased’s account to a “memorialised” status or close the account. Upon
    receiving proof of death, sensitive personal information is deleted and the
    status of the account is changed.
  •     Instagram provides an option to
    memorialise an account, which means nobody can log in or change it. To
    memorialise an account, anyone can provide a link to an obituary or news
    article reporting the death. You can also request account closure.
  •     For LinkedIn, executors or even
    friends of the deceased can notify LinkedIn that someone has passed away, so
    their account can be closed and the profile removed.
  •     iTunes music files, television series
    and films are licensed, rather than owned, and cannot be bequeathed. The right
    to use the files expires with the death of an individual.

 

Password Managers

Organising a
digital will is essential, but it does take time. One way to simplify and
automate the process is to use a password manager to collect all of this
information in one, secure place. A password manager like LastPass (there are
several others) safeguards all of your website accounts, and the usernames and
passwords you use to access them. You can also store notes for other types of
important information, and even attach documents and photos for safekeeping.

 

And with
LastPass, you can designate an Emergency Access contact for your LastPass
account. That means your trusted contact could request access to your vault
should you pass or become incapacitated.

 

LastPass
thus, essentially acts as your digital will, and allows you to specify your
digital heir, then automates the process of securely transferring that digital
will with all of your passwords and important information to your trusted
contact. Not only do you have the benefit of a password manager that makes it
easy to remember your passwords and login to your online accounts, you can also
enjoy peace of mind knowing your loved ones can access the information they
need in your absence.

 

Digital Will Generator

Slate.com has
devised an interesting Digital Will Generator – you will find it at –  http://bit.ly/2MGSqHW. Just answer a
few simple questions, fill in the blanks and voila! your Digital Will is ready.
This may well be one of the quickest ways to create your Digital Will instantly.

 

Now that you
know the importance, have the information and are equipped with the tools, just
go ahead and create your own Digital Will – you owe it to yourself and your loved
ones! 
 

 

DEMOCRACY

In Maansarovar,
hauns” (swan) and “haunsini” (she swan) were staying happily.
Once upon a time, a flock of crows came flying over there. The leader of the
crows greeted the hauns and asked him as to “who he was and why he was
staying over there?” Hauns replied, “this is Maansarovar and it
belongs to the swans. So we are staying here for many generations”. Oh! said
the crow.” So the dispute is not on two issues but only on one point.”

 

Hauns was surprised. “Where is the dispute here?”. he asked.

 

Crow –
“Actually we came from a far off place and we were not sure whether this is Maansarovar
or something else. Since you said it is Maansarovar, we agree. The
second question was whether it belongs to Swans. We also accept that it belongs
to swans as you say”.

 

Hauns (terribly puzzled) – “Then where is the question of any dispute?” The
leader of the crow coolly said, “the question is who is the swan?” “We believe
in democracy”, he continued, “naturally, we will decide as to who is the
swan by majority votes”.

 

Hauns immediately agreed, “Satyameva Jayate”, he exclaimed. Haunsini
tried to resist but hauns pacified her.

 

Voting took
place. Crows became swans. Swan with his wife had to vacate the place. They
went away cursing their fate. Suddenly, they came across the Eagle. “Oh dear hauns,
what a pleasant surprise. What brings you here? All well at Mansarovar?”

 

Hauns – “No, actually there was a little problem.” Hauns narrated the
story of crows.

 

Eagle – “Arey,
are you a fool? Tomorrow these crows will come to me and claim that they are
eagles. I will tell them point blank. I will decide who is the eagle, by my
power”.

Hauns – “Yes, I see a point in what you say. I will immediately rush to
Maansarovar and tell the crows as you have guided”.

 

Hauns and haunsini came back. Hauns challenged the leader of the
crows, “Hey, listen, your majority voting is not acceptable to me. We will
decide as to who is the swan by our power of wings and beaks”.

 

 “I am a peace-loving person”, the crow
retorted, “Still if you wish to taste our power, we are ready”.

 

A squirrel
from the tree close-by was watching that the hauns was talking to the crows.
She came out and asked the hauns what was the matter. She asked why he came
back. Hauns told her about his conversation with the eagle.

 

Squirrel – “Arey
brother hauns, this showing of strength is alright for the eagle to say. With
what are you going to fight?, your delicate wings or beautiful beak? It will be
suicidal”.

 

Hauns – “I know, but I must fight for the truth. Ultimately, truth shall
succeed”.

 

The show of
power took place. Hauns was killed, haunsini was killed and since
the squirrel was advising them, she was also killed. Crows were triumphant.

 

The moral of
the story – “Hauns died since he did not realise the truth and squirrel
died since she knew the truth”.

 

Note – This article is
adapted from a story written by a well-known marathi author Late Mr. G.A.
Kulkarni. I acknowledge this with thanks to him. It has been written in the
context of many elections that we are going to experience within next few
months. The real moral is – if the swans really hope to succeed, they must
acquire real power including physical strength and remain united. This is true
in all walks of life. Otherwise the mediocre people will take the front seat.

SEBI PROPOSES RULES TO PENALISE ERRANT AUDITORS, VALUERS, ETC. – YET ANOTHER LAW & REGULATOR WILL GOVERN SUCH ‘FIDUCIARIES’

SEBI has proposed regulations that prescribe specific duties
of Chartered Accountants/auditors, cost accountants valuers, etc. (termed as
“fiduciaries”). These duties will have to be performed whilst carrying out
assignments for listed companies and other entities associated with the
securities markets. The “fiduciaries” will face a range of penal actions if
they do not comply with these provisions.

 

A question is often raised whether Chartered Accountants,
should be subjected to action by SEBI and other regulators, when they are
already regulated by the ICAI. The issue is: whether fiduciaries should face
action from multiple regulators for the same default?

 

SEBI has, in the past, taken action against auditors.
However, in the Price Waterhouse/Satyam case, the matter had reached the Bombay
High Court which laid down certain limits to the powers of SEBI. The Kotak
Committee in its report of 2017 on `corporate governance’ has recommended
broader powers for SEBI.  However, the
proposed regulations circulated by SEBI through a consultation paper dated 13th
July 2018 appear to go beyond Kotak Committee’s recommendations. Hence, the
need to review these recommendations to understand their implications.

 

Nature of Amendments Proposed

Over the years of its existence, SEBI has formulated several
Regulations to regulate intermediaries like stock-brokers, etc., and regulate
transactions in the securities markets. There exist regulations relating to
stock brokers, investment advisors, merchant bankers, etc. Then there are
regulations relating to issue of shares, insider trading, frauds, etc. Many of
these regulations require the services of auditors, company secretaries,
valuers, etc., to provide certificates, reports, etc. Clearly, defaults by
these fiduciaries in carrying out their duties can have repercussions for
investors and capital market who rely on their reports/certificates. Through
the consultation paper, SEBI has proposed amendments to 31 regulations to
provide for duties of fiduciaries and for penal action in case of
non-compliance.

 

Who are These Fiduciaries Covered?

The following fiduciaries are specifically covered:

 

1.  Chartered
Accountants including a statutory auditor

2.  Company
Secretary

3.  Valuers

4.  Monitoring
agency

5.  Cost
Accountants

6.  Appraising
or appraisal agency

 

The fiduciary could be an individual, firm, LLP or a
corporate entity. Relevant to this is the concept of  `engagement partner’. Hence, the term
“engagement partner” has been defined as:

 

“Engagement partner” means the partner or any other person
in the firm or limited liability partnership, who is responsible for the
engagement or assignment and its performance, and for the report or the
certificate, as the case may be, that is issued on behalf of the firm or
limited liability partnership, and who, has the appropriate authority from a
professional body, if required;

 

What is the nature of activities by fiduciaries covered?

The regulators cover submission or issue of any report or
certificate by any such fiduciary under the applicable Regulations. Each of the
Regulations provide for an indicative list of such reports/certificates that a
fiduciary may issue under that Regulations. These reports/certificates include
auditors report, compliance report, net worth certificate, valuation report,
etc.

 

What are the obligations of the fiduciaries in relation to
such reports/certificates?

The fiduciary whilst issuing a certificate/report is required
to:

 

“(a) exercise due care, skill and diligence and ensure
proper care with respect to all processes involved in the issuance of a
certificate or report;

 

(b) ensure that such a certificate or report issued by it
is true in all material respect; and

 

(c) report in writing to the Audit Committee of the listed
company, any material violation of securities laws, noticed while undertaking
such an assignment.” 
  

 

The requirements of individual regulations vary a little. For
example, in (c) above, the report relating to violation of securities laws may
be made to the other relevant party such as merchant banker or compliance
officer, etc.

 

This requirement also underlines the importance of working
papers to establish that ‘due care etc.’, has been exercised in the preparation
of the certificate / report.

 

What are consequences of
non-compliance by the fiduciaries?

If the fiduciary issues any false report/certificate or which
does not comply with any requirement of the applicable Regulations, SEBI would
take “appropriate action” under the general provisions of the securities laws.
Hence, the action that can be taken could include:

  •     Disgorgement of fees earned by the
    fiduciary.
  •     Debarment of the fiduciary from carrying out
    any assignment in relation to listed companies and other entities associated
    with securities markets.
  •     Monetary penalty
  •     Prosecution.

 

Action may be taken against whom?

In case of violation of the regulations in terms of
submission of false reports/certificates, not carrying out the work in the
manner prescribed, etc., the action would be taken “against the fiduciary, its
engagement partner or director, as the case may be.”.

 

The Bombay High Court decision
in case of Price Waterhouse/Satyam fraud

To understand the origin of this consultation paper, the
PwC/Satyam case may be recollected briefly. SEBI had issued a show cause notice
against Price Waterhouse and associate firms in relation to the audit, etc.,
carried out relating to Satyam scam. Price Waterhouse raised several questions
as to jurisdiction of SEBI. One of the objections was whether SEBI had any
jurisdiction to act against Chartered Accountants who are otherwise regulated by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

 

The Bombay High Court (Price Waterhouse & Co. vs.
SEBI ((2010) 103 SCL 96 (Bom.))
partially upheld the jurisdiction of
SEBI. It elaborated on the wide range of powers of SEBI in relation to the
securities market. It also held that SEBI does not and cannot regulate the
profession of Chartered Accountants. For example, it cannot prohibit a
Chartered Accountant from practicing, even if found to be at fault. However,
SEBI could, if facts show a default, debar an auditor from issuing
reports/certificates in relation to listed companies, etc. The Court stated
that SEBI could take action only if the auditor is complicit in the fraud.
Hence, if the auditor is not a party to the fraud, SEBI cannot take action. The
proposed regulations have also to be seen in light of this decision.

 

Kotak Committee on Corporate Governance

The more immediate source of the consultation paper is the
Kotak Committee report on corporate governance submitted in October 2017. In
the report, the Committee had recommended that SEBI should have specific powers
to take action against auditors and other fiduciaries not just in cases of
fraud/connivance, but also in cases of gross negligence. It observed:

 

“Given SEBI’s mandate to protect the interests of
investors in the securities market and regulating listed entities, the
Committee recommends that SEBI should have clear powers to act against auditors
and other third party fiduciaries with statutory duties under securities law
(as defined under SEBI LODR Regulations), subject to appropriate safeguards.
This power ought to extend to act against the impugned individual(s), as well
as against the firm in question with respect to their functions concerning
listed entities. This power should be provided in case of gross negligence
as well, and not just in case of fraud/connivance. This recommendation may be
implemented after due consultation with the relevant stakeholders, including
the relevant professional services regulators/ institutions.”
(emphasis
supplied)

 

Two points need to be particularly considered. Firstly, the
recommendation was to extend the powers to cover instances of gross negligence.
Secondly, it appears that the action would require concurrence of the relevant
regulator.  In view of these two issues
the consultation paper goes beyond gross negligence/fraud.

 

Lesser burden of proof to levy
penalty on Auditors

Supreme Court has laid down principles for levy of penalty in
civil proceedings. In SEBI vs. Kishore R. Ajmera ([2016] 66 taxmann.com 288
(SC))
, the Supreme Court had held that the bar for taking adverse action is
much lower as compared to criminal proceedings. The Supreme Court observed, The test, in our considered view, is one of
preponderance of probabilities so far as adjudication of civil liability
arising
out of violation of the Act or the provisions of the Regulations. Prosecution
under Section 24 of the Act for violation of the provisions of any of the
Regulations, of course, has to be on the basis of proof beyond reasonable
doubt.”

(emphasis supplied).

 

The test of ?preponderance of probabilities’ was
applied by SEBI in the case of Price Waterhouse (order dated 10th
January 2018). Accordingly, SEBI ordered disgorgement of fees earned with
interest and also debarment from taking up assignments in specified matters
relating to capital markets.

 

Thus, while prosecution would need proof beyond reasonable
doubt, actions such as levy of penalty, disgorgement of fees and debarment
could arguably be taken with a lower bar of `preponderance of probabilities’.

 

This is also to be seen in the light that the new
requirements now do not require that the fiduciaries should have themselves
engaged in or been complicit in fraud. For taking action it is enough if the
`fiduciary’ has not discharged the prescribed duties in the manner required by
the proposed new regulations.

 

Other implications and concerns

The scope of the proposed regulations is limited to
assignments carried out by ‘fiduciaries’ for entities operating in capital
markets. The regulations are broadly framed and comprehensive. Arguably, action
can be taken even in cases that do not involve gross negligence. Thus, it is
likely that action could be taken even in cases where otherwise action may not be attracted by the concerned regulator.

 

Needless to emphasise, parallel proceedings by several
regulators/authorities and double/multiple penal consequences may also be the
consequence.

 

Despite the fact that the ‘fiduciaries’ are experts
specialised in certain fields, the proposed regulations also do not give
guidance on how it would be determined whether the fiduciary has committed
violations. It is not provided, for example, that, in case of auditors, the
guidance and pronouncements of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
will be considered to test whether the work has been properly performed. Also,
the person who will decide whether the work has been properly done may not be a
peer or an expert in the field, but will be a SEBI member and / or officer.
Thus, fiduciaries would enter a whole new mine field/unexplored territory where
they would be uncertain as to how and who would determine whether they have
discharged their duties correctly or not.

 

It is likely that fiduciaries would feel
discouraged in carrying out assignments for matters covered under the proposed
regulations. At the very least, costs/professional fees for such work will rise
and will be borne by investors. 

VALUATION STANDARDS: ANALYSIS OF THE UNEXPLORED PROVISIONS OF REGISTERED VALUERS

Companies Act 2013 (“the Co’s Act”), introduced a new section
(i.e. section 247) to legislate valuations done under the requirements of the
said Act. While most of the other provisions of the statute were made
enforceable from September 2013 or April 2014, this provision dealing with
registered valuers remained latent for over four years. Like a slumbering
volcano it was forgotten.

 

While the other provisions became immediately applicable and
were analysed and tested, the provisions of section 247 were left behind and
not scrutinised for its implications. Now, vide notification dated October 18,
2017 the government has made these provisions effective with immediate effect.
Along with the bringing into effect of these provisions, new rules for
valuations by registered valuers were also notified from the same date.

 

This development should be closely understood by
professionals who carry out valuations under the provisions of the Co’s Act.
Some professionals take any new rule or regulation as a new opportunity. And I
often hear such exuberant remarks for the regulations.

 

So it is pertinent to understand if these provisions open up
more opportunities or would they actually curtail our practise? Would this
create a more transparent atmosphere conducive to investors? Will they give
rise to excessively controlled atmosphere for valuers? It is therefore,
imperative that we understand what these provisions hold for us. The purpose of
this article is to examine the new provisions threadbare and prepare ourselves
for an unbiased view on what awaits us.

 

We can start by looking at the
instances that require a valuation to be carried out under various statutes and
the special discipline for which they are reserved:

Valuation
required under the Co’s Act:

Section

Description

Valuation by

62

Further
issue of share capital

Registered
Valuer

192

Restriction
on non-cash transactions involving directors

Registered
Valuer

230

Power
to compromise or make arrangements with creditors and members

Registered
Valuer

236

Purchase
of minority shareholding

Registered
Valuer

281

Submission
of report by Company Liquidator

Registered
Valuer

232

Merger
and amalgamation of companies

Expert

Valuation
required under other statutes:

STATUTE

DESCRIPTION

Valuation by

FEMA

  •  Inbound Investment – Issue of Shares by
    a Resident
  • Transfer of Shares (Resident to Non
    Resident and vice-versa)
  • Outbound Investment – Direct Investment
    in JV/WOS less than USD 5 million
  • Outbound Investment – Direct Investment
    in JV/WOS less than USD 5 million

Merchant
banker (“MB”) or Chartered Accountant

 

 

 

 

 

MB

Income-Tax
Act

  •  Rule 11UA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962

Fair value of unquoted equity shares for 56(2)(x)

Fair value of unquoted equity for issue following the asset
approach

Fair value of unquoted shares other than equity for 56(2)(x)

Fair
value of unquoted equity shares for issue following DCF approach

 

 

 

Anyone

 







Chartered Accountant or MB

 

MB

SEBI

  •  Valuation of shares which are not frequently traded for the
    purposes of SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers)
    Regulations,2011
  •  Valuation of shares which are not frequently traded for the
    purposes of SEBI (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
    2009
  • Valuation of shares in a case of delisting under SEBI
    (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009   

 

 

 

 

 


MB, Chartered Accountant

 

 

 

 

 

MB


From the
foregoing it can be observed that it is currently only for valuations required
under the Co’s Act that the valuer needs to be a registered valuer (“RV”).
These provisions of the Co’s Act became effective much before October 2017,
when section 247 the special provision that was enacted under the Co’s Act to
specifically deal with the code relating to the Registered Valuers and the new
Registered Valuers Rules (“RVR”) u/s.247 were notified. Therefore, in the
interim, while the RVR had not seen the light of the day it was provided in
Explanation to Rule 13(2) of Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Rules,
2014 (inserted by Companies (Share Capital and Debentures) Amendment Rules,
2014 w.e.f. 18-6-2014) that a Chartered Accountant having ten years of
experience or an independent merchant banker registered with SEBI would be
treated as a registered valuer for the purposes of the Co’s Act. The
transitional arrangement under the RVR has also provided that persons who are
providing valuation services under the act on the date when the rules got
notified can continue to act as valuers without obtaining a certificate of
registration till March 31, 2018, which date is currently extended till
September 30, 2018.

 

The following part lists out some
key highlights that emerge from the RVR

 

The Authority that has
been granted the power to regulate the registered valuers is the Insolvency and
Bankruptcy Board of India

 

Qualification and Eligibility

Some of the key eligibility
criteria for a person to be a Registered Valuer (“RV”) are:

 

1.  He should be a member of a Registered Valuers
Organisation (“RVO”).

 

2.  He should have passed the valuation exam
specified under the RVR.

 

3.  He should possess qualification as required
under the RVR.

 

4.  He should be a person resident in India as per
section 2 of Foreign Exchange Management Act.

 

5.  No penalty u/s. 271J of the Income Tax Act has
been levied on him which he has not appealed against or where it has been
confirmed by the Appellate Tribunal at least 5 years have elapsed from the date
of levy of penalty.

 

6.  Is a fit and proper person.

 

Besides the foregoing
requirements, the person should not be a minor or a bankrupt or of unsound
mind.

 

For a firm or a company to be an
RV, three of its partners or directors as the case may be should be RVs. Also,
the entity should be set up exclusively for the objects of rendering
professional or financial services. The entity should also ensure that one of
its partners is registered for the asset class that the entity seeks to value.
Besides, none of its partners should be disqualified under the foregoing
criteria that apply to an individual.

 

On a perusal of the qualification
criteria specified under the RVR one finds a number of disciplines recognised
for different types of valuations. Valuation of asset class of land and
buildings is reserved for graduates or post graduates in civil engineering or
architecture and of plant and machinery is reserved for graduate or post
graduates in mechanical or electrical engineering. On the other hand, for
valuation of financial assets or securities, one of the qualifications
recognised is graduation in any field. This means that while a commerce
graduate cannot undertake valuation of asset classes of land, building, plant
and machinery; an engineer or architect can undertake valuation of financial
assets.

 

Further, when one looks at the
post qualification experience requirement, one would observe that a Chartered
Accountant requires at least a three years’ experience post qualification to be
a member of an RVO. A graduate requires five years’ experience for such
membership. An analysis of this shows that a Chartered Accountant would have a
six years work experience if the period of articleship training was to be
considered. It is also beyond doubt that the curriculum and training of a
Chartered Accountant is rigorous and is highly competitive. So effectively,
while an RV who is a Chartered Accountant will have a six years’ of work
experience, a graduate in any stream with a five years’ work experience could
also be an eligible member of the RVO. The thought process that has gone
into this kind of unequal treatment meted out to Chartered Accountants needs
some clarification.

 

Process of registrations of RV

The process of registration of an
RV broadly involves the individual who desires to become RV to first take
membership of an RVO. Amongst the various documents that are required to be
filed, the individual needs to also file the copies of his income tax returns
of past three years. The only inference one could draw from this requirement is
that this could possibly be required for the RVO to ascertain that the applicant
is not insolvent at the time of making the application. After becoming a member
of the RVO, the applicant has to attend fifty hours of training, which is given
by the RVO, after completion of the training he should pass an examination
conducted by the Authority viz. IBBI. Upon passing the exam, the RVO where the
person is registered would make a recommendation to the Authority to recognise
him as an RV. For a firm or a company to be registered as RV, first three of
its partners or directors would need to be registered and after their
registration the firm or company has to make an application to the Authority
for recognising it as an RV.

This entire process of
registration would involve substantial time as can be seen from the following:

 

1.  If the authority is satisfied after the
abovementioned process, it may grant a certificate of registration as an RV in Form-C
of Annexure-II within 60 days.

 

2.  If the authority is not satisfied, it shall
communicate the reasons for forming such an opinion within 45 days of receipt
of the application, excluding the time given as above (21 days).

 

3.  The applicant shall submit an explanation as
to why its application should be accepted within 15 days of the receipt of the
communication

 

4.  After considering the explanation, the
authority shall either accept or reject the application and communicate its
decision to the applicant within 30 days of receipt of explanation.

 

Conduct of valuation and Valuation standards

Before the advent of these rules,
valuations in India did not need to comply with any valuation standards.
However, the RVR requires that valuations should comply with valuation
standards that will be notified under the same. And in the interim the RV
should either follow the international valuation standards or standards issued
by any RVO.

 

Currently, the RVO formed by
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has prescribed the following ICAI
Valuation Standards (“IVS”).

 

IVS

Contents

101

Definitions

102

Valuation
Bases

103

Valuation
Approaches and Methods

201

Scope
of Work, Analyses and Evaluation

202

Reporting
and Documentation

301

Business
Valuation

302

Intangible
Assets

303

Financial
Instruments

 

 

These standards were published on
May 25, 2018 and are effective for valuation reports issued on or after July 1,
2018. Thus, any valuation done post July 1, 2018 should be in compliance with
these standards.The ICAI Valuation Standards will be effective till Valuation
Standards are notified by the Central Government under Rule 18 of the Companies
(Registered Valuers and Valuation) Rules, 2018.

 

Under the RVR, the Central
Government is required to notify standards and for this purpose it would be
advised by a committee which will be composed as follows:

 

Composition of Committee

  •     a Chairperson who shall be a person of eminence and well – versed
    in valuation, accountancy, finance, business administration, business law,
    corporate law, economics;

  •     one member nominated by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs;

  •     one member nominated by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of
    India;

  •   one member nominated by the Legislative
    Department;

  •   upto four members
    nominated by Central Government representing authorities which are allowing
    valuations by registered valuers;

  •  upto four members who are
    representatives of registered valuers organisations, nominated by Central
    Government.

  •  up to two members to represent industry and other
    stakeholder nominated by the Central Government in consultation with the
    authority;

 

The Chairperson and Members of
the Committee shall have a tenure of three years and they shall not have more
than two tenures.

 

From the foregoing it can be
observed that the committee will have upto 14 members. Of these upto a maximum
of 4 members can be from all the RVOs. Also, there is no cap on the number of
RVO that could be recognised by the Government. So it can be observed that 4
representations will be out of all the RVOs put together. This implies that
each RVO may not be able to represent on the committee.

 

Reporting requirements

Till now there was no statutory
guideline mandating the minimum requirements for a valuation report. The RVR
now specifies this framework, which is a welcome move. However, one of the
disclosures required is that of valuer’s interest or conflict. A question,
therefore, arises whether the disclosure should be detailed. But considering that
most of the services rendered by professionals is confidential in nature,
giving a very detailed description of all the other involvements would be a
breach of confidentiality. Considering this balancing act of maintaining
confidentiality of client information it should be in order to make a general
disclosure statement of involvements in various areas of professional services.

 

Another important requirement
under disclosure is a restriction on the RV from specifying a limitation that
restricts his responsibility for the valuation report. This restriction would
however, only operate within the ambit of the purpose and scope of valuation.
Thus, the limitations that limit the ambit of the report only to the scope
would still continue to be valid.

 

Code of conduct to be followed by RVs

The RVR has laid down an
elaborate code of conduct to be followed by RVs.This is given at Annexure I to
the RVR.The same requires the valuer to follow certain ethical code which
requires the RV to have high level of integrity, be straightforward, forthright
in all professional relationships, make truthful representation of facts, take
care of public interest etc.

 

The RV is expected to exercise
due diligence, use independent professional judgment, follow professional
standards, stay updated on knowledge. The RV should not disclaim liability for
his expertise except to the extent the assumptions are based on statements of
facts provided either by the company being valued or its auditors or consultant
and or from public domain, i.e., it is not generated by the RV.This is a very
important carve out from the responsibility on the RV as he cannot be held
liable for professional misconduct if he has relied on the information that he
has not generated. Though he should use due diligence in analysing such data.

 

Further, the valuer is required
to maintain complete objectivity and should not take up assignments where
either he or his relatives or associates are not independent. Here the term
relative should mean as what is defined in the Co’s Act. The term associate is
not defined under the RVR. Therefore, the meaning of this term can be taken
from the accounting standards that are prescribed under the Co’s Rules. The
term ‘associate’ is defined in Accounting Standard 23 to mean an enterprise in
which an investor has significant influence and which is neither a subsidiary
nor a joint venture of the investor. The term significant influence is defined
in that standard to mean the power to participate in financial and/ or
operating policy decisions of the investee but not control over those policies.
Thus, even if an associate of a relative of the RV has a conflict or a material
relationship with the company being valued it could be viewed as a situation
where the RV is deemed to be not independent. In connection with this it would
be pertinent to note the relevant provision of section 247 which debars a
valuer from undertaking a valuation if he has any direct or indirect interest
at any time within three years prior to his appointment and three years after
the valuation. It may be noted that the statute does not define the meaning of
the term interest.This would lead to a situation where if an RV purchases
shares of a company two years after he undertook valuation of its shares, then
the valuation would be considered void, since he could not have undertaken such
valuation. This restriction is not merely on the RV, but because of the
provisions of the RVR, also applicable to all the relatives and associates of
the RV. This would lead to absurd results whereby, if the RV undertakes a
valuation then he will need to take a clearance even from his relatives [as
defined under the Co’s Act] that they have not had any interest in the asset
for past three years as also will not have any interest in the asset for the
future three years. This is not a viable condition. Ideally, the statute should
have defined what should be considered as interest. Merely holding shares of a
company as a retail investor should be kept out of the purview of the
application of the section. There could be many other instances apart from
holding of shares which is just one absurd situation which is more likely, that
could disqualify a valuer.  

 

Further, the Code of Conduct also
requires an RV to maintain documents and make them available to certain persons
for inspection. The RV is required to maintain back up for all the decisions
taken and the documents must be maintained for at least three years. These are
to be maintained in case their production is required by a regulatory authority
or for peer review.

 

The Code also considers accepting
of gifts and giving gifts by RVs as a violation of the code. However, it would
be considered as a violation only if such action could have an effect on the
independence of the RV. Therefore, if an RV accepts small gifts which are
customary then such gifts should not be construed as a violation of the code of
conduct. The Code requires that the RV should not accept any fees other than
what is agreed contractually. Thus, an RV will now have to ensure that he
executes a contract with the client. It may also be noted that the valuation
standards on documentation requires that the RV should specify his scope of
work and his and his client’s responsibilities in the contract. This also
requires the RV to execute a contract with the client. Further, section 247 of
the Co’s Act requires appointment of RV to be done by the audit committee.
Thus, the contract of engagement should be approved by the audit committee. The
Code requires the RV to charge at a consistent level. The thought behind this
could be to prevent situation where an RV would compromise independent
assessment for an unreasonably high compensation. This would necessitate that
the RV should maintain adequate documentation to show that contemporaneous
assignments involving similar level of work and responsibility are charged in a
similar manner.

 

The Code also requires an RV to
accept only as many assignments which he can handle with adequate time.
Currently, there is no upper limit on the number of assignments. Also, adequate
time would depend on the infrastructure, resources and techniques available
with the RV. Therefore, generalisation of maximum number would anyway be
impractical.

 

Cancellation or suspension of registration

The authority is bestowed with
the power to cancel or suspend registration that is granted to an RV or an RVO
under Rule 15 of the RVR. The action of cancellation will necessarily have to
flow from a complaint filed with the Authority. Thus, it can be interpreted
that the cancellation of the registration of either the RV or the RVO can only
be upon a complaint.

 

However, the Rule does not
specify the triggers for the complaint. Considering that the complaint is
against the RV or the RVO, legally it can only stem from any violation of the
Act or the Rules which in turn would also include the bye-laws issued by the RVOs
which are also required to be adhered by the RVs.However, when one looks at the
contents of the show cause notice prescribed under Rule 17, it can be observed
that the show cause notice should state the provisions of the Act or Rules or
certificate of registration allegedly violated or the manner in which public
interest is allegedly affected. Now, if one were to see the code of conduct
given in Annexure I of the RVR or the model bye-laws for RVO given under Part
II to Annexure III to the RVR or the eligibility given under Rule 3 of the RVR,
we will find no reference to public interest. In this connection, it is
worthwhile to note the provisions of section 247 of the statute under which the
Rules are framed. Under s/s. 3 of the said section a penalty shall be imposed
on the RV if a valuer contravenes the provisions of this section or the rules
made thereunder he shall be punishable with a fine which shall not be less than
twenty-five thousand rupees but which may extend to one
lakh rupees. 

 

Further, if the valuer has
contravened such provisions with the intention
to defraud the company or its members
, he shall be punishable with
imprisonment and would also be fined. Thus, the statute provides for punishment
only if the valuer has intended to defraud the company or its members. Whereas,
the RVR provides for action if public interest is affected. The meaning that
can be attributed to the term “public interest” is very wide and subjective.
Thus the rules have gone beyond the statutory framework. In this connection
attention is invited to the following judgments where it was held that rules
framed under the statute cannot go beyond the requirements spelt out in the
statute.

 

Case laws on this law

  •    CIT vs. Sirpur Paper Mills [(1999) 237 ITR 41 (SC)];
  •    CIT vs. Taj Mahal Hotels [(1971) 82 ITR 44 (SC)];
  •    Avinder Singh vs. State of Punjab [AIR 1979 SC 321];
  •    Harishankar Bagla vs. State of Madhya Pradesh [AIR 1954 SC 465]

 

Thus, to the extent the rules
overstep the statute, they could be considered as ultra vires.

 

Now, Rule 17 further provides
that if based on the findings of inspection, investigation or complaint
received, or material otherwise available, the authorised officer is of
the prima facie opinion that there exists sufficient cause to cancel or
suspend the registration of the RV, then he shall issue a show cause notice. On
a combined reading of Rule 15 and Rule 17 it is fair to interpret that the
authority can only cancel or suspend registration if it has received a
complaint and upon receipt of the complaint it will have to first form a prima
facie opinion based on information that it may obtain on its own or based
on complaint received. Thus, the power of the authority should not be construed
as expanded by Rule 17 so as to interpret that the authority can even take suo
moto action even if there is no complaint made against the RV or the RVO.

 

If a complaint lies against the
RVO then the authorised officer is required to seek information from the RVO
and is not required to carry out an investigation on its own. It is further
provided that if sufficient and satisfactory information is not received from
the RVO then the authority can initiate proceedings under Rule 17 or direct the
matter to the Central Government for directions. This process would thus ensure
that the RVOs will have the benefit of being asked their version of information
before any show cause notice is issued on them. Whereas this benefit will not
be available to RVs, who can be issued show cause notice by the authorised
officer for forming a prima facie opinion against them. It is only upon
getting the show cause notice that the RVs would get an opportunity to explain
their case.

 

Interestingly, Rule 16 provides
that in case of a complaint against a director of a company or a partner of a
firm, the authority may refer the complaint to the relevant RVO and such
complaint is to be dealt with by the RVO in accordance with its bye laws. Thus,
there are two important observations to draw out from this provision viz;

 

1)  If the complaint is against an individual RV
then the complaint may be transferred to the RVO where he is registered. This
can be linked to the position that only an individual can be a member of an
RVO.

 

2)  However, it can be observed that the proviso
carves out the exception only for individuals. Therefore, if a complaint lies
against the partnership firm or a company which is an RV, then the complaint
will be dealt with at the level of the Authority.

 

From the foregoing one can
envisage that if a complaint is filed against a firm which is an RV then it
would be only dealt with by the Authority. However, if it is against the
individual partner of the said firm then it would be handled from the RVO. If
the complaint is filed against both the firm and the partner who has carried
out the valuation then the power to deal with the complaint would lie with two
regulators. In a situation of this type it is possible that the term may/could
be interpreted as an option with the Authority and not a mandatory requirement.
In such a situation, the Authority could step in to deal with the complaint and
the case of the individual member may not be transferred to the relevant RVO.

 

The authorised officer is
required to dispose of the show cause notice following the principles of
natural justice, which should entail giving reasonable opportunity and time to
respond to the notice. The order of disposal of the show-case notice could
provide any one of the following; 1) no action; 2) warning; 3) suspension or
cancellation of registration or recognition; 4) change in any partner or
director of the RVO.

 

For all of the above, the powers
vest with the authorised officer, who will be ‘specified’ by the Authority.
Currently, no such authorised officer is specified. Further, it is provided
that the appeal against the order of the authorised officer would lie before
the Authority. Thus, if the authorised officer does not act independent of the
Authority, then the appeal to the Authority against the order of the authorised
officer will violate the principle of natural justice. [Refer ICAI vs. L.K.
Ratna& Others[1987 AIR 71 (SC)].

 

Further, it can be noted that,
there is no provision for appeal to the higher courts. However, following the
principles of natural justice, the aggrieved person should have a natural right
to challenge such an order of the Authority before higher courts.

 

Thus, it may be observed that
the RVR needs to address several open issues. Also, the RVR should not exceed
the regulatory ambit laid down in the statute. It should be also noted that the
area of valuation was always open to anyone who had the requisite knowledge to
carry out that work. Historically Chartered Accountants were preferred for this
service as they have the requisite educational training through their
curriculum to carry out valuations as also have good knowledge of various
statutes to understand implications flowing from the regulatory framework. They
are trained in their domain i.e., accounting, and so have excellent ability to
understand and analyse financials, which is the foundation of this service.
Therefore, a Chartered Accountant has always been a natural choice for this
service. Through, section 247 of the Co’s Act this area of service has actually
been abrogated. It is therefore upon us to consider this regulation as an
“opportunity” as some, in ignorance of the true implication of the provisions,
may portray.

BENAMI ACT – NO LONGER A PAPER TIGER ! – PART 1

“The (1988) Ordinance will remain ‘a paper tiger’,
ineffective in every manner. It would be inane”. – 130th Report of
Law Commission on Benami Transactions.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

Few months ago, Government directed the Registrars to furnish
the particulars of immovable properties registered during last ten years having
value above Rs. 1 crore. The purpose of the directive was to trace the benami
properties purchased or held in violation of The Prohibition of Benami
Property Transactions Act, 1988 (“the Act”).

 

Also, Business Standard reported on 12th January
2018 that more than 900 properties worth about Rs 35 billion have been attached
under the Act. The attached properties included immovable assets, such
as, land, flats and shops worth Rs. 29 billion, while jewellery, vehicles and
bank deposits constituted the rest.

 

Some of the specific and important aspects of the Act are
reviewed below.

 

2. OBJECTIVE OF THE ACT

The following preamble of the Act as amended in 2016
reflects its objective.

 

“An Act to prohibit benami
transactions
and the right to recover
property held benami
and matters connected therewith or incidental
thereto”. (Emphasis supplied)

 

3. TRANSACTIONS AND ASSETS
COVERED

Section 3 of the Act puts blanket prohibition on
benami transactions. Thus, all transactions that fall within the definition of
benami transaction” would be covered by the blanket prohibition.

 

3.1 ‘Benami transaction’: Type 1

New section 2(9) has substituted the definition of ‘benami
transaction
’ with effect from 1st November 2016. The difference
between the old and new definition of ‘benami transaction’ can be
ascertained by the following comparative review.

 

 

Section
before amendment

 

Amended
Section

2(a)

“Benami transaction”
means any transaction in which property is transferred to one person for a
consideration paid or provided by another person.

2(9)

“benami transaction”
means,—

(A)
a transaction or an arrangement –

(a)
where a property is transferred to, or is
held by
, a person, and the consideration for such property has been
provided, or paid by, another person; and

(b)
the property is held for the immediate or
future benefit, direct or indirect, of the person who has provided the
consideration,

except where the property is held by … …

[Emphasis
supplied]

 

 

The above mentioned review indicates the following features
of the definition.

 

  •  The new definition
    introduces the element of “intention” of the real owner about the
    person for whose benefit the property is held1.

______________________________________________________

1   See:
Law Commission of India: 57th Report: 7 August 1973: Paragraph
5.2(b)

 

 

  •  The genesis of the
    concept of benami is three-fold:
  •  the consideration for purchase of the property must flow
    from one person;
  •  the property is purchased in the name of the other person;
    and
  •  the consideration so flowing for the purchase was not
    intended to be gift to the person in whose name the property is purchased2.

 

  •  After the main limb of
    the new definition, four types of transactions are described as “benami
    transaction
    ”.

 

Indeed, the definition of ‘benami transaction’ of Type
1
specifies four exclusions and their conditionalities. The exclusions
pertain to the properties of HUF, trustee, executor, partner, director,
depository, spouse, child, lineal ascendant and descendant and power of
attorney arrangement.

 

These exclusions ensure that honest and bona fide transactions
are out of the sweep of the Act.

 

The new definition of ‘benami transaction’ and their
exceptions with conditionalities are diagrammatically summarised below.

 

 

3.1.1  Property’;
‘Benami Property

Property’ is a crucial term in the definition of ‘benami
property
’. There is a difference between the wordings of the definition of
“property” in the pre-Amendment Act and the new definition. For a comparative
review, both the definitions are extracted below.

 

Section
before amendment

 

Amended
Section

2(c)

“Property”
means property of any kind, whether movable or immovable, tangible or
intangible, and includes any right or
interest in such property.

2(26)

“property”
means assets of any kind, whether movable or immovable, tangible or
intangible, corporeal or incorporeal and
includes any right or interest or legal documents or instruments evidencing
title to or interest in the property and where the property is capable of
conversion into some other form, then the property in the converted form and
also includes the proceeds from the property;

[Emphasis supplied to show the
distinction between the two definitions]

2   Syed
Abdul Kader vs. Rami Reddy AIR 1979 SC 553

 

3.1.2     New asset
classes introduced

The new definition specifies the following nine asset classes
as “property”.

• Movable

• Immovable

• Tangible

• Intangible

Corporeal (new class introduced)

Incorporeal (new class introduced)

• Right/interest/legal document/instruments

– evidencing title to or interest in the property

Property in the converted form (new class introduced)

Proceeds from the property (new class introduced)

 

3.2 
      Benami transaction: Type 2

Transactions in fictitious name

 

The second type of benami transaction is the transaction or
arrangement made in a fictitious name.

 

3.3        Benami
transaction: Type 3

The owner “not aware of” “denies knowledge of”

 

Third type of benami transaction is “a transaction or
arrangement in respect of a property where the owner of the property is not aware of, or, denies knowledge of, such ownership”.

 

Connotation of the expressions “not aware of” and “denies
knowledge of
” can be understood by the following illustration.

 

In the course of a search action, a lady partner gave the
statement that she was a partner in a firm.

 

However, she admitted that she did not know her share in the
firm and other particulars of the firm.

 

On these facts, the question for consideration is: whether
her being a partner will involve a benami transaction
?

 

In this case, the lady was indeed aware of the fact that she
was a partner. She did not deny that fact. Her statement clearly indicated
that, as a partner, she was owner of her share in the firm.

 

Indeed, she admitted that she did not know the other
particulars relating to the firm. Having no knowledge of the firm’s
particulars, however, cannot be regarded as being “not aware of, or denies
knowledge of such ownership
”. Hence, in this case, it cannot be said that
the lady’s being a partner involves a benami transaction.

 

3.4    Benami
Transaction: Type 4

Provider of consideration “not traceable or is fictitious”

 

The issue is: whether this type of transaction would cover
charitable and religious institutions where often donors wished to remain
anonymous as a precondition to giving donations to the institution?

Section 58 of the Act addresses this issue. It
empowers the Central Government to exempt any property relating to charitable
or religious trusts from the operation of the Act. Therefore, large
donations received by the charities from anonymous donors will not be regarded
as benami property if covered by Central Government’s exemption notification.

 

4.   TRANSACTIONS NOT COVERED

As regards the benami transaction of Type 1, the
following four transactions are excluded from this type of benami transaction.

 

4.1   First exclusion:

Property held by HUF Karta or member

 

This exclusion is applicable in the following circumstances.

  •  The property is held for
    the benefit of Karta or other members of HUF; and
  •  Consideration for the
    property is provided out of known sources of HUF.

 

4.1.1     “Known
sources”

 

The crucial issue is: what is the meaning of the
expression “known sources
”? This expression is new and was not a part of
the pre-amended Act.

 

The expression “known sources” is different from “known
sources of income
”. The rationale behind the expression “known sources” was
explained by the Finance Minister during the debate on the Benami Amendment
Bill in the following words.

 

“… … This is exactly what the Standing Committee went into.
The earlier phrase was that you have purchased this property, so you must show
money out of your known sources of income. So, the income had to be personal.
Members of the Standing Committee felt that the family can contribute to it,
you can take a loan from somebody or you can take loan from bank which is not
your income. Therefore, the word ‘income’ has
been deleted and now the word is only ‘known sources’
. So, if a brother or
a sister or a son contributed to this, this itself would not make it benami,
because we know that is how the structure of the family itself is………” [Emphasis
supplied]

 

_________________________________________________-

3   Kalekhan
Mohammed Hanif vs. CIT (1963) 50 ITR 1(SC)

 

 

4.1.2     Under
the Income-tax Act if the assessee does not explain the nature and
source of credit in his books of account, the amount of credit will be regarded
as his taxable income. The Supreme Court3  has held that the onus to explain the nature
and source of cash credit is on the assessee. To discharge such onus, the
assessee must prove:


  •  The identity of the creditor
  •  The capacity of the creditor
  •  Genuineness of the transaction

 

4.1.3     According
to section 106 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, if any fact is
especially within the knowledge of any person, the burden of proving that fact
is on him. Thus, where wife holds the property as benami for her
husband, conjoint reading of Income-tax Act and the Evidence Act,
raises a question: whether the burden of proving that the consideration was
paid by the husband from his known sources is discharged when the wife
furnishes the particulars of the consideration provided by her husband who
purchased the property in her name
?

 

In other words, can the benamidar wife be asked to
prove the source from which her husband provided the consideration?

 

4.1.4     The
view that an assessee cannot be asked to prove the source of the source has
been recently called in question by the Calcutta High Court in the following
decisions.

 

  •  Rajmandir Estates Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT (Principal) [2016]
    386 ITR 162 (Cal)
  •  CIT vs. Maithan International [2015] 375 ITR 123 (Cal)

 

4.1.5     There
is, indeed, a subtle difference in the nature of Income-tax Act and that
of the Benami Act. Income-tax Act is a Revenue law but the
Benami Act
is a law dealing with economic offence. In view of the said two
decisions, it stands to reason that under the Benami Act, benamidar may
be called upon to prove the source from which the real owner provided funds for
purchase of the benami property.

 

4.2        Second Exclusion: Property held by
trustee, executor, partner, director, depository or participant as agent of a
depository

 

This exclusion applies to the property held by the above
named persons. They are merely illustrative of the class of persons covered by
this exclusion. Hence, apart from the abovementioned persons, any other person,
too, may be covered by this exclusion where the following two facts exist.

 

  •  The property is held by the person in fiduciary
    capacity;
    and
  •  The person holds the property for the benefit of another
    towards whom he stands in fiduciary capacity.

 

The Supreme Court has held4 that “while the
expression “fiduciary capacity” may not be capable of precise definition, it
implies a relationship that is analogous to the
relationship between a trustee and the beneficiary of the trust.
The expression is in fact wider in its import for it extends to all such situations that place
the parties in positions that are founded on
confidence and trust
on the one part and
good faith
on other
”. [Emphasis supplied]

 

Moreover, the Central Government is empowered to notify any
other person for inclusion in the abovementioned exclusion.

 

4.3        Third
exclusion: Property held in the name of wife or child

 

This exclusion is
applicable only if the consideration is paid or provided from the individual’s “known
sources”
.

 

Following important
aspects of this exclusion may be noted.

 

  •  The expression mentioned
    in the condition is “known sources” and not “known sources of income”.
    Thus, where an individual takes loan for purchasing a property in child’s name,
    it will not be Benami transaction because loan is the individual’s
    “known source” though not necessarily, the known source of his income. Thus, it
    is sufficient that the property is purchased from the individual’s “known
    sources”. The person need not further prove that the property is purchased from
    the known sources of his income.

________________________________________________

4   Marcel
Martins vs. M Printer [2012] 21 taxmann.com 7

 

 

  •   The term “child” is not
    defined in the Act. Hence, in terms of section 2(31) of the Act,
    the definition of “child” given in section 2(15B) of the Income-tax Act
    may be adopted. This definition of ‘child’ includes a step-child and adopted
    child. The term “child” also includes “married daughter”. Moreover, “child”
    includes major child and also illegitimate child5.

 

4.4        Fourth Exclusion:
Property held jointly with

brother, sister, lineal ascendant or descendant

 

This exclusion is
applicable where the following facts exist.

 

  •  The name of the person providing consideration appears as
    joint owner in the property document.
  •  The consideration for property is provided out of
    individual’s known sources.

 

The following important aspects of this exclusion may be
noted.

 

  •  The terms “brother” or
    “sister” include half-brother/sister6. Though colloquially, it is
    customary to address cousins as “cousin brother” or “cousin sister”, they are
    not considered “brother” or “sister”.

 

  •  Likewise, step-brother
    and step-sister are not “brother” or “sister”.

 

  •  The properties held in
    the sole name of the brother, sister, lineal ascendant or descendant is
    not covered in this exclusion.

 

  •  “Lineal ascendant” and
    “lineal descendant” are not defined in the Act. Sections 24 and 25 of the Indian
    Succession Act, 1925
    throw light on these two expressions.

 

In the light of the Indian
Succession Act
, [section 24: kindred or consanguinity and section 25(1):
Lineal consanguinity], “lineal ascendant” or “lineal descendant” may be
described as the connection or relation between two persons, one of whom has
descended in a direct line from the other, as between a man and his father,
grandfather and great-grandfather, and so upwards in the direct ascending line;
or between a man and his son, grandson, great-grandson and so downwards in the
direct descending line.

 

4.5  Fifth
exclusion: Power of Attorney transactions

__________________________________________________

5   Sunderlal
Chaurasiya vs. Tejila AIR 2004 MP 138

6  ITO
vs. Mahabir Jute Mills Ltd (1983) 17 TTJ (All) 49

 

An important question for consideration is: whether “power of
attorney transactions” in immovable properties (POA transactions) are ‘benami
transactions
’?

 

This question is addressed by the Explanation to
section 2(9)of the Act. The Explanation clarifies that ‘benami
transaction’ shall not include any transaction involving the allowing of
possession of any property to be taken or retained in part performance of a
contract referred to in section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882
if:-

 

  •  Consideration for such property was provided by the person
    to whom possession is allowed but the person who has granted possession thereof
    continues to be owner of such property;

 

  •  Stamp duty on such transaction or arrangement has been
    paid; and

 

  •  The agreement has been registered.

 

Thus, POA transactions are not regarded as benami
transactions
as per the following clarification given by the Finance
Minister7.

 

“As far as power of attorneys
are concerned,
I have already said, properties which are transferred in
part performance of a contract and possession is given then that possession is
protected conventionally under section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act.
That is how all the power of attorney transactions in Delhi are protected, even
though title is not perfect and legitimate. Now,
those properties have also been kept out as per the recommendation made by the
Standing Committee”.
[Emphasis supplied]

 

As the Explanation uses the words “for the removal
of doubts, it is hereby declared …”
, it is clear that the Explanation
is retrospective in effect.

 

Another issue that may arise is whether the Explanation
is intended to confer legal title in the property on the power-of-attorney
holder who is in possession of property? It may be noted that the Explanation
merely removes the element of Benami from the POA transactions. It is
settled law that POA is not a title document. This aspect of the POA
transaction is not changed by the Explanation.

 

4.6        Further
exclusion: “Foreign property”

____________________________________________

7   See
the debate on the Amendment Bill in Rajya Sabha on 3-8-2016

 

A reference to the definition of ‘benami property’ in
section 2(8) and the definition of ‘property’ in section 2(26) of the Act shows that any property located abroad is not excluded from the said two
definitions.

 

However, the Finance
Minister has addressed this aspect in the following clarification8.

 

“What happens if the asset is outside the country? If an asset is outside the country, it would not be covered under this Act. It would be covered
under the Black Money Law
, because you are owning a property or an asset
outside the country”. [Emphasis supplied]

 

Thus, according to the
abovementioned clarification, the foreign property would not be covered under the
Act
. It would be covered under the Black Money Act.

 

4.7        One more exclusion: Sham transaction

 

A ‘sham transaction’
is different from a ‘benami transaction’.

 

In a benami transaction,
the transaction, in fact, takes place. A sham transaction is merely a
description given to a bogus or fictitious arrangement where transaction does
not take place at all. Sham transaction consists merely of fictitious entries
and fabricated documents, such as, bogus invoices.

 

The Supreme Court9
has explained the difference between “benami” and “sham” by observing
that the word ‘benami’ is used to denote two classes of transactions
which differ from each other in their legal character and incidents. To
demonstrate this proposition, the Supreme Court gave the following
illustration.

 

“A sells a property to B
but the sale deed mentions X as the purchaser. Here the sale is genuine, but
the real purchaser is B, X being B’s benamidar. This is the class of
transactions which is usually termed as benami. But the word ‘benami
is also occasionally used to refer to a sham transaction. e.g. when A purports
to sell his property to B without intending that A’s title should pass to B. The fundamental difference between these two
classes of transactions is that in a benami transaction, there is an
operative transfer resulting in the vesting of title in the transferee.
On
the other hand, in a sham transaction, there is
no real transfer since the transferor continues to retain the title even after
execution of the transfer deed.
In benami transactions, when a
dispute arises as to whether the person named in the deed is the real
transferee or B, it would be necessary to address the question as to who paid
the consideration for the transfer, X or B. However, when the question is whether the transfer is genuine or sham, the
point for decision would be, not who paid the consideration but whether any consideration at all was paid”.
(Emphasis supplied)

 

_______________________________________________

8   Rajya
Sabha Debate on 2-8-2016 on the Amendment Bill

9   Sree
Meenakshi Mills Ltd. vs. CIT [1957] 31 ITR 28 (SC);AIR 1957 SC 49

 

 

The essential feature of
sham transaction is that the real owner of the property transfers the property
to another without the intention of transferring the legal title in the
property10.

 

The distinction between Benami
transaction and sham transaction is lucidly explained in the undernoted
decision11 in the following words.

 

“The benami transaction
evidences an operative and valid transfer
resulting in the passing of title in the transferee,
whereas in the sham
transaction, there is no valid transfer of interest, though ostensibly the deed
incorporating the transaction seeks to clothe the transferee with the title in
the property. Sham transaction takes place, inter
alia
, when there is no consideration for the transfer. Hence, if the
transferor wants to assail the validity of the transaction, he will have to
seek cancellation of the document since as long as the document exists, the
transferee would remain clothed with the title to the property.
In case of benami
transaction, however, the document has legal effect being perfectly valid;
such as a sale deed executed for consideration. However, the issue is: who is
the true owner of the property – whether the transferee named in the deed or
any other person being a benami. In such a case, the aggrieved person
would not demand cancellation of the sale deed because, if the deed is
cancelled, he would not be clothed with any right, title or interest in the
property which is the subject matter of the sale deed.
This would be directly against his interest
inasmuch as he wants to derive right, title and interest in the property on the
strength of the sale deed, but wants a declaration that it is he who had
derived title and not the person named as transferee in the document. On the
other hand, in a sham transaction, the aggrieved person may require
cancellation of the deed where the transaction is of voidable nature.”
(Emphasis supplied)

 

The Act covers only Benami transaction and does not cover
sham transaction12.

(To be continued in part 2
to cover how this Act will bring out illicit money, its administration,
opportunities for CAs, case study and rigour of punitive provisions.)
 

___________________________________________________________________________________

10  Sree
Meenakshi Mills Ltd. vs. CIT (1957) 31 ITR 28 (SC), AIR 1957 SC 49; Thakur Bhim
Singh vs. Thakur Kan Singh: AIR 1980 SC 727; (1980) 3 SCC 72

11  Keshab
Chandra Nayak vs. Lakmidhar Nayak: AIR 1993 Ori 1 (FB)

12             Bhargary P. Sumathykutty vs.
Janaki Sathyabhama (1996) 217 ITR 129 (Ker)(FB)

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS & Ind AS

The author Dolphy D’Souza has provided a detail
list of differences between IFRS and Ind AS. 
Different stakeholders will find this beneficial in different ways.  Companies seeking to prepare pure IFRS
financial statements for fund raising or global listing or group consolidation,
can use this to align their Ind AS financial statements to IFRS.  The standard-setters can use this list to
reduce or eliminate the differences.  If
Ind AS standards are fully aligned to IFRS standards, it will improve India’s
credibility in the global markets.

IFRS 1 differences

Deemed cost exemption for property, plant and equipment

IFRS 1 permits a first-time adopter to
measure its items of property, plant and equipment (PPE) at deemed cost at
the transition date. The deemed cost can be:

  • The
    fair value of the item at the date of transition
  • A
    previous GAAP revaluation at or before transition date, if revaluation meets
    certain criteria

Similar exemption is also available for
intangible assets and investment property measured at cost.

Ind AS 101 also provides similar deemed
cost exemption. In addition, if there is no change in the functional currency
at the transition date, Ind AS 101 allows a first-time adopter to continue
with the previous GAAP carrying value for all of its PPE as recognised in the
previous GAAP financial statements at the transition date. The same is   used as deemed cost at that date, after
making adjustment for decommissioning liabilities.

 

In Ind AS CFS, the previous GAAP amount
of the subsidiary is the amount used in the previous GAAP CFS. If an entity
avails the option under this paragraph, no further adjustments to the deemed
cost so determined is made.

 

Similar exemption is also available for
intangible assets and investment property. 
Fair value as deemed cost exemption is not allowed for investment
property.

Additional exemptions relating to composite leases and land
lease

Under IFRS 1, an entity classifies a
lease based on the lease terms that are in force at its date of transition
based on the circumstances that existed at the inception of the lease.

Ind AS 101 provides the following
additional exemptions:

 

  • When
    a lease includes both land and building elements, a first time adopter may
    assess the classification of each element as finance or operating lease at
    the date of transition to Ind AS based on the facts and circumstances existing
    as at that date.

 

  • If
    there is any land lease newly classified as finance lease, then the first
    time adopter may recognise asset and liability at fair value on that date.
    Any difference between those fair values is recognised in retained earnings.

Exchange differences arising on long-term monetary items

IAS 21 requires exchange differences
arising on restatement of foreign currency monetary items, both long term and
short term, to be recognised in the income statement for the period.

Under the erstwhile Indian GAAP,
companies recognised exchange differences arising on restatement of foreign
currency monetary items, both long term and short term, in the profit or loss
immediately. Alternatively, they were given an irrevocable option to defer/
capitalise exchange differences on long-term foreign currency monetary items.

IFRS 1 differences

 

 

For the companies applying second option
under the erstwhile Indian GAAP, Ind AS 101 provides an additional option.
They may continue to account for exchange differences arising on long-term
foreign currency monetary items recognised in the financial statements for
the period ending immediately before the beginning of first Ind AS reporting
period using the previous GAAP accounting policy. Ind AS 21 does not apply to
exchange differences arising on such long term foreign currency monetary
items.

Additional exemption relating to amortisation of toll roads

IAS 38 has a rebuttable presumption that
the use of revenue-based amortisation method is inappropriate for intangible
assets.

The old Indian GAAP allowed revenue
based amortisation for toll roads. 
Under Ind AS, an entity on first time adoption of Ind AS may decide to
retain the previous GAAP amortisation method for intangible assets arising
from service concession arrangements related to toll roads recognised in
financial statements for the period immediately before the beginning of the
first Ind AS reporting period.

 

Under Ind AS 38, the guidance relating
to amortisation method does not apply to the assets covered in the previous
paragraph.

Additional exemption relating to non-current assets held for
sale and discontinued operations

There is no exemption under IFRS 1
relating to non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations.

Ind AS 101 allows a first-time adopter
to use the transition date circumstances to measure the non-current assets
held for sale and discontinued operations at the lower of carrying value and
fair value less cost to sell.

Previous GAAP

IFRS 1 defines the term “previous GAAP”
as a basis of accounting that a first-time adopter used immediately before
adopting IFRS. Thus, an entity preparing two complete sets of financial
statements, viz., one set of financial statements as per the Indian GAAP and
another set as per the US GAAP, may be able to choose either GAAP as its
“previous GAAP.”

Ind AS 101 defines the term “previous
GAAP” as the basis of accounting that a first-time adopter used immediately
before adopting Ind AS for its statutory reporting requirements in India. For
instance, the companies preparing their financial statements in accordance
with section 133 of Companies Act, 2013, will consider those financial
statements as previous GAAP financial statements.

 

Consequently, it is mandatory for Indian
entities to consider their Indian GAAP financial statements as previous GAAP
for transitions to Ind AS.

Differences from other IFRS standards

Current/ non-current classification on breach of debt covenant

If an entity breaches a provision of a
long-term loan arrangement on or before the period end with the effect that
the liability becoming payable on demand, the loan is classified as current
liability.

 

This is the case even if the lender has
agreed, after the period end and before the authorisation of the financial
statements for issue, not to demand payment as a consequence of the breach.
Such waivers granted by the lender or rectification of a breach after the end
of the reporting period are considered as non-adjusting event and disclosed.

First, Ind AS 1 refers to breach of
material provision, instead of any provision. This indicates that breach of
immaterial provision may not impact loan classification.

 

Second, under Ind AS 1, waivers granted
by the lender or rectification of breach between the end of the reporting
period and the date of approval of financial statements for issue are treated
as adjusting event. A corresponding change has also been made in Ind AS 10.

Analyses of expenses in the statement of profit and loss

IAS 1 requires an entity to present an
analysis of expenses recognised in profit or loss using a classification
based on either their nature or their function within the entity, whichever
provides the information that is reliable and more relevant.

Ind AS 1 requires entities to present an
analysis of expenses recognised in profit or loss using a classification
based on their nature only. Thus, there is no option to use functional
classification for presentation of expenses.

Materiality and aggregation

IAS 1 requires:

??each
material class of similar items to be presented separately in the financial
statements; and

??items
of a dissimilar nature or function to be presented separately unless they are
immaterial

Ind AS 1 modifies these requirement by
adding the words ‘except when required by law.’  Hence, if the applicable law requires
separate presentation/ disclosure of certain items, they are presented
separately irrespective of materiality.

Differences from other IFRS standards

 

Also,
IAS 1 states that specific disclosure need not be provided if the same is
considered immaterial.

 

Presentation of financial statements

IAS 1 provides broad illustrative
format.

In addition to the broad illustrative
format included in Ind AS 1, Schedule III prescribes a detailed format for
presentation of financial statements and disclosures. The disclosures include
information required under certain Indian statutes.  Companies Act, 2013 also requires certain
statutory disclosures (eg contribution to political parties) to be made in
Ind AS financial statements.

Cash flow statement –

Classification of interest paid and interest and dividend
received

For non-financial entities, interest
paid and interest and dividends received may be classified as ‘operating
activities’. Alternatively, interest paid and interest and dividends received
may be classified as ‘financing activities’ and ‘investing activities’
respectively.

Ind AS 7 does not give an option.  It requires non-financial entities to
classify interest paid as part of ‘financing activities’ and interest and
dividend received as ‘investing activities’.

Cash flow statement –

Classification of dividend paid

Dividend paid may be classified either
as operating or financing cash flows.

Dividend paid is classified as financing
cash flows.

Bargain purchase gains

Where consideration transferred for
business acquisition is lower than the acquisition date fair value of net
assets acquired, the gain is recognised in the income statement after a
detailed reassessment.

Ind AS 103 requires bargain purchase
gain to be recognised in OCI and accumulated in the equity as capital
reserve. However, if there is no clear evidence for the underlying reason for
bargain purchase, the gain is directly recognised in equity as capital
reserve, without routing the same through OCI. A similar change has also been
made with regard to bargain purchase gain arising on investment in associate/
JV, accounted for using the acquisition method.

Common control business combinations

IFRS 3 excludes from its scope common
control business combinations.

Ind AS 103 requires business
combinations of entities or businesses under common control to be mandatorily
accounted using the pooling of interest method. The application of this
method requires the following:

  • Assets
    and liabilities of the combining entities are reflected at their carrying
    amounts.
  • No
    adjustments are made to reflect fair values, or recognise any new assets or
    liabilities.
  • Financial
    information in respect of prior periods is restated as if business
    combination has occurred from the beginning of the earliest period presented.
  • The
    balance of the retained earnings appearing in the financial statements of the
    transferor is aggregated with the corresponding balance appearing in the
    financial statements of the transferee; alternatively, it is transferred to
    general reserves, if any.
  • The
    identity of the reserves is preserved and appear in the financial statements
    of the transferee in the same form in which they appeared in the financial
    statements of the transferor.
  • The
    difference between the amount recorded as share capital issued plus any
    additional consideration in cash or other assets and the amount of share
    capital of the transferor is transferred to capital reserve and presented
    separately from other capital reserves.

Foreign currency convertible bonds (FCCB)

A fixed amount of foreign currency does
not result in fixed amount in the entity’s functional currency. Consequently,
FCCBs, where the conversion price is fixed in foreign currency, do not meet
“fixed-for-fixed” criterion to treat the conversion option as equity. Hence,
FCCBs are generally treated as a hybrid financial instrument containing a
liability component and the conversion option being a derivative. The
derivative element is measured at fair value at each reporting date and
resulting gain/ loss is recognised in the profit or loss for the period.

Ind AS 32 contains an exception to the
definition of financial liability. As per the exception, the equity
conversion option embedded in a convertible bond denominated in foreign
currency to acquire a fixed number of entity’s own equity instruments is
considered an equity instrument if the exercise price is fixed in any
currency. Hence, entities will treat the conversion option as fixed equity
and no fair valuation thereof is required.

Differences from other IFRS standards

Straight-lining of lease rentals in operating leases

Rental under an operating lease are
recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the user’s
benefit.

Lease payments under an operating lease
are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term
unless either:

a) Another systematic basis is more
representative of the time pattern of the user’s benefit, or

b) Payments to the lessor are structured
to increase in line with expected general inflation to compensate for the
lessor’s expected inflationary cost increases. If payments to the lessor vary
because of factors other than general inflation, then this condition is not
met.

Uniform accounting policies

Compliance with uniform accounting
policies is mandatory.

Ind AS 28 also requires the use of
uniform accounting policies. However, an exemption on the grounds of
“impracticability” has been granted for associates. This is for the reason
that the investor does not have
control” over the associate and it may not be able to
influence the associate to prepare additional financial statements or to
follow the accounting policies that are followed by the investor.

Use of the fair value model for investment property (IP)

An entity has an option to apply either
the cost model or the fair value model for subsequent measurement of its
investment property. If the fair value model is used, all investment
properties, including investment properties under construction, are measured
at fair value and changes in the fair value are recognised in the profit or
loss for the period in which it arises. Under the fair value model, the
carrying amount is not required to be depreciated.  Among other options, companies are allowed
to use fair value as deemed cost exemption for IP at the date of transition
to IFRS.

Ind AS 40 does not permit the use of
fair value model for subsequent measurement of investment property. It
however requires the fair value of the investment property to be disclosed in
the notes to financial statements. 
Also, consequent to the above change, companies are not allowed to use
fair value as deemed cost exemption for IP at the date of transition to Ind
AS.

Grants in the form of
non-monetary assets

IAS 20 provides an option to entities to
recognise government grants in the form of non-monetary assets, given at a
concessional rate, either at their fair value or at the nominal value.

Ind AS 20 requires measurement of such
grants only at their fair value. Thus, the option to measure these grants at
nominal value is not available under Ind AS 20.

Grants related to assets

IAS 20 gives an option to present the
grants related to assets, including non-monetary grants at fair value, in the
balance sheet either by setting up the grant as deferred income or by
deducting the grant in arriving at the carrying amount of the asset.

Ind AS 20 requires presentation of such
grants in the balance sheet only by setting up the grant as deferred income.
Thus, the option to present such grants by deduction of the grant in arriving
at the carrying amount of the asset is not available.

Use of equity method to account for investments in
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in SFS

IAS 27 allows an entity to use the
equity method to account for its investments in subsidiares, joint ventures
and associates in its SFS. Consequently, an entity is permitted to account
for these investments either

  • At
    cost
  • In
    accordance with IFRS 9
  • Using
    the equity method

This
is an accounting policy choice for each category of investment.

Ind AS 27 does not allow the use of
equity method to account for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and
associates in SFS. This is because Ind AS considers equity method to be a
manner of consolidation rather than a measurement basis.

Confidentiality exemption

IAS 24 does not provide any exemption
from disclosure requirements on the grounds of confidentiality requirements
prescribed in any statute or regulation.

Ind AS 24 exempts an entity from making
disclosures required in the standard if making such disclosures will conflict
with its duties of confidentiality prescribed in a statute or regulation.

Definition of close members of the family of a person

As per IAS 24, “close members of the
family” of a person are those family members who may be expected to
influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with the
entity. They may include

a)
the person’s spouse or domestic partner and children,

Definition “close members of the family”
under Ind AS 24 is similar.

 

In
addition to relations prescribed under IFRS, it includes brother, sister,
father and mother in sub-paragraph (a).

Differences from other IFRS standards

 

b) children of the person’s spouse or
domestic partner, and

c) dependents of the person or the
person’s spouse or domestic partner

 

Differences in local implementation

Classification of refundable deposits received from
customers/ suppliers

Deposits received from the customer/ dealer
are refundable on demand if the connection/ dealership is surrendered.
Deposits being repayable on demand are classified as current.

The ITFG has originally clarified that
refundable deposit repayable on demand should be classified as current. However,
this clarification was subsequently withdrawn by the ITFG.  Consequently, many entities present them as
non-current liabilities.

Application of the pooling of interest method in common
control business combinations

IFRS 3 excludes from its scope common
control business combinations.

Ind AS 103 requires common control
business combination to be accounted for using the pooling of interest
method. The ITFG has provided the following guidance on the use of SFS vs.
CFS numbers:

  • Where
    a subsidiary merges with the parent, then it would be appropriate to
    recognise combination at the carrying amounts appearing in the CFS of the
    parent, since nothing has changed from group perspective.
  • If
    a subsidiary is merged with other fellow subsidiary, then the amount as
    appearing in the SFS of the merging subsidiary should be used for application
    of the pooling of interest method.

Date of accounting for common control business combination

No specific guidance. Globally, business
combinations including those under common control are generally accounted
from the date on which all substantive approvals are received.

In India, many merger & amalgamation
schemes need to be approved by the Court/ National Company Law Tribunal
(NCLT). In Indian scenario, the court/ NCLT approval is considered to be
substantive and is not merely a rubber stamping.  The ITFG has clarified that in a common
control business combination, the court/ NCLT approval received after the
reporting date and before approval of the financial statements for issue
would be treated as an adjusting event.

Determination of 
functional currency for the entity and its branch

Depending on specific facts, functional
currency for a branch can be different from that of the company.

A company is carrying on two businesses
in completely different economic environments, say, one INR and the other
USD. The ITFG has stated that the functional currency is determined at the
company level. Hence, functional currency should be same for both the
businesses.

SFS of parent: Impact of Interest free loan to subsidiary on
transition to Ind AS (Guidance provided by ITFG under Ind AS on matters which
are not relevant under IFRS)

  •  Under the erstwhile Indian GAAP, interest free loans to subsidiaries are
    accounted for at nominal amount. Under Ind AS, such loans are accounted at
    fair value. Any difference in nominal amount and fair value is added to
    investment subsidiary.
  • What
    happens to fair value impact of past loans outstanding at transition date?
    The company has used previous GAAP carrying amount as deemed cost option for
    measuring investment in subsidiary on the date of transition to Ind AS.

The
ITFG has clarified that any difference between the carrying amount and fair
value of loan will be added to the investment measured at cost.

Treatment of dividend distribution tax (DDT) – (Guidance
provided by ITFG under Ind AS on matters which are debatable under IFRS)

As per the tax provision in India,
companies paying dividend are required to pay dividend distribution tax.  The ITFG has clarified that the company is
paying DDT on behalf of shareholders. Hence, it should be treated as
distribution of profit and debited to SOCIE.

 

In
case of DDT paid by subsidiary on dividend distributed to holding company,
the holding company can claim deduction for tax paid by subsidiary against
its own tax liability pertaining to dividend distribution.  The ITFG has clarified that DDT paid by subsidiary
on dividend distributed to holding company is charged to P&L in CFS.  This is because there is a cash outflow for
the group to a third party; i.e., the tax authorities. Timing of charge is
based on Ind AS 12 principles. 
However, if a portion / total tax paid is claimed as set off against
holding company’s DDT liability (on dividends paid to its own shareholders) ,
then the offset amount is recognised in SOCIE and not P&L in CFS.  DDT paid on dividend distributed to NCI is
recognised in SOCIE.

Other minor differences

Variable consideration – Penalties

Under IFRS 15, the amount of
consideration, among other things, can vary because of penalties.

Under Ind AS 115, where the penalty is
inherent in determination of transaction price, it will form part of variable
consideration. For example, where an entity agrees to transfer control of a
good or service in a contract with a customer at the end of 30 days for
INR100,000 and if it exceeds 30 days, the entity is entitled to receive only
INR95,000, the reduction of INR5,000 will be regarded as variable
consideration. In other cases, the transaction price will be considered as
fixed.

Disclosure of reconciliation between revenue and contracted
price

IFRS 15 requires extensive qualitative
and quantitative disclosures including those on disaggregated revenue,
reconciliation of contract balances, performance obligations and significant
judgments.

Ind AS 115 contains all the disclosure
requirement in IFRS 15. In addition, Ind AS 115 requires presentation of a reconciliation
between the amount of revenue recognised in statement of profit or loss and
the contracted price showing separately adjustments made to the contracted
price, for example, on account of discounts, rebates, refunds, price
concessions, incentives, bonus, etc. specifying the nature and amount of each
such adjustment separately.

Exchange differences regarded as adjustment to interest costs

In accordance with IAS 23, borrowing
cost includes exchange difference arising from foreign currency borrowings to
the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.
However, it does not provide any specific guidance on measurement of such
amounts.

Ind AS 23 is similar to IAS 23. However,
Ind AS 23 provides following additional guidance on manner of arriving at
this adjustment:

  • The
    adjustment should be of an amount equivalent to the extent to which the
    exchange loss does not exceed the difference between the costs of borrowing
    in functional currency when compared to the costs of borrowing in a foreign
    currency.
  • If
    there is an unrealised exchange loss which is treated as an adjustment to
    interest and subsequently there is a realised or unrealised gain in respect
    of the settlement or translation of the same borrowing, the gain to the extent
    of the loss previously recognised as an adjustment should also be recognised
    as an adjustment to interest amount.

Statements of comprehensive income/ Statement of profit and
loss

With regard to preparation of statement
of profit and loss, IFRS provides an option either to follow the single
statement approach or to follow the two statement approach. An entity may
present a

  • single
    statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, with profit or
    loss and other comprehensive income presented in two sections; or
  • it
    may present the profit or loss section in a separate ‘statement of profit or
    loss’ which shall immediately precede the ‘statement of comprehensive
    income’, which shall begin with profit or loss.

Ind AS 1 allows only the single statement
approach and does not permit the two statements approach.  For deletion of two statements approach,
consequential amendments have been made in other Ind AS also.

Frequency of reporting

In accordance with IAS 1, an entity
consistently prepares financial statements for each one-year period. However,
for practical reasons, some entities prefer to report, for example, for a
52-week period. IAS 1 does not preclude this practice.

Ind AS 1 does not permit entities to use
a periodicity other than one year to present their financial statements.

Earnings Per Share –

Applicability

IAS 33 applies only to an entity whose
ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares are traded in a public market or
that files, or is in the process of filing, its financial statements with a
securities commission or other regulatory organisation for the purpose of
issuing ordinary shares in a public market.

This scope requirement has been deleted
in the Ind AS as the applicability or exemptions is governed by Companies
Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder. 
Since there is no exemption from disclosing EPS under the Companies
Act, all companies covered under Ind AS need to disclose EPS.

Presentation of EPS in separate financial statements

IAS 33 provides that when an entity
presents both consolidated financial statements (CFS) and separate financial
statements (SFS), it provides EPS related information in CFS.

Ind AS 33 requires EPS related
information to be disclosed both in CFS and SFS. In CFS, such disclosures
will be based on consolidated information. In SFS, such disclosures will be
based on information given in the SFS.

Other minor differences

Segment reporting Application

IFRS 8 applies only to an entity whose
ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares are traded in a public market or
that files, or is in the process of filing, its financial statements with a
securities commission or other regulatory organisation for the purpose of
issuing ordinary shares in a public market.

This scope requirement has been deleted
in the Ind AS as the applicability or exemptions is governed by Companies
Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder. 
Currently, the Companies Act does not exempt any company (except few
government companies in defence sector) from presentation of segment
information.

Aggregation of transactions for related party disclosure

IFRS does not provide any guidance on
the aggregation of transaction for disclosure purposes.

Ind AS 24 provides an additional
guidance whereby items of similar nature may be disclosed in aggregate by
type of related party. However, this is not done in such a way as to obscure
the importance of significant transactions. Hence, purchases or sales of
goods are not aggregated with purchases or sales of fixed assets. Nor a
material related party transaction with an individual party is clubbed in an
aggregated disclosure.

Regulatory Deferral Accounts 
– Explanation to the definition of “previous GAAP

IFRS 14 defines the term “previous GAAP”
as a basis of accounting that a first-time adopter used immediately before
adopting IFRS.

Ind AS 114 defines the term “previous
GAAP” as the basis of accounting that a first-time adopter used immediately
before adopting Ind AS for its reporting requirements in India. Further an
explanation has been added to the definition to consider the Guidance Note on
Accounting for the Rate Regulated Activities issued by the ICAI to be the
previous GAAP.

Regulatory Deferral Accounts 
– Scope

An entity is allowed to apply the
requirements of IFRS 14 in its subsequent financial statements if and only
if, in its first IFRS financial statements, it recognised regulatory deferral
account balances by electing to apply the requirements of IFRS 14.

Ind AS 114 contains similar requirement.
In addition, its states that an entity applies the requirements of previous
GAAP in respect of such regulated activities:

  • in
    the case of an entity subject to rate regulation coming into existence after
    Ind- AS coming into effect; or
  • if
    its activities become subject to rate regulation subsequent to preparation
    and presentation of its first Ind AS financial statements.

Repeat application of IFRS/Ind AS

IFRS 1 states that an entity that
stopped applying IFRS in the past and chooses, or is required, to resume
preparing IFRS financial statements has an option to either apply IFRS 1
again or to retrospectively restate its financial statements as if it had
never stopped applying IFRS.

Ind AS 101 does not contain this
provision. Rather, MCA roadmap states that once a company opts to follow Ind
AS, it will be required to follow the Ind AS for all the subsequent financial
statements.

Presentation of comparative information

IFRS 1 requires comparative information
for minimum one year. If an entity elects, it can give comparative
information for more than one year.

The ITFG has clarified that due to the
Companies Act notification, a first-time adopter can give Ind AS comparative
information only for one year.

Exemption relating to borrowing cost

IFRS 1 permits a first time adopter to
apply the requirements of IAS 23 from the date of transition or from an
earlier date as permitted by the transitional requirements of IAS 23.

There is no such exemption under Ind AS
101, since Indian GAAP requires the borrowing cost relating to qualifying
assets to be capitalised if the criteria laid down in AS 16 (Indian GAAP) are
fulfilled.

Small and medium-sized entities

The IASB had issued a separate IFRS for SMEs in July
2009. IFRS for SMEs is based on the fundamental principles of full IFRS, but
in many cases, it has been simplified to make the accounting requirements
less complex and to reduce the cost and effort required to produce the
financial statements. To achieve this, the IASB removed a number of the
accounting options available under full IFRS and attempted to simplify
accounting, including recognition and measurement principles, for SMEs in
certain areas.

Whilst the standard provides a broad
level definition of an SME to help in understanding the entities to which
IFRS for SMEs is applicable, the preface to the standard indicates that the
decision as to which entities are required or permitted to apply the standard
will lie with the regulatory and legislative authorities in each
jurisdiction.

In India, there is no separate standard
for SMEs that will correspond to IFRS for SMEs.  As per the MCA roadmap, Ind AS applies in
phases to:

  • Listed
    companies;
  • Non-listed
    companies having net worth of INR 250 crores or more;
  • Holding,
    subsidiary, joint venture and associate companies of the above companies

 

All other companies will continue to
apply Indian GAAP or they may adopt Ind AS voluntarily. ICAI is separately
upgrading Indian GAAP to bring it closer to Ind AS. In certain cases, the
ICAI may use IFRS for SMEs principles while revising Indian GAAP.
 

AMENDMENTS IN FORM 3CD ANNEXED TO TAX AUDIT REPORT

Section 44AB relating to Tax Audit was inserted in the Income
tax Act by the Finance Act, 1984. Tax Audit requirement has become effective
from A.Y. 1985-86.  The above provision
for compulsory Tax Audit in cases of assessees carrying on business or profession
and having annual Turnover or Gross Receipts exceeding certain specified limits
was introduced with a view to provide authentic information to the Assessing
Officer with the return of income. Separate Tax Audit report Form 3CA for
Corporate assessees and Form 3CB for non-corporate assessees have been
notified. In these Audit Reports it is specifically stated that “Statement of
Particulars required to be furnished under Section 44AB is annexed herewith in
Form No:3CD”. In other words, the intention from the beginning has been that
Form 3CD will give certain specified particulars (i.e. information) relating to
the accounts audited by the Tax Auditor. In other words, the Assessing Officer
is provided with authentic information to enable him to frame the assessment
without further verification.

 

The initial draft of Tax Audit Report with statement of
particulars, as prepared by the Taxation Committee of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants was notified by CBDT with certain modifications. The Tax
Audit Report as notified in A.Y. 1985-86, continued with minor modifications
upto A.Y. 1998-99. In the subsequent years, Form 3CD has been revised from time
to time and additional responsibilities are placed on Tax Auditors. Originally,
Tax Auditors were only required to give information about certain items
appearing in the Financial Statements. Later on reporting requirement in Form
3CD required the Tax Auditor to express his opinion on certain items of
income/expenditure and state whether the same is taxable as income or allowable
as expenditure.

 

At present, Form 3CD contains 41 items (with several
sub-items) in respect to which information or opinion is to be given. By
notification dated 20th July, 2018, Form 3CD is amended with effect
from 20th August, 2018.  The
amendments made in this Form places additional responsibility on Tax Auditors.
Nine new items viz. 29A, 29B, 30A, 30B, 30C, 36A, 42, 43 and 44 are added.
Besides these items, some additional information is called for in the existing
items. It may be noted that this amended Form 3CD is to be used in respect of
Tax Audit Report given on or after 20/08/2018. If the Tax Audit Report is given
before 20/08/2018, the old Form 3CD is to be used. Since the amendments made in
Form 3CD will put additional responsibilities on Tax Auditors and some
important issues of interpretation will arise, an attempt is made in this
article to analyse the amendments made in Form 3CD.

 

1. New Clause 29A

This is a new item under which, if any amount is to be
included as income chargeable u/s. 56(2)(ix) in the case of the assessee, the
nature of the income and the amount of income will have to be given. Section
56(2)(ix) provides that any amount received by the assessee as advance or
otherwise in the course of negotiations for transfer of a capital asset is
taxable as income from other sources, if the said amount is forfeited and the
capital asset is not transferred.

 

2.  New clause 29B

Under this new item, if any amount is includible in the
income of the assessee u/s. 56(2)(x), the details about the nature and amount
of income will have to be given. It may be noted that section 56(2)(x) provides
that, if the assessee receives any gift or any movable or immovable property
for a consideration which is less than the Fair Market Value from a
non-relative, the difference in the value, if it is more than Rs. 50,000/- will
be taxable as income from other sources.

 

3.  New clause 30A

Under this item the Tax
Auditor has to state whether primary adjustment to transfer price, as referred
to in section 92CE(1), has been made during the previous year. If so, details
of such primary adjustment and amount of such adjustment should be stated. It
may be noted that this provision is applicable only if the primary adjustment
is more than Rs. 1 crore. If the excess money available with the associated
enterprise is required to be repatriated to India u/s. 92CE(2), whether such
remittance has been made within the prescribed time limit is also to be stated.
If not, the amount of imputed interest income on such amount which has not been
remitted to India within the prescribed time limit will have to be stated. This
item relates to International Transactions for which separate Tax Audit Report
u/s. 92E is required to be submitted in Form 3CEB. It is not understood as to
why this information is included in Form 3CD instead of Form 3CEB.

 

4.   New clause 30B

Under this item information about expenditure incurred by way
of interest, exceeding Rs. 1 crore,
as referred to u/s. 94B is to be given. This section applies to an Indian
Company or a permanent establishment (PE) of a foreign company in India. If
such Company or PE borrows money in India and pays interest, exceeding Rs.1 crore, and such interest is deductible
in computing income from business or profession in respect of foreign debt to
an associated enterprise, the deduction is limited to 30% of EBITDA or interest
paid, whichever is less. The information to be given under this item is as
under:-

 

(i)   Amount
of Interest Expenditure referred to in section 94B

 

(ii)   30%
of EBITDA for the year

 

(iii)  Amount
of Interest which exceeds 30% of EBITDA

 

(iv)  Information
of unabsorbed interest expenditure brought forward and carried forward u/s.
94B(4). It may be noted that u/s. 94B(4) interest expenditure which is not
allowed as deduction in one year u/s 94B is allowed to be carried forward for 8
years and will be allowed, within the limit u/s. 94B(2), in the subsequent
year.

 

5.  New clause 30C

(i)  Under
this item the Tax Auditor has to state whether the assessee has entered into an
impermissible avoidance arrangement, as referred to in section 96 during the
previous year. If so, nature of such arrangement and the amount of tax benefit
arising, in the aggregate, to all the parties to such arrangement should be
stated.

 

(ii)  This
is one item where the Tax Auditor has to give his opinion whether any
particular arrangement made by the assessee is for tax avoidance and is an
impressible arrangement. For this purpose one has to refer to sections 95 to
102 dealing with the General Anti-Avoidance (GAAR) provisions and section 144BA
of the Income tax Act. Reading these sections it will be noticed that the Tax
Auditor cannot give his opinion on the question whether GAAR provisions are
applicable in the case of the assessee and what is the tax benefit received by
all parties to this arrangement.

 

(iii) It may be noted that under Rule 10U it is provided that GAAR
provisions are not applicable to an arrangement where the benefit to all the
parties to the arrangement does not exceed, in the aggregate, Rs. 3 crore. Under Item 30C it is not
clarified whether the information is to be given only if the total tax benefit
exceeds Rs. 3 crore or in all cases.

 

(iv) If
we refer to procedure for declaring an arrangement as impermissible avoidance
arrangement, as provided in section 144BA, it will be noticed that even the
Assessing Officer cannot decide whether a particular arrangement is covered by
GAAR provisions. This procedure is as under:

 

(a) The
Assessing Officer (AO) can, at any stage of assessment or reassessment, make a
reference to the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner (CIT) for invoking
GAAR.

 

(b) On
receipt of this reference, the CIT has to give hearing to the assessee within
60 days and to decide whether GAAR provisions should be invoked.

 

(c) If
the CIT is satisfied with the submissions of the assessee he will have to
direct the AO not to invoke GAAR provision.

 

(d) If
the CIT is not satisfied with the submissions of the assessee, he has to refer
the matter to the “Approving Panel”.

 

(e) After
this reference by the CIT, it is for the Approving Panel to declare any
arrangement to be impermissible or not within six months.

(f)  It
is only after the above procedure is followed and the Approving Panel has
declared an arrangement as impermissible avoidance arrangement that the AO can
proceed to determine the tax consequences of such arrangement.

 

(v) In
view of the above provisions of sections 95 to 102 and 144BA, it can be
concluded that a Tax Auditor is not competent to say that a particular arrangement
is an impermissible avoidance arrangement. Even the AO or CIT has no authority
to decide whether the arrangement is an impermissible avoidance arrangement. It
is only the Approving Panel which can declare an arrangement as impermissible
avoidance arrangement.

 

(vi)
In view of the above, various Professional and Trade Bodies had made
representations to CBDT for deletion of Item 30C from Form 3CD. In response to
this, by a Notification dated 17/8/2018, the CBDT has deferred this Item upto
31/3/2019. Therefore, in the Tax Audit Report for A.Y. 2018-19 Item 30C in Form
3CD is not applicable. However, it is necessary to make a strong representation
to CBDT to delete this item altogether in subsequent years also.  If this item is not deleted in subsequent
years, it will be advisable for the Tax Auditor to put the following Note under
Item 30C.

 

“I am unable to express any opinion as to whether the
assessee has entered into an impermissible avoidance arrangement, as referred
to in Section 96, during the previous year. Whether an arrangement is an
impermissible avoidance arrangement or not can only be declared by the
Approving Panel as provided in Section 144BA(6) of the Income tax Act and I am
not authorised to express opinion in this matter.”

 

6.  Existing clause
31

Under this item particulars about loan or deposit taken or
given in cash as referred to in section 269SS and 269T are to be stated. Now,
following additional particulars are required to be given about certain
transactions as referred to in section 269ST. This is a new section which has
come into force from 01.04.2017. The section provides that no person shall
receive Rs. 2 lakh or more, in the
aggregate, from another person, in a day, or in respect of a single transaction
or in respect of transactions relating to one event or occasion in cash. In
other words, all such transactions have to be made by account payee cheques,
bank draft or by any electronic media. The following particulars of such
transactions are now to be stated under Item 31.

 

(i)  Particulars
of each receipt in cash of an amount exceeding Rs. 2 lakh, in the aggregate, as specified in section 269ST, from
a person in a day or in respect of a single transaction or in respect of
transactions relating to one event or occasion from a person (herein referred
to as receipt / payment in a day) are to be given. Here, particulars relating
to name, address, PAN of the payer, nature of transaction, amount received and
date of receipt is to be given.

 

(ii)  Particulars
of each such receipts of an amount exceeding Rs.
2 lakh in a day by a cheque or bank draft which is not an account payee
cheque or a bank draft.  In some cases it
may be difficult to find out whether the 
cheque/ bank draft is marked as account payee. In such cases the tax
auditor should follow the Guidance Note on Audit u/s. 44AB issued by ICAI
wherein certain directions are given while reporting about cash loans received
and repaid u/s. 269SS/ 269T under Item No.31.

 

(iii) Particulars of each payment in cash of an amount exceeding Rs. 2 lakh, in the aggregate, as specified
in section 269ST, to a person, in a day, are to be given.  Here, particulars of the name, address, PAN
of the payee; value of transaction amount paid and date of payment are to be
stated.

 

(iv) In
the above case, if the payment is made by cheque / bank draft which is not
marked “Account Payee”, the particulars of the same will have to be given. 

 

As stated above, if the tax auditor
is not able to ascertain this fact, he should follow the Guidance Note on Tax
Audit u/s 44AB issued by ICAI, relating to Item No.31 dealing with reporting on
section 269 SS / 219T.

 

7.  Existing clause
34

At present particulars about tax deducted or collected at
source (TDS/TCS) are to be given. Under Item 34(b) if the assessee has not
furnished the statement of TDS or TCS within the prescribed time to the Tax
Authorities, certain particulars are to be given. This Item 34(b) is now
replaced by another Item 34(b) which requires the tax Auditor to state (i) TAN,
(ii) Type of Form, (iii) Due date for furnishing the statement of TDS/TCS to
Tax Authorities, (iv) Date of furnishing the statements of TDS/TCS and (v)
Whether this statement contains information about all details/transactions
which are required to be reported. If not, a list of details/transactions not
reported to be given.  It may be noted
that at present such list of unreported items is not required to be given.
Preparation of such list is the additional responsibility put on the Tax Auditor.

 

8.  New clause 36A

Under this new item the Tax Auditor has to state, whether the
assessee has received any advance or loan from a closely held company in which
he holds beneficial interest in the form of equity shares carrying not less
than 10% of voting power. If so, the amount of advance or loan and the date of
receipt is to be given. In other words, the Tax Auditor will now have to give
his opinion whether there is any advance or loan received which is to be
treated as “Deemed Dividend” u/s. 2(22)(e). This is going to be difficult as
there are so many conflicting judicial pronouncements on the interpretation of
section 2(22)(e). Even the tax department had difficulty in deciding the person
who should be taxed on the deemed dividend u/s. 2(22)(e). For this reason
section 115-O has been amended by the Finance Act, 2018. Section 115-O now
provides that the closely held company giving such advance or loan to a related
party as specified in section 2(22)(e), on or after 1/4/2018, will have to pay
tax at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess.  Therefore, the requirement contained in Item
36A will apply for Tax Audit for A.Y. 2018-19 only.

 

9.  New clause 42

Under this item, if the assessee is required to file Forms
61, 61A or 61B with appropriate authorities, the particulars relating to the
same will have to be furnished. These particulars are (i) Income tax Department
Reporting Entity Identification Number, (ii) Type of Form, (iii) Due date for
furnishing the statement, (iv) Date of furnishing the same and (v) Whether the
Form contains the information about all details/transactions which are required
to be reported.  If this is not done, a
list of the details/transactions which are not reported.

 

The above requirement will place additional burden on the Tax
Auditor who will have to study the requirements of the following Sections,
Rules and Forms.

 

(a)  Section
139A(5), Rules 114C and 114D and Forms 60 and 61. These deal with declarations
received by the assessee in Form 60 from persons who have applied for PAN u/s.
139A.

(b) Section
285BA, Rule 114E and Form 61A.  This
refers to obligation of a person to furnish statement of financial transactions
or reportable account u/s. 285BA.

 

(c)  Section
285BA, Rule 114G and Form 61B. This also relates to the requirements of section
285BA relating to Annual Information Reporting.

 

10. New clause 43

This new item relates to report to be furnished in respect of
International Group u/s. 286. If the assessee or its parent or alternate
reporting entity is liable to furnish the Report u/s. 286(2), the following
information is to be furnished.

 

(i)    Whether
such Report u/s. 286(2) is furnished

 

(ii)   Name
of parent entity or alternate entity

 

(iii)  Date of furnishing the Report

 

11.  New clause 44

The Tax Auditor has now to furnish break-up of total
expenditure of entities registered or not registered under GST. It is not clear
as to whether the details are to be given only of expenditure such as telephone
expenses, professional fees and similar expenses or of purchases of raw
materials, stores, finished goods etc. The following details of expenditure are
to be given.

 

(i)   Total
amount of expenditure incurred during the year. Since break-up of the
expenditure is to be given the total expenditure under each head of expenditure
such as telephone, professional fees etc., will have to be given.

 

(ii)   Expenditure
in respect of entities registered under GST to be specified under different
categories viz. (a) Goods or Services exempt from GST (b) Entities falling
under composition scheme, (c) Entities which are registered under GST and (d)
Total payment to registered entities.

 

(iii)  Expenditure
relating to entities not registered under GST.

 

Reading this item it is not clear as
to why this information is called for. This information has no relevance with
the determination of total income or determination of tax liability under the
Income tax Act. Various Professional and Trade Bodies had made representations
to CBDT for deletion of this Item. In response to this, by a Notification dated
17/8/2018, the CBDT has deferred this Item upto 31/3/2019. Therefore, in the
Tax Audit report for A.Y. 2018-19 this Item is not now applicable. However,
efforts should be made to get this Item deleted even for subsequent years.

 

12. Some Additional Information to be Given

There are some other items in Form 3CD where specific
information is to be given. Some additional information is to be given under
these items in the amended Form 3CD. These items are as under:

 

(i)   In
Item No:4 GST Registration Number is to be given.

 

(ii)   In
Item 19 details of amounts admissible under various sections are to be given at
present. Now information of amount admissible u/s. 32AD dealing with Investment
in new plant or machinery in notified backward areas in certain States is to be
given. Similarly, this information is now to be given in Item 24 also.

 

(iii)  In
Item No:26 dealing with information relating to various items listed in section
43B, information about any sum payable by the assessee to the Indian Railways
for the use of Railway Assets which has not been paid during the accounting
year will have to be given.

 

TO SUM UP

From the above amendments in Form 3CD it will be noticed that
the Tax Auditor who gives his Tax Audit Report on or after 20/08/2018 will have
to devote considerable extra time to report on the new items added in Form
3CD.  As discussed above, he will have to
give his opinion about interpretation of section 2(22)(e) relating to deemed
dividend which is going to be difficult. Further, the Item 30C requiring the
Tax Auditor to express his opinion whether the assessee has entered into an
impermissible tax avoidance arrangement and what is the tax benefit to the
parties to such arrangement is beyond the authority of a Tax Auditor. Item 44
requiring particulars about GST transactions has no relationship with
computation of income or tax and therefore, this item should also be deleted
from Form 3CD. Although CBDT has notified that Items 30C and 44 are not
applicable for Tax Audit Report for A.Y. 2018-19, it is necessary to make a
strong representation for deletion of these two items from Form 3CD for
subsequent years also. There are some new areas in which the additional
particulars will have to be given by the Tax Auditor. Collection of these
particulars will be time consuming and the time between the publication of
amendments in Form 3CD and the date by which tax audit report is to be given
may not be found to be sufficient. It is essential that such important
amendments in Form 3CD should be made by CBDT well in advance after due consultation with the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India and all other stakeholders. 




 

PENALTY- CONCEALMENT-INTERPRETATION

Introduction

Under any fiscal law, there are
provisions for levy of penalty. Penalties are normally related to tax quantum
found payable at the end of the proceeding. Normally, these provisions are made
to tackle deliberate attempts of the assessee to avoid tax payment. One of the
events to attract penalty is concealment by the concerned assessee. However,
such penalty is not expected to be levied when the dues arise under bona
fide
belief and action. For example, there may be case where assessee shows
the transactions in his accounts and returns but claims the same as exempt on
its bona fide interpretation of provisions of law. Subsequently, such
interpretation may not be acceptable to the revenue department and dues may
arise. In such cases, levy of penalty cannot be justified. However, the issue
remains that, how to decide about bona fide mistake on part of the
assessee. There may be cases where the department will impose penalty inspite
of plea of bona fide mistake on part of assessee.

 

Recent
judgment

Recently, Hon’ble Rajasthan High
Court had an occasion to deal with such a situation in case of Commercial
Taxes Officer, Anti Evasion, Rajasthan, Circle-III, Jaipur. vs. I.C.I.C.I Bank
Ltd. (2018) 54 GSTR 389 (Raj)
.
      

 

The facts, as
narrated by Hon’ble High court, are as under:-

 

“The brief facts noticed are that
the claim of the assessee is that the assessee is engaged in providing finance
to the prospective buyers of vehicle and if buyers after certain time fail to
pay the regular installment (EMI) as per agreement arrived at by and between
the assesse and the buyer (assessee) gets the right to repossess the vehicle
and get it transferred in its own name and thereafter either directly or
through agent, can dispose/auction the vehicle whether such transaction is
eligible to tax under Rajasthan Value Added Tax Act (RVAT) or not. It is
undisputed fact that all the three authorities, namely assessing officer,
Deputy Commissioner (A) as well as the Tax Board have upheld that the
transaction is eligible to tax under the RVAT Act, following the judgment of
the apex court in the case of Federal Bank Ltd vs. State of Kerala(2007) 6
VST 736 (SC)
. However, in so far as penalty u/s. 61 of the Act is concerned,
while the assessing officer imposed penalty which was upheld by the Deputy
Commissioner (A) but the Tax Board in the impugned order has held that there is
no case of imposition of penalty u/s. 61 of the Act and accordingly, deleted
the penalty in all the assessment years.”  

 

The argument of the revenue
department was that when the law was already laid by Supreme Court in case of Federal
Bank Ltd vs. State of Kerala(2007) 6 VST 736 (SC)
, there is no
justification for non-levy of penalty. In other words it was submitted that
after above judgment there is no debatable position and what was done by the
assessee bank is deliberate and therefore, the penalty required to be restored.

 

Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court
observed that the Tax Board has come to correct finding. Since all the
transactions were duly disclosed and it is the matter of interpretation,
whether VAT is leviable or not, the issue cannot be covered under penalty
clause. In this respect, Hon’ble High Court has relied upon the Supreme Court
judgment in case of Sree Krishna Electricals vs. State of Tamil Nadu
(2009) 23 VST 249 (SC)
.

 

In above judgment regarding similar
clause of penalty under Tamil Nadu Sales Tax law, Hon’ble Supreme Court has
observed as under:

“So far as the question of penalty
is concerned the items which were not included in the turnover were found
incorporated in the appellant’s accounts books. Where certain items which are
not included in the turnover are disclosed in the dealer’s own account books
and the assessing authorities includes these items in the dealers’ turnover,
disallowing the exemption. penalty cannot be imposed. The penalty levied stands
set aside.”  

                                                     

Accordingly, following above ratio
of Supreme Court judgment, Hon’ble Rajasthan High court has justified removal
of penalty by Tax Board.

 

In relation to penalty matters, the
basic principle laid down by Hon’ble Supreme Court in the land mark judgment in
case of Hindustan Steel Limited, (25 STC 211), is also required
to be kept in mind. The relevant observations are as under:

 

“Under the Act penalty may be
imposed for failure to register as a dealer: section 9(1) r/w section 25(1)(a)
of the Act. But the liability to pay penalty does not arise merely upon proof
of default in registering as a dealer. An order imposing penalty for failure to
carry out a statutory obligation is the result of a quasi-criminal proceeding,
and penalty will not ordinarily be imposed unless the party obliged either acted
deliberately in defiance of law or was guilty of conduct contumacious or
dishonest, or acted in conscious disregard of its obligation. Penalty will not
also be imposed merely because it is lawful to do so. Whether penalty should be
imposed for failure to perform a statutory obligation is a matter of discretion
of the authority to be exercised judicially and on a consideration of all the
relevant circumstances. Even if a minimum penalty is prescribed, the authority
competent to impose the penalty will be justified in refusing to impose
penalty, when there is a technical or venial breach of the provisions of the
Act or where the breach flows from a bona fide belief that the offender
is not liable to the act in the manner prescribed by the statute. Those in
charge of the affairs of the company in failing to register the company as a
dealer acted in the honest and genuine belief that the company was not a
dealer. Granting that they erred, no case for imposing penalty was made out.”

 

Conclusion

The
penalty is discretionary and can be justified only where there is deliberate
and conscious disregard of the law. When the disregard is due to technical
reasons, no penalty can be justified. From the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court’s
judgment, as above, it is also clear that in spite of judgment of courts on the
issue covered, the assessee can still take different view and litigate the
matter. If the transactions are otherwise recorded in the books levy of penalty
cannot be justified. It is expected that the above principles will be followed
by the revenue department in true spirit. 

GST ON CO-OPERATIVE HOUSING SOCIETIES

Introduction

A co-operative housing
society is a mutual association wherein the membership is restricted to the
buyers of the flats situated in the said building. The society is managed by a
Managing Committee elected by the Members at the General Body Meeting of the
Society from amongst its members only. The primary role of the Managing
Committee is to manage, maintain and administer the property of the society.
This would include making payments to the municipal / local authorities for the
property tax, water charges, etc., arranging for various facility for the
members, such as security, lift (operation and maintenance), maintaining the
common area and facilities of the society (gymnasium, swimming pool, play or
garden area, etc.). For undertaking the above activities, the society needs
funds, which are collected from its members periodically in the form of
maintenance charges. We shall discuss in this article the levy of GST on such
maintenance charges.

 

At the outset, it is
important to note that the levy of taxes on the co-operative housing societies,
both under the income tax as well as the service tax regime has seen its fair
share of litigation and therefore, taking precedents from the said laws, we
shall discuss the alternate interpretations for different issues.

 

GST – Levy provisions

In order to determine
whether GST is leviable or not, reference to the charging section (section 9 of
the CGST Act, 2017) becomes necessary which provides that the tax shall be
levied on all supplies (intrastate or interstate) of goods or services
on the value to be determined u/s. 15 of the CGST Act, 2017 and the said
tax shall be paid by the taxable person.

 

From the above, it is
evident that the primary requirement for the levy of tax to succeed under GST
is that there should be a supply. While the term “supply” has not been defined
under the GST law, its scope has been explained u/s. 7. Clause (a) of section 7
(1) thereof is relevant which provides that the expression

 

“supply” includes —

 

(a) all forms of supply
of goods or services or both such as sale, transfer, barter, exchange, licence,
rental, lease or disposal made or agreed to be made for a consideration by a
person in the course or furtherance of business;

 

Therefore, to treat a
transaction as supply the following three parameters are important:

 

    Supply of goods or supply of services

    Supply in the course or furtherance of business

    Supply for a consideration

 

Can a Co-operative housing
society be said to be engaged in supplying services?

While the activities
undertaken by a co-operative housing society for its members cannot be treated
as supply of goods, the question that needs consideration is whether the same
can be considered as supply of service or not? The term service has been defined
u/s. 2 of the Act to primarily mean anything other than goods and therefore, a
simple answer to this would be that the activities undertaken by a co-operative
housing society is a supply of service to its members.

 

However, an alternate view
is also possible. It would be important to note that the activities undertaken
by the society for its members come within the ambit of principle of mutuality
which says that a person cannot earn out of himself and a person cannot supply
to one self. Infact, applying the said principle, in the context of Income Tax,
receipts by a co-operative housing society from its members have been held as
not being income. Some of the important decisions in this regard are:

 

    Chelmsford Club vs. Commissioner of
Income Tax — 2000 (243) ITR 89 (SC)

    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. National
Sports Club of India — 1998 (230) ITR 373 (Del)

    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Bankipur
Club Ltd — 1997 (22G) HR 97 (SC)

    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Delhi
Gymkhana Club Ltd. — 1905 (155) ITR 373 (Del)

    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Merchant
Navy Club — 1974 (96) ITR 2GI (AP)

    Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Smt.
Godavaridevi Saraf — 1978 (2) E.L.T. (J624) (Bom.)

 

In fact, relying on the
above set of decisions, in the context of service tax, it has been held on
multiple occasions that services provided by a co-operative housing society /
club to its members come within the purview of principle of mutuality and
hence, not liable to service tax. Notable decision in this regard is in the case
of Ranchi Club Ltd. vs. Chief Commissioner [2012 (26) S.T.R. 401 (Jhar.)] wherein
it was held as under:

 

18. However, learned counsel for the petitioner
submits that sale and service are different. It is true that sale and service
are two different and distinct transaction. The sale entails transfer of
property whereas in service, there is no transfer of property. However, the
basic feature common in both transaction requires existence of the two parties;
in the matter of sale, the seller and buyer, and in the matter of service,
service provider and service receiver. Since the issue whether there are two
persons or two legal entity in the activities of the members’ club has been
already considered and decided by the Hon’ble Supreme Court as well as by the Full
Bench of this Court in the cases referred above, therefore, this issue is no
more res integra and issue is to be answered in favour of the writ petitioner
and
it can be held that in view of the mutuality and in view of the
activities of the club, if club provides any service to its members may be in
any form including as mandap keeper, then it is not a service by one to another
in the light of the decisions referred above as foundational facts of existence
of two legal entities in such transaction is missing.
However, so
far as services by the club to other than members, learned counsel for the
petitioner submitted that they are paying the tax
.

 

Similar view has been held
in other cases as well.

    Sports Club of Gujarat Ltd. vs. Union of
India [2013 (31) S.T.R. 645 (Guj.)]

    Karnavati Club Limited vs. Union of India
[2010 (20) STR 169 (Guj.)]

    Breach Candy Swimming Bath Trust vs. CCE,
Mumbai [2007 (5) STR 146 (Mumbai Tribunal)]

    Matunga Gymkhana vs. CST, Mumbai [2015
(38) STR 407 (Mumbai Tribunal)]

    Cricket Club of India Limited vs. CST,
Mumbai [2015 (40) STR 973 (Mumbai Tribunal)]

 

To summarise, in view of
the above judicial precedents, an important proposition that emerges is that
vis-à-vis the supplies to the members, the principle of mutuality continues to
apply even under the GST regime and therefore, any collection from members
continue to be outside the ambit of levy of tax. Therefore, GST shall apply
only in case of services provided to non-members.

 

However, all the above
decisions are contested by the Department and the matter is pending before the
Supreme Court.

 

Further aspect to be
examined is whether the said decisions rendered in the context of service tax
would have relevance under the GST Regime. It is felt that the concept of
mutuality not only continues under GST Regime but becomes even more fortified
due to the following reasons:

 

1.  Under the service tax regime, Explanation 3 to
section 65B(44) provided a deeming fiction treating an unincorporated
association and the members thereof as distinct persons. While it was possible
to argue that a co-operative society is an incorporated association and hence
the said deeming fiction is not applicable, the said Explanation did somewhere
indicate the intention of the Legislature. In contradistinction, the GST Law
nowhere has such a deeming fiction. It may also be important to note that such
deeming fiction is created in case of establishments in distinct States or
countries.

 

2.  Entry 7 of Schedule II treats supply of goods
by any unincorporated association or body of persons to a member thereof as a
supply of goods but does not specifically cover services under the ambit
thereof.

 

Can a co-operative housing
society be said to be providing services in the course or furtherance of
business?

The second aspect that
needs consideration is whether a co-operative housing society is carrying out
its activities in the course or furtherance of business or not? This becomes
essential since in the absence of the same, the service may not get
classifiable u/s. 7 to be covered within the scope of supply itself and hence,
may not attract GST at all (irrespective of position taken in the first case).

 

In order to determine
whether a co-operative housing society carries out its activities in the course
or furtherance of business or not, it becomes essential to refer to the
definition of business as provided for u/s. 2 (17) of the CGST Act, 2017, which
is reproduced below for ready reference:

 

(17) “business” includes —

 

(a) any
trade, commerce, manufacture, profession, vocation, adventure, wager or any
other similar activity, whether or not it is for a pecuniary benefit;

 

(b) any
activity or transaction in connection with or incidental or ancillary to
sub-clause (a);

 

(c) any
activity or transaction in the nature of sub-clause (a), whether or not there
is volume, frequency, continuity or regularity of such transaction;

 

(d) supply
or acquisition of goods including capital goods and services in connection with
commencement or closure of business;

 

(e) provision
by a club, association, society, or any such body (for a subscription or any
other consideration) of the facilities or benefits to its members;

 

(f) admission,
for a consideration, of persons to any premises;

 

(g) services
supplied by a person as the holder of an office which has been accepted by him
in the course or furtherance of his trade, profession or vocation;

(h) services
provided by a race club by way of totalisator or a licence to book maker in
such club; and

 

(i) any
activity or transaction undertaken by the Central Government, a State
Government or any local authority in which they are engaged as public
authorities;

 

At this juncture, it is
relevant to note that the above definition is similar to the definition
applicable under the CST Act, 1956 (prior to amendment doing away with the
for-profit clause). In the context of the said definition, the Supreme Court
had in the case of State of Andhra Pradesh vs. Abdul Bakhi & Bros
[(1964) 15 STC 644 (SC)]
held that the expression “business” though
extensively used as a word of indefinite import, in taxing statutes it is used
in the sense of an occupation, or profession which occupies the time, attention
and labor of a person, normally with the object of making profit. To regard an
activity as business there must be a course of dealings, either actually
continued or contemplated to be continued with a profit motive, and not for
sport or pleasure. Keeping the said principles in mind (except for the clause
relating to pecuniary benefit), let us analyse as to whether the activities of
a co-operative housing society can be classified as trade, commerce,
manufacture, profession, vocation, adventure, wager or any other similar
activity or not?

 

To do so, let us first
understand the activities of a co-operative housing society. As discussed
earlier, the main object of incorporating a co-operative housing society is to
manage, maintain and administer the property of the society and thus protecting
the rights of the members of the society thereof. There is no apparent
intention to carry out any of the activities specified in clause (a) which a
co-operative housing society carries out. That being the case, the question of
activities of the co-operative housing society being classifiable as business
under clauses (a) to (c) of the above definition does not arise at all.

 

The only other clause,
which appears remotely relevant to the current topic of discussion is clause
(e) which is reproduced below

 

(e) provision by a
club, association, society, or any such body (for a subscription or any other
consideration) of the facilities or benefits to its members.

 

Let us first understand
the concept of how the co-operative housing society model functions. A builder
develops land by constructing the building and other amenities, sells it to
potential buyers who after the completion of construction and handover of
possession, form a society to manage, maintain and administer the property. The
society incurs expense of two kind, one being directly incurred for the member
(such as property tax, water bill, etc.) and second being common expenses for
all the members (such as lighting of common area, lift operation and
maintenance, security, etc.) which are recovered from the members. However,
what is of utmost importance is that a member does not come to society for
enjoying the said facilities, but to stay there, which continues to be his
right by way of ownership which cannot be denied to him. Even if there is a
case where a member stops contributing to the expenses, other members of the
society cannot deny the access to the member to his unit, though the facilities
extended may be discontinued.

 

However, it is not so in
the case of a club or association. A person becomes a member only to enjoy the
facilities that the said club or association has to offer. If that be the case,
it can be argued the term “society” used in clause (e) of section 2 (17) is to be
read in context of the surrounding words like club or association and hence,
has to be restricted only to such societies where the purpose of obtaining
membership is to receive benefits/ facilities.

 

If a conservative view is
taken that the activities undertaken by a co-operative housing society is
classifiable as supply of services in the course or furtherance of business, is
the supply for a consideration?

Section 9 of the CGST Act,
2017 provides that tax shall be levied on the value of supply, as determined
u/s 15 of the CGST Act, 2017. Section 15 (1) provides that where the supplier
and recipient are related and price is the sole consideration for the supply,
the value of supply shall be the transaction value, i.e., the price actually
paid or payable for the said supply of goods or services or both.

 

Therefore, following
points need analysis, namely:

    Whether the society and member can be
treated as related person or not?

    Is the price sole consideration for the
supply?

To
answer the first question, i.e., whether the society and member are related
person or not, it becomes necessary to refer to understand the scope of
“related person”. Explanation 1 to section 15 provides that

(a) persons
shall be deemed to be “related persons” if —

(i)     such persons are officers or directors of
one another’s businesses;

(ii) such
persons are legally recognised partners in business;

(iii) such
persons are employer and employee;

(iv) any
person directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds twenty-five per cent. or
more of the outstanding voting stock or shares of both of them;

(v)    one of them directly or indirectly controls
the other;

(vi)   both of them are directly or indirectly
controlled by a third person;

(vii)  together they directly or indirectly control a
third person; or;

(viii) they are members of the same family;

 

From the above, it is more
that evident that society and members cannot be classified as related persons
since it is not classifiable under either of the above entries.

 

Regarding the second point
also, it is more than evident that price is the sole consideration of the
supply. This is because the society does not recover anything over and above
the amounts charged for undertaking the maintenance activity.

 

That being the case, the
value of supply will have to be determined as per section 15 (1) of the CGST
Act, 2017, i.e., GST shall be attracted on the transaction value.

 

Charges not to be included
in the taxable value

A co-operative housing
society recovers various charges from its members, such as property tax, water
tax, water charges, NA Tax, electricity charges, contribution to sinking fund
and repairs and maintenance fund, car parking charges, non-occupancy charges,
interest on late payment, etc.

 

A detailed clarification
on the taxability of the above charges has been issued and the same is
tabulated below for ready reference, along with remarks wherever applicable:

 

Nature of Receipt

Clarification

Property
Tax

Not
Taxable

Water
Tax*

Not
Taxable

Electricity
charges**

Not
Taxable if collected under Statute

NA
Tax

Not
Taxable

Maintenance
& Society charges

Taxable

Parking
Charges

Taxable

Non-Occupancy
Charges

Taxable

Sinking
/ Repair Fund***

Taxable

Share
Transfer Fee****

Taxable

 

 

*The clarification
talks about only water tax. However, most of the local authority do not charge
tax but charge a fee based on usage by the member. However, this aspect may
also not have any impact on the taxability since the water charges are levied
basis the consumption per flat and hence, even if the society recovers the said
expense from members, the same will have to be excluded from the value of
taxable service in view of Rule 33 of the CGST Rules, 2017.

 

** In most of the
cases, electricity charges are not recovered by the municipal / local authority
but by the private players like Reliance Energy, Tata Power, BEST, etc. To the
extent the electricity charges pertain to the members’ flat, the same is
recovered directly by the service provider from the member. The society may
recover only the electricity charges relating to common area, on which the
claim of non-taxability may not be possible.

 

*** While the
Government clarification states that tax is applicable on such recoveries, it
can be claimed that the contribution to the said funds is not liable to GST for
the following reasons:

 

1.  Both the funds are statutory requirement under
the bye-laws of the society

 

2.  These funds are meant for specific use which
might happen in distinct future

 

3.  This are in the nature of deposits given by
members to safeguard future expenditure. Deposits by themselves are not liable
for GST.

 

Basis these three
propositions, a view can be taken that collection of sinking fund / repair
funds are not taxable, irrespective of the clarification issued.

 

****Share transfer fees
is the fees collected from an incoming member for transfer of ownership from
old member to new member. The issue that arises is that the definition of
business u/s. 2 (17) provides that provision of facilities / benefits by a
society to its’ members shall be treated as business. However, at the time when
the share transfer fees are collected from the incoming member, he is not
actually a member of the society. Only upon completion of the share transfer process
does a person become member of the society. Therefore, share transfer fees
recovered from such incoming members cannot be considered as business under
clause (e) of section 2 (17). In view of the earlier discussion, since the
activities of a co-operative housing society are not covered under any of the
other clauses of section 2 (17), collection of share transfer fees may not be
classifiable as being in the course or furtherance of business and hence, a
view can be taken that the share transfer fees are not liable to tax,
irrespective of the clarification issued.

 

Exemption for Co-operative Housing Societies

Notification 12 / 2017 –
Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 provides an exemption for services by an
unincorporated body or a non-profit entity registered under any law for the
time being in force, to its own members by way of reimbursement of charges or
share of contribution up to an amount of Rs. 7500[1]  per month per member for sourcing of goods or
services from a third person for the common use of its members in a housing
society or a residential complex.

 

Important observations
from the above exemption entries are:

 

– The monetary limit will
not include the amounts recovered which are not taxable in view of the society.

 

– The exemption will have
to be decided qua the member.

 

For instance, if a society
has houses of different sizes and the maintenance charges are decided based on
the house size, there can be an instance where maintenance for certain houses
is below the specified limit and for certain houses is above the specified
limits. In such cases, the exemption will be available for smaller houses with
maintenance lower than the specified limit and no exemption will be available
for houses having maintenance higher than the specified limit.

 

Registration Related Provisions

Section 22 (1) requires
that every supplier, having aggregate turnover exceeding Rs. 20 lakh in
previous financial year shall be required to obtain registration. The term
“aggregate turnover” has been defined u/s. 2 (6) to mean aggregate value of all
taxable supplies, exempt supplies, exports of goods or services to be computed
on all India basis but shall exclude GST thereof.

 

It may be noted that the
amounts recovered on account of property tax, water tax, etc., will have to be
excluded while computing the aggregate turnover. This is because they are not
treated as being a consideration received for making a supply (exempt or
taxable).

 

However, maintenance
charges recoveries which are exempted under Notification 12/2017 would have to
be considered while calculating the turnover of Rs. 20 lakh. Further, the
threshold limit will not apply in case a society is already registered. In that
sense, the threshold limit is a mere misnomer in the context of co-operative
housing society.

 

Conclusion

While the legal principle
of mutuality appears to be reasonably strong in view of consistent decisions of
the High Court, the matter has still not reached finality since the same is
pending in Supreme Court. In the meantime, the Government notifications and
clarifications suggest that GST is applicable to co-operative societies. In
this background, a decision from the Supreme Court is eagerly awaited to settle
the controversy to its fullest.


[1] Earlier the limit was Rs. 5000 per
month upto 25.01.2018

PROVISIONS OF TDS UNDER SECTION 195 – AN UPDATE – PART III

In Part I of the Article we dealt with overview of the
statutory provisions relating to TDS u/s. 195 and other related sections,
various aspects and issues relating to section 195(1), section 94A and section
195A.

 

In Part II of the Article, we dealt with provisions section
195(2), 195 (3), 195(4), section 197, refund u/s. 195, consequences of non-deduction
or short deduction, section 195A, section 206AA and Rule 37BC.

 

In this part of the Article we are dealing with various other
aspects and applicable relevant sections and issues.

 

1.     Furnishing of
Information relating to payments to non-residents

1.1    Section 195(6)

 

Section 195(6) substituted by the
Finance Act, 2015 wef 1-6-2015 reads as follows:

 

“(6)
The person responsible for paying to a non-resident, not being a company, or to
a foreign company, any sum, whether or not chargeable under the
provisions of this Act, shall furnish the information relating to payment of
such sum, in such form and manner, as may be prescribed.”

 

In respect of section 195(6) it is
important to keep in mind that the substituted s/s. mandates furnishing
information for all payments to (a) a non-resident, not being a company, or (b)
to a foreign company, irrespective of chargeability of such sum under the
provisions of the Act.

 

Section
271-I inserted w.e.f 1-6-2015 provides that if a person, who is required to
furnish information u/s. 195(6), fails to furnish such information, or
furnishes inaccurate information, the AO may direct that such person
shall pay, by way of penalty, a sum of Rs. 1 lakh.

 

It is to be noted that though
section 195(6) was substituted w.e.f 1-6-2015, there was no simultaneous
amendment in rules. Rule 37BB was substituted by Notification No 93/2015 dated
16th December 2015 effective from 1.4.2016.

 

1.2    Rule 37BB –
Furnishing of information for payment to a non-resident, not being a company, or
to a foreign company

 

a)  It is worth noting that while section
195(6) provides that information is to be submitted in respect of any sum,
whether or not chargeable
under the provisions of Act, Rule 37BB(1)
provides that the person responsible for paying to a non-resident, not being a
company, or to a foreign company, any sum chargeable under the
provisions of the Act, shall furnish the prescribed information. Thus, on a
plain reading it is apparent that the Rule 37BB restricts the scope of
submission of the information as compared with the provisions of section
195(6).

b) Thus,
a question arises as to whether the rules can restrict the scope of the
section. Based on the various judicial precedents it is well settled that the
rules cannot restrict the scope of what is provided in the section.
Accordingly, the information should be furnished for all payments, irrespective
of chargeability under the provisions of Act except in cases given in Rule
37BB(3).

c) Rule
37BB in substance provides for submission of prescribed information in Form
15CA as follows:

 

i. If payments are chargeable to tax and not exceeding Rs. 5,00,000
in a financial year, information in Part A of Form 15CA.

ii. Payments chargeable to tax other than above:

 

Part B of Form 15CA
after obtaining 197 certificate from AO or Order u/s. 195(2) or 195(3) from AO

or Part C of Form 15CA
after obtaining Certificate in Form 15CB from an accountant.

iii.   Payments not chargeable to tax, information in Part D of Form
15CA.

 

d) Further,
Rule 37BB(3) provides that no information is required to be furnished for
any sum which is not chargeable
under the provisions of the Act, if,-

(i) the
remittance is made by an individual and
it does not require prior approval
of Reserve Bank of India as per the provisions of section 5 of the Foreign
Exchange Management Act, 1999 read with Schedule III to the Foreign Exchange
(Current Account Transaction) Rules, 2000; or

(ii) the
remittance is of the nature specified in the specified list of 33 nature of
payments given in the rule.

 

e) Form
15CA to be furnished electronically by the assessee on e-filing portal, to be
signed by person competent to sign tax return.

Furnishing of information for
payment to non-resident is summarised as follows:

 

 

2. Certificate by a CA for remittance

The CA Certificate has to be
obtained in Form 15CB and has to be furnished electronically by the CA as
against earlier practice of issuing physically and signing of the 15CB with
digital signature of the CA is mandatory.

 

As mentioned above, there is no
requirement to furnish CA certificate in Form 15CB if (a) the payments are not
chargeable to tax and (b) the same are either included in the list of 33
payments specified in Rule 37BB(3) which does not require any information to be
furnished or (c) they are by individuals and are current account
transactions  mentioned in Schedule III
of the FEM Current Account Transaction Rules not requiring RBI approval (LRS
transactions).

 

However, in practice, it is observed
that in some ultra conservative and cautious payers insist upon a CA
certificate in Form 15CB in respect of all remittances.

 

Revised Remittance Procedures –
Flow Chart

 


 

 

3. Form 15CB –
Analysis re Documents that should be Reviewed and Maintained

Before issuing a Certificate in Form
15CB, it is strongly advisable that an accountant obtains and minutely reads
and analyses, inter alia, the following documents and information before
issuing a Certificate:

 

a. Agreement
between parties evidencing important terms of the Agreement, nature of payment,
consideration, withholding tax borne by whom, etc.;

b. Taxability
of the concerned remittance under the provisions of the Act as well as
applicable Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement [DTAA] particularly keeping in
mind the various issues relating to the taxability of the nature of payment in
India, controversies, latest judicial pronouncements, reconciliation of
conflicting judicial pronouncements in the context of the remittance, latest
thinking and developments in the area of international taxation etc.

 

In this connection, inter alia,
provisions of section 206AA, Rule 37BC, latest circulars / notifications, Most
Favoured Nation [MFN] clauses and various protocols of the DTAAs entered in to
by India should also be kept in mind.

 

It would be advisable to keep a
proper note in the file recording proper reasons for taxability /
non-taxability of the remittance as it is very difficult to recall at a later
date as to why a remittance was considered as taxable or non-taxable and
applicable rate of tax.

 

c. Obtain
Tax Residency Certificate [TRC] in order to claim Treaty benefits as required
by section 90(4);

d. Opinion
/ advice, if any, obtained from consultants while taking position on
withholding tax implications in respect of the given transaction;

e. Exchange
rate Certificate / letter from the bank in respect of SBI TT buying and selling
rate, as applicable;

f. Invoice(s),
Debit Notes, Credit Notes etc;

g. Ledger
account(s) of the Party and other relevant accounts;

h. Correspondence
on which reliance is placed including emails;

i. Declarations
regarding (a) No Permanent Establishment [PE] in India (including print out of
website details of payee, if relevant and required to ascertain PE in India
etc.); (b) Associated Enterprise relationship between the payer and payee
including under the DTAA; (c) beneficial owner of
royalty/FTS/interest/dividends; (d) Fulfilment of the conditions of Limitation
of Benefits [LoB] Clause, if present, in the DTAA.

 

j. In
cases of certificates for reimbursement of expenses to the non-residents,
obtaining supporting vouchers, invoices and other documents and information, is
a must.

 

k. It
is imperative that proper record/copies of the documents / information received
and reviewed should be kept so that the same would be very handy and helpful in
responding / substantiating to the letters / communications / notices / show
cause notices, which may be received from the revenue authorities at a later
date alleging non-deduction of tax or short deduction of tax.

 

4.     Issues relating to
the Certificate by a CA for Remittance

4.1    Whether CA
Certificate is an alternate to section 195(2)?

 

In the context of this important
issue, in the case of Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd vs. ADIT [2007] 106 ITD
521 (Mum ITAT),
the ITAT held as follows:

 

  •     CA Certificate is not in substitution
    of the scheme u/s. 195(2) but merely to supplement the same.

 

  •     CA Certificate has no role to play for
    determination of TDS liability.

 

  •     It is merely to support assessee’s
    contention while making remittance to a non-resident.

 

  •     Payer at his own risk can approach a CA and
    make remittance to a non-resident on the basis of CA’s Certificate.

 

4.2  Appeal to a
CIT(A) u/s. 248

In
the Mahindra & Mahindra’s case (supra), on the facts, it was held
that no appeal to a CIT(A) u/s. 248 is maintainable, against the CA
Certificate. In this case, in which the assessee filed an appeal directly
against the Chartered Accountant Certificate and had not taken the matter for
the consideration by the Assessing Officer (TDS) at all, the CIT(Appeals)
clearly erred in entertaining the appeal.

 

However, in this connection, in the
case of Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd. vs ITO (IT) ITA No. 345/Mum/2008 ITAT
Mumbai
vide its Order dated 30th June 2010 (unreported)
where the assessee had deducted the TDS and paid and later on filed the appeal
before CIT(A) denying its liability to TDS, which was rejected by the CIT(A) on
the ground that no order u/s. 195 was passed by the AO, held that the assessee acted
u/s. 195(1) which does not contemplate any order being passed and therefore the
appeal to CIT(A) u/s. 248 was maintainable.

 

In the case of Jet Air (P.)
Ltd. vs. CIT (A) [2011] 12 taxmann.com 385 (Mumbai)
the matter was
remanded back to CIT(A) as the question whether section 248, as amended with
effect from 1-6-2007, was applicable or not, had not been adjudicated by
Commissioner (Appeals) and facts had not been verified.

 

4.3 Penalty in case
of non-deduction and short deduction based on CA Certificate

In the case of CIT vs. Filtrex
Technologies (P.) Ltd. [2015] 59 taxmann.com 371 (Kar)
,
the Karnataka
High Court held that in this case the Chartered Accountant has given a
certificate to the effect that the assessee is not required to deduct tax at
source while making the payment to Filtrex Holding Pte. Ltd., Singapore. Thus,
the assessee acted on the basis of the certificate issued by the expert and
hence the CIT (Appeals) and the ITAT have rightly concluded that this is not a
fit case to conclude that the assessee has deliberately concealed the income or
furnished inaccurate particulars of the income. The assessee has filed Form 3CD
along with the return of income in which the Chartered Accountant has not
reported any violation by the assessee under Chapter XVII B which would attract
disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia) of the Act.

 

4.4   Non deduction
based on CA certificate – section 237B and section 276C

A question arises as to
non-deduction or short deduction based on a CA Certificate would constitute
reasonable cause u/s. 273B for non-levy of penalty u/s. 271C.

 

In
the case of ADIT vs. Leighton Welspun Contractors (P.) Ltd 65 taxmann.com
68 (Mum)
, the ITAT held as that “The decision with regard to the
obligation of the assessee for deduction of TDS on the aforesaid payments was
highly debatable, in the given facts of the case and legal scenario and the
view adopted by the assessee based upon the certificate of the CA, was one of
the possible views and can be said to be based upon bona fide belief of the
assessee. Therefore, under these circumstances, it can be held there was
reasonable cause as envisaged under section 273B for not deducting tax at
source by the assessee on the aforesaid payments, and therefore, the assessee
was not liable for levy of penalty under section 271C.”



Similarly, in the case of Aishwarya
Rai Bachchan vs. ADCIT 158 ITD 987 (Mum)
the ITAT held as follows:

 

“On a perusal of the relevant
facts on record, it is observed, the payment of U.S. $ 77,500 was made to a
non–resident for development of website and other allied works. Therefore,
question is whether such payment attracts deduction of tax under section 195.
As is evident, assessee’s C.A., had issued a certificate opining that tax is
not required to be deducted at source on the remittances to Ms. Simone
Sheffield, as the payment is made to a non–resident having no P.E. in India
that too, for services rendered outside India. It is a well accepted fact
that every citizen of the country is neither fully aware of nor is expected to
know the technicalities of the Income Tax Act. Therefore, for discharging their
statutory duties and obligations, they take assistance and advise of
professionals who are well acquainted with the statutory provisions. In the
present case also, assessee has engaged a chartered accountant to guide her in
complying to statutory requirements. Therefore, when the C.A. issued a
certificate opining that there is no requirement for deduction of tax at
source, assessee under a bona fide belief that withholding of tax is not
required did not deduct tax at source on the remittances made. …

 

While imposing penalty, the
authority concerned is duty bound to examine assessee’s explanation to find out
whether there was reasonable cause for failure to deduct tax at source. As
is evident, the assessee being advised by a professional well acquainted with
provisions of the Act had not deducted tax at source. Therefore, no mala fide
intention can be imputed to the assessee for failure to deduct tax. More so,
when the issue whether tax was required to be deducted at source, on payments
to a non–resident for services rendered is a complex and debatable issue requiring
interpretation of statutory provisions vis-a-vis relevant DTAA between the
countries. Therefore, in our considered opinion, failure on the part of the
assessee to deduct tax at source was due to a reasonable cause.
The
decisions relied upon by the learned Authorised Representative also support
this view. Accordingly, we delete the penalty imposed under section 271C.”

 

4.5  When should one
approach the AO for Certificate u/s.195(2) or (3) / 197

Many a time, when the facts of a
case where certificate is required in Form 15CB, are very complex and there is
divergence of judicial decisions, lack of clarity about the taxability /
non-taxability under the provisions of the Act as well as DTAAs and the stakes
are very high, it would be advisable for the assessees to approach the tax
office for a certificate for no deduction and or lower deduction u/s. 195(2) /
(3) or section 197. After obtaining the certificate from the AO, the
certificate of CA in Form 15CB should be obtained.

 

In view of severe consequences of
disallowance u/s. 40(a)(ia), levy of interest and penalties under various
provisions of the Act for the assessee and to avoid multiplicity of proceedings
under the Act, it is imperative that a very cautious and judicious approach is
taken while issuing certificate in Form 15CB.

 

4.6 Validity period
of TRC / undertaking / declaration from the payee – for a quarter, a year or
for each single payment?

A question often arises while
issuing certificate in Form 15CB, is about the validity period of each TRC.
Revenue officials of various countries have different formats for issue of
TRCs. Some of them state the Tax Residency position as on particular date and
some of them state the same for a particular period. Obtaining TRC in the
respective countries is also time consuming and costly affair.

 

In such circumstances, should a CA
insist upon a fresh TRC each time a certificate u/s. 15CB is to be issued where
the TRC is silent about the validity period of TRC. Alternatively, for what
period the TRC should be reasonably be considered to be valid.

 

Similarly, whether a new no PE
declaration / undertaking, LoB certificate, beneficial ownership declaration
etc. should be insisted upon at the time of each remittance or can the same be
considered valid for a certain reasonable period, is not clear. Should the
reasonable period be a month or a quarter or half year or year, is not clear.

There is need for clarity from the
CBDT in this regard.

 

4.7  Responsibility of
CA

a. Whether
a Certificate under 15CB be issued in absence of a valid TRC, particularly in
cases where TDS has been deducted under the provisions of the DTAA.

 

As per the provisions of section
90(4), TRC is a pre-requisite for obtaining benefit under any treaty. However,
attention is invited to the decision of the ITAT Ahmedabad in the case of Skaps
Industries India (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448 (Ahmedabad –
Trib.)
,
which has been dealt with in Part 2 of our article. 

 

b. Similarly,
whether it is necessary for a CA to insist upon the payment of TDS and verify
the TDS Challan before issuing the Form 15CB.

 

Form 15CB does not cast a duty on a
CA to verify or mention the details of TDS Challan. It only requires a CA to
mention the amount of TDS. However, out of abundant caution, it would be
advisable for the CA to obtain the receipted challan from the remitter.

 

4.8  Manner of
certification where issue debatable

Presently, there is not enough space
or provision in the 15CA / 15CB utility to elaborately explain the debateable
issues and the stand taken by the assessee / CA for TDS. Therefore, it would be
imperative for the assessee / CA to keep proper details / reasons for any stand
taken so that the same could be substantiated at a later date in case the
revenue authorities commence any proceedings for non/short deduction of TDS.

 

4.9 Section 271 J –
Penalty for furnishing incorrect information in reports or certificate – Rs.
10,000 for each report or certificate

Section 271-J provides that “Without
prejudice to the provisions of this Act, where the Assessing Officer or the
Commissioner (Appeals), in the course of any proceedings under this Act, finds
that an accountant or a merchant banker or a registered valuer has furnished
incorrect information in any report or certificate furnished
under any
provision of this Act or the rules made thereunder, the Assessing Officer or
the Commissioner (Appeals) may direct that such accountant or merchant
banker or registered valuer, as the case may be, shall pay, by way of penalty, a
sum of ten thousand rupees for each such report or certificate.”

 

It is important to note that both
the AO as well as the CIT(A) has power to levy penalty u/s. 271 J.

 

5.  Section 195(7)

“(7) Notwithstanding anything
contained in sub-section (1) and sub-section (2), the Board may, by
notification in the Official Gazette, specify a class of persons or cases,
where the person responsible for paying to a non-resident, not being a company,
or to a foreign company, any sum, whether or not chargeable under the
provisions of this Act, shall make an application to the Assessing Officer
to determine, by general or special order
, the appropriate proportion of
sum chargeable, and upon such determination, tax shall be deducted under
sub-section (1) on that proportion of the sum which is so chargeable.”

 

Section 195(7) contains enabling
powers where under the CBDT may specify class of persons or cases where person
responsible for making payment to NR/Foreign company of any sum chargeable to
tax shall make application to AO to determine appropriate portion of sum
chargeable to tax. Thus, in prescribed cases Compulsory Application to AO would
have to be made and the AO may determine by general or special order the TDS to
be deducted on appropriate portion of sum chargeable.

 

Presently, no
notification has been issued u/s. 195(7).

CA
Certification and Remittance – Process to be followed

 


 

 

6.  Certain Cross Border Payments – TDS Issues

A large number of issues arises in
the context of payment of Fees for Technical Services [FTS], Royalties and
reimbursement of expenses the non-residents. There has been huge amount of
litigation in these areas.

 

It is not possible to cover various
legal issues arising in respect of the taxability of these payments in this
article.

 

It is strongly advisable that both
the assessees and the CAs issuing the Certificate in 15CB are aware of the
issues / developments in all the areas, to avoid severe consequences of
non-deduction or short deduction of TDS.

 

It is therefore advisable for a
remitter to obtain such a certificate from a CA who is well versed with the
subject and in case of any doubts about the taxability of a particular
remittance, to seek appropriate professional guidance.

 

7.  Key Takeaways in a
nutshell

a. Payments
to non-residents should be thoroughly examined from a withholding tax
perspective – under the beneficial provisions of the Act or DTAA.

 

b. Payments
can be remitted under alternative mechanism (CA certificate route) if assessee
is fairly certain about TDS obligation.

 

c. In case of a doubt or a substantial amount, it
is advisable to obtain tax withholding order section 195(2) / 197.

 

d. Mitigate
against severe consequences of non-compliance with exacting requirements of
section 195.

 

e. Ignorance
of relevant sections, rules and judicial developments may lead to avoidable
huge cost and consequences of long drawn litigation.

 

f.  Alternative
remedy of application before AO is conservative, but time consuming.

 

g. Enhanced
onerous provisions for issue of CA certificate.

 

h. Cumbersome
compliance provisions for the non-resident taxpayers.

 

i. Very
important to stay updated or take help of competent professionals for a
comprehensive evaluation of taxability of a particular remittance.

 

j. One
should have patience and trust in Indian tax judiciary and proper, balance and
judicious interpretation would enable success in these matters.

 

In view of reputational risks and
other professional consequences, more so in recent times, it would be advisable
for a professional who is not well versed with the intricacies of the entire
gamut of international taxation, to refrain from issuing the remittance
certificate without appropriate professional guidance.

 

8.  Conclusion

In these three parts of the Article
relating to ‘Provisions of TDS under section 195 – An Update’ we have covered
the developments in regard. TDS u/s. 195 is a very complex and an evergreen
subject with a large number of controversies and issues. There is no substitute
for remaining updated on the subject on a day to day basis, for proper
compliance and avoiding harsh consequences of non-compliance.  

MARKETING INTANGIBLES – EVOLVING LANDSCAPE

“Marketing
intangibles”, in the form of advertisement, marketing and sales promotion (AMP)
expenses is one of the key areas of dispute between the Indian tax authorities
and taxpayers. Increasingly, complicated business structures and policies being
adopted by Multinational Entities (‘MNEs’) in order to efficiently manage their
global businesses has contributed in fair measure to this trend.

 

In emerging markets
such as India, the issue assumes particular relevance as many MNEs have set up
their sales and distribution entities to reap benefits of huge consumer base. A
number of difficulties arise while dealing with marketing intangibles i.e.
conflicting rulings from courts, evolving and disruptive business models and
retrospective amendment made in the Indian transfer pricing regulations to
incorporate exhaustive definition of intangibles.

 

The main dispute
has been in the area of excessive expenditure incurred on advertising,
marketing and sales promotion activities and whether such expenses are of
routine or non-routine nature.
If the expenses are non-routine nature, the
Indian entity should be adequately compensated with arm’s length remuneration
so that there is no creation of marketing intangibles.

 

Over the past few
years, there have been two landmark Delhi High Court rulings on the AMP issue
namely Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications India Private Limited[1] and
Maruti Suzuki India Limited[2]. In the
case of Sony Ericsson, the Delhi High Court held that since taxpayer
distributors had argued that the rewards around their excessive AMP expenses
were subsumed within the profit margins of distribution, the taxpayers could
not at the same time contend that AMP expenses were not “international
transactions”. Having held the same the High Court further added if a taxpayer
distributor performs additional functions on account of AMP, as compared to
comparable companies then such additional rewards may be granted through
pricing of products or distribution margin; and if so received, the Revenue
Officer cannot demand a separate remuneration.

 

In the case of Maruti
Suzuki, the Delhi High Court, while dealing with a taxpayer, being optically of
the character of an entrepreneurial licensed manufacturer, dismissed the
attempt on the part of the Revenue Officer to impute TP adjustment for the
excess AMP spend of Maruti Suzuki India, as a percentage of its turnover, over
the average of those of its comparable companies selected under an overall
transactional net margin method (TNMM) approach.

 

The main reasoning of
the High Court, while it concurred with the arguments of the taxpayer in
deciding the case in its favour, was that the AMP spend on a stand-alone basis,
could not be treated to as an “international transaction” under the provisions
of the Indian TP regulations, in the context of licensed manufacturers of the
type of Maruti Suzuki India, and thus the TP adjustment with respect to any
part thereof, in the manner proposed by the Revenue Officer, namely
reimbursement of the “so called” excess amount of the AMP spend, by the foreign
licensor of brand, was clearly not sustainable.

 

The AMP issue is far
from being resolved and Special Leave Petitions (SLPs) have been lodged with
the Supreme Court of India on the issue of AMP – both, by the tax payers as
well as by the Revenue. The Supreme Court, apart from dealing with primary
question of AMP being an international transaction or not, would also be
required to delve into issues such as whether higher profits at entity level
can be said to subsume the return for marketing intangible creating functions,
whether setoff of a higher price/profit in one transaction with lower
price/profit in another is permissible, whether application of the bright line
test is justified etc.

 

More recently, the
Mumbai ITAT in the recent decision in case of Nivea India Pvt Ltd[3]
has dealt with some of the key issues dealing with marketing intangibles
controversy.

 

Whether AMP expenditure qualifies as International Transaction

This has been a
primary bone of contention between tax payers and tax authorities.Tax payers
strongly contend that unless there is express provision in the law, the tax
authorities are not justified in inferring creation of marketing intangible for
the brand owner merely by virtue of excessive AMP expenditure incurred by the
tax payer.

 

Tax authorities’ stand
has been that mere fact the service or benefit has been provided by one party
to the other would by itself constitute a transaction irrespective of whether
the consideration for the same has been paid or remains payable or there is a
mutual agreement to not charge any compensation for the service or benefit
(i.e. gaining popularity or visibility of brand in the local market).

 

The Tribunal in line
with several past rulings negated tax authorities’ stand stating that
“Even if the word ‘transaction’ is given its widest connotation, and need
not involve any transfer of money or a written agreement or even if one resorts
to section 92F (v) of the Act, which defines ‘transaction’ to include
‘arrangement’, ‘understanding’ or ‘action in concert’, ‘whether formal or in
writing’, it is still incumbent on the tax authorities to show the existence of
an ‘understanding’ or an ‘arrangement’ or ‘action in concert’ between tax payer
and its Parent entity as regards AMP spend for brand promotion.” In other
words, unless it is demonstrated that the tax payer was obliged or mandated to
incur certain level of AMP expenditure for the purposes of promoting the brand,
the AMP expenditure incurred by the tax payer would not qualify as
international transaction.

 

Application of bright line test

Generally, the tax
authorities segregate the AMP expenditure incurred by the tax payer into
routine nature and non-routine nature by applying bright line test,
wherein they compare the AMP expenditure incurred by the tax payer vis-a-vis
comparables and deduce excessive / non routine of portion of AMP expenditure.

The Tribunal held that
bright line test cannot and should not be applied for making transfer pricing
adjustments, as same is not one of the recognised methods.

 

Incidental benefit

As the foreign brand
owner stands to benefit from AMP expenditure incurred in India, the tax
authorities insist on compensation for the Indian entity.

 

The Tribunal held that
with no specific guidelines on the AMP issue, merely because there is an
incidental benefit to the brand owner, it cannot be said that the AMP expenses
incurred by the tax payer was for promoting the brand.  Any incidental benefit accrued to the brand
owner would not alter the character of the expenditure incurred wholly and
exclusively for the purpose of tax payer’s business. For e.g., the Indian
taxpayer incurs AMP expenses in the local market to create awareness about the
brand due to which his business is benefitted by virtue of increased sales and
at the same time overseas brand owner gets incidental benefit i.e. brand
becomes popular in the new geography, due to which intrinsic value of brand
gets enhanced.

 

Product promotion vs Brand Promotion

The Tribunal stated
there is a subtle but definite difference between the product promotion and
brand promotion. In the first case product is the focus of the advertisement
campaign and the brand takes secondary or backseat, whereas in second case,
brand is highlighted and not the product.

 

The distinction is
required to be drawn between expenditure incurred to perform distribution
function and a ‘transaction’ and that every expenditure forming part of the
function, cannot be construed as a ‘transaction’.The tax authorities’ attempt
to re-characterise the AMP expenditure as a transaction by itself when it has
neither been identified as such by the tax payer or legislatively recognised,
runs counter to legal position which requires tax authorities “to examine
the ‘international transaction’ as they actually exist.”

 

Letter of Understanding (LOU)

In certain instances,
it was observed that the Indian taxpayers entered into license agreement with
brand owner wherein certain conditions were stipulated by the brand owner to
maintain and enhance the brand in the local market.

Tax authorities
alleged that such conditions clearly showed the existence of agreement or
arrangement between AE and the taxpayer. The Tribunal held that financial responsibilities
on the tax payer did not prove understanding of sharing of AMP expenses.
Further, to compete with established brands in the local market the tax payer
may have to incur huge AMP expenses in local market. Thus, such arrangements
could not be viewed as being accretive to the brands owned by a foreign parent.

 

Conclusion

The ruling in case of
Nivea reiterates and lays down important guiding principles in connection with
marketing intangibles. It is only obvious that the facts of each case will differ
and the outcome therefor will differ. Even though all above rulings, provided
some guidance on the vexed issue of marketing intangible but they were not able
to fully address all concerns of both – the taxpayers and tax authorities and
they are now knocking at the doors of the Supreme Court to resolve the issue.

 

It is also pertinent
to note that in the recently released version of the United Nations Practical
Manual on Transfer Pricing for Developing Countries, the references to ‘bright
line test’ is removed from the India country practice chapter. This deletion
supports the principles emerging from various High Court & ITAT decisions
on marketing intangibles.

 

It seems that the AMP
matter itself being dependent on various business models adopted by the
taxpayers, the Supreme Court rulings on marketing intangible may be highly
fact-specific, which both taxpayers and tax authorities will not be able to
uniformly follow in other cases. Hence, prolonged litigation seems inevitable.

 

Each taxpayer would,
therefore, need to find its own resolution to the marketing intangible
controversy. Besides pursuing normal litigation route, alternate modes for
seeking resolutions could be explored such as Advanced Pricing Agreements (for
future years) and Mutual Agreement Process (for years with existing dispute).  



[1] Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications
India Private Limited vs. CIT [TS-96-HC-2015(DEL)-TP]

[2] Maruti Suzuki Limited vs. CIT
[TS-595-HC-2015(DEL)-TP]

[3] Nivea India Private Ltd. vs. ACIT
[TS-187-ITAT-2018(Mum)-TP]

Gift From ‘HUF’ and Section 56(2)

Issue for
Consideration

Under the provisions of section 56(2)(x) of
the Income-tax Act, 1961, receipt of any sum of money or any property  without consideration or for inadequate
consideration (in excess of the specified limit of Rs. 50,000) by the assessee
is chargeable to income-tax under the head “Income from other
sources”. The term ‘property’ is defined for this purpose as immovable
property, shares, securities, jewellery, bullion and artistic works like
drawings, paintings etc. The Finance Act, 2017 while inserting this new provision
has widened the scope of the old 
provision by making the new 
provision applicable to all types of assessees, as against the erstwhile
provision of section 56(2)(vii), which was applicable only to an individual or
an HUF.

 

The taxability as provided in section
56(2)(x) is subjected  to several
exceptions. One of the important exceptions from taxability is when any such
sum of money or property is received by the assessee from his relative. The
Explanation to clause (x) of section 56(2) provides that the expression
‘relative’ shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it in the Explanation
to clause (vii). The said Explanation to clause (vii) defines ‘relative’
separately for individual and HUF in an exhaustive manner. In case of an
individual, ‘relative’ means –

 

(a).  spouse of the individual;

(b).  brother or sister of the individual;

(c).  brother or sister of the spouse of the
individual;

(d).  brother or sister of either of the parents of
the individual;

(e).  any lineal ascendant or descendant of the
individual;

(f).   any lineal ascendant or descendant of the
spouse of the individual;

(g).  spouse of the person referred to in items (B)
to (F).

 

In case of an HUF, ‘relative’ means any
member of such HUF. Till 1st October 2009, there was no definition
of relative qua an HUF. The definition of “relative” qua an HUF
was inserted by the Finance Act 2012, with retrospective effect from 1.10.2009.

 

The definition of ‘relative’ for  an individual does not include his HUF. In
other words, the definition of the term ‘relative’, qua an individual,
does not specifically exclude the receipt of a gift by an individual from an
HUF from the scope of taxation u/s. 56(2) (x). Therefore, the issue has arisen,
in the context of a receipt by an individual from his HUF,  as to whether an HUF can be regarded as the
relative of the individual, if all the members of that HUF are otherwise his
relatives as per the above definition. While the Rajkot bench of the Tribunal
has taken the view that gift received from an HUF, whose members comprised of
the  relatives of the recipient, is not
taxable, the Ahmedabad bench of the Tribunal has taken the view that HUF does
not fall in the definition of relative, so as to qualify for the exemption from
taxability. The view of the Rajkot bench has been confirmed by the decisions of
the Mumbai and Hyderabad benches.

 

Vineetkumar Raghavjibhai Bhalodia’s case:

The issue first came up before the Rajkot
bench of the Tribunal in the case of Vineetkumar Raghavjibhai Bhalodia vs.
ITO 46 SOT 97.

 

In this case, relating to assessment year
2005-06, the assessee i.e. Vineetkumar Raghavjibhai Bhalodia received a gift of
Rs. 60 lakh from Shri Raghavjibhai Bhanjibhai Patel (Bhalodia) HUF in which he
was a member. The assessing officer held that the HUF was not a  ‘relative’ of the recipient and  the gift of Rs. 60 lakh received from the HUF
was  taxable.

 

The CIT(A) confirmed the view of the
assessing officer. He observed that if the legislature wanted that money  received by a member of the HUF from the HUF
should also not be chargeable to tax, it would have specifically mentioned so
in the definition of ‘relative’. The CIT(A) also rejected the alternative
submissions of the assessee that the said gift was exempt u/s. 10(2), on the
ground that the sum was not received on total or partial partition of the HUF.
He held that the exemption u/s. 10(2) was available only in respect of that
amount which could be apportioned to the member’s share in the income of his
HUF. Since the assessee failed to establish whether the amount received was
equal to or less than the income which could be apportioned to his share, the
exemption was denied.

 

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the
assessee, it was argued that HUF was a ‘relative’, in as much as the HUF was a
collective name given to a group consisting of individuals, all of whom were
relatives as per the definition. The HUF was a conglomeration of relatives as
defined under section 56(2)(v)[1].
Section 56(2)(v) should be interpreted in such a way that  avoided absurdity. Alternatively, it was also
contended that the receipt was exempt u/s. 10(2). Section 10(2) used the
language “paid out of the income of the family” and not “paid
out of the income of the previous year of the family” as was interpreted
by the assessing officer. Finally, it was submitted that if two views were
possible, the one beneficial to the assessee had to be adopted.

 

On behalf of the revenue, it was pointed out
that ‘person’ had been defined u/s. 2(31) of the Act and HUF was a separate
person thereunder. The revenue also relied upon the definition of ‘relative’
given in section 2(41), wherein also HUF was not included. Regarding
applicability of section 10(2), it was submitted that its object was to provide
exemption only in respect of partition, and not in case of gift.

 

The Tribunal held that the expression
“Hindu Undivided Family” must be construed in the sense in which it
was understood under Hindu Law. HUF constituted all persons lineally descended
from a common ancestor and included their mothers, wives or widows and
daughters. All those persons fell in the definition of “relative” as
provided in Explanation to clause (v) of section 56(2). The gift received from
“relative”, irrespective of whether it was from an individual
relative or from a group of relatives, was exempt from tax. Though it was not
expressly defined in the Explanation that the word “relative”
represented a single person. It was not always necessary that singular remained
a singular. Sometimes a singular could 
mean more than one, as was in the present case of the gift from  an HUF.

 

Regarding exemption u/s. 10(2), the Tribunal
disagreed with the view of the CIT (A) that only the amount received on partial
partition or on partition was exempt, as well as only up to the extent of share
of assessed income of HUF for the year. According to the Tribunal, for getting
exemption u/s. 10(2), two conditions were to be satisfied. Firstly, he must be
a member of the HUF, and secondly he received the sum out of the income of such
HUF, may be of an earlier year. Since there was no material on record to hold
that the gift amount was part of any assets of the HUF, it was out of the
income of the family to a member of the HUF. According to the Tribunal,
therefore, the same was exempt u/s. 10(2).

 

A similar view has
been taken by the Hyderabad and Mumbai benches of the Tribunal in the following
cases –

(i).   Hemal D. Shah vs. DCIT [IT Appeal No.
2627 (Mum.) of 2015, dated 8-3-2017]

(ii).  Dy. CIT vs. Ateev V. Gala [IT Appeal
No. 1906 (Mum.) of 2014, dated 19-4-2017]

(iii). ITO vs. Dr. M. Shobha Raghuveera [IT
Appeal No. 47 (Hyd.) of 2013, dated 3-3-2014]

(iv). Biravelli Bhaskar vs. ITO [IT Appeal No.
398 (Hyd.) of 2015, dated 17-6-2015]

 

Gyanchand M. Bardia’s case

The issue again came up before the Ahmedabad
bench of the Tribunal in the case of Gyanchand M. Bardia vs. ITO 93
taxmann.com 144.

 

In this case, relating to assessment year
2012-13, the assessee received a gift of Rs.1,02,00,000 from an HUF, which
consisted of the assessee, being Karta, his wife and son. This gift was claimed
to be exempt by the recipient. The assessing officer rejected the claim of the
assessee on the ground that the definition of ‘relative’ of an individual
recipient did not include HUF as a donor. He made the addition of the impugned
amount u/s. 68.

 

The CIT (A) confirmed the addition made by
the assessing officer. In doing so, he 
observed that the relevant provision had been amended to exempt the gift
received by the HUF from its members. Though the Hon’ble Parliament brought
amendment to the statute declaring gift from member to HUF as tax free, it did
not consider it proper to make a gift from the HUF to a member as tax free. The
reason might  be that if such provision
was made, the Karta of an HUF might 
misuse the provisions and gift the corpus of the HUF to himself, as
other members of the HUF had no control over managing affairs of the HUF.
Further, the CIT (A) also noticed that the assessee could not produce the gift
deed in respect of the said gift received by him.

 

Before the Tribunal, on behalf of the
assessee, it was emphasised that besides him, the other two members of the HUF
i.e. assessee’s wife and son were also 
covered in definition of “relative”. Accordingly, it was
claimed that the said gift received was not taxable, by placing reliance on the
decision in the case of Vineetkumar Raghavjibhai Bhalodia (supra). Apart
from this contention, the assessee also claimed exemption u/s. 10(2), which had
not been decided by the lower authorities, though it was claimed before them on
an alternative basis.

 

The Tribunal held that the ratio of the
decision in the case of Vineetkumar Raghavjibhai Bhalodia (supra) was no
more applicable in view of the subsequent legislative developments vide Finance
Act, 2012 w.r.e.f. 01.10.2009. The legislature substituted clause (e) to
Explanation in section 56(2)(vii) defining the term  “relative” to be applicable in case
of an individual assessee as well as HUF; with retrospective effect from
01.10.2009. The legislature had incorporated clause (ii) therein to deal only
with an instance of an HUF donee receiving gifts from its members. Therefore,
by implication, the legislative intent was very clear that a receipt from an
HUF was not to be taken as one from a relative 
in the hands  of an individual
recipient. Accordingly, the assessee’s plea of receipt of valid gift from his
HUF being exempt, was declined.

 

Regarding the claim of exemption u/s. 10(2),
it was held that a sum which was not eligible for exemption under the relevant
specific clause could not be considered to be an exempt income u/s. 10(2).

 

Observations

An HUF is a separate assessable unit for the
purpose of the Income-tax Act. Under the general law, it is  the members who constitute and represent it.
It being so, the gift received from the HUF may also be viewed as a gift
received from all the members of the said HUF and if that be so, such receipt
should be treated as the one from a relative of the donee and not  liable 
to tax.

 

The Ahmedabad bench of the Tribunal in the
case of Gyanchand M. Bardia (supra) did not follow the decision of the
Rajkot bench for the  reason that  the amendment made by the Finance Act, 2012  altered 
the definition of the term ‘relative’ 
to specifically provide for relationship 
vis-à-vis an HUF recipient and the amendment did not do so for an
individual in receipt of a gift from an HUF. The bench observed that a  gift from an HUF, post amendment, will not be
exempt from tax for the reason that the 
legislative intent  was  clear from the amendment that post amendment  only a 
receipt of gift by an HUF from its members is exempt from tax.  Since this amendment is effective from
1-10-2009, receipts during the pre-amendment 
period was not taxable as per the Rajkot bench. No other reason was
provided by the bench for upholding the taxability in the hands of the
individual. One fails to appreciate  how
an amendment providing for an exemption for a particular situation changes  the understanding derived for taxation or
otherwise in an altogether  different and
converse situation. The kind of deductive interpretation applied by the bench
is  not comprehensible. In our considered
view, the  bench was bound to follow the
decision of the Rajkot bench and was required to refer the matter to a special
bench, if it disagreed with the said decision. 

 

A useful reference may be made to the
memorandum explaining the insertion of the new definition of the term
‘relative’.  A bare reading of the same
clarifies that there is nothing therein that conveys that the legislature
intended that it wanted to disturb the understanding supplied by the Rajkot
bench. The better way of appreciating the amendment is to accept that the
legislative intent was contrary to what was held by the Ahmedabad bench. The
legislature clearly intended not to provide that a gift from an HUF will not be
treated as  from  a 
relative and will be taxable,  in
view of its  awareness  of the 
five decisions in favour of the interpretation exempting the gift
received  by an individual from an
HUF.  Not having  so provided, the intention should be held to
be favouring the exemption, and not otherwise.

 

The issue can be looked at from another angle
also. A coparcener can make a gift of his undivided interest in the coparcenary
property to another coparcener[2]
or to a stranger with the prior consent of all other coparceners. Such a gift
would be quite legal and valid. Therefore, when the karta of the HUF gifts
coparcenary property after obtaining the consent of all the coparceners, it may
be regarded as the gift of undivided interests in that property by all the
coparceners individually. Accordingly, the gift of property received from the
HUF may also be viewed as the gift of undivided interests in that property by
all the coparceners of that HUF. In such a case, if all the coparceners are
relatives of the recipient assessee, then the said gift cannot be taxed under
the provisions of section 56(2)(x). Alternatively, the receipt can  be considered as the one for the body of
individuals where all the individuals are related to the recipient and the
receipt therefore is made eligible to exemption from tax. 

 

Another important aspect is the intention behind
the provisions under consideration. In Circular No. 1/2011 dated 6-4-2011, it
has been mentioned that the provisions of section 56(2)(vii) were introduced as
a counter evasion mechanism to prevent laundering of unaccounted income. The
gifts received from relatives have been kept out of the purview of this
provision obviously because the possibility of such laundering of unaccounted
income does not exist or is very less. Therefore, taxing such gifts received
from the HUF, consisting of members who all are relatives, would not be in
consonance with the object of the provision.

 

Looking at the intention of the relevant
provision and the legal understanding of the concept of HUF, the view taken by
the Rajkot, Mumbai and Hyderabad  benches
of the Tribunal seems to be the more appropriate view. 

 

There is even otherwise a flaw in the view
that views the relationship in one direction only. This view holds that A is
the relative of B but B is not a relative of A. Such an absurdity in
interpreting the law should be avoided in preference to the harmonious reading
of the provisions under which the relationship is a two way affair whereby A is
a relative of B and B is therefore a relative of A and A and B are relative of
each other. Needless to say that the view beneficial to the tax payer should be
adopted in a case where two views are possible.   

 

In the end, it may be useful to examine the
competence of the Karta or an HUF to deal with and dispose of the property of
the HUF by way of gifts. A gift may be rendered invalid where it is held to be
not permissible under the general law  as
the one made beyond the competence of the person making it. One also needs to
examine whether such gifts when made, though not permissible in law, are void ab
initio
or are voidable at the option of the parties to the gift. The issue
regarding validity of such gift given by the HUF needs to be examined. The
Supreme Court, in the case of R. Kuppayee & Anr. vs. Raja Gounder (2004)
265 ITR 551
, has dealt with this issue and held as under:

 

“Combined reading of these paragraphs shows
that the position in Hindu law is that whereas the father has the power to gift
ancestral movables within reasonable limits, he has no such power with regard
to the ancestral immovable property or coparcenary property. He can, however,
make a gift within reasonable limits of ancestral immovable property for
“pious purposes”. However, the alienation must be by an act inter
vivos
, and not by will. This Court has extended the rule in para. 226 and
held that the father was competent to make a gift of immovable property to a
daughter, if the gift is of reasonable extent having regard to the properties
held by the family.”

 

Thus, HUF’s property can be gifted by its
manager or karta only to a reasonable extent, and of immovable property only
for pious purposes. The Courts have given extended meaning to the ‘pious
purposes’ and validated the gift of ancestral property made by the father to
the daughter within reasonable limits. However, such extended meaning given to the
words ‘pious purposes’ enabling the father to make a gift of ancestral
immovable property within reasonable limits to a daughter has not been extended
to the gifts made in favour of other female members of the family. Rather it
has been held that husband could not make any such gift of ancestral property
to his wife out of affection on the principle of ‘pious purposes’.

 

However, gift of HUF’s property in excess of
reasonable limit or not for pious purposes is not void but voidable  and that too at the instance of other members
of the family and not strangers. In Pollock on Contracts, page 6 (twelfth
edition), this distinction between the terms ‘void’ and ‘voidable’ has been
explained as follows:

 

“The distinction between void and
voidable transactions is a fundamental one, though it is often obscured by
carelessness of language. An agreement or other act which is void has from the
beginning no legal effect at all, save in so far as any party to it incurs
penal consequences, as may happen where a special prohibitive law both makes
the act void and imposes a penalty. Otherwise no person’s rights, whether he be
a party or a stranger, are affected. A voidable act, on the contrary, takes its
full and proper legal effect unless and until it is disputed and set aside by
some person entitled so to do.”

 

In the case of R.C. Malpani vs.
CIT  215 ITR 241
, the Gauhati High
Court held that the income derived from the property which is alienated by the
Karta without any legal necessity is not assessable in the hands of the HUF, as
it is only voidable and not void. Similarly, any gift received from the HUF may
be required to be considered (whether income or not) under the provisions of
section 56(2)(x), even if it is impermissible and voidable, unless the Court
has declared it to be void.

 



[1] In this case, the
Tribunal was dealing with the assessment year 2005-06 and the relevant clause
applicable in that assessment year was clause (v) of Section 56(2) which had
similar provisions

[2] Thamma Venkata
Subbamma (By Legal Representative) vs. Thamma Rattamma [1987] 168 ITR 760 (SC).

The Story of Two Investors

 

Grace Groner was orphaned at age 12. She
never married. She never drove a car. She lived most of her life alone in a
one-bedroom house and worked her whole career as a secretary. She lived a
humble and quiet life. This made the $7 million she left to charity after her
death in 2010 at age 100, all the more confusing. People who knew her asked:
Where did Grace get all that money?

Grace took humble savings from a meager
salary and enjoyed eighty years of hands-off compounding in the stock market.
That was it.

Weeks
after Grace died, an unrelated investing story hit the news.

 

Richard Fuscone, former vice chairman of
Merrill Lynch declared personal bankruptcy, fighting off foreclosure on two
homes, one of which was nearly 20,000 square feet and had a $66,000 a month
mortgage. Fuscone was the opposite of Grace Groner; educated at Harvard and
University of Chicago, he became so successful in the investment industry that
he retired in his 40s to “pursue personal and charitable interests.” But heavy
borrowing and illiquid investments did him in. The same year Grace Groner left
a veritable fortune to charity, Richard filed for bankruptcy.

It
is the study of how people behave with money. And behaviour is hard to teach.

 

The Promise Of The New Economy

Computation power, networks and storage will affect investment area in a big way. The author discusses new platforms that will emerge in a decentralised model that will give birth to powerful new organisations. Siddharth, an IIM graduate, worked heading a equity derivates and algorithmic trading desk, but his life completely changed when he stayed at the Sabarmati Ashram for four years to find answers to some burning questions.

Blockchains and distributed ledger technology have had their share of hype. Bitcoin, Ethereum and cryptocurrencies have enjoyed the limelight, but what is their potential? While there are enough technical articles on how blockchains function, the true challenge lies in articulating their potential.

Simply put, these technologies allow us to maintain a distributed consensus for the ledger. As opposed to a centralised authority maintaining information, we can now do so in a distributed manner. What are the far reaching consequences of this for us? To answer this question, we need to grasp the context of the larger shift that is underway in technology. Blockchain technology, or distributed ledger technology is revolutionary in itself, but part of a much greater puzzle that is falling into place.

Think of the pieces of this puzzle as the holy trinity of technology. Computational power, networks and immutable storage.

Until the advent of the personal computer in the 1980’s, computing was restricted to large institutions due to sheer expense and access to resources. The average person barely caught a glimpse of a computer, let alone engaged with one. However, the computing revolution over the last three decades have allowed us all access to remarkable computational power with the swipe of a finger.

Networks were heavily centralised too, until the advent of the internet. In a world where a simple data connection allows us to broadcast to millions via smart phones, we have reduced our dependence on centralised broadcasting technologies like the printing press, television and radio stations.

There is no doubt that we have all benefited from revolutions like personal computing and the internet. However, we are yet to see their full power manifest. It could be argued that we are on the verge of the last piece of the holy trinity falling into place i.e. immutable storage.

By immutable storage, we mean the ability to store data of any kind without risk of it being lost, deleted or tampered with, unless mandated by a set of rules. In the past we have had to rely on large institutions to store this data for us. For example, governments for holding our land/ birth records, banks holding our financial information, or even large institutions like Facebook or other cloud hosting services holding our intimate information for social networks and apps.

However, several moments in the past few years have exacerbated the need to move to newer models of storing our information. The 2008 crisis called to light our over-dependence on Wall Street banks, while the Cambridge Analytica fiasco at Facebook showed us how misuse of our data can have disastrous impact. Back in India, the problem of fake news is posing new kinds of threats to us – from attacking mobs motivated by false information, to voters making decisions based on facts that are not entirely based on truth.

These problems have asked us all to collectively stop and ask deep question of ourselves. Wasn’t technology supposed to help address these issues? Perhaps, and that is why one could argue that the solution lies in building more resilient, humane platforms that are worthy of us in the twenty first century.

How does Distributed Ledger Technology help in this regard? Well, thanks to innovations in blockchains and distributed ledger technology, we are now seeing massive decentralisation in the ability to offer immutable storage. Instead of reliance on large institutions to store data for us, any individual, collective or organisation can now provide immutable storage to its community/users/customers for significantly cheaper costs.

The power to provide immutable storage can create fascinating new possibilities – you could have micro-entrepreneurs providing services for land records, currencies, smart contracts. In fact, much of 2017 was about establishing new business models with this technology.

But what more could we be building with this? When you look at the holy trinity of technology – computation, networks and storage falling into place, one realises that the sum of the three is way larger than the three individual parts by themselves.

Decentralisation in computation, storage and networks are allowing us to build a whole new future – that of distributed economies. If the catch-phrase of the twentieth century was ‘Opening-up of Economies’ the mantra of the twenty-first is Open sourced economies.

When we use the word ‘Economy’ we typically think of large nations like the United States of America, or Great Britain, or India.

The word economy however, has roots in Greek: oikos, nomos: i.e. rules of the house. This essentially means setting in place rules which allows a community or group of people to interact with each other and function. An economy essentially consists of three layers: governance, reputation and a material currency to keep track of transactions among people.

With the holy trinity mentioned above falling into place, we are now seeing possibilities where anyone leveraging decentralised storage, computation and networking can create and operate their own economy.

In a way, we are moving to a world where local economies or communities of people can self-organise and create, validate and amplify value that is important to them. Why would we want to do this? Because different groups of people can honour different kinds of value. So far, we have been limited to one economic design, or one economic language for all value creation. However, open-sourced economies allow each network or group of people to shape their own contracts and code that they would abide by. Think of these as networks which frame a set of laws for reputation within their community and their own currencies.

What is the motivation for moving towards such a system? It can be summarised best in the words of Gandhi. Through my time spent at the Sabarmati Ashram, I had the opportunity to engage with and interact with stalwarts of Gandhian movements over the last 60-70 years. It was here that I had the opportunity to dive into Gandhian/distributed economics. Think of this as a stream of economics that was dedicated to the beauty of distributed and local economies.

In the 1930s, 40s and 50s, this philosophy took shape in the form of movements like Gram Swaraj, where communities came together to build self-reliant economies. Such economies have been proven over the centuries to be much more resilient and inclusive. But such movements lacked sustainability due to the inherent frictions associated with them. Local economies suffered from issues of weak governance and patriarchy. More over, wealth created within a local economy could not be ported out of the community easily. Such issues caused us to move towards highly centralised, efficient models of money.

The technological revolution spoken of above, helps reverse some of the changes over the past 50 years. Distributed ledgers allow us to enforce rules in a simple, transparent manner. It allows us to build governance in democratic ways as opposed to relying on small groups of people to shape rules.

More importantly, it allows us to port wealth across networks and communities at ease, in spite of diverse designs. How? Well, to understand this better, it is important to tap into an entire stream of distributed economics (the foundational work for this stream was initially articulated by JC Kumarappa, a renowned Gandhian economist, and later developed in the west by economists such as EF Schumacher). It is a vastly different, yet fascinating new world. While the traditional economy i.e. capitalist system is designed to build material capital, distributed economies amplify networks and communities. While the former is built on principles of a zero sum game, the latter uses principles of sufficiency. While the former relies on efficiency, the latter builds resilience i.e. the ability to confine failures to restricted zones. While the former requires centralised regulators, the latter uses ‘reputation systems’ for tracking the behaviour of each individual. Reputation systems are critical for peer to peer networks, which is why the distributed economy is sometimes synonymous with the reputation economy.

To understand this better, here are four fundamental tenets of the reputation economy1

12. It is linked to identity: Within a social network, or community of people, if I have a reputation as a ‘good dentist’ or a ‘film-enthusiast’ it is a reputation that is firmly fixed with me. It cannot be transferred to another entity like we do with money.

  1. It is NOT fungible: What does this mean? The fact that I’m a good dentist cannot be ‘bought’ by someone else. Sure, my reputation as a good dentist can be monetised as a practicing doctor, but I cannot sell it in return for money. That would be absurd.

  1. Multi-dimensional and Diverse: When we qualify people, or describe them to others, we do so using multiple labels. We do not rate our friends using one uniform scale i.e. from 0 to 100. In fact, when we engage with people we are newly introduced to, it is always better to have multiple data points. I might be a food lover, a good speaker, a cyber security expert— they are all records of my reputation. We cannot ‘add’ up all these individual reputations to present one meta score for Siddharth like a 65 out of 100. In fact, you might say he is a 4 star cyber security expert, a 65/100 food lover, a ‘fantastic’ speaker and more. In fact, the more diversity you have in categories and scales, the better it is.

More importantly, each reputation is designed differently. Earning a reputation as a good dentist might take me decades of blemish free practice and deep knowledge. A reputation as a food-blogger could be attained in weeks. They each have different scales and representations – some can be numbers, others scales, other binary classifications. The bottom line, diversity is celebrated in this world as opposed to uniformity.

It is vastly different from the traditional economic system, where everyone’s net-worth can be summed up in one scale i.e 5mn USD, or 150mn USD and so forth.

  1. Reputation can be staked and ported: Does this mean we can ‘invest’ reputation and create a portfolio? Well, no, but it is like ‘lending your name’ or credibility to different intentions. If I ask you for movie recommendations, you are lending your name to the 5 films that you love. If it turns out that they are not great, your reputation in my lens drops, and vice versa. In this way, staking reputation on other initiatives can bring us a corresponding increase or decrease in reputation.

What is interesting here is that my reputation isn’t a ‘zero sum game’. If I had a 100 dollars to invest across 10 new organisations, I am limited by this number. I cannot make commitments for 500 dollars. But with reputation I could lend my name to innumerable initiatives, it is just that I have to be prepared for the consequences of my actions!

So how will all of this be enabled? Over the last couple of months, we have seen some heavy-weights move in this direction to build the nuts and bolts for this economy. Hub, initiated by the co-founder of LinkedIn, Colony.io and Holochain are just some examples of protocols that will allow us to design and play with reputation in this way.

It’s critical to understand the importance of these initiatives. They are allowing network effects to play into reputation, which was not considered immutable in the past. This immutability is important, because it allows reputation to attain money-like qualities, something it did not possess in the past. These rapid innovations are allowing entrepreneurs to start plugging into networks and provide all kinds of benefits and utilities to reputation – something that will allow us as users to feel secure in its ability to provide for our needs.

While we will have protocols in place to allow reputation to be captured and ported, some of the fundamental issues with this kind of an economy is that the diversity can sometimes be confusing. We are soon foreseeing a world with thousands or millions of distributed economies – each with its own scale and design and benefits. In the past, we moved away from the inconvenience of barter and distributed economies towards the convenience of one single design for money. These technologies however, help simplify this problem. With that in mind, Sacred Capital is helping address issues in this space in two ways:

  1. Taxonomy i.e building relationships between the varied kinds of reputation. Is my reputation established in ‘women empowerment’ related to social-justice? Or is it related to my love for food?

  1. Inter-portability i.e. how does my ‘women empowerment’ score translate to sustainability. Is a 4 star rating equivalent to 75 in sustainability?

This is where Sacred Capital comes in. Through conversations on our platform, and by establishing precedents of who stakes what for which initiative we are going to be able to derive intelligence for both taxonomy and inter-portability of reputation. It is like crowd-sourced research, but for the reputational economy. Think of us as the inter-change, or an exchange, but for reputation.

In the past we have only been able to influence value at scale with money, but we now have countless levers at our disposal. That means individuals and entrepreneurs such as you will be able to initiate distinct conversations, shape movements, and explore new dimensions of value creation. All of this because you can port, scale, leverage and stake reputation to give birth to new kinds of networks!

In summary, we should say that this is not a radical new concept that will see adoption in Silicon Valley before other regions. In fact, you could argue that these designs for wealth resonate intuitively with people in India, Latin America and S. E. Asia because they are fundamentally diverse and heterogeneous in their way of life. Instead of relying on centralised institutions, they have relied on social fabric for their well-being over centuries. Even today, communities in India pride themselves in their ability to look out for each other, circulate capital for commerce and entrepreneurial ventures through these social networks.

Some argue that this is a new form of literacy. Over the last 500 years, huge benefits have accrued to mankind due to a vast rise in literacy across the globe. 500 years ago, only 1% of the world’s population was literate, however, we now have more than 87% of the world benefiting from literacy. It is not just access to jobs, but the ability to organise, innovate and the ability to create value where there was none. Think about how that might translate to the open-sourcing of economic language i.e. allowing people to articulate and validate value that is important to them, as opposed to restricting themselves to one centralised way of sustaining themselves. The possibilities are endless.

Real Estate – A Viable Investment?

The author is also a law graduate, with
more than twenty-five years of experience in real estate business including
founding and leading a property consulting firm in India. Prior to real estate,
Mr Vakil worked in senior roles at several listed entities and a fortune 500
company.

 

Over the years, Real Estate has evolved
into a full fledged investment class. In this free flowing article, the author
discusses the realities and myths about investing in real estate.

 

For individuals, is investment in real
estate still a viable investment option? Or should individuals invest through
REITs? How should an individual evaluate whether to invest in real estate? What
should be the investment strategy? These are some of the issues addressed in
this article. What follows are some important issues, beliefs and myths that
are prevalent in real estate.

 

1.  Returns on Real Estate:

Out of the 10 richest persons in the world,
7 have become rich due to Real Estate. Need I say more!! If you had an option,
to invest in Real Estate say in 1992, when the industry was liberalised by Dr.
Manmohan Singh, the comparison would be somewhat like this:

 

   Real Estate in south Mumbai
up by at least 100 times

 

   Investment in BSE Sensex
stocks up approximately 70 times

 

   Gold, with all its fluctuations,
would have given you 7 fold increase and Silver about the same.

 

   If you were permitted to
invest in USD, it would have been twice.

 

The conclusion is
obvious, that in the long run, Real Estate, if chosen wisely and at a good
location, would probably out beat any other asset class.

 

2.  Issue of Sizing and Pricing:

Lesser the size of Real Estate, bigger is
the universe of buyers. Bigger the size of Real Estate and value, the universe
of buyers shrinks and, at time, shrinks disproportionately. For a developer to
be successful and for a buyer to succeed, the mix of size and price has to be
optimum. This is because “the rate per sq.ft.”, will have no meaning beyond the
affordability level. Having said this, the quality of construction plays a very
important role. There is a developer in Bangalore, who provides quality at
competitive price, that is unmatched by any other. He goes to the extent of
rounding off all edges of walls to ensure that children don’t get hurt! The
plug points are at the right place and even in high rise buildings the windows
withstand the onslaught of rain and extreme breeze.

 

3.   Location:

The mantra for Real Estate is: LOCATION,
LOCATION, LOCATION.

 

It has a double whammy. Exit or
disinvestment is easy and quick and appreciation is almost guaranteed. There is
no other factor that scores over a good location. Do you know that Altamount
Road in Mumbai is the 10th most expensive location in the world?

 

4.   Tax Breaks and Incentives:

Over the years, the Government has done a
lot to encourage investment in Real Estate, both for the investor and a little
bit for the developer. Chartered Accountants will remember section 80-IB
(though not many developers have succeeded in taking advantage) and now section
80-IBA. Affordable housing is a new mantra and the good thing is that it has
reference only to the size (30 sq. Mtrs. for the four metro cities and 60 sq.
Mtrs. for the rest of India). The result is that over 80 percent of the
development would qualify to be included as “affordable housing”, on which the
developer gets full tax break. The end result is that a compact 2 bedroom flat
outside the four metro cities would still qualify as “affordable housing”. I have
seen a number of developments in Chennai recently, which fall into this
category and selling despite recessionary market conditions.

 

5.   Government Levies and Taxes:

Stamp Duty is a State subject and continues
to be high at 5 per cent and more in the metros.

 

Property taxes in certain metros have
created avoidable litigation and a lot of confusion. The change of basis from
annual lettable value to capital values have yet to fully stabilise. There is a
need to bunch up similar issues and get a ruling, which can apply to most
pending cases,  concerning property
taxes.

 

The major problem for Real Estate is the
Ready Reckoner values or jantri, as known in some States. Over 30 percent of
flats in south Mumbai, are not getting sold because the market value is up to
30 per cent below the Ready Reckoner value. As CAs you know the implication of
this mismatch. It not only results in higher stamp duty, which is levied with
reference to Ready Reckoner value, but there is a deeming provision both for
the seller and the buyer. The difference between the Ready Reckoner value and
the sale value has to be offered for taxes, both by the buyer and seller.

 

For the developer, there are issues on how
profit is computed on “under construction” projects and for CAs the new Accounting
Standards (Standard 115) offers a major challenge.

 

GST will take some time to stabilise and
there is no guarantee that the benefit accruing to the developer, will be fully
passed on to the buyers. For under construction property the GST is a huge
additional cost, which in most cases, the developer, under the present
recessionary market, is required to absorb fully or partly.

 

6.  Investible Quantum:

Real Estate as an investible class is for
people with deep pockets. The minimum surplus required is at least Rs.2 crores
for cities like Mumbai and at least Rs.50 lakhs for other locations.

 

The investor should remember that exit can
be time consuming and expensive. Also Real Estate is incapable of being broken
down or split. In most cases, either you keep the property or sell it, but
selling “in parts”,
is not possible.

 

7.  Titles:

Please do not save on legal fees, at least
when you buy a property. Titles can be really complicated and a legal scrutiny
is a must. The acid test is “can you sell the property at will, without any
possible issues?” One has to be careful about the mortgages, the lock in
periods, combined or joined flats (known as Jodi flats), terraces that have
been sold to prospective buyers, etc. etc.

 

There is a recent development, which is
really going to help small investors – “a title insurance”.  It’s expected that insurance companies will
now also offer “title insurance” in line with what is happening in developed
countries.  This is path breaking and
will definitely benefit a buyer/investor.

 

8.  Investment basket:

I would recommend that not more than 30
percent of your investible wealth should be invested in Real Estate, not
counting the house in which you live. It would not be wise to put substantial
amounts of your liquid assets in Real Estate as not only it would be volatile
but exiting would be difficult.

 

9.  REITS:

REITS will not only change the way
investment in Real Estate is done, but make it possible for smaller investors
to invest in Real Estate. Broadly REITs would operate like a Mutual Fund, where
the investments are in commercial Real Estate, earning rental yields. REITs
will make investment decisions broad based and spread over wider geographies.
With the spread of risk, the returns would also marginally come down. The good
thing is it gives an opportunity to a smaller investor to invest into real
estate.

 

There are certain issues like stamp duty,
capital gains, etc. that are hindering the success. It is expected that
over a period of time, this will be resolved and REITs will become successful.

 

The day when REITs begin to invest in
residential Real Estate like in the US, we will begin to see real
professionalism and a reach, that we have never seen before.

 

Investment into commercial properties today
gives a yield of up to 7 percent, whereas residential properties
barely provide yield of 2 percent. However, if the  appreciation for the period of investment is
taken into account probably, the residential REITS will fetch more than
commercial REITs.

 

10. Investment in Real
Estate abroad:

Investors who
have substantial surpluses and who desire to diversify their investment into
Real Estate abroad, will now have an option. Reserve Bank permits remittance of
upto USD 250,000 per person, per year, for investments. If we take 2 or 3
family members together then the investment could exceed USD 1 million, which
is a decent investible amount. Currently, UK, Dubai, Singapore and certain
parts of US are attractive for such investments.  Also there are possibilities of investing in
a newer class of investments like students housing, old age or retirement
homes, etc.

 

For a long period of time, Rupee has
depreciated vis-a-vis the US Dollar. Any investment made abroad will provide
insulation to the investor from such currency depreciation.

 

11.   Conclusion:

Over a 10 to 20 year period, investment in
Real Estate, if done wisely with good titles and at a good location would give
a return that can exceed any other asset class. I have seen this happen in my
career and I am confident of the future. The key word is “patience”. Don’t be
desperate if prices stagnate, don’t be greedy if prices escalate beyond
targeted appreciation. I recommend investing in Real Estate, without borrowing
money, excepting for the primary home you stay in.

 

The real thing about Real Estate is that it
is tangible, it is real and more certain than other asset classes.

 

Good luck to you! Jai Ho! 


Equities – Simple, But Not Easy

In this
simple and easy article, the author shares his perspective on equity and funds.
The article walks you through many data points and tables to make a point about
equity markets. The author is the chief investment officer and fund manager of
a leading fund house. An IIT and IIM graduate and a CFA, Prashant talks about
taking a long view of equity markets. Prashant has been in the markets for more
than 25 years and manages several thousand crores of assets under various funds
under him.

 

Nature
of Equities

Equities are
remarkably simple. An equity share is simply volatile in the short run, but in
the long run, its returns are close to the growth of the underlying business.
This implies that for a diversified portfolio, the long term returns will be
close to the nominal GDP growth of the country (real growth + inflation). This
is so because all businesses together make the economy and thus the average
growth of different businesses will be similar to the economy’s growth rate.

 

The chart
below depicts real decadal GDP growth
n and inflation n
for India since 1980

 

Exhibit 1

 


 

 

 

Source: World Bank
data

 

It is
interesting to note that the decadal average growth in India’s nominal GDP has
been fairly constant. This is despite the changing headlines over the decades –
different governments, several global and local crises like Gulf crisis, ASEAN
crisis, 9/11, global financial crisis post Lehman, European debt issues etc.,
periods of high and low interest rates, periods of high and low oil prices etc.
etc. 

The persistent
real growth in India is explained by:

 

   Excellent demographics – rising population,
even faster growth in number of families

   Falling dependency ratio and a healthy
savings rate

   Ample availability of  natural resources

   Large availability of skilled, young, English
speaking and competitive manpower

   Low penetration of consumer goods and
improving affordability

 

It is
interesting to note that these drivers of real growth are not affected by
change in governments, global developments etc., and this is what explains the
remarkably steady growth in India. Further, in periods of high inflation i.e.
1991-00, as interest rates move higher, EMI’s increase thus reducing
affordability and hence real growth; and vice versa. This is why the nominal
growth rates (real growth plus inflation) has remained more or less constant.

 

The
When, Where and How Much of equities?

Someone with
an interest in equities typically asks the following three questions:

 

When should I
invest?

 

Where (which
funds / stocks) should I invest?

 

How much
should I invest?

 

When
should I invest?

The table
below depicts Sensex rolling returns for 1, 5, 10 and 15 years since its
inception in 1979 :

 

Exhibit 2

 

 

Sensex % Return CAGR

YEAR END

SENSEX

Rolling 1 year

Rolling 5 years

Rolling 10 years

Rolling 15 years

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Mar-79

100

 

 

 

 

Mar-80

129

29

 

 

 

Mar-81

173

35

 

 

 

Mar-82

218

26

 

 

 

Mar-83

212

-3

 

 

 

Mar-84

245

16

20

 

 

Mar-85

354

44

22

 

 

Mar-86

574

62

27

 

 

Mar-87

510

-11

19

 

 

Mar-88

398

-22

13

 

 

Mar-89

714

79

24

22

 

Mar-90

781

9

17

20

 

Mar-91

1168

50

15

21

 

Mar-92

4285

267

53

35

 

Mar-93

2281

-47

42

27

 

Mar-94

3779

66

40

31

27

Mar-95

3261

-14

33

25

24

Mar-96

3367

3

24

19

22

Mar-97

3361

-0.2

-5

21

20

Mar-98

3893

16

11

26

21

Mar-99

3740

-4

0

18

20

Mar-00

5001

34

9

20

19

Mar-01

3604

-28

1

12

13

Mar-02

3469

-4

1

-2

14

Mar-03

3049

-12

-5

3

15

Mar-04

5591

83

8

4

15

Mar-05

6493

16

5

7

15

Mar-06

11280

74

26

13

16

Mar-07

13072

16

30

15

8

Mar-08

15644

20

39

15

14

Mar-09

9709

-38

12

10

6

Mar-10

17528

81

22

13

12

Mar-11

19445

11

12

18

12

Mar-12

17404

-10

6

18

12

Mar-13

18836

8

4

20

11

Mar-14

22386

19

18

15

13

Mar-15

27957

25

10

16

12

Mar-16

25342

-9

5

8

14

Mar-17

29621

17

11

9

15

Mar-18

32969

11

12

8

17

Probability of loss

13/39

3/35

1/30

0/25

 

Source: Bloomberg

 

Sensex
returns are computed for 1,5,10 &15 years from the date of investment.
Returns for 1 year are absolute and above 1 year CAGR.

 

CAGR: The
rate at which an investment grows annually over a specified period of time.

 

Column 2:
shows the value of BSE index at the end of month of the respective year.
Probability of gains is the number of times the investor would have made
positive returns.

 

Column 3 to
6: Represents the return earned on the investment for the referred period. For
e.g. If you invested in Mar-79 when SENSEX Index was 100, then 1 year returns
(in Mar-80) would have been 29%, 5 years returns (in Mar-84) would have been
20%, 10 year returns (in Mar-89) would have been 22% and 15 year returns (in
Mar-94) would have been 27%.

 

As the column
of 1 year return shows, returns in short run are simply volatile. Since there
is no pattern of one year returns, it is evident that it is futile to time
the markets in the short run. This is also why equities are considered risky in
the short run and are only recommended for long time horizons
. Interestingly,
long term returns are less volatile and as holding period increases, returns
converge close to nominal GDP growth rate of 14-15% (S&P BSE SENSEX has
returned close to 16% since its inception in 1979 till June 2018). Further,
chances of losses reduce as holding period increases, thus reducing risk in
equities.

 

Interestingly,
not only is it difficult to time the markets in the short run, timing hardly
matters over the long term. For example, whether someone invested at a Sensex
of 510 in Mar 87 or at 398 in Mar 88 hardly made a difference ten years later
when the index was 4000 in 1998!

 

The key to
successful investing is actually not in timing but in something that is
becoming increasingly rare in times of whatsapp and e-commerce – and that is
patience.
As India is a growing economy, the size and value of businesses
also keeps on growing. This implies that the longer one remains invested – the
more the wealth is likely to be created. Invariably, successful investors are
also the most patient investors. Afterall, if someone had simply remained
invested in the Sensex for last 39 years – through good and bad times, through
bullish and bearish times would have made his wealth 350 times –  which is hard to match by the traders and
timers !

 

Finally, while
short term timing is very difficult, it is possible to take a medium to long
term view of the market based on the past returns of the markets vs. nominal
GDP growth. As explained earlier, over the long term, stock market indices in
India are growing around the same rate as the nominal GDP (GDP Growth +
Inflation) of India. This implies that when in any extended period of, say
10 years, indices grow significantly less than nominal GDP (i.e. 1992-2002),
they tend to make up in the future by delivering higher returns and vice versa.

 

Where
should I invest?

Each business
has specific risks. These risks are increasing by the day due to rapid changes
in technology and due to several disruptive business models that are emerging.
To reduce business specific risks, it is strongly recommended to maintain
effective diversification when investing in equities, irrespective of whether
one is investing directly or through mutual funds. To discuss more than this
about security selection here is neither desirable nor feasible. Suffice to say
that security selection deals with the future, with uncertainty and even
professionals make several mistakes. It is best to leave this to experts
therefore unless one really understands equities i.e., prefer mutual funds over
direct investments. In my experience, the majority of direct investors have not
done well – the most popular stocks in 1992 were in cement; in 1999 it was the
turn of IT stocks; in 2007 it was the turn of the infrastructure related
stocks, similarly pharma companies were in favour around 2015. On each
occasion, these popular investments did not perform as expected. These
observations give us an insight to a common mistake that investors tend to make
in equity investments. It has been experienced that many investors simply
invest based on past trends i.e. when a sector or a group of stocks does well
for few years these become increasingly popular and attract higher
participation and vice versa. In reality, high returns of the past (especially
when they are disproportionate to business growth) could indicate over
valuation and vice versa. In view of the above, such investors who do not have
proper understanding of equities are probably better off with mutual funds.

 

Choosing
a right Fund

John C.
Bogle
, founder of the
Vanguard group has suggested in his book “Common Sense on Mutual Funds
that three to five mutual fund schemes that have done well across market cycles
are all that an investor needs for one’s equity portfolio.

 

With a
tailwind of ~15% p.a. economic and Sensex growth highlighted earlier, it is no
surprise therefore that around 74% of equity and hybrid equity funds with more
than 15 year history have delivered more than 15% CAGR and around 88% of equity
and hybrid equity funds have delivered more than 12% CAGR over last 15 years.
The better ones have delivered returns close to 20% CAGR over this period. (Source:
NAV India)

 

Interestingly,
while funds proudly display long term returns of 15 – 20%, only a small
minority of investors have experienced similar wealth creation. This is so
because, the vast majority of investors moved in and out of equity funds
several times in this period, from equity funds to liquid and back, from lower
rated funds to higher rated only to witness role reversal of funds in some
time, from large cap to mid cap or vice versa etc. etc. In other words, the
majority frequently churned their funds and refused to stay put. Only a small
minority that simply remained invested in a few carefully chosen funds for
these entire period reaped immense benefits.

 

To take an
analogy from the game of cricket, the good batsman is not the one who scored
the highest in the last game but is the one who has the best batting average in
say, last 10 or 20 matches.

 

Just as one
match cannot be used to judge a good batsman, similarly one year’s performance
is too short a time to judge equity funds. Instead, there is merit in assessing
equity funds’ over 3-5 year or longer periods

 

Funds that
have a good track record across market cycles are likely to be investor’s best
bets and 3-5 such funds is all that an investor needs in my opinion.

 

How much
should I invest in equities?  The
Importance of Asset Allocation in Equities

 

Equities are a
great compounding machine (as mentioned earlier, Sensex itself is up 350 times
since 1979) and India has good growth prospects. However, while equities hold
promise over long term, in the short to medium term, equities almost invariably
carry significant risks as the past has repeatedly reminded us.

 

This suggests
that an investor should assess and allocate one’s risk capital only (that
portion of capital which can be kept aside for few years and on which
volatility can be tolerated) to equities. This simply put, is asset allocation.

Asset
Allocation is critical to successful investing. Unfortunately, it is often
neglected, as more attention is given to timing, security selection, moving
across funds etc.

 

After
optimal asset allocation, all that an investor needs is patience and discipline:
Patience to remain invested for long
periods in equities / equity mutual funds to allow compounding to work and the
discipline of not panicking and on the contrary increasing allocation to
equities when the returns over the past few years have been disappointing or in
simple words when the P/Es are low.

 

The
illustration below highlights the significant impact asset allocation has on
wealth creation over longer time periods:

 

Exhibit 3

Initial investment of Rs 100

Value at Year 10

10 year CAGR (%)

Equity %

Debt %

100

0

404

15.0

80

20

367

13.9

60

40

328

12.6

40

60

291

11.3

20

80

253

9.7

0

100

216

8.0

 

 

For
illustration purposes only.  For
calculation purpose CAGR returns has been taken as 15% CAGR for equities and 8%
CAGR for debt. Returns are not assured / guaranteed.

 

Economic
Prospects of India

As explained
earlier, India is a secular growth economy. Interestingly, other macro
parameters also like fiscal deficit, current account deficit, FDI, inflation
etc. have witnessed significant improvement over last 5 years as can be seen
from the table below.

 

Slowdown in
GDP growth in FY17 and FY18 is due to adverse short term impact of
demonetisation and GST. Going forward as this effect neutralises, GDP growth
should accelerate. The table below summarises the key macro-economic indicators
and forecasts for India: 

Exhibit 4

Improving macros

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19E

GDP at market price (% YoY)

5.5

6.4

7.5

8

7.1

6.7

7.2

Centre’s fiscal deficit (% GDP)

4.8

4.4

4.1

3.9

3.7

3.5

3.3

Current Account Deficit (CAD) (% GDP)

4.7

1.7

1.3

1.1

0.7

1.9

2.5

Net FDI (% of GDP)

1.1

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.6

1.2

1.2

Consumer Price Inflation (CPI) (Average)

9.9

9.4

6

4.9

4.5

3.6

4.6

India 10 year Gsec Yield % (at year end)

7.9

8.8

7.8

7.6

6.8

7.6

Na

 

 

Source: CEIC, Macquarie Macro Strategy;
Economic Survey, E-Estimates

 

Some of the
macro parameters are likely to witness some deterioration in FY19 primarily as
a result of higher oil prices. These are nevertheless expected to remain at
healthy / reasonable levels. GDP growth should however accelerate with improvement
in capex in housing, urban infrastructure and industrial capex led by oil &
gas, metals, fertilizers etc.  Capex in
roads, railways, power T&D has already seen material improvement. RBI has
estimated GDP growth of 7.4% and 7.7% in FY19 and FY20 respectively vs. 6.7% in
FY18.

 

Equity
Markets Outlook

Equity markets
in India have lagged nominal GDP growth for several years now. As a result,
Market cap to GDP ratio at 70% is below long term average. Market cap to GDP
ratio for CY20 at 62% which will become relevant one year from now looks
particularly attractive. Market cap to GDP ratio is a better tool to analyse
markets instead of P/E in current environment as corporate profitability is
below long term averages.

 

Exhibit 5

India market cap to
GDP ratio, calendar year-ends 2005-18 (%)

 

Source: Kotak Institutional Equities, updated till 30th
June, 2018

 

Note:

a) From
2005-17, S&P BSE SENSEX PE is based on 12 month forward estimated EPS.

b) For 2018 and
2019, Kotak has calculated S&P BSE SENSEX PE based on estimates as of Mar
19 and Mar 20 end and used market cap as of June 30, 2018.

 

In the last
seven years, corporate profits as % to GDP have fallen from 5.6% in FY10 to
3.0% in FY17 (chart below).  As a result,
despite improving macro as seen in Exhibit 4 earlier, NIFTY profit growth has
been weak at 7.7% CAGR between FY10 and FY18. This phase of weak earnings
growth now appears to be ending. Driven by improving fundamentals of key
sectors like corporate banks, capital goods, metals etc., the profit growth
should improve in future.

 

Exhibit 6

 

Source: Morgan Stanley Research, year is
Fiscal Year

 

A recent
development in equity markets has been the underperformance of small caps and
midcaps. This underperformance has to be viewed in the backdrop of sharp
outperformance in last 3 and 5 years as seen in the table below:

 

Exhibit 7

 

Absolute Returns %

as on June 30, 2018

1 year

3 years

5 years

Nifty 50 (A)

12.5%

28.0%

83.4%

Nifty Midcap (B)

2.5%

39.8%

147.6%

Outperformance vs NIFTY 50 (B – A)

-10.0%

11.7%

64.2%

Nifty Smallcap (C)

-1.8%

34.8%

146.9%

Outperformance vs NIFTY 50 (C – A)

-14.4%

6.8%

63.5%

 

 Source: Bloomberg

At this
juncture, given the large outperformance of midcaps / smallcaps in last 3, 5
years and expected revival of NIFTY profit growth as can be seen from the table
below, risk-reward ratio appears to be more in favor of largecaps.

 

Exhibit 8

Fiscal year

2018

FY19E

FY20E

CAGR FY18 to FY20E

EPS

449

546

664

 

NIFTY Earnings growth (%)

2.3

21.6

21.6

21.6

 

 

Source: Kotak Institutional Equities

 

Markets are
trading near 18x CY18 (e) and 15x CY19 (e) (Source: Bloomberg Consensus as
on June 30, 2018)
. These are reasonable multiples especially in view of
improving profit growth outlook. Markets thus hold promise over the medium to
long term in our opinion. Adverse global events, sharp moderation in equity
oriented mutual funds flows and delays in NPA resolution under NCLT are key
risks in the near term. 

 

Conclusion:

In conclusion,
equities are a simple asset class. However, getting the best from equities is
not easy. That needs clear understanding of equities, lots of patience and
faith in difficult times. The prospects of equities are closely tied to the
long term prospects of the economy which are promising for India. To benefit
from equities investors should estimate their risk capital and invest the same
in a few carefully selected funds and then hold these for long periods.
Remember that the successful equity investors also tend to be the ones who
think and hold equities / funds for the longest.

 

Note: The views expressed are of Prashant
Jain, Executive Director and Chief Investment Officer, HDFC Asset Management
Company Limited as on 23rd July, 2018 and not necessarily those of
HDFC Asset Management Company Limited (HDFC AMC). Neither HDFC Asset Management
Company Limited and HDFC Mutual Fund (the Fund) nor any person connected with
them, accepts any liability arising from the use of this document. Past
performance may or may not be sustained in the future. Readers before acting on
any information herein should make their own investigation and seek appropriate
professional advice and shall alone be fully responsible / liable for any
decision taken on the basis of information contained herein.

 

Mutual Fund
investments are subject to market risks, read all scheme related documents
carefully.

Emerging Canvas Of Investment – Opportunities And Risks

This article walks us through the opportunities and risks
of investing in India.  People are all
ears to the India story, the author takes us through the risks and
opportunities. Dr Uma Shashikant is a founder and chairperson of CIEL and holds
a doctorate in finance. She is well known as a writer, speaker, researcher,
consultant and trainer.

 

India as an investment opportunity is a theme that has
persisted for a long time, since we opened up to global capital inflows in
1993. The novelty about India as an emerging market was very high in the
initial period, and then the story was tempered by several ups and downs in the
last 25 years. There was a time when the primary attraction of India was its
insulation from global markets, evidenced by a low correlation with most
markets. During periods of crisis and collapse elsewhere, Indian stock markets
seemed unscathed. All that changed soon. By 2007 it was clear that India was
not decoupled from the world, but quite amenable to being impacted by global
head winds. Investing in India still remains an attractive proposition, both
for global and local investors due to the sheer opportunity for growth.

 

The attractiveness of emerging markets like India, and the
returns such markets offer to investors arising from the potential that a
growing economy offers. Benefits of market expansion, development of new
technologies and innovations, growth in infrastructure, services and
manufacturing sectors, higher rate of GDP growth compared to the rest of the
world, stability from elected governments, free press and democratic
traditions, and modernisation arising from increased exposure to the world, are
all enduring factors that make India an attractive investment story. Domestic
investors who in the thick of all the action taking place, are better poised to
make the most of these opportunities. Several institutional investors, domestic
and global, view India as a very profitable long term investment play and
returns on investments corroborate that assessment.

 

Quality concerns

Where do the risks lie? The primary risk to an investor in
India is the quality of businesses they choose. Private equity investors are
quite used to an intense search for investment opportunities, but they would
also testify to the difficulties in finding good businesses to invest in India.
There is an underlying culture of exploitative capitalism in play, made worse
by favouritism, corruption and lack of enforcement of the rule of law, that
make Indian markets very risky to the investor. There are innumerable examples
of business success that came about not because of innovative entrepreneurship,
but mere crony capitalism at play. It takes a while to understand how nefarious
players could spoil otherwise thriving and growing opportunities in coal,
power, mining, roadways, banking, real estate, jewellery, and airways to name a
well-known few, to short cut the process for private profits. Many businesses
have emerged to be a kind of mafia in their own right, encumbering upon public
goods for private gains, making many investors wary.

 

There are world class businesses that India has built; there
are innovations that the country and its entrepreneurs can be proud of; there
are foreign collaborations that have worked excellently to bring quality
products to India and benefit from the growing markets here. However, to the
discerning investor, the problem of not knowing whether a business succeeds
from strong strategy or the existence of crony capitalism hiding from plain
sight is a tough one. Selecting the right businesses to back remains a
challenge for the investor in Indian markets.

 

The second big challenge to investors is the burden of
historical baggage. Nowhere is this evident more starkly than in the banking
sector in India. The policy misstep of nationalising banks many years ago and
stripping the banker of accountability in lending decisions has created
tremendous damage to the banking sector. Despite the opening up of the sector
to competition and the implementation of various recommendations to strengthen
the system, the problem of poor quality assets has only grown with time, and is
now large enough to threaten the existence of erstwhile strong banks. From a
time when we believed that the public sector would lead the economy and build
institutions of benevolence in a socialistic model, we have taken a turn to
embrace capitalism and the market economy. However, we still have several
businesses owned by the government in a range of sectors from airlines, mining,
transportation, metals, beverages, hotels, telecom, and insurance. While
accepting that the government has no business to be in business, we have
neither privatised these, nor dismantled the bureaucracy that supervises them.

 

To the investor, the existence of these pockets of
inefficiency that simultaneously enjoy government patronage, is a risk. How
would one evaluate the banking sector, for instance? Would one see it as a
growth business that can exploit the low penetration of banking services, the
huge potential to expand credit, and the opportunity to formalise several
informal sectors? Or would one see it as a risky business with a systemic risk
of a possible bank failure from NPAs? Or is it a sector with the lack of clear
policy guideline with respect to the treatment of a bad asset, its recovery and
rework of the balance sheet? To an investor the presence of historical baggage
is an unresolved risk that makes an investment decision needlessly complicated.

 

There are always fears of the immediate events and factors
that may matter in the foreseeable future. That 2019 is an election year is a
factor that weighs on the minds of several investors. They would worry about
policy decisions that pander to the electorate and interest groups of the
ruling party, and about reckless decisions with an eye on the ballot. Or they
would worry about possible destabilisation from a result that may not bring a
majority government. One of the primary reasons for our inability to forge
ahead the path of reforms we set upon in 1991 has been the various ragtag
coalitions that have ruled the country and investors continue to be wary of
that risk. However, the resilience of Indian businesses to the political risks
and changes in the parties that ruled has also been established in the last 25
plus years. Therefore the long term investment story for India is more about
the opportunities offered to businesses by the unique factors that enable growth, than about the risks from the political
environment.

 

Enough has been written about the demographic advantages of
India, the high GDP number, the opportunity for the economy to double in record
time, and the growth from growing global exposure. Let’s consider two
overarching themes that will matter to the long term investor, who would like
to stay invested and make the most out of the opportunities offered by an
emerging economy like India.

 

The first theme is the consumption story that will primarily
drive India’s growth and offer the highest potential for investment returns.
The second theme is the one that will temper these returns and remain outside
the realm of control of the investor – the changing global trends. An
investment strategy that considers both these factors is likely to benefit the
investor the most, in terms of balancing risks and return.

 

Consumption

The Indian consumption story has been told with various
modifications and nuances ever since the economy opened up in 1991 and the
theory that consumers will propel growth gained ground. The liberalised Indian
market place of the last 27 years has been undoubtedly driven by consumers.
Most sectors that saw significant growth and gains in those years, from telecom
to automobile and tourism to fashion have benefitted from the ability and
willingness of the Indian middle class to spend more. Boston Consulting Group estimates
that India’s household spending will triple to $4 trillion by 2025. The middle
class is estimated at 600 million, a number that is about twice the population
of the US, about 60 million short. It is tough to ignore the impact of the
wallet of the middle class Indian.

 

The consuming Indian had not been easy to stereotype. Many
global brands have watched in dismay when fake versions of their produce flood
the market with cheap lookalikes. They reported that the Indian consumer was
willing to compromise quality for price. Even before they began to generalise
that Indians may be unwilling to pay top dollars, the expansion of the markets
for luxury goods left most observers stumped. From luxury homes to cars,
jewellery to destination weddings, Indians seemed quite willing to splurge.
Early observers looked at urbanisation as the trigger for consumption. Soon
enough, the demand for goods and services from rural markets began to outpace
urban markets, and many producers modified their strategy to capture the imagination
of Bharat, rather than India alone. Before we theorise that the new demand will
be driven by the millennials, there are studies that show the emerging spending
power of the newly retiring Indian who is ready to buy more toys, travel the
world and pay for a new experience. Tracking the trends in the Indian
consumption story has thus remained a challenge. The risk in this sector also
stems from these changing assumptions about consumer spending.

 

We can divide consumption into two categories – essential and
discretionary. The rate of growth in discretionary spending is estimated to be
much higher than the rate of growth in essential spending. There are two
primary reasons: First, the rate of inflation that applies to essentials has
been lower, while prices of discretionary items have been increasing more
rapidly. Second, the availability of bank loans and the increased use of formal
credit by households has enabled a higher discretionary spend. The amount a
household spends on transport and travel is no longer dictated by cost of
public transport, when it is easier to obtain a bank loan and get to work in a
personal vehicle.

 

The investment opportunities triggered by the consumption
story are quite vast, wide spread and subject to a steady and sustainable
growth over a long period of time. A long term investment strategy will ride
the consumption story and the growth prospects it holds. Food and beverages,
alcohol and entertainment, clothing, fashion and accessories, automobiles,
telecom, housing and communications are all sectors that directly benefit from
the Indian consumption story.

 

Investors in the consumption driven sectors have a diverse
range of opportunities: Several PE firms and boutique investment firms
routinely chase consumption stories for their growth opportunity. Portfolio
managers offer thematic plays that focus on consumption to provide a
concentrated bet; mutual funds offer both diversified portfolios and thematic
funds to capture this opportunity; and the simple low cost index funds offer a
diversified bet that also has significant weightage to consumption stories.
Growth investing in India would not ignore consumption driven sectors.

 

Global Trends

The changing world order is always a challenge to investors.
Much as one would like to invest within the local context and primarily in
domestic businesses, the performance of those businesses as well as the stock
markets where these businesses are valued, are significantly impacted by global
trends and policies of various governments. Returns and risk of various asset
classes is impacted by these global trends. The emerging risks to oil from the
growing tension in the Middle East, and the broad projection that we are headed
towards $100 per barrel for crude, alters so much for the Indian markets. As a
net importer of crude, and as a country with high dependence on oil and a lower
level of export engagement with the world, rising oil prices will impact our
balance of payments, lead to a depreciation in our currency, and also impact
our fiscal balances.

 

There is then the question of FII flows, which are impacted
by both strategic and tactical allocations based on the global trends. If there
is a negative global outlook arising from rising oil prices, tense global trade
and policy relations, and uncertainty about the direction the developed world
would take, overall strategic allocations to emerging markets would fall, as
money remains risk averse and in home markets of global investors. In that
context, the tactical allocations between various emerging markets and the
relative share of India in global capital flows would not matter much. It is an
overall positive scenario for global flows that the relative attractiveness of
India in terms of its GDP growth, market performance, domestic consumption and
investment, and quality of government and policy will matter more.

 

The risk of a no holds barred trade war will have its own
ramifications for the global economy, and most leaders are keen to avoid an
escalation of the retaliatory stance on tariffs and protection. Years of work
done by the WTO to dismantle destructive tariffs are now under the risk of
being undone, and the carving out of nations by their protective measures will
impact many economies. Given India’s limited engagement with the world, this
may not seem like a big impact on our economy, as compared to other
export-dependent regimes. However, global trade wars combined with restrictions
on immigrants in Western economies can seriously impact technology and services businesses.

 

The interest rate cycle is another matter of concern. While
India has begun to increase its rates, it does seem to have done so
reluctantly, and the expectation that US would not increase rates too much too
soon underlies the monetary policy assumptions of many economies including
India. However, it has become quite complicated to venture into the business of
projecting how the developed economies, especially the United States would
perform in the next few years. While there is optimism about resilience and revival
of the economy and the possibility of a sustained 4% GDP, there is worry about
the trade and tariff policies unraveling to the detriment of the US. Many
Western nations as well as exporters like Japan and China, and many nations in
Asia and the Middle East are known to be grouping up to work together in the
light of what is seen widely as disruptive trade policies of the US. Greater
the unknowns, greater the risks to the investor.

 

Plan of action

How does an investor develop a strategic outlook for investing
in the Indian markets given these opportunities and risks?

 

First, every market offers the opportunity for beta returns
that come from investing in the broad market and the alpha returns that come
from outperformance. Investors should target a combination of the two. It is
quite common for investors to focus too much on alpha. Many would think that
investing in equity is not worthwhile if extraordinary returns are not earned.
It is important to see that stable long term story that India represents is
best captured by the index or a diversified portfolio of stocks that broadly
invests across sectors. Such a portfolio may not include the spectacular stars,
but it holds the merit of being a default choice to invest, an easy decision to
make during all times, a theme that is worth investing in for the long term,
and being diversified a low-risk choice for most investors. A diversified
portfolio that offers market returns should be the base, over which all else
can be built.

 

Second, the dilemma of
large cap versus mid cap is a tough one to resolve in the Indian markets. While
large cap stocks offer stability, the returns from the mid cap opportunity is
too high to ignore. In an emerging market like India, it is the business that
begins small, shows agility to grow rapidly, and become a blue chip in a short
span of time, that holds investor interest. There are several examples of
business that became big thus. However, the risks of failure are high in the
mid and small cap space as not all businesses succeed in what they set out to
do. An investment strategy that has a core and a satellite component, with
large cap as core and mid and small caps as satellite would help balancing the
portfolio. The relative weights can be modified to overweight large caps during
times of uncertainty and overweight mid and small caps during times of optimism.

 

Third, investors love the
idea of being value driven and like to see themselves as chasing good
investment opportunities at a reasonable price. However, a market like India
offers more opportunities for growth and momentum, than value. A beaten down
business may not represent a cheap buy, but an incorrigible loss. Most money in
Indian markets has been made from growth and momentum than from value. Momentum
is risky but holds the lure of a quick gain, making short term day traders out
of once innocent bystanders. It is astonishing how many try to make money
staring at blinking screens and staking too much money on what they see as
going up. Investors have to make their choices – to invest is to choose
carefully and focus on the return; to trade is to have an algorithm or action
plan and focus on the capital. The two are completely different tactics and
need different kinds of skills and attitudes.

 

There is money to be made in the long term on a diversified
portfolio across sectors, built carefully, monitored regularly, and pruned
sensibly. It just boils down to implementation, which most investors admit is
tougher than assumed.

 

View and Counterview : Market Returns: Is Direct Investing the Best Approach?

For
decades, investors put their money directly into the market. A traditional
investor swears by buying shares directly for their returns! Many have made
humongous returns from investing directly in shares that turned out to be
‘multi baggers’ while some lost all they had.

 

For the
new investors, the busy lot or even the risk averse, there are several options
of investing indirectly through mutual fund and other schemes. This option
offers a reasonable risk- return profile. Indirect investing has allowed a
large number of citizens to participate in corporate growth stories and make a
decent return over the long term.

 

This fifth
VIEW and COUNTERVIEW aims to tell the story from both perspectives. Both
writers, connected to their respective areas for years, give two perspectives
for you to consider. Deven R. Choksey, an entrepreneur in the business of
shares and securities and a leading voice for the markets in media, shares his
views from his more than thirty years of experience. Aniruddha Sarkar, a principal
fund manager with an AMC, shares his perspective on indirect investing.

 

VIEW: direct
investing is the best form of investing

 

Deven r. choksey  

 

Direct Investing is like
driving your own car versus Indirect Investing is equivalent to commuting in
public transport. Destination being the common goal while travelling, both
comfort and time are key differentiators in public versus private mode of commutation.
Similarly, Investing is done with an objective. It can be fulfilled via direct
investments or indirect mode of investments, like Mutual funds etc.
Investment products have buyers across multiple investor segments i.e.,
Institutional, Family offices, High Net worth Individuals- HNI’s, Ultra HNI’s,
Retail investors. Therefore, there remains advantage and disadvantage between
investing through either Direct or Indirect route, depending upon the category
or segment of investor
one belongs to.

 

Primary objective across
various customers segment is generation of Returns, managing Risk and having
adequate Liquidity. Both the routes, whether direct and indirect, have their
pros and cons under each of the above aspects. As we all know, returns and risk go hand in hand, in case
of direct investments substantial knowledge on subject matter to support
decision making & considerable research is required before venturing in. I
would not call this as a hindrance for direct investment route, as nowadays we
have professional advisors to assist us into the decision making process. Let
me bring out one interesting fact to your attention, direct individual
investments in equities commands nearly 16.5% of the market capitalisation
versus around 5.4% of the Indian market capitalisation that is held through
Equity funds. Clearly, individual preferences remain with direct investments
versus indirect route of investments. In US markets also there has been clear
shift from direct investments versus investments through mutual funds; there
has been decent rise in Independent Advisors therein who cater to individuals
for investments.

 

Let us see how the
following primary objectives are managed under respective routes of
investments:

 

a.   Returns b. Risk c. Liquidity d. Cost

 

a.
Returns: For the last 5 years, investments into Direct Equity, say for
eg., Current top 5 companies by market capitalisation have fetched 30.8% CAGR
vs. Top 5 Equity – Large Cap Mutual fund CAGR returns of 20.1%. One needs to
bear in mind while choosing the indirect route the demerits of change in fund
manager at Asset management companies, change in purpose of schemes, non
customisation of portfolios. Compulsions of common pool investments as required
to be followed in MF acts as deterrent whereas direct investment has its own
character in managing the returns objective.

 

b. Risk: Investors
risk profile tends to change with segment and category they fall into. The
preferences to attain final objective for aggressive investor will be different
from those who are believers to passive style of investments. In case of Direct
Investments the customisation stands as an advantage based on individual risk
profile needs versus Indirect Investments which is more standardised instead of
being customised.

 

c. Liquidity:
Benefits of direct investing is generation of adequate liquidity
within 2-3 working days. In case of indirect investing, one may witness
additional burden in form of exit loads to find speedy liquidation.

 

d. Costs:
In case of indirect investments management charges are levied under individual
schemes, which are not in case of direct investments.

 

While we
have seen the pros and cons under individual’s primary objectives of Returns,
Risk, Liquidity and Cost, let us also find out how secondary objectives are
dealt under direct and indirect investments.

 

1. Build
knowledge capital & Earn [Earn-Edge vs ROI]
: It
is always beneficial to know the company that one invests versus knowing your
fund manager. Which means it is better to be dependent on company management in
which funds are deployed rather than on fund manager who will be deploying your
money. Think about it, isn’t it assuring to have financial gains with knowledge
capital versus only financial gains. My take is, direct investing is all about
individual’s passion for growth in investments vs passive growth approach.

 

2.
Investment Advisor:
To put it simply, one good
book is knowledge, one good friend is equal to 100 books,
an ocean of
knowledge, and a friend as an investment advisor is a navigator in the
journey of wealth creation.
Professional investment advisors are a great
help and preferred support for active management of investment goals. One can
gain expertise and develop analytical skill with guidance of investment
advisors. According to me, there is no match to information sourced from tips,
social media or likes of Google or any other media sources that always limits
itself to information and does not compliment to the conviction extended by
investment advisor. Regular review and monitoring mechanism can help achieve
the objective with higher conviction on end results.

 

3. Easy
to maintain as any other Asset Class:
In case
of direct investments, at times it is found that maintaining of records is
tedious and disadvantageous. I believe, maintaining own investments is as easy
as maintaining investments in any other assets including MF, insurance etc. We
need to follow discipline to invest in sets. SIP in MF, Annual Premium in
Insurance are in-built investment systems. Direct Investments help us to invest
with conviction whereas indirect investment is often swayed with sentiments.

 

4.
Diversification not a suitable solution:
  An investment in indirect route generally
comes with diversification and involves  
investing    into    companies in excess of 30-50 at times in
individual schemes. Wealth creation is matter of investing in value and growth
companies and not supportive of diversification which tends to dilute the
successful ones with unsuccessful stories.

 

Direct investments have an
inbuilt character of allotting higher weight to growth and it is a science. All
it needs is an attention. Simply the ability to add dynamic weight produces
extraordinary results.

 

As long as trading instinct
is brought under control and CAGR is allowed to be employed, direct equity
produces better ROI. Classic example of wealth creation is depicted in table 1:

 

TABLE:
1

Performance of Direct
Investments for last 10 Years

Indian
Cos

Market
cap Rs Bn – 2008-2018

10
yr CAGR

MRF

14.4

316

36.2%

Infosys

99.2

2800

39.7%

TCS

840.4

7000

23.6%

International Cos

Market cap $ Bn – 2008-2018

10 yr CAGR

Google

165.3

779.5

16.8%

Facebook

66.48

562.48

42.7%

Amazon

30.6

824.7

39.0%

Apple

147.61

909.84

19.9%

 

 

5.
Customisation to objectives:
While
the broader goals and objectives can be met both under direct and indirect
route of investments, when it comes to meeting of objective within stipulated
parameters, investing through direct route, is always beneficial. In case of
indirect investment customisation beyond a point is not possible because of
productised approach. Let me explain with an example, say for an individual
investor has an expertise and understanding in manufacturing industry based on
his background. It will be inappropriate for him to invest in a product that
offers Pharma companies or any other business, since his knowledge would be
insufficient to assess the risk he is engaging himself into.

 

Finally, we have seen that investing route
direct or indirect is subject to type of individual you are and preferences to
primary objectives, as spelt earlier with respect to travel; we are well versed
with different level of comfort in 3 modes of travel i.e. Self Driven Vehicle,
Driving with a Driver and Travelling as a Passenger. Investing in direct
equities is no different from the satisfaction received through individual’s
own decision to investments versus decision taken by fund manager. One may also
bear in mind the modes of investment also depends on ticket size of investment.
In case of small investor, the preferred route of indirect investments will be
beneficial and vice-versa for large investors.



In case one has urge to
gain exponential returns with substantial risk taking ability, then direct
investment is a better avenue as compared to indirect investing.

 

counterVIEW: INDIRECT
INVESTMENTs WORK BETTER FOR MOST PEOPLE


Aniruddha Sarkar 
 

 

Though the culture of
equity investing has been prevalent in India for many decades now, yet equity
investing in India is still at its nascent stage. The penetration of equity
exposure among the households is merely 3-4% which includes all the organised modes
of investments (Mutual Funds, PMS, AIF) as well as direct equity exposure. This
figure is small by all global standards and has a great scope for increasing
penetration going ahead. In this regard a key question which comes to an
investor’s mind is which is the better suited path to take when it comes to
equity investing. Earlier investors had only two options to choose from; namely
direct equity and mutual funds. Then came Portfolio Management Services (PMS).
Now, since the last few years AIF has taken the industry by a storm. So, the
dilemma has increased even more for investors as to what is a better way ahead
for equity investing.

 

We believe, unless an
individual can devote a substantial amount of time in studying and
understanding the market and at the same time keeping track of events and news
flow that pertains to the equity market and his portfolio stocks, one should
always give his money to be managed by professional money managers like Mutual
Funds, PMS and AIF. Equity investing is one of the most dynamic activities and
cannot be done in a silo. Would like to break-up the benefits of having an
indirect exposure into equity markets through professionally managed route into
the following broad heads:

 

   Managing
Risk and Return; making more informed decisions:
Equity
returns is all about managing risk and return and getting the balance right
makes all the difference. Investors most often expose their direct equity
portfolios to very high risk and not take risk which is commensurate with the
returns expected. Risk has many facets of it and can be in various forms. Lack
of adequate information before investing in a company and not keeping track of
developments in the portfolio companies is a major information risk which
direct equity investing is faced with. Also, concentration risk is there when
too much capital is allocated to a few stocks and if something goes wrong in
any of the high concentrated stocks, then it impacts the whole portfolio
returns. Unlike in a Mutual Fund or in a PMS, the investment manager and his
team is always on top of all developments that keep happening in the markets
and their portfolio companies. This helps in making quicker and more informed
decisions regarding portfolio changes. Also, portfolio managers balance risk
and return aspect in a more scientific manner by not exposing the clients’
money to high risk, as there are several internal checks within the asset
management companies to monitor this aspect.

 

  Access
to companies for making decisions
: When
investors approach equity investment directly, their access to company
information gets limited to accessing annual reports and earnings transcript
and reading online public information. However, for professional money
managers, access to company management, plant visits, institutional access and
analysts meetings is something which helps them to make more informed decisions
when it comes to equity investing.

   AIF
platform offers diverse financial products
:
With the
AIF platform being launched by SEBI in 2012, the ability of the investment
managers to offer diverse products on the platform has taken a huge leap in
financial innovation. Within the three categories (CAT I, CAT II and CAT III)
of AIF, we now have diverse product offerings spread across listed equity,
unlisted equity, debt instruments, Real estate and Commodities. Having a
diverse basket of these products along with Mutual Funds and PMS, helps in
having the right Asset Allocation for the investors which is of prime
importance in the journey of making long term wealth. There are some financial
products wherein investors are also given access to investing into overseas
equities, which is otherwise very cumbersome if one has to go directly. 

 

  Freedom
to choose investment managers and switch between them
:

During different periods different investment managers outperform others. As an
investor, you have a choice to switch between the managers and at the same time
have a basket of investment portfolios which is managed by different investment
managers. This helps in generating a more balanced return for the portfolio at
a consolidated level.

 

   Less
hassle and professional approach at competitive fees
:

We have come a long way in Indian Equity markets from the days of Open cry in
the ring at BSE. Equity investments are now managed by professional fund
managers and SEBI which governs and controls all operations of the Mutual Fund,
PMS and AIF industry. This has helped in bringing the best global practices of
the financial service industry to Indian investors. Access to single statement
which shows all holdings of investors across investment managers, ease of tax
statements and lower fees due to increased competition in the financial
services industry is something which makes life a lot easier for investors
coming through the indirect route for equity investing.

 

Thus, we see that where there is paucity of time and where investors do
not have the bandwidth to spend a lot of time on understanding companies, on
reading annual reports and in understanding financial statements, it is best
not to enter the equity markets directly and better to invest via the mutual
funds, PMS or AIF route. What we have seen in the past is that when the bull
markets happen, more and more investors get lured into the equity markets and
start buying stocks directly based on hearsay and ‘tips’. These are recipes for
disaster and investors should be careful about not burning their hands in this
manner. At the same time, if there is any investor who thinks he has the
bandwidth and time to devote to the equity markets, he should gradually start
taking baby steps in the market through direct equity and invest only after
doing detailed analysis of the portfolio companies. This would also help in
building more discipline in the investing style and in building great amount of
knowledge about companies and markets. The benefits of professional investment
managers cannot be ruled out even for a client who likes to do direct investing
because of the access to a plethora of different financial products which are
otherwise not available when doing directly.
 

 


 

Interview: Rakesh Jhunjhunwala

What is stopping us is the peoples’ feeling of right of entitlement and India’s bureaucracy

In celebration of its 50th Volume – the BCAJ brings a series of interviews with people of eminence, the distinct ones we can look up to, as professionals. Those people who have reached to the top of their chosen sphere, people who have established a benchmark for others to emulate.

 

This third interview is with Mr. Rakesh Jhunjhunwala. He is well known in the fraternity of investors in the stock market and a Chartered Accountant by training.Mr. Jhunjhunwala, has a fairy tale story of entering the market with Rs. 5000 when the index was 150 and making it bigger than what most people can dream of. He has served on several Boards, produced a mainstream movie and is best known as India’s most successful investor.

 

In this interview, Mr. Jhunjhunwala talks to BCAJ Editor Raman Jokhakar and BCAJ Past Editor Gautam Nayak about his formative years, how the Chartered Accountancy training helped him, role of auditors in present times, and modestly sharing his investment mantras …..

(Raman Jokhakar): You have spent a long time in the market and made the most out of it. As you look back, do you find some roots of your dream like success in your childhood?

Sir, when you make a vegetable. Now you don’t know – there are various ingredients. Now it is some amount of ingredients, which makes that vegetable. If I have to say as to which particular ingredient was important – every ingredient was important, I can say every ingredient was important. I think, in my childhood love for stocks, background of a speculative nature by ancestry, polishing of the financial skills by Chartered Accountancy.

Then you know the fact that when I came here, India came on a growth path, Sensex was 100, today Sensex is 35000. I think all factors have contributed for me in India and finally it is luck, where all we are is because of the grace of God.

(Gautam Nayak): Can you tell us a bit about your childhood – what were your formative years like?

See, the most important part of my formative life was my curiosity and my father’s encouragement of curiosity. I was a very curious child. My father always inculcated that curiosity and I think that helped me build a lot of knowledge. Also my father let me think independently, always encouraged me to think independently and he always told me that – you do whatever you want to do in life, but be responsible. And you know I had sickness when I was young. I had meningitis. So I think, these are the main important factors. Otherwise, I had a very normal childhood.

(R): You were always in Mumbai?

Yes. I was born in Hyderabad but I came here when I was 2 years old and last 56 years I am here.

(G): Your father was an Income Tax Officer in the Income Tax Department.

Also in my formative years, I met (because my father was in the Income Tax Dept.) a lot of important people. I developed an attitude where I did not have any fear of authority. I was not in awe -‘This fellow is this, this fellow is this’.

(G): About Chartered Accountancy – why did you choose Chartered Accountancy course – a trait or attribute you that you learnt then – that made a difference in what you do now?

See, every Income Tax Officer wanted his son to be in practice and my brother was already a Chartered Accountant. My father always wanted me to do what I enjoyed. But he said that you must have a kind of financial security and chartered accountancy is a good education. My father’s guidance and then my interest in financial matters was why I did my chartered accountancy.

(R): Any kind of attributes, something that you learnt then, do you feel helped you in this kind of…….

Lots of things. Lots of things. I think, even if you ask me today, chartered accountancy is the best education, far better than an MBA from America. If you want to work and remain in India, chartered accountancy gives you an expertise of accountancy, finance, company law. It gives you a basic thought process. It matures you because when you do the articleship, you have to behave. So I think, it is very wonderful education and it has contributed a lot to my success.

(R): What attracted you to the stock markets? You didn’t have that background from your father’s side and Chartered Accountancy does not mean stock market. What prompted you to enter the investment business?

You know my father used to invest in the market and he and his friends would discuss the market in the evening. I would be 10-12-13 years old, and I would notice the fluctuations in prices. As usual, I would quiz my father and my father would say “See, look, there is an information about Gwalior Rayon.” Next day, the price would move up. So this price information, then relating it to the news and then trying to understand it, really fascinated me. That’s what I thought and, you know, we are basically Aggarwals from Rajasthan, we are basically business community and we are very good at speculation. My grandfather and my uncle were speculators. So, you know, I have that in my blood.

(G): Who were your role models or mentors, and how did they influence you and your investing style?

See, my real mentor was Radheshyam Damani. He is not a mentor, he is a friend. Mr. Radheshyam Damani, who owns Dmart. He is my best friend. He is a person from whom I learnt a lot by observation. Mentor is one who sort of guides you. He was not a guide to me, but I learnt a lot of things from him. My role model in life really are the House of Tatas. We must do economic activity and use that economic activity for social work. In that way, my role models are Tatas. As far as skills of investing in trading is concerned, we should read, observe but try and make independent decisions. We should not subjugate our mind to an individual. You should not think, this individual is too great, so whatever he has said is the gospel truth. But these are markets. They are dynamic. There is no gospel truth.

(R): Difference you see from those days – before SEBI – and now after SEBI – as an investor?

I think, SEBI has contributed greatly for Indian investors and traders. We have gone from the Wild West to the absolute well regulated markets…….See, there have been excesses by SEBI, but that is the function of evolution. I am thankful to SEBI for the way they have conducted the markets. Some excesses have been done somewhere.

(R): Role of auditors: we saw some resignations – some last minute resignations. As an investor, were you satisfied with the action of the auditors, reaction of markets and regulatory response? 

I think Society is underestimating the importance of auditors. I think, auditors are also taking their roles lightly.

You see, faith is the basis of capitalism. Basically, that faith in terms of accounting is certified by auditors. So that’s why I say that society is underestimating the role of auditors. If you got auditors like Arthur Anderson for Enron in all companies, then what would happen? Capitalism itself would get shaken. The auditors don’t understand the importance of what they are certifying. So, personally I feel, first, the monopoly of the Big 4 is not good, and I think the role of auditors has to change. They have to be more responsible and it will evolve with time.

(R): Why you say more responsible, in what sense? Meaning would you like auditors to report something else beyond what they are doing presently?

These are substantive matters. Auditors want to look at procedural matters and I don’t know what are the reasons? I feel, I am also guilty that I am not contributing to the setting of accounting standards, which I can as a member of the Institute. The issue is that a lot of the accounting standards are also not practicable. And, second thing is, I feel, that after all, accounting also carries a lot of opinions. This fact that under the Companies Act, that a qualification by an auditor means a black mark on the Board is not right, because I can differ from the auditor and I as a member of the Board of Directors have the right to counter the auditor’s observations without any black marks right? The auditors themselves differ on certain things. I think, the role of auditors has to be better understood and discharged with greater responsibility, greater understanding and greater practicality.

(R): And presently do you feel that auditors have enough incentive e.g. the board appoints the auditor effectively. Effectively, you have the general meeting, which is composed of promoters largely. They are appointing the auditors. What is the incentive to auditors to speak up and to speak up against those same people? 

That is why you are professionals, you know. That is why you are supposed to uphold your professional standards. Do you want to compromise your professional standards? So, that will depend upon the general morality of our profession. It is you who set the standards of the profession. If we chartered accountants, all together, start giving independent opinions, regardless of whether we are appointed or not, then what will the directors do? What will the promoters do? So, it is for us to improve the standards and have more transparency, and not clamour only for more work.

(G): Do you see the role of auditors should undergo a change in the years to come – considering the scams from Satyam to Carillion in UK? Is assurance expected these days to be more of insurance?

They should undergo a change. But see, it cannot, and will not happen in a jiffy. It will not happen by me or you desiring it. It will happen with evolution.

(R): In other words, what would be the next stage of that evolution that you as an investor and a director look forward to?

That is difficult for me to point out specifically– right? I mean, say, suppose somebody is resigning from Manpasand Beverages. I want, to tell that auditor: what has changed from the year before? Right? I know for one, all the members, my fellow members don’t like it. I am very happy that the power to take disciplinary action has been taken away from the Council. I think, that is why. Partly because SEBI is getting more vigilant – see what has happened to Pricewaterhouse case in Satyam- right? Therefore, this will evolve with time.

(G): Coming to the stock markets – What are the fundamental stumbling blocks that the Indian Economy generally and Stock market specifically face, which need to be changed immediately for a sustainable long-term growth?

Stock Market and Economy, what are you asking, Stock Market or Economy?

Both – mainly the economy, because once the economy grows, the stock market will automatically grow.

My personal observation, that in India, we Indians are more disciplined. Why? Because we think, we can grow far better and we can have better civic and Government than what we have. But see, in the backdrop of the kind of diversity we have, the kind of economic inequality we have, our growth, we are evolving. And this change, we are an elephant, you cannot make it jump faster beyond a point. But it is evolving. Everything is bottom up. So, I think, with evolution, growth will go up. I think, what is stopping us most, is the peoples’ feeling of right of entitlement and India’s bureaucracy. I suddenly feel entitled to everything, I have to do nothing. And bureaucracy feels they can obstruct everything. So that is what is really stopping us – but nothing can stop India.

(R): Today there is a lot of study, knowledge and analysis involved in investing. Yet there is an element of ‘future’ and therefore ‘uncertainty’ that one feels being in the market. If you have to rank skill, courage, risk taking and good luck or God’s grace – what weightage would you give each or how would you rank them?

You may have ninety nine things right in a way. If you don’t have salt it will make food tasteless. So, you need everything in proper measure.

(G): From an economic perspective – what are the areas you can see in future will be the real growth areas, specific sectors you feel would outperform in the next decade?

Everything. India is going to grow! What is it that is not going to grow?

(G): Any specific sectors, any sector you feel has greater potential?

I think, financial sector is very underdeveloped in India. There are lot of sectors. Pharma. Everything in India – is like a buffet! There are so many dishes – eat what you want, do not overeat. (Laughter)

(R): Your advice to Chartered Accountants – especially the younger lot – what should they do more, do less and stop doing completely?

Hard work.

(R): Current generation

And we have to understand that growth and success is a process. Nothing comes in a hurry. And see, you have to be practical in this world but we have got to keep our integrity and keep professional ethics above results.

(G): Corporates are a small portion of the economy – government, agriculture and even unorganised sector is quite significant. Do you see this ratio change? These are some of the factors that are holding back the society.

It is a normal process of Society that as you develop more and more, more and more sectors will get organised, consolidated. So, it is a process, and I think, government’s role in business will diminish. Diminish not by selling government stakes, but by allowing private sector to grow. So, they take out market share.

(R): If you were to interview Warren Buffet – what questions would you like to ask him?

What is the secret of his health? He eats most unhealthy in the world. He is so active at 87. I will ask him the secret of his health. (Laughter)

(R): Anything else you would want to ask if you had to ask a second question?

No. He is an open book.

(G): A long-term investor looks at several factors before investing in a company. One factor is the quality of the management and promoters. Today, when so many promoters who were once upon a time considered as top quality, are now discovered to be frauds, how do you make a decision about the quality of the management and promoters before taking stakes in companies?

How do you gauge if your wife will be good? So, it is intuitive. One test I keep is, you try and find out if the management is playing in the market.

And then if you meet them, you understand the attitude, purpose.

(G): Do you feel that the changes in management being brought about on account of the Insolvency Code would make promoters more accountable, cautious and transparent, and therefore is in the interest of investors or it has its flip side?

Absolutely. It will change the credit culture in India and it will raise the rate of return on capital.

(G): Today, I think, promoters are worried about being replaced.

Worried means, they are being replaced. There is no chance. So, the question is, the insolvency code – firstly is evolving, it will change credit culture and credit behaviour in India. If you raise return on capital, you will use assets more efficiently and they will not inflate capital cost. I think, it is a game changer.

(R): How do you protect yourself against the significant unpredictable legal and regulatory risk faced by companies in India, e.g., Supreme Court ban on mining in Goa, cancellation of coal mine allocations and telecom licences, ban on copper smelting in Tamil Nadu, change in gold import norms, etc. – the sudden slaps.

One is – we don’t know. We can try to protect ourselves from the known, but we can’t protect ourselves from the unknown. We try to not invest in controversial areas – sectors and companies.

(R): Many CAs miss the woods for the trees. How does one master the art and the craft of investing? This is the secret mantra we want from you (Laughter)

Well (laughter) I am trying for the last 38 years since 1980. I still have not mastered it, because the process to learn is a journey, not a destination. One thing that is most important – have an open mind, experience, read, analyse, understand, have an independent opinion. These are some of the factors.

(G): The change today is not only constant – but is faster than ever before. How do you keep up with all this and remain informed to keep up with the pace of change?

 

I am not so technologically savvy, but there are a lot of things which don’t change. Change can bring – the structural change can bring opportunity. It does bring opportunity. By reading.

(G): What do you read regularly?

I read The Economist and India Today. India Today tells me what is happening in India. The Economist makes me form an opinion about what is happening in the world.

(G): And how long have you been doing this now?

 

For the last 15-20 years or even more. Now actually, my reading quotient has come down.

(R): As someone linked to the markets in the superfast digital age – How do you prevent burnout and keep good health and well-being?

Well-being of the mind comes from 3 things: Happiness, Contentment and Tolerance. And acceptance of defeat with a smile. See, life is not about regrets, it is about learning. Once you accept that, you are always mentally healthy.

(R): Ideas of Success and Achievement drive people. What does Success mean to you? Has that idea changed over the years for you?

See I have always done what I enjoyed. I enjoy what I do. I came to the markets in 1985. By the 1990s, I had enough to provide me for a life time. No wealth is enough, no success is enough. But I have never been motivated by the quantum of wealth. I do what I enjoy, enjoy what I do. I have far less than what people think but far more than what I need. So for me, the job what I am doing is far more enjoyable, the hunt is more enjoyable than the game. Success is by-product of what I am doing and I will be lying to say that I don’t like to be wealthy and successful. But I am in no rat race.

God has given me wealth at least far beyond my own imagination. Sometimes, I wonder what will I do with that? What do I need it for?

@15.August.2018

Thank you for your wonderful feedback on the
July 2018 Special Issue. Each issue in this 50th year series is
curated with Golden Content. We are delighted to present another interview, a
view and counterview and four articles on wealth creation through investing. I
hope you enjoy reading them.

 

Independence Day

We celebrate 72nd Independence
Day on 15th August this month. I like to ponder on India and its
freedom during this month since Freedom and Liberty are priceless and are at
the root of all human values. This editorial is a sequel to the Editorial of
August 2017. Here are some thoughts:

 

Legend says that one day the truth and
the lie crossed.

Hello, said the lie. Hello, told the
truth.

 

Nice day, continued the lie. So the truth
went to see if it was true. It was. Nice day, then answered the truth.

 

The lake is even prettier, said the lie
with a nice smile. So the truth looked at the lake and saw that lie was telling
the truth and nodded.

 

The lie ran into the water and
launched…water is even more beautiful and warm. Let’s go swim! The truth
touched the water with her fingers and she was really beautiful and warm. Then
the truth trusted the lie. Both took their clothes and swam quietly.

 

A little later, the lie came out, she
dressed up with the clothes of truth and left.

 

The truth, unable to wear the clothes of
the lie started walking without clothes and everyone went away by seeing her
naked. Saddened, abandoned, the truth took refuge in the bottom of a well.
Since then people prefer to accept the lie disguised as truth than the naked
truth.

 

(The
truth out of the well by Jean-Léon Gérôme, 1896)

 

This story is about lie, yet the truth about
the lie has not changed in aeons. Today, in spite of so much information, the
challenge of spotting a lie dressed as truth remains.

 

We live amidst changing differentiations
which are perceived by each based on his belief, background, and situation.
This concoction results in the ‘portrayal’ of the actual. In other words: Perception
is reality, but not the truth.
Consider these examples:

 

1.  Recently I came across a photo of a British
prince. From the side it seemed like he was showing a finger (the one you do
not expect a prince to show) to the crowd. However, another picture from the
front showed that he had last three fingers up. (Q: Can one believe what is
shown from one angle?)

 

2.  Driving through a forest, you brake suddenly
seeing a deer crossing the road. The driver thinks: what the hell, a deer is
obstructing my way. Yet, the deer is just walking in his home where the road is
intruding. (Q: An individual standpoint restricts the whole perception?)

 

3.  Terror is portrayed consistently by media.
Factually, nearly 4-5 times more people get killed by accidents due to potholes
and far more in road accidents. That doesn’t get the same coverage. Fear and
insecurity of dying at the hands of a gun-toting maniac is much more than that
of death due to a careless driver. Statistical fact[1]
is that road accident kills many more than a terrorists bullets. (Q: Why is one
type of fear of death portrayed excessively over the other?)

 

4.  Consider the monsoon sale displays. The
biggest words are: SALE and DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE. The smallest words are: UP TO.
Legitimate and clever. (Q: Isn’t ‘up to’ as important as the other two words?)

 

5.  Word play: Two potentially different words in
the way people use and understand them are mixed. Say Retail therapy. They give
a subliminal message of something that alleviates pain. (Q: Don’t we have too
many of them?)

 

6.  A media house reports a story. The story has a
subtle shade of agenda or self-interest. The story is perhaps about a big
client with a big advertisement contract. A lay reader takes it as news. (Q:
How does one know what is true and how much of it can be relied upon?)

 

7.  A website wants to give you ‘free content’.
Nevertheless, it wants you to register with some personal information. (Q: If
it was free, why ask for registration?)

 

The point is –
gigabytes and decibels – scramble for our attention and attempt to shape our
perception persistently. We need new heuristics to deal with this situation and
search for truth at a mundane level.

 

As Chartered Accountants we are somewhat
trained to look out for substance. Since seeing is often not believing, we have
to look harder for truth. Truth has many hues. The three notable ones are:
Reason, Facts and Testing words with actions.

 

Gurudev Tagore wrote about this in his poem
laying out his dream of India:

 

Where the
mind is without fear and the head is held high, where knowledge is free.

Where the
world has not been broken up into fragments by narrow domestic walls.

Where words
come out from the depth of truth, where tireless striving stretches its arms
toward perfection.

Where the
clear stream of reason has not lost its way into the dreary desert sand of dead
habit.

Where the
mind is led forward by Thee into ever widening thought and action.

In to that
heaven of freedom, my father, LET MY COUNTRY AWAKE!”

Every day, rhetoric seeks to suppress the
stream of reason. Our elected representatives use rhetorical verbiage, often
entertaining too, but more often deflecting from the core point. Take an
example of some failure
or questioning on a given matter. You can pick their likely answer/s from the
following options:

 

1.  Denial – I didn’t do it, this did not happen,
there is no problem

2.  It’s a conspiracy (sometimes external too)

 

3.  Politically motivated (someone is trying to
throw me out / off)

 

4.  Victim mode: I am targeted because – I am of
xyz caste/region/background/ religion

 

5.  Excuse: Someone else before me was even worst

 

6.  Cherry pick data … and so on

 

Try to remember when you last heard the
following words: I own it up, I am sorry, I take responsibility. When was the
last time that someone stayed on the core point without deflecting? 

 

Facts are antidote of falsehood. Someone has
said: In God, we trust, for everything else bring data to the table. Facts
are available more than before, yet they require one to uncover them, for even
they come packed in deceptive agenda. 

 

Consider two recent words: post-truth[2]
(Word of the year 2016 per Oxford Dictionary) and alternative facts (from Trump
Election). These mixed up incoherent words supply a narrative which is
untenable. Many present, protect and promote such verbosity with fierce
confidence (and sometimes with added theatrics too). When you test words, you
can observe that actions don’t match up to them.

 

The point is: we have to be watchful. Our
eyes need more focus. Ears have to listen to what is not said. The mind has to
cull out deception from perception. Few look for the naked truth, but most
prefer the lie dressed as truth. Yet we can try and spot it. And we may not
succeed. Perhaps the search for truth is as eternal as time. Like the Sura?gama
Sutra
says: Things are not what they appear to be: nor are they
otherwise.

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

 



[1] Globally,
about 3200 people die every day in fatal road accidents, plus 20-50 million are
injured or disabled each year.

 

[2] Relating to or denoting circumstances in
which objective facts are less 
influential in shaping public opinion than appeals to emotion and
personal belief

Detachment

‘ Detachment is not that you should own anything. But nothing should own you’.
                            Alibin abi Talib

Have we ever reflected and realised that consciously or unconsciously we live a life of attachment. Attachment to our parents, spouse, siblings, children and friends. We are also attached to our possessions and neighbourhood, city and country. Above all, we are attached to our work and our thoughts. Our attachment to our thoughts makes us what we are – thoughts control our actions at home, at work and our behaviour in our social interactions. In short we live a life possessed by possessions as we consider we possess all those to whom we are attached. Let us examine what attachment does to us. Attachment creates feeling of helplessness. It converts us into a mini slave. It makes us restless and we rarely realise that sub-consciously it generates ‘fear’ – fear of loss of person, possession or work. When we lose a person to whom we are attached – a mini death occurs in us. Loss of possession or work makes us unhappy. There are occasions when death of person generates grief not only to the family but also nations – three examples come to mind – death of Mahatma Gandhi, President John F. Kennedy and Princess Diana – these were mourned by many in the world.

It has been rightly said that attachment is a fetter and is the intrinsic cause of unhappiness. The issue is : how to get over the fear of loss, eliminate grief and bring happiness in our life. In other words, what is the antidote to attachment. The antidote in the author’s view are ‘acceptance and detachment’. Acceptance establishes the role of destiny in our life and detachment ushers in calm. Detachment converts us from doers to observers – observers who have no reactions. In short, develop detachment from people, places and property without being callous. Develop the ability to let go and accept. Further all religions in one form or the other advise us : ‘do your best and accept the result as a gift from God’. I would conclude by quoting Charlie Chaplin :

-Nothing is permanent in this wicked world – not even our troubles’.

Hence, to have a happy life let us live our life by adopting ‘attachment with detachment’.

Have you shifted to digital note-taking yet?

I don’t remember the last time I used a
physical diary. Digital note-taking may be a bit inconvenient to start with,
but over a period of time, you start wondering how you managed without it for
so long. And you already carry your phone and/or tablet everywhere you go, and
your diary goes with you!

 

Here are several advantages of digital note
taking including recording anything, everything, everywhere:

 

   Edit, copy and share
easily.

    Search and retrieval
made extremely easy.

   Synchronise across
multiple devices, access through smart phone.

   Workflow made easy
through integration with apps such as Outlook and Browser.

    Clip from web
important reading material to read later or for reference.

    Handwritten notes
using a digital pen also feasible.

    Audio, text, video or
picture
, etc. formats supported adding further to the efficiency. For
example, you can include photos of say audit work paper into a note directly.

    Organise various
work areas – Clients, Staff, BCAS and Personal through separate
notebooks, section groups, sections, pages, sub-pages, and tags.

    Prioritise through
tags, etc. to increase productivity and efficiency. Maintain to do lists
with reminders.

    Collaborate with
teams to work simultaneously on these notes, share and even manage simple
projects
. Assign tasks and initiate Workflows.

 

With the
hundreds of digital diaries available now, it is a task to select the right
diary. Obviously, they are not all equal – some are simple and light whereas
some others are very complex and intense. Here are a few notable Note-Taking
Apps
to help you become an efficient note-taker:

 

Monospace is a
minimalist note-taking app, built from the ground up. No fancy bells and
whistles for this note taking app – it just allows standard editing features.
The formatting is also minimal with support for Bold, Italics, Strikethrough,
Bullet, Quote and a bunch of size-related formatting styles. It has built in
internal sync (Pro package only) that lets you keep all your devices on the
latest version’s of your notes, and lets you edit anywhere.

 

Monospace Writer’s hashtags feature replace
the classic folder system. Simply add hashtags (which can be nested) to the
last line of a file and Monospace will take care of the file/folder
organisation for you.

 

Overall, a minimalist Note-Taker – useful
for those who take a few notes temporarily.http://bit.ly/2L1r3rp

 

Squid allows you
to take handwritten notes naturally on your Android tablet, phone, or
Chromebook supporting Android apps! With Squid you can write just like you
would on paper using an active pen, passive stylus, or even your finger. You
can easily markup PDFs to fill out forms, edit/grade papers, or sign documents.
Import images, draw shapes, and add typed text to your notes. And you can turn
your device into a virtual whiteboard or give presentations in a meeting or
conference by wirelessly casting to a TV/projector (e.g. using Miracast,
Chromecast). You can export notes as PDFs or images, then share them with
others or store them in the cloud!http://bit.ly/2Igkqng

 

ColorNote is a
popular note taking app. Very light and simple to use.

 

It is a quick and simple note-taking tool
for notes, memos, emails, to-do lists and much more. Taking notes is just like
typing into a basic wordprocessing program – just type as much as you want,
select a colour to the note, share or even set a reminder for the note. In the
to-do list mode, you can make a checklist of various to-do items, and tick them
off, one by one when each of the items gets done.

 

You can view the notes in the traditional
ascending order, in grid format, or by note colour. You can even password
protect important notes and put them as sticky notes on your home screen.
Online backup and sync cloud service is available which also allows you to
share your notes across devices. http://bit.ly/2Iek3K4

 

Microsoft To-Do
is a simple and intelligent to-do list that makes it easy to plan your day. It
combines intelligent technology and beautiful design to empower you to create a
simple daily workflow. Organise your day with To-Do’s smart Suggestions and
complete the most important tasks or chores you need to get done, every day.
To-Do syncs between your phone and computer, so you can access your to-dos from
just anywhere – work, home or even while you’re traveling around the world.

 

You can quickly add, organise and schedule
your to-dos while you’re on the go. And if you have to-dos that you need to
tick off on a daily, weekly or yearly basis you can set up recurring due dates
to remind you each and every time. To-Do also works with your Outlook Tasks,
making it easier to manage all of your tasks in whichever app you’re in.

 

It can also double up as a note-taking app,
adding detailed notes to every to-do – from addresses, to details about that
book you want to read, to the website for your favourite café. You can collect
all your tasks and notes in one place to help you achieve more.
http://bit.ly/2Id96s5

Google Keep is
one of the best tools to keep yourself up-to-date. Take notes of whatever you
need, wherever you need and recall anytime, anywhere!

 

Notes could be text, pictures or lists with
check boxes. They may be for personal or official use. You could type them from
your phone, or computer. You can also take pics or take voice memos from your
phone and store them as notes. The notes can be colour coded in eight different
colours for easy visual access. You can also share your notes with whomsoever
you desire.

 

And, of course, you can set reminders. The
reminders could be based on date and time and also on where you are! Imagine
going to the office and up pops a reminder about the numerous things you need
to do today. Or visiting a particular client and having a list of pending
issues coming up on your phone!

 

Keep is a wonderful tool which you can use
from your phone, computer, laptop or tablet. Available on Android, iPhone and
Computers. Start using Keep and you will Keep using it forever!
http://bit.ly/2L0C3W4

 

OneNote is a
multipurpose powerhouse —great for collecting and organising long-term data
like statements, minutes of meetings and task lists.

 

You can type, hand write, draw, and clip
things from the web to get down your thoughts into your notebook. You can place
content anywhere you want. You can even scan hand written notes or pages
straight into OneNote and make them searchable. You can use the Lasso Tool
to select handwritten text, then click Ink to Text in the Draw
menu to instantly convert it into text — all while retaining colours,
capitalisation, and relative sizes.

 

OneNote helps you get organised, collaborate
with others and accomplish more. It is part of the Office family and works
great with your favourite apps, such as Excel or Word to help you do more.

 

OneNote is tightly integrated with Outlook.
You can send emails from Outlook to OneNote and you can also email your
notebook pages directly from OneNote. It’s also possible to assign a task to a
specific person through OneNote. This task will appear in that person’s Outlook
task list. When they complete it in Outlook, the update will be synchronised
with OneNote. http://bit.ly/2IekJ24

 

Evernote is one
of my favourite note-taking tools. Evernote makes it easy to remember things
big and small from your everyday life, using your computer, phone, tablet and
the web. You can write notes on any of your devices and they will be
automatically synced to all your other devices. If you are in a meeting and
take notes on your tablet or phone, the minute you login to your office / home
computer, you will find them there!

 

Evernote is truly cross-platform. It
supports iOS, Blackberry, Windows and Android on Smartphones and Tablets, and
Mac OS X, Windows, Safari, Chrome and Firefox on Computers. It just syncs
seamlessly.

 

Your notes could be text, audio, picture
notes, check lists, webclips, dictations or even sketches. So remember
everything, access anywhere and find things fast. Best of all, it is free to
install on each one of your devices. Free Accounts have a 60MB upload limit,
per month, but I have never even reached half of it in any month. The paid
version has multiple levels of features and you can upgrade as per your needs
and convenience. My current favourite. No gifts of Diaries for me next New
Year! http://bit.ly/2L0ykIc

 

Which note-taking app is your favourite?
Why? What kind of notes do you take? Are there any free ones that I missed?
Please do write to journal@bcasonline.org
 

26. [2018] 96 taxmann.com 17 (Delhi – Trib) Ciena India (P) Ltd vs. ITO ITA Nos: 959 & 984 (Delhi) of 2011 A.Ys.: 2007-08 and 2008-09 Date of Order: 29th June, 2018 Articles 5, 12 of India-Netherlands DTAA; Section 9 of the Act – in absence of PE of the non-resident in India, purchaser of shrink-wrapped off-the-shelf software was not liable to withhold tax from payment.

Facts


The Taxpayer was an Indian Company.
It was a wholly owned subsidiary of an American Company (“USCo”). It was set up
as a 100% EOU under STPI Scheme of Government of India. The Taxpayer was
providing software development support to USCo. During the relevant years, the
Taxpayer made payments to a Netherlands based company for supply of computer
hardware, software and related support services for installation and
maintenance. It did not withhold any tax while remitting the said payments. The
software supplied was shrink-wrapped software, which was sold off-the-shelf in
retail.

 

The AO held that payments made for
software were in the nature of royalty and payments made for services were in
the nature of FTS. Hence, the Taxpayer was liable to withhold tax on both kinds
of payments.  

 

Held


  •     Sale of hardware together
    with embedded software was not taxable in absence of PE of the non-resident in
    India.

 

  •     Installation and other
    services did not make available any technical knowledge or technical knowhow.
    This was a pre-requisite for bringing such services within the ambit of Article
    12(5)(b) of India-USA DTAA.

 

  •     Hence, payments in
    respect of them could not be considered as FTS. Therefore, the order of the AO
    was to be set aside.  
     

Article 5, 13 of India-UK DTAA; section 9 of the Act – if the entire profits of a UK partnership are taxed in UK, the partnership would qualify for benefits under India-UK DTAA; as the expression “any twelve-month period” in Article 5(2)(k)(i) is not defined in India-UK DTAA, it should be read as ‘previous year’ as defined in section 3 of the Act

5.  [2018] 97 taxmann.com
464 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Linklaters LLP vs. DCIT

ITA No.: 1540 (Mum) of 2016

Date of Order: 29th August, 2018

A.Y.: 2012-13

 

Article 5, 13 of India-UK DTAA; section 9 of the Act – if the
entire profits of a UK partnership are taxed in UK, the partnership would
qualify for benefits under India-UK DTAA; as the expression “any twelve-month
period” in Article 5(2)(k)(i) is not defined in India-UK DTAA, it should be
read as ‘previous year’ as defined in section 3 of the Act

 

Facts

The Taxpayer was a UK LLP. The
Taxpayer provided legal consultancy globally to its clients, including clients
from India.

 

The Taxpayer contended that such
income was not taxable in India in absence of a Permanent establishment (PE) in
India.

 

The AO sought
further information from the Taxpayer and found that the Taxpayer had provided
legal services to several clients and the work relating to such services was
performed partly in India and partly outside India. Thus, AO held that Taxpayer
had a PE in India because its employees and other executives had stayed in
India for more than ninety days. The AO also held that the Taxpayer was not
liable to tax in UK and hence, it was not entitled to the benefits under
India-UK DTAA. Thus, the AO held that the income received by LLP was taxable as
FTS in terms of section 9(1)(vii) of the Act. Without prejudice, the AO also
held that such income also qualified as FTS under the DTAA.

 

The DRP rejected the objections of
the Taxpayer and directed the AO to finalise the assessment.

 

Held

  •   Following its ruling in
    the Taxpayer’s own case for the earlier years, the Tribunal held as follows.

 

    If
the entire profits of the partnership are taxed in UK, irrespective of whether
in the hands of the firm or in the hands of the partners, the LLP would be
entitled to benefits under India-UK DTAA.

    Income
of the Taxpayer from legal advisory services was not FTS as contemplated under
Article 13 of India-UK DTAA. Further, having regard to section 90(2), such
income cannot be brought to tax as FTS in terms of section 9(1)(vii) of the
Act.

 

  •    Interpretation of the
    expression “any twelve-month period” in Article 5(2)(k)(i)

    Article
5(2)(k)(i) of India-UK DTAA uses the expression “any twelve-month period”1.  This expression has not been defined in
India-UK DTAA.

    Under
the Act, a twelve-month period would mean ‘previous year’ or financial year in
terms of section 3 of the Act. Harmonious reading of Article 5(2)(k)(i) with
the Act would lead to the conclusion that “any twelve-month period
would mean previous year or financial year in terms of section 3 of the Act.

    As
contended by the Taxpayer, during the relevant previous year or financial year,
the personnel of the Taxpayer had rendered services in India for a period
aggregating to seventy-seven days.

    This
factual aspect was not verified by AO as Taxpayer had not raised this issue
before the lower authorities. Hence, the Tribunal restored the issue to the AO
directing him to verify the facts.  

__________________________________________

1   In
terms of Article 5(2)(k)(i), a PE is constituted if: the enterprise furnishes
services (including managerial services) other than services taxable as
Royalties and FTS through its personnel; and if such activities continue for a
period or periods aggregating to more than 90 days within “any twelve-month
period’.

Section 254 – The ITAT is an adjudicator and not an investigator. It has to rely upon the investigation / enquiry conducted by the AO. The Department cannot fault the ITAT’s order and seek a recall on the ground that an order of SEBI, though available, was not produced before the ITAT at the hearing. The negligence or laches lies with the Department and for such negligence or laches, the order of the ITAT cannot be termed as erroneous u/s. 254(2). Section 254(2) of the Act is very limited in its scope and ambit and only applies to rectification of mistake apparent on the face of record, review of earlier decision of the Tribunal is not permissible under the provisions of section 254(2) of the Act

4.  ITO vs. Iraisaa Hotels Pvt. Ltd.

Members
: Saktijit Dey, JM and Rajesh Kumar, AM

MA No.
29/Mum/2017 arising out of ITA No.: 6165/Mum/2014

A. Y.:
2007-08  
Dated: 10th September, 2018.

Counsel
for revenue / assessee: Ram Tiwari / Pradeep Kapasi

 

Section 254 – The ITAT is an adjudicator and not an investigator.
It has to rely upon the investigation / enquiry conducted by the AO. The
Department cannot fault the ITAT’s order and seek a recall on the ground that
an order of SEBI, though available, was not produced before the ITAT at the
hearing. The negligence or laches lies with the Department and for such
negligence or laches, the order of the ITAT cannot be termed as erroneous u/s.
254(2). Section 254(2) of the Act is very limited in its scope and ambit and
only applies to rectification of mistake apparent on the face of record, review
of earlier decision of the Tribunal is not permissible under the provisions of
section 254(2) of the Act

 

FACTS

The Revenue filed an application
seeking recall of the order dated 29th April, 2016 passed in ITA No.
6165/Mum/2014.  It was contended that at
the time of disposal of the appeal by the Tribunal, though the final order
dated 31.3.2015, passed by SEBI was available it was not brought to the notice
of the Tribunal while deciding the issue relating to additions made u/s. 68 of
the Act by the Assessing Officer (AO) in respect of unsecured loan and share
capital amounting to Rs. 1,69,94,882.  It
was contended that had the observations of the SEBI in the final order been
considered, the issue relating to the disputed additions made by the AO could
have been decided in a different manner i.e., in favor of the Department.  It was submitted that the appeal order be
recalled and the appeal be heard and decided afresh after considering the final
report of the SEBI.

 

HELD

From the narration of facts in the
authorisation memo of the learned PCIT, the Tribunal noticed that he admits
that proper enquiry was not done by the learned CIT(A) and by the AO at the
stage of remand which resulted in not bringing certain facts to the notice of
the Tribunal.  It observed that it is
crystal clear that the Tribunal has proceeded on the basis of facts and
material on record and as were placed before it at the time of hearing by the
learned Counsels appearing for the parties. 
It observed that the role of the Tribunal as a second appellate
authority is of an adjudicator and not an investigator. 



The Tribunal under the provisions
of the Act has to decide the grounds raised in an appeal filed either by the
assessee or by the Department on the basis of the facts and materials available
on record or brought to its notice at the time of hearing of appeal.

 

The Tribunal observed that it is
after passing of the order of the Tribunal the Department has come forward with
the final order of the SEBI by stating that, though, it was available at the
time of hearing of appeal but it could not be brought to the notice of the
Tribunal.  It held that the negligence or
laches for not bringing the final order of SEBI to the notice of the Tribunal
lies with the Department and for such negligence or laches of the Department,
the appeal order passed by the Tribunal cannot be termed as erroneous to bring
it within the ambit of section 254(2) of the Act. 

 

After disposal of appeal by the
Tribunal, if the Department comes with fresh evidence certainly it cannot be
entertained, much less, by taking recourse to section 254(2) of the Act. 

 

The Tribunal observed that by
filing this application the Department wants a review of the earlier decision
of the Tribunal which is not permissible under provisions of section 254(2) of
the Act which is very limited in its scope and ambit and only applies to
rectification of mistake apparent on the face of record. 

 

The Tribunal held the application
filed by the Department to be not maintainable. 

Sections 143(2), 147 – A notice u/s. 143(2) issued by the AO before the assessee files a return of income has no meaning. If no fresh notice is issued after the assessee files a return, the AO has no jurisdiction to pass the reassessment order and the same has to be quashed

3.  Sudhir Menon vs. ACIT

Members
: Mahavir Singh, JM and N K
Pradhan, AM

ITA
No.: 1744/Mum/2016

A. Y.:
2010-11  
Dated: 3rd October, 2018.

Counsel for assessee / revenue: S E Dastur / R. Manjunatha Swamy

 

Sections 143(2), 147 – A notice u/s. 143(2)
issued by the AO before the assessee files a return of income has no meaning.
If no fresh notice is issued after the assessee files a return, the AO has no
jurisdiction to pass the reassessment order and the same has to be quashed

 

FACTS

The assessee filed his return of
income on 30.7.2010 declaring total income of Rs. 46,76,95,780 which return of
income was processed u/s. 143(1) of the Act on 21.3.2012.  Thereafter, the case was reopened by issuing
notice u/s. 148 of the Act dated 1.4.2013 which was served on the assessee on
8.4.2013. The ACIT, Central Circle – 45, Mumbai (AO) issued notice u/s. 143(2)
of the Act dated 3.5.2013 requiring assessee to attend his office on
13.5.2013.  The assessee in response to
notice issued u/s. 148 of the Act, filed a letter dated 23.5.2013 stating that
the return originally filed be treated as a return filed in response to notice
u/s. 148 of the Act.

 

Since no notice u/s. 143(2) was
issued after filing of return by the assessee, it was contended that the
assessment framed is invalid and bad in law. For this proposition, reliance was
placed on the following decisions –

 

i)    ACIT
vs. Geno Pharmaceuticals [(2013) 32 taxmann.com 162 (Bom.)]

ii)    CIT
vs. Ms. Malvika Arun Somaiya [(2010) 2 taxmann.com 144 (Bom)]

iii)   DIT vs. Society for Worldwide Inter Bank Financial,
Telecommunications [(2010) 323 ITR 249 (Delhi)]

iv)   Decision
of Delhi Tribunal in ITA Nos. 5163 & 5164/Del/2010, 5554/Del/2012 for AY
2004-05 and 2005-06 vide order dated 2.7.2018

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted the factual
position and observed that the question is can the AO issue notice u/s. 143(2)
of the Act in the absence of pending return of income.  It held that the provisions of section 143(2)
of the Act is clear that notice can be issued only when a valid return is
pending assessment.  It held that the
notice issued before 23.5.2013 had no meaning as the assessee filed return of
income u/s. 148 vide letter dated 23.5.2013 stating that the original return of
income can be treated as return filed in response to notice u/s. 148 of the
Act.  It observed that it means return
was filed only on 23.5.2013. 

 

The issue as to whether assessment
can be framed without issuing a notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act when the return
was filed by the assessee in response to notice u/s. 148 of the Act has been
considered by the Bombay High Court in the case of Geno Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
(supra)
.   Having noted the
observations of the Bombay High Court in the case of Geno Pharmaceuticals
Ltd. (supra)
, the Tribunal observed that similar is the position in the
case of Malvika Arun Somaiya (supra). 
The Tribunal also noted the observations of the Delhi High Court in the
case of Society for Worldwide Inter Bank Financial, Telecommunications
(supra)
and held that in view of the consistent view of jurisdictional High
Court and Delhi High Court, in the absence of a pending return of income, the
provisions of section 143(2) of the Act is clear that notice can be issued only
when a valid return is pending for assessment. Accordingly, the notice issued
on 3.5.2013 has not meaning.  Since no
notice was issued by the Department after 23.5.2013 (date of filing of return
of income by the assessee) the Tribunal held that the assessment framed without
issuing a notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act when the return was filed by the
assessee in response to notice u/s. 148 of the Act is bad in law. The Tribunal
quashed the assessment framed by the AO.

 

The issue raised by the assessee by
way of additional ground was allowed. 
The appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Section 140A(3) and 221 – AO was not justified in levying penalty u/s. 140A(3) r.w.s. 221(1) for failure to pay self-assessment tax as per the provisions of section 140A(3) as amended w.e.f. 1st April, 1989 as the amended section 140A(3) does not envisage any penalty for non-payment of self-assessment tax

10.  [2018] 195 TTJ 536
(Mumbai – Trib.)

Heddle Knowledge P (Ltd) vs. ITO

ITA No.: 7509/Mum/2011

A. Y.: 2009-10.                                   

Dated: 19th January, 2018.

 

Section 140A(3) and 221 – AO was not justified in levying penalty
u/s. 140A(3) r.w.s. 221(1) for failure to pay self-assessment tax as per the
provisions of section 140A(3) as amended w.e.f. 1st April, 1989 as
the amended section 140A(3) does not envisage any penalty for non-payment of
self-assessment tax 

 

FACTS

The assessee filed its return for the relevant year which was not
accompanied by proof of payment of self-assessment tax. In response to
show-cause notice issued by AO, assessee raised a plea of financial stringency.
The AO did not find the reason advanced by the assessee to be satisfactory to
mitigate the levy of penalty.

He took a view that the assessee had defaulted in payment of self-assessment
tax within the stipulated period and was thus liable to be treated as
‘assessee-in-default’ as per the provisions of section 140A(3) r.w.s. 221(1) of
the Act. Accordingly, penalty order was passed for delayed payment of
self-assessment tax.

 

Aggrieved by the assessment order,
the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A) confirmed the
penalty order.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that in terms of
the provisions of section 140A(3) as existing till 31-3-1989, the Assessing
Officer was empowered to levy penalty in cases where assessee had failed to pay
the self-assessment tax. The section was then amended by inserting Explanation
to it with effect from 1-4-1989. The amended section along with the explanatory
notes to the amendment conjointly made it clear that the earlier provision
prescribing for levy of penalty for default outlined in sub-section (1) of
section 140A(3) had yielded place to mandatory charging of interest for such
default. The aforesaid legislative intent also got strength by the fact that
simultaneously the legislature prescribed for mandatory charging of interest
u/s. 234B of the Act for default in payment of self-assessment tax with effect
from 01-04-1989 onwards.

 

However, a contrary position was
taken by the revenue to the effect that for having defaulted in payment of
self-assessment tax within the stipulated period, assessee qualified to be an
“assessee-in-default” as prescribed in the amended section 140A(3).
Section 221(1) of the Act prescribed for penalty when assessee was in default
in making the payment of tax. Once section 140A(3) had been amended with effect
from 01-04-1989, there was no amendment of section 221 and it continued to
remain the same. Furthermore, the intention of the legislature at the time of
insertion of the amended section 140A(3) made it clear that the old provisions
of section 140A(3) prescribing for levy of penalty for non-payment of
self-assessment tax was no longer found necessary because the said default
would henceforth invite mandatory charging of interest. Ostensibly, the
legislature did not envisage that consequent to the amendment, the default in
payment of self-assessment tax would hitherto be covered by the scope of
section 221(1).

 

The consequence of the aforesaid
two expressions contained in section 140A(3) were also not of the type sought
to be understood by the revenue, and rather the assessee was to be treated as
an “assessee-in-default” for the limited purpose of enabling the AO
to make recovery of the amount of tax and interest due and not for levy of
penalty, an aspect which had been specifically done away in the new provision.
Therefore, the Tribunal concluded that the fact that the amended section
140A(3) with effect from 01-04-1989 did not envisage any penalty for
non-payment of self-assessment tax, the AO was not justified in levying the
penalty by making recourse to section 221(1) of the Act. It may again be
emphasised that section 221 remained unchanged, both during the pre and post
amended section 140A(3) of the Act and even in the pre-amended situation,
penalty u/s. 221 of the Act was not attracted for default in payment of
self-assessment tax, which was expressly covered in pre 01-04-1989 prevailing
section 140A(3). In the result, the Tribunal directed the AO to delete the
penalty.

Section 54F – AO having accepted the returned income despite the fact that the assessee neither admitted capital gains on sale of property nor claimed exemption under any of the provisions and the CIT having given direction to the AO in his revisional order to verify the facts and to redo the assessment as per law, the claim for exemption u/s. 54F could not be denied in the fresh assessment

9.  [2018] 195 TTJ 630 (Hyd
– Trib.)

Manohar Reddy Basani vs. ITO

ITA No.: 1307/Hyd/2017

A. Y.: 2010-11.                                   

Dated: 30th May, 2018.

           

Section 54F – AO having accepted the returned
income despite the fact that the assessee neither admitted capital gains on
sale of property nor claimed exemption under any of the provisions and the CIT
having given direction to the AO in his revisional order to verify the facts
and to redo the assessment as per law, the claim for exemption u/s. 54F could
not be denied in the fresh assessment 

 

FACTS

The assessee filed its return
declaring certain taxable income. In course of scrutiny assessment, the AO
noticed that the assessee made transaction of sale of property. The assessee
had neither admitted capital gains on sale of property nor claimed exemption
under any of the provisions of the Act. In response to show-cause notice, the
assessee furnished the information called for and stated that he was entitled
to exemption u/s. 54F on the capital gains since his share of sale
consideration of the property was utilised for construction of a residential
property. Having considered the stand of the assessee, AO accepted the returned
income.

 

The Commissioner, however, opined
that in the absence of disclosure of capital gains in the return of income, the
assessee was not entitled to get any deduction u/s. 54F for investment in new
residential house. He thus passed a revisional order setting aside the
assessment.

 

Consequent to the directions of the
Revisional Authority, the AO passed an order u/s. 143(3) r.w.s. 263 holding
that the assessee neither declared the transaction of sale of property nor made
any claim of deduction u/s. 54F of the Act in the return of income and, in the
absence of any claim the assessee was not entitled to get any deduction u/s.
54F of the Act.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that even if it
was assumed that the assesse could not make any new claim at later stage but
the fact remained that the assessee had not even disclosed capital gains and in
the absence of offering the capital gains to tax, the AO should have strictly
confined to the return filed and would not have made any addition and if once
he took the issue of capital gains for the first time, the claim of the
assessee regarding deduction u/s. 54F of the Act should also be considered and
in fact, the AO had fairly considered the same in the original assessment and
completed the assessment without making any addition. Presumably, because of
this the Revisional Authority did not give much stress to this aspect but
limited his direction by stating that the AO should reconsider the matter in
accordance with law. Thus, there was a categorical direction of the
Commissioner, to verify the facts and to redo the assessment as per law, and in
such an event it was a duty of the AO to consider the issue afresh. As the
assessee neither disclosed the capital gains in the return of income nor
claimed any deduction u/s. 54F, the assessee was not entitled to get any
deduction u/s. 54F, in the same way the AO should not have added the capital
gains to the income of the assessee since there was no disclosure of the same
in the return of income.

 

The first appellate authority ought
to have considered the issue on merits since the decision of the Supreme Court
in the case of Goetze (India) Ltd., would not debar the first appellate
authority to consider the fresh claim, if any, so as to arrive at the correct
taxable income. The High Court, in the case of CIT vs. Indian Express
(Madurai) (P.) Ltd. [1983] 13 Taxman 441/140 ITR 705
, observed that unlike
a law suit in civil appeals, in tax litigation, it could not be treated as a
“lis”
between two rival parties but the job of the AO was to arrive at the correct
taxable income.

 

Therefore, merely on account of
fact that the assessee had not claimed exemption in return of income, the same
could not have been denied. In the result, the Tribunal directed AO to allow
the claim of deduction u/s. 54F of the Act.

Section 23 – Annual value of property of the assessee which property had remained let out for 36 months and thereafter could not be let out and had remained vacant during whole of the year under consideration, but had never remained under self-occupation of the assessee, has to be rightly computed at `nil’ by taking recourse to section 23(1)(c) of the Act

8.  [2018] 97 taxmann.com
534 (Mumbai-Trib.)

Sonu Realtors (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT

ITA No.: 2892/Mum/2016 & 66(MUM) OF 2017

A. Y.: 2011-12 and 2012-13.

Dated: 19th September, 2018.

 

Section 23 – Annual value of property of the
assessee which property had remained let out for 36 months and thereafter could
not be let out and had remained vacant during whole of the year under
consideration, but had never remained under self-occupation of the assessee,
has to be rightly computed at `nil’ by taking recourse to section 23(1)(c) of
the Act 

 

FACTS

The assessee, engaged in the
business of construction, filed its return of income for assessment year
2011-12, declaring therein a total income of Rs. Nil. In the course of
assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer noted that immovable properties
were reflected in the balance sheet of the assessee but the deemed rental
income had not been offered for taxation. He called upon the assessee to show
cause why deemed rent of the properties owned by the assessee should not be
charged to tax under the head `Income from House Property’. The assessee, in
response to the show cause, submitted that the two flats owned by it were let
out to Sterling Construction P. Ltd. for a period of 36 months vide agreement
dated April 2007. Upon expiry of the license period, the licensee vacated the
flats. During the period when the properties were let out on leave and license,
the rental income was offered for taxation under the head `Income from House
Property’. Since during the entire year the property was vacant, the assessee
had considered the annual value to be nil. The assessee contended that its case
is covered by section 23(1)(c) of the Act. The AO, however, held that since the
properties under consideration were not let out at all during the previous
year, the provisions of section 23(1)(c) would not be applicable to its case.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred
an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the order passed by the AO. Aggrieved, the
assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the
assessee had vide agreement dated April, 2007 let out the Unit No. 401 &
425 of project Balaji Bhavan to Sterling Construction Pvt. Ltd. for a period of
36 months, and had offered the rental income received therefrom as its
“Income from house property” in the preceding years, but after the
expiry of the license period of 36 months the licensee had vacated the property
and conveyed its intention of not getting the license agreement renewed any
further. It observed that it is not the case of the department that after the
property was vacated, the same thereafter had remained under the self
occupation of the assessee.

 

In light of the aforesaid factual
position the Tribunal found itself to be in agreement with the submissions of
the Ld. A.R. that the issue raised before it is squarely covered by the orders
of the coordinate benches of the Tribunal in the case of (i) Vikas Keshav
Garud vs. ITO [(2016) 71 taxmann.com 214 (Mum.); (ii). ACIT vs. Dr. Prabha
Sanghi [(2012) 27 taxmann.com 317 (Delhi)]; (iii). Premsudha Exports (P) Ltd.
vs. ACIT [(2008) 110 ITD 158 (Mum.); and (iv) Informed Technologies India Ltd.
vs. DCIT [(2016) 75 taxmann.com 128 (Mum.)]
.

 

The Tribunal, observed that the
co-ordinate Bench in the case of Informed Technologies India Ltd. (supra)
had while analysing the scope and gamut of section 23(1)(c) of the ‘Act’,
concluded that in light of the words ‘Property is let’ used in clause (c) of
section 23(1) of the ‘Act’, unlike the term ‘house is actually let’ as stands
gathered from a conjoint reading of sub-section (2) to (4) of section 23, it
can safely and rather inescapably be gathered that the conscious, purposive and
intentional usage of the aforesaid term ‘Property is let’ in section 23(1)(c)
of the ‘Act’, cannot be substituted by the term ‘house is actually let’ as used
by the legislature in all its wisdom in sub-section (3) of section 23.

 

The Tribunal held that it can
safely be concluded that the requirement that the ‘house is actually let’
during the year is not to be taken as a prerequisite for bringing the case of
an assessee within the sweep of section 23(1)(c) of the ‘Act’, as long as the
property is let in the earlier period and is found vacant for the whole year
under consideration, subject to the condition that such vacancy of the property
is not for self occupation of the same by the assessee who continues to hold
the same for the purpose of letting out.

 

Though the
term ‘Property is let’ used in section 23(1)(c) is solely with the intent to
avoid misuse of determination of the ‘annual value’ of self occupied properties
by the assesses by taking recourse to section 23(1)(c), however, the same
cannot be stretched beyond that and the ‘annual value’ of a property which is
let, but thereafter remains vacant for the whole year under consideration,
though subject to the condition that the same is not put under self occupation
of the assessee and is held for the purpose of letting out of the same, would
continue to be determined u/s. 23(1)(c) of the ‘Act’. The Tribunal held that
the assessee had rightly determined the ‘annual value’ of the property at Nil
by taking recourse to section 23(1)(c) of the ‘Act’.

 

It observed that the CIT(A) had
misconceived the judgment of the Hon’ble High Court of Andhra Pradesh in the
case of Vivek Jain vs. Asstt. CIT [2011] 14 taxmann.com 146/202 Taxman
499/337 ITR 74
.  It observed that in
the said judgment the Hon’ble High Court in the concluding Para 14 & 15 had
observed that though the benefit of computing the ‘ALV u/s. 23(1)(c) could not
be extended to a case where the property was not let out at all, however the
same would duly encompass and take within its sweep cases where the property
had remained let out for two or more years, but had remained vacant for the
whole of the previous year.

 

The Tribunal was of the view that now
when in the case of the present case no infirmity emerges from the computation
of the ‘annual value’ of the said property u/s. 23(1)(c) of the ‘Act’ by the
assessee. The Tribunal allowed this ground of appeal filed by the assessee.

Section 271AAA – Penalty proceeding u/s. 271AAA can be initiated only if the person has been subjected to search u/s.132(1) If penalty proceedings u/s. 271AAA are initiated against a person who is not subjected to search action u/s. 132(1) of the Act, the provision itself becomes unworkable as no declaration u/s. 132(4) of the Act is possible from any person other than the person against whom search and seizure action u/s. 132(1) is carried out.

7.  [2018] 97 taxmann.com 460 (Mumbai-Trib.)

DCIT
vs. Velji Rupshi Faria

ITA
No.: 1849/Mum/2017

A. Y.:
2008-09
Dated: 31st August, 2018

 

Section 271AAA – Penalty proceeding u/s. 271AAA can be initiated
only if the person has been subjected to search u/s.132(1)

 

If penalty proceedings u/s. 271AAA are initiated against a person
who is not subjected to search action u/s. 132(1) of the Act, the provision
itself becomes unworkable as no declaration u/s. 132(4) of the Act is possible
from any person other than the person against whom search and seizure action
u/s. 132(1) is carried out.

 

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, was a
key person of certain firms and companies which were subjected to search and
seizure operation. The Assessing Officer (AO) initiated proceedings u/s. 153C
of the Act. In the course of proceedings for assessment u/s. 153C of the Act,
the AO referring to incriminating material found in the course of search and
seizure operation made a number of additions as a result of which total income
was assessed at Rs. 7,40,04,778. He also initiated proceedings for imposition
of penalty u/s. 271AAA of the Act. The AO, rejecting the explanation filed by
the assessee, levied penalty of Rs. 74,00,477 u/s. 271AAA of the Act.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred
an appeal to the CIT(A) who having found that no search and seizure action was
carried out in the case of the assessee, followed the decision of the Ahmedabad
Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Dy. CIT vs. K. G. Developers, ITA No.
1139/Ahd./2012
, dated 13th September, 2013, and deleted the
penalty imposed.


Aggrieved, the revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

At the outset, the Tribunal noted
that the Department is not disputing that the penalty has been levied u/s.
271AAA of the Act. The Tribunal held that the primary condition for initiating
penalty proceeding is, a person concerned must have been subjected to a search
and seizure operation u/s. 132(1) of the Act. Undisputedly, in the facts of the
present case, no search and seizure operation u/s.132(1) of the Act was carried
out in case of the assessee. This fact is clearly evident from the initiation
and completion of proceedings u/s. 153C of the Act.

 

Thus, the primary condition of section 271AAA of the Act remains
unsatisfied. Even otherwise also, if penalty proceedings u/s. 271AAA of the Act
is initiated against a person who is not subjected to search action u/s. 132(1)
of the Act, the provision itself becomes unworkable as no declaration u/s.
132(4) of the Act is possible from any person other than the person against
whom the search and seizure u/s. 132(1) is carried out.

Thus, in such circumstances, sub-section (2) to section 271AAA of the Act
cannot be given effect to. The Tribunal agreed with the CIT(A) that initiation
of penalty proceedings u/s. 271AAA of the Act in the instant case is invalid.
The Tribunal observed that its decision gets support from the decision relied
upon by the Authorised Representative.

 

The Tribunal upheld the order
passed by the CIT(A). The appeal filed by the revenue was dismissed.

 

Section 263: Commissioner – Revision of orders prejudicial to revenue – Scope of power – Subsequent amendement. [ Section 6(a)]

6.  CIT-26 vs. Mihir Doshi [ Income tax Appeal no
196 of 2016, Dated: 23rd August, 2018 (Bombay High Court)]. 

 

[Mihir Doshi vs. DCIT; dated
30/08/2013 ; ITA. No 4403/Mum/2010, Mum. 
ITAT Mum.  ITAT ]

 

Section 263: Commissioner – Revision of orders prejudicial to
revenue – Scope of power – Subsequent amendement. [ Section 6(a)]

 

The assessee has been serving in
‘Morgan Stanley International (Inc)’ of the USA. He was on deputation to India.
He filed return of income for Assessment Year 2003- 2004 on 19th
October, 2004, claiming the status of a ‘Resident’, but ‘not ordinarily
resident’ within the meaning of section 6 sub-section 6 clause (a) of the I.T
Act. He offered the salary earned in India to the extent of Rs.3,23,23,506/- to
tax. He offered further income under the head ‘Short Term Capital Gain’ and
‘Bank Interest’ on his own, which the A.O brought to tax by his Assessment
Order of 24th January, 2006. The said proceedings resulted from the
refund sought by this assessee and the A.O modified his order by invoking
section 154 of the Act. Admittedly the A.O was possessed of this power and he
modified or corrected his order to the extent of the amount of income which
could be brought to tax.

 

The Commissioner was of the view
that the A.O did not examine the legal status of the assessee in the course of
the assessment proceedings and, hence, initiated action u/s. 263 of the Act.
That is on the footing, namely, the unamended section 6 sub-section 6 clause
(a) of the Act. It is said that the A.O gave effect
to the order of the Commissioner, but when the assessee asked for rectification
of that order to exclude double addition, the A.O surprisingly passed another
order dated 24th February, 2009 deleting the entire amount. It is in
these circumstances that the records were again summoned by the Commissioner of
Income Tax and he returned the finding that the order of the A.O is erroneous
in so far as it is prejudicial to the interest of Revenue. Not only the salary,
but his perquisites also should be brought to tax was the view of the
Commissioner.

 

The aggrieved assessee approached
the Tribunal and the Tribunal considered both issues in the backdrop of the
peculiar facts and came to the conclusion that there could not be prejudice
caused to the Revenue as the A.O not only brought to tax the Indian component,
but the global component of the salary. That was a mistake and he, therefore,
made this correction so as to pass an Assessment Order in tune with the law. It
does not mean that the Commissioner was authorised by the same legal provision,
namely, section 263 of the Act to raise the issue of taxability. Firstly, all
proceeds of the entire tax deducted at source and secondly, that part of the
refund which was granted to the assessee on the basis that the sum refunded,
does not belong to the assessee, but to his employer. The main issue was
whether there was indeed any mistake in the Assessment Order and whether that
justified exercise of powers by the A.O conferred vide section 154 of the Act.
The Tribunal considered the factual and legal position and a judgment of the
Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Pradip J. Mehta vs. Commissioner of
Income Tax (300 ITR 231)
and arrived at the conclusion that the amendment
to section 6 sub-section 6 clause(a) has been brought into effect from 1st
April, 2004. That was not applicable to the Assessment Year under
consideration. The existing law was considered by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in
the aforesaid judgment and the Hon’ble Supreme Court’s judgment would bind the
A.O. That part of the income earned outside India would have to be excluded and
the assessee would have to be taxed to the extent of the income earned in
India. That has admittedly been done.

 

Being aggrieved with the order of the ITAT, the Revenue filed the
Appeal before High Court. The Court find that, in such circumstances, there was
no prejudice caused and this was not a fit case, therefore, to exercise the
powers u/s. 263 of the Act. Such a conclusion is imminently possible in the
peculiar facts of this case. The assessee’s status, the nature of his income
and the legal provision then prevailing having been correctly applied, the
order under Appeal does not suffer from perversity or any error of law apparent
on the face of the record. Accordingly, 
dept appeal was dismissed.

Section 153A: Assessment – Search or requisition-No addition can be made in respect of an unabated assessment which has become final if no incriminating material is found during the search. [Section 132, 143(3)]

5.  The Pr. CIT-4 vs. Jignesh P. Shah [Income tax
Appeal no 555 of 2016, Dated: 26th September, 2018 (Bombay High
Court)]. 

 

[Jignesh P. Shah vs. DCIT;
dated 13/02/2015 ; ITA. No 1553 & 3173/Mum/2010, Mum.  ITAT ]

 

Section 153A: Assessment – Search or requisition-No addition can
be made in respect of an unabated assessment which has become final if no
incriminating material is found during the search. [Section 132, 143(3)]

 

The assessee is an individual being
the member of Financial Technologies India Ltd., was covered under search and
seizure action. In pursuance of search action u/s. 132(1), notices u/s. 153A
was issued to the assessee on 25.10.2007 for the six assessment years
immediately preceding the assessment year of the year of the search, which
included the aforesaid assessment years. In response to the said notices the
assessee filed his return of income on 26.11.2007 on the same income which was
declared in the original return of income filed u/s. 139. In the assessment
order passed u/s. 153A, r.w.s 143(3), the addition on account of deemed
dividend of Rs.1,69,68,750/- for the A.Y. 2002-03 and Rs.4,65,76,000/- for the
A.Y. 2004-05 was made, vide separate order dated 31.03.2009.

 

The Ld. AO noted the facts about
receiving the payments by the assessee from Lotus investment, which was a
division of La-fin Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. in which the assessee held 50%
of share, from the balance sheets and records already filed along with the
return of income. However, an Assessment Order was made and this time, an
addition, on account of deemed dividend of Rs.1,69,68,750/for AY: 2002-03 and
Rs.4,65,76,000/- for AY:  2004-05, was
made. This came to be confirmed by the CIT (A).

 

The assessee submitted that during
the course of search and seizure action, no incriminating document, material or
unaccounted assets were found from the assessee. The A.O, without there being
any incriminating material found in the course of search relating to the deemed
dividend has made the addition on the basis of information already available in
the return of income. This is also evident from the copy of panchnama and
statement on oath of the assessee recorded at the time of search. The Ld. AO
has noted the facts about receiving of the payments by the assessee from Lotus
investment, which was a division of La-fin Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. in
which the assessee held 50% of share, from the balance sheets and records
already filed along with the return of income. Since the assessment for the
A.Ys. 2002-03 & 2004-05 had attained finality before the date of search and
does not get abated in view of second proviso to section 153A, therefore,
without there being any incriminating material found at the time of search, no
addition over and above the income which already stood assessed can be made.
This proposition he said, is squarely covered by the decision of All Cargo
Global Logistics Ltd. vs. DCIT reported in (2012) 137 ITD 287 (SB) (Mum).

 

Even the Hon’ble jurisdictional
(Bombay) High Court in the case of CIT vs. Murli Agro Products Ltd. ITA No.
36 of 2009 order dated 29.10.2010
, has clearly held that, once the
assessment has attained finality before the date of search and no material is found
in the course of proceedings u/s. 132(1), then no addition can be made in the
proceedings u/s. 153A. This proposition has been reiterated by Hon’ble
Rajasthan High Court in the case of Jai Steel (India) vs. ACIT reported in
(2013) 259 CTR (Raj) 281
. Thus, the addition of deemed dividend made by the
assessing officer is beyond the scope of assessment u/s 153A for the impugned
assessment years.

 

The Tribunal held that the
principle which was enunciated by the judgment of this Court rendered in the
case of Commissioner of Income Tax vs. M/S Murli Agro Products Ltd. (Income
Tax Appeal No.36 of 2009 decided on 29th October 2010)
was
applied. That judgment held that, once the assessment has attained finality
before the date of search and no material is found in the course of proceedings
u/s. 132(1), then, no addition can be made in the proceedings u/s. 153A. After
setting out this principle in great details, the Tribunal rendered their
opinion that factually there was no incriminating material found during the
course of search relating to the addition made on account of deemed dividend.
The very fact that section 132 was resorted requiring the Assessing Officer to
record the necessary satisfaction, was lacking in this case. The assessment,
which had gained finality, in the absence of any material termed as
incriminating having thus been subjected to assessment/reassessment, the Tribunal
held in favour of the assessee.

 

Being aggrieved with the order of
the ITAT, the Revenue filed the Appeal before High Court. The Court upheld  the order of the Tribunal. Accordingly,
dismissed the departments appeal .

Sections 133A, 119(2)(a), 234A, 234B and 234C – Waiver of interest u/s. 234A, 234B and 234C – Delay in furnishing return and in paying advance tax – Discretion of Chief Commissioner to waive interest – Return submitted voluntarily – Assessee genuinely believing that he had no taxable income – Interest to be waived

20. R. Mani vs. CCIT; 406 ITR
450 (Mad):

Date of order: 4th
December, 2017

A. Ys. 1997-98 and 1998-99


Sections 133A, 119(2)(a), 234A, 234B and 234C – Waiver of interest u/s. 234A,
234B and 234C – Delay in furnishing return and in paying advance tax –
Discretion of Chief Commissioner to waive interest – Return submitted
voluntarily – Assessee genuinely believing that he had no taxable income –
Interest to be waived

 

The assessee’s income was mainly
from property, sago commission income and income from a trust. For the A.Ys. 1997-98 and 1998-99, the assessee filed his returns of income on
20/12/2000 which was processed and the assessee was assessed to tax and
interest was levied u/s. 234A, 234B and 234C of the Act. The assessee
approached the Chief Commissioner u/s. 119(2)(a) of the Act for waiver of
interest u/ss. 234A, 234B and 234C so levied. The Chief Commissioner rejected
the application on the ground that the assessee failed to voluntarily file his
returns and that the returns were filed consequent upon a survey conducted on
23/01/1999 u/s. 133A and issuance of notice u/s. 148 of the Act.

 

The Madras High Court allowed the
writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

“i)    An
income tax survey does not amount to detection of undisclosed income.

iii)    The Circular issued by the CBDT empowering the Chief Commissioner
to consider petitions for waiver of interest u/s. 234A as well as section 234B
would show that even in cases covered by section 234B, even though these
provisions are compensatory in nature, special orders for grant of relaxation
could be passed.

iv)   A
survey was conducted in the premises of the assessee on 22/01/1999. However,
the survey did not lead to any immediate issuance of notice u/s. 148. In the
interregnum, the assessee filed his return of income. Thereafter the Assessing
Officer had taken up the matter and completed the assessment u/s. 143 of the
Act and passed an order dated 30/03/2001 accepting the return filed by the
assessee with no further additions.

v)    The
assessee’s case was that he had no taxable income. This plea has not been
controverted by the Revenue and this was evident from the conduct of the
assessee in not filing returns for the earlier three years, i.e., A. Ys.
1994-95 to 1996-97. That apart, the assessee had been able to establish that
the property still remained undivided and no definite share in the property had
been allotted to any coparcener and the suit for partition was pending.

vi)   Apart
from that, the returns filed by the assessee had been accepted and assessment
had been completed with no further additions. The dispute with regard to the
division of property was a bonafide dispute which directly related to the
assessability of the assessee to tax. Therefore, if assessee were entitled to
waiver of interest u/s. 234A the question of payment of advance tax or a
portion thereof would not arise and therefore, the assessee was entitled to
waiver of interest u/s. 234B and 234C of the Act.

vii)   Accordingly, the writ petition is allowed, the impugned order is
set aside and it is held that the petitioner is entitled for waiver of interest
u/s. 234A, 234B and 234C of the Act.”

25. [2018] 95 taxmann.com 280 (Hyderabad – Trib) Customer Lab Solutions (P) Ltd vs. ITO ITA No: 438 (Hyd.) of 2017 A.Y.: 2006-07 Date of Order: 4th July, 2018 Article 12 of India-USA DTAA; Section 9 of the Act – as there was no transfer of technical know-how or use of technical knowledge, affiliation fee paid by an Indian Company to an American Company was not royalty, either under the Act or under India-USA DTAA.

Facts


The Taxpayer was an Indian Company.
During the relevant year, the Taxpayer entered into an agreement with an
American Company (“USCo”) in connection with its consultancy business. The
Taxpayer paid fee under the agreement and claimed deduction of the same as
license fee. According to the Taxpayer, the payment was affiliation fee and had
no connection to use of any right for use of any material or service supplied
by US Co. Since no income accrued to USCo in India, no tax was required to be
withheld in India.

 

The AO held that the fee was
royalty u/s. 9(1)(vi)(b) of the Act and disallowed the payment u/s. 40(a)(i)
since the Taxpayer had not withheld tax.

The CIT(A) held that the payment
was royalty under the Act as well as India-USA DTAA. 

 

Held


  •     The agreement provided
    for two kinds of fee. One was an annual affiliation fee. The affiliation fee
    did not provide for any transfer of technology. The other was “fees on
    consulting and reports”. It provided for payment to be made based on
    performance and achievement of targets.




  •     The claim of the Taxpayer
    was only in respect of the affiliation fee and not consulting fee. In
    consideration of the payment towards affiliation fee, the taxpayer received
    only a periodical magazine having various articles. This could not be
    considered right to use copyright.

 

  •     Accordingly, as there was
    no transfer of technical know-how or use of technical knowledge, the
    affiliation fee could not be considered as royalty, either under the Act or
    under India-USA DTAA. This view is also supported by the decision in Hughes
    Escort Communications Ltd vs. DCIT [2012] 51 SOT 356 (Delhi).

 

  •     Since USCo did not have
    any PE in India, Tax was not required to be withheld in India.

Percentage Of Completion Method (POCM) Illustration For Real Estate Companies Under Ind AS 115 & Comparison With Guidance Note (GN)

Background

On 28th March
2018, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) notified the new revenue
recognition standard, viz., Ind AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
Ind AS 115 is applicable for the financial years beginning on or after 1st
April 2018 for all Ind AS companies. It replaces virtually all the existing
revenue recognition requirements under Ind AS, including Ind AS 11 Construction
Contracts
, Ind AS 18 Revenue and the Guidance Note on Accounting
for Real Estate Transactions (withdrawn by ICAI vide announcement dated
01-06-2018) (GN)
.

 

One of the industries where
the impact is significant is the real estate industry. In addition to not being
able to apply POCM invariably, there are numerous other accounting challenges.
Here we take a look at the following issues:

 

1.  Evaluating if building is a separate
performance obligation (PO) from the underlying land in a single-unit vs. a
multi-unit sale.

2.  Understanding clearly the requirements for
POCM eligibility under Ind AS 115.

3.  Where a real estate sale is eligible for POCM
– the differences in POCM between the GN and Ind AS 115.

4.  POCM illustrations under the GN and Ind AS
115, highlighting the underlying differences.

 

Whether Land &
Buildings are separate PO
s?

The diagram below depicts
the requirements with respect to identifying goods and services within a
contract.

 


Whether land and building
are two separate POs will depend upon whether the underlying real estate sale
is a single-unit or a multi-unit sale. An example of a single-unit sale is
where a customer is sold an individual plot of land with a construction of a
villa on that plot of land. In this example, the customer receives the
ownership of the land and the villa. On the other hand, a multi-unit sale is
where a customer is sold a flat in a multi-floor, multi-unit building. Here the
customer receives the finished apartment and the undivided interest in the
land.

 

In the case of a
single-unit sale, land and building in most circumstances will be separate POs.
The International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee (IFRIC)
considered this issue and felt land and building are two separate POs for the
following reasons:

 

   When
evaluating step 1 above, whether goods/services are capable of being distinct
based on the characteristics of the goods or services themselves; the
requirement in the standard is to disregard any contractual limitations that
might preclude the customer from obtaining readily available resources from a
source other than the entity. Further, customer could benefit from the plot of
land on its own or together with other resources.

 

   When
evaluating step 2 above, it is important to understand if the relationship
between land and building is functional or transformative. The relationship
between land and building is functional, because building cannot exist without
the land; its foundations will be built into the land. However, in order for
the two POs to be combined as one PO, the relationship has to be
transformative. The relationship between land and building is not
transformative. The building does not alter or transform the land and vice-versa.
There is no integration or the two POs do not modify each other.

 

In the case of a multi-unit
sale, the undivided interest in the land and the building in most circumstances
will be one PO because the customer receives a combined output, i.e. a finished
apartment. The customer does not benefit from the undivided interest in the
land on its own or buy it independently or use it with other readily available
resources. The customer does not receive ownership of the land. The real estate
entity may probably transfer the land after project completion to a society
established by all the home-owners.

 

When is over-time (POCM) revenue recognition
criterion met under I
nd AS 115?

An entity shall recognise
revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation by
transferring a promised good or service (i.e. an asset) to a customer. An asset
is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that asset. For
each performance obligation, an entity shall determine at contract inception
whether it satisfies the performance obligation over time or satisfies the performance
obligation at a point in time. If a performance obligation is not satisfied
over time (explained later), an entity satisfies the performance obligation at
a point in time. The Standard describes when performance obligations are
satisfied over time. Consequently, if an entity does not satisfy a performance
obligation over time, the performance obligation is satisfied at a point in
time. The point in time is the time when the control in the goods or service is
transferred to the customer.

 

An entity transfers control
of a good or service over time and, therefore, satisfies a performance
obligation and recognises revenue over time, if one of the following criteria
is met:

 

(a) the customer simultaneously receives and
consumes the benefits provided by the entity’s performance as the entity
performs (for example, interior decoration in the office of the customer);

 

(b) the entity’s performance creates or enhances an
asset (for example, work in progress) that the customer controls (as defined in
the Standard) as the asset is created or enhanced; or

 

(c) the entity’s performance does not create an
asset with an alternative use to the entity and the entity has an enforceable
right to payment for performance completed to date.

 

Let us consider an example,
to see how the above criterion is applied.

 

Example 1 – Application of Over time revenue
recognition criterion

 

Issue

   An
entity is constructing a multi-unit residential complex

 

   Customer
enters into a binding sales contract with the entity for a specified unit

 

   The
customer makes milestone payments as per contract, which cumulatively are less
than work completed to date plus a normal profit margin

 

    A
significant contract price is paid by customer to entity on delivery (but the
contract is enforceable under Ind AS 115)

 

   In
case customer wishes to terminate the contract, either customer or entity can
identify a new customer, who will pay the remaining amount as per milestone
schedule.

    The
new customer compensates the original buyer, for payments made to date. The
compensation may be higher or lower than the cumulative payments made by the
original customer

 

    The
contract is silent when new buyer cannot be identified. However, as per local
laws, the entity cannot enforce claim for remaining payments from the original
customer.

 

Whether the performance
obligation is satisfied at a point in time or over time?

 

Response

Similar issue was
considered by IFRIC.

 

IFRIC Agenda Decision : Revenue
recognition in constructing a multi-unit building:

Ind
AS 115 Para

Analysis

Met
(v) / Not met (X)

35
(a) – The customer is receiving and consuming the benefits of the entity’s
performance as the entity performs

Entity’s
performance creates an asset, i.e., the real estate unit that is not consumed
immediately.  Therefore this criterion
is not met.

X

35
(b) – The entity creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as
it is created or enhanced

Control
criterion not  met because:

? Asset created is the real
estate unit itself and not the right to obtain the real estate unit in the future
– The right to sell or pledge this right is not evidence of control

? Customer has no ability to
direct the construction or structural design of the real estate

? Customer’s exposure to
change in market value does not give the customer the ability to direct use
of the unit

X

35
(c) – (i) The entity’s performance does not create an asset with alternative
use and

 

(ii)
the entity has a right to payment for performance completed to date

In
most of the contract, the asset created by an entity’s performance does not
have an alternative use to an entity

v

Entity
may not have enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date,
because:

 

? The customer can walk away
without making the rest of the payment

 

To
meet this criterion, entity should have a contractual/legal right to receive
payments for work completed to date including a reasonable profit
margin.  A satisfactory resolution of
the problem does not mean that the entity has an enforceable right to payment
for work completed to date.

X

Many real estate companies in India may not
qualify for POCM on transition date contracts. 
However, the third criterion discussed above can be incorporated in
future contracts to achieve POCM recognition.

 

 

Example 2 – Over time revenue recognition requirement
met

 

Issue

   An
entity is constructing a multi-unit residential complex. A customer enters into
a binding sale contract with the entity for a specified unit.

   The
customer pays a non-refundable deposit upon entering into the contract and will
make progress payments during construction of the unit. The contract has
substantive terms that preclude the entity from being able to direct the unit
to another customer.

 

    In
addition, the customer does not have the right to terminate the contract unless
the entity fails to perform as promised.

 

    If
the customer defaults on its obligations by failing to make the promised
progress payments as and when they are due, the entity would have a right to
all of the consideration promised in the contract if it completes the
construction of the unit.

   The courts have previously
upheld similar rights that entitle developers to require the customer to
perform, subject to the entity meeting its obligations under the contract.

 

Does the
real estate entity meet the criterion for overtime recognition of revenue?

 

Response

   The
entity determines that the asset (unit) created by the entity’s performance
does not have an alternative use to the entity because the contract precludes
it from transferring the specified unit to another customer.

 

    The
entity does not consider the possibility of a contract termination in assessing
whether the entity is able to direct the asset to another customer.

 

   The
entity also has a right to payment for performance completed to date. This is
because if the customer were to default on its obligations, the entity would
have an enforceable right to all of the consideration promised under the
contract if it continues to perform as promised.

 

   Therefore,
the terms of the contract and the practices in the legal jurisdiction indicate
that there is a right to payment for performance completed to date.

 

Consequently, the criteria
for recognising revenue over time under Ind AS 115 are met and the entity has a
performance obligation that it satisfies over time.

 

What is enforceable right to payment?

There are a couple of
points one needs to consider to understand if a real estate contract provides
an enforceable right to payment:

 

1.  The enforceable right to payment for work
completed to date would include cost incurred to date plus a normal profit
margin.

 

2.  The right should be enforceable both under the
contract as well as legislation.

 

3.  The law may provide contract enforceability,
however the RERA authorities may issue interpretations and judgement that are
consumer friendly. The Maharashtra Estate Regulatory Authority in Mr.
Shatrunjay Singh vs. Arkade Art  Phase 2

opined that the customer is not eligible for refund of the amounts paid to the
developer even if customer is not able to pay due to financial difficulty.
However, it did not rule that the contract was enforceable against the
customer, and that the entity had a right to collect payment for work completed
to date. Real estate entities should therefore clearly evaluate the legal
position and obtain legal opinions to support over time revenue recognition.
Since different RERA authorities may take different positions, a real estate
entity should obtain legal opinion for all major states where it has
operations.

 

4.  The right to payment does not mean that the
entity has the right to invoice every day or week or month or other than based
on mile-stone. Rather, if the customer walks-away from the contract, the entity
should be able to enforce payment for work completed to date (plus normal
profit margin).

 

5.  The existence of the right is important.
Whether the real estate entity chooses to exercise the right is not relevant.

 

6.  A satisfactory resolution of the problem as
explained in Example 1, does not mean that the real estate entity has an
enforceable right to payment. A clear enforceable right to payment should be
granted both under the contract and the legislation.

 

7.  If a customer can walk away by paying a
penalty (which is not equal to or greater than cost incurred to date plus
normal profit margin), then there is no enforceable right to payment.

 

8.  In a 10:90 scheme, the contract itself may not
be enforceable. However, in a mile-stone based real estate contract, a 10%
received upfront, may be sufficient to demonstrate contract enforceability.
Evaluating contract enforceability and right to payment is a continuous process
throughout the project period.

 

POCM under GN vs Ind AS 115

Even when real estate
entities meet the POCM criterion under Ind AS 115, the POCM as per the GN
(withdrawn) and Ind AS 115 are dissimilar in many respects. A comparison is
given below.

 

Point
of difference

GN

Ind
AS 115

Threshold
for revenue recognition

??All
critical approvals obtained

??Construction
and development costs = 25%

??Saleable
project area is secured by
contracts = 25%

??Realised
contract consideration = 10%

 

Revenue
to be recognised straight-away and there is no condition for achieving any
threshold.  However, contract
enforceability criterion is required to be met for recognizing revenue.  Therefore, more revenue will be recognised
upfront under Ind AS 115 as compared to the GN. If the entity is unable to
reasonably estimate progress, an entity should recognise revenue upto cost
incurred to date, unless the contract is onerous.

Borrowing
cost

Included
in POCM

Borrowing
costs cannot contribute to performance. Therefore borrowing costs would be
excluded from the measure of progress.

Land
cost

Included
in POCM, when threshold is achieved.

Preferred
view is that it is included in POCM on commencement of the project.

20:80/
10:90 Schemes

Revenue
can be recognised subject to thresholds

Contract
may not be eligible as valid contract under Ind AS 115

Financing
component

No
requirement to separate financing component

Explicitly
required to separate financing component

 

 

POCM under GN

 

Illustration

 

Particulars

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Total
saleable area

20,000 sq. ft.

20,000 sq. ft.

Estimated
Project Costs

 

 

Land
cost

INR 300 lakh

INR 300 lakh

Construction
cost

INR 300 lakh

INR 300 lakh

Cost
incurred till end of reporting period

 

 

Land
cost

INR 300 lakh

INR 300 lakh

Construction
cost

INR 60 lakh

INR 90 lakh

Total
Area Sold till the date of reporting period

5,000 sq. ft.

5,000 sq. ft.

Total
Sale Consideration as per Agreements of Sale executed

INR 200 lakh

INR 200 lakh

Total
sales consideration (estimated)

INR 800 lakhs

INR 800 lakh

Amount
realised till the end of the reporting period

INR 50 lakh

INR 50 lakh

Fair
value of the land & building (each)

INR 400 lakhs

INR 400 lakhs

 

Response

 

Particulars

Scenario 1

Scenario 2 – land is considered as contract
activity

Scenario 2 – land is not considered as contract
activity

Construction
and development costs = 25%

60/300 = 20%

90/300 = 30%

90/300 = 30%

Saleable
project area is secured by contracts = 25%

5,000/20,000 = 25%

5,000/20,000 = 25%

5,000/20,000 = 25%

Realised
contract consideration

=
10%

50/200 = 25%

50/200 = 25%

50/200 = 25%

POCM

360/600 = 60%

390/600 = 65%

90/300 = 30%

Revenue
can’t be recognised in scenario 1, as first condition is not met

 

 

 

(i)
Revenue Recognised

INR 130 lakhs

(200 * 65%)

INR 60 lakhs

(200*30%)

(ii)
Proportionate Cost /

INR 97.5 lakhs

(600 * 65%*1/4)

INR 45 lakhs

(600*30%*1/4)

Profit
[ (i) – (ii) ]

INR 32.5 lakhs

INR 15 lakhs

WIP

INR 360 lakhs

(300+60)

INR 292.5 lakhs

(390-97.5)

INR 345 lakh

(390-45)

 

 

1.  In Scenario 1, construction and development
cost criterion of 25% is not fulfilled and since threshold is not met, no
revenue is recognised.

 

2.  Scenario 2 where land is considered as
contract activity is clearly in accordance and as illustrated in the GN. Once
the 25% criterion is met, land is included in the determination of the POCM and
revenue/cost is recognised on that basis.

 

3.  Scenario 2 where land is not considered as
determining the contract activity (POCM) is the author’s interpretation of
Paragraph 5.4 of the GN. Paragraph 5.4 of the GN states that “Whilst the method
of determination of state of completion with reference to project cost incurred
is the preferred method, this GN does not prohibit other methods of
determination of stage of completion, eg, surveys of work done, technical
estimation, etc.”

 

POCM under Ind AS 115 in single-unit apartment

As already discussed above,
in a single-unit apartment, in most cases, land and building will be two
separate POs. The question that arises at what point in time revenue on land is
recognised. Theoretically there are three options on how land revenue is recognised
at (a) commencement, (b) settlement or (c) over time. These options are
presented below based on the earlier illustration (scenario 2).

 

When land revenue is recognised?

View 1 – 
Commencement

 

View 2 – Settlement

 

View 3 –Overtime

POCM

90/300 = 30%

 

90/300 = 30%

 

90/300 = 30%

 

Land

Building

Total

Land

Building

Total

Land

Building

Total

(i)
Revenue Recognised

100

(400*1/4)

30

(400*1/4*

30%)

130

0

30

(400*

1/4*

30%)

 

30

30

(400*

1/4*

30%)

 

30

(400*1/4
*30%)

 

60

(ii)
Proportionate Cost

75

(300*1/4)

 

22.5

(300*1/4*

30%)

 

97.5

0

22.5

(300*

1/4

*30%)

 

22.5

22.5

(300*

1/4*

30%)

 

22.5

(300*1/4*
30%)

 

45

Profit  [(i) – (ii)]

25

7.5

32.5

0

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

15

WIP

225

(300-75)

 

67.5

(90-22.5)

 

292.5

300

67.5

(90-22.5)

 

367.5

277.5

(300-22.5)

 

67.5

(90-22.5)

 

345

 

 

Revenue
and cost of land is recognised at the completion of the contract.

 

 

 

The author believes that
View 1 below is the most appropriate response.

 

View 1: Control of the land
at commencement

 

The author believes land
revenue is recognised at commencement since the control of the land transfers
once the contract is enforceable. The contract restricts the ability of the
real estate entity to redirect the land for another use. Besides, the customer
has the significant risks and rewards of ownership from that time. Although the
legal title of the land does not transfer until settlement, this view considers
that the retention of legal title in this fact pattern is akin to a protective
right because the customer will not pay for the land until settlement.
Therefore, this contract is like many other contracts where the asset is
acquired on deferred payment terms. In this view, the real estate entity will
need to confirm that the existence of a contract criteria are met in IND AS
115.9, in particular that it is it is probable that the builder will collect
the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the land and
house (single-unit) construction services.

View 2: Control of the land
transfers at settlement

 

Control of the land
transfers at settlement, which is when legal title transfers to the customer.
This provides clear evidence that the customer has obtained control of the
land. This outcome would also be consistent with other real estate sales
contracts that do not have a specific performance clause.

 

However, the major drawback
of this view is that it is counterintuitive for a  customer
to obtain  control
(forInd AS 115 purposes) of the
house prior to the obtaining control of the land. Hence this view is not
appropriate.

 

View 3: Control of the land
also transfers over time to the customer

 

Over time revenue
recognition is applicable to land because the real estate entity is
contractually restricted from redirecting the land to others. Besides the right
to sue for specific performance applies to the contract as a whole ( i.e land
and house construction). However, the major shortcoming of this view is that
the real estate entity’s performance does not create or enhance the land—the
land already exists. In other words land is not getting created, enhanced or
transformed overtime. Hence, this view is not appropriate.

 

POCM under Ind AS 115 in multi-unit apartment

As already discussed above,
in a multi-unit apartment land and building is treated as one performance obligation.
Theoretically there are 3 options available on how to apply POCM in a
multi-unit apartment where construction meets the overtime requirement in
35(c).

 

Options

If
land and building is a not separate PO

View
1

Land treated as an input
cost and included in determination of POCM margins

Consequently significant
revenue/cost gets recognised at commencement

View
2

Land treated as an input
cost but not included in POCM

Revenue recognised to the
extent of the input cost – no margins are recognised

Significant revenue/cost
gets recognised at commencement

View
3

POC determined on the basis
of development cost to date (excluding land) vs total development cost
(excluding land). POC is then applied on total contract revenue

Consequently all
revenue/cost (including land) gets recognised overtime

 

 

View 1 and 3 seem
acceptable views, and are demonstrated below (Scenario 2)

 

Particulars

View 1

View 3

POCM

390/600 = 65%

90/300 = 30%

(i)
Revenue Recognised

INR 130 lakhs

(200*65%)

INR 60 lakhs

(200*30%)

(ii)
Proportionate Cost

INR 97.5 lakhs

(600*65%* 1/4)

INR 45 lakhs

(600*30%*1/4)

Profit
[(i) – (ii)]

INR 32.5 lakhs

INR 15 lakhs

WIP

INR 292.5 lakhs

(390-97.5)

INR 345 lakh

(390-45)

 

 

Conclusion

Ind AS 115 is very
complicated. The interpretations around Ind AS 115 are still emerging globally
and in India. Real estate entities will need to carefully study, analyse and
apply the requirements, without jumping to straight-forward conclusions. 

 

Goods Vis-À-Vis Intellectual Service

Introduction

Under
Sales Tax Laws tax could be levied on sale/purchase of goods. The term ‘goods’
is defined in the Constitution and it is also normally defined in the State
Sales Tax Laws. For example, the definition of ‘goods’ under MVAT Act is as
under in section 2(12):

 

“(12)
“goods” means every kind of movable property not being newspapers, actionable
claims, money, stocks, shares, securities or lottery tickets and includes live
stocks, growing crop, grass and trees and plants including the produce thereof
including property in such goods attached to or forming part of the land which
are agreed to be severed before sale or under the contract of sale;”

 

This
term is also discussed and interpreted in various judgements. The landmark
judgement is in case of Tata Consultancy Service (137 STC 620)(SC).
Regarding ‘goods’, Hon. Supreme Court has observed as under:

 

“17.
Thus this Court has held that the term ‘goods’, for the purposes of sales tax,
cannot be given a narrow meaning. It has been held that properties which are
capable of being abstracted, consumed and used and/ or transmitted,
transferred, delivered, stored or possessed etc. are ‘goods’ for the purposes
of sale tax. The submission of Mr. Sorabjee that this authority is not of any
assistance as a software is different from electricity and that software is
intellectual incorporeal property whereas electricity is not, cannot be
accepted. In India the test, to determine whether a property is ‘goods’, for
purposes of sales tax, is not whether the property is tangible or intangible or
incorporeal. The test is whether the concerned, item is capable of abstraction,
consumption and use and whether it can be transmitted, transferred, delivered,
stored, possessed etc. Admittedly in the case of software, both canned
and un-canned, all of these are possible.”

Inspite
of Supreme Court’s interpretation of the term ‘goods’ still the controversies
keep up coming from time to time.

 

Judgement of Tribunal in case of Sungrace Engineering Projects Pvt. Ltd.
(Second Appeal No.198 of 2015 dt.2.9.2016). 

 

Hon.
Maharashtra Sales Tax Tribunal had an occasion to deal with similar issue in
above judgment. 

 

Facts

The
facts are narrated by Tribunal as under:

 

“Appellant
is a Private Limited Company carrying on the business of sale of software,
conducting surveys, preparing reports and consultancy in various fields.
Appellant is duly registered under B.S.T. Act. Company is assessed under
Section 33 for the period 01/04/1999 to 31/03/2000 on 07/08/2002. Assessment
had resulted in Nil tax demand. Later on, the Deputy Commissioner of Sales Tax
(Adm.) M-61, Pune Division, Pune (in brief, “The Revision Authority”) took
this case for revision u/s. 57 of BST Act after noticing that, professional
receipts shown in the balance-sheet worth Rs.1,13,23,186/- are received on
account of sale of technical know-how i.e. preparing lay outs, surveys and
submitting report to the customers, Government which according to Revisional Authority
is one of the types of transfer of knowledge or transfer of technology; that
falls within the purview of Schedule entry C-I-26 (7) of the B.S.T. Act.
Technical know-how is taxable @ 4%. Assessing Authority failed to levy tax on
Rs.1,13,23,186/-.”

 

In
course of argument, appellant further elaborated the facts as under:

 

“4. On
merits of the case, Mr. Gandhi, Ld. Chartered Accountant further, explained
that appellant has collected amount of Rs.1,13,23,186/- stated above from
different Government Authorities and Private Agencies. The nature of services
rendered is mainly preparation of designs, drawings of all components of dam
under Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation in brief, ”MKVDC “) of
irrigation projects, consultancy services for survey of pipe lines alignments,
soil investigation, consultancy services for survey preparing financial
estimates, preparing reports including detail designs and drawings as mutually
agreed between the parties. Major work is done as a contractor client to the
Executive Engineer, Irrigation Department of Government of Maharashtra, and
there are some sub-contracts regarding government works but done on behalf of
other private parties. He further, explained that by no stretch of imagination,
the nature of work conducted by the appellant can be termed “sale of technical
know-how,” as prescribed in entry C-I-26(7) of the B.S.T. Act. He further,
explained that running bills clearly explains what was the nature of work done.
According to him, the Revision Authority and the First Appellate Authority have
wrongly held that the transactions were in the nature of sale of technical
know-how by applying one or two criteria without confirming that the
transactions confirm all necessary ingredients is illegal or cannot be sustained.
The said condition is as below:-

 

“All
the studies layouts, drawings, design notes which have been submitted to the
Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation shall become the absolute
property of MKVDC under the Copyright Act and the consultant shall not use the
same in whole or part thereof elsewhere for any purpose without explicit
written permission from MKVDC.”

 

The
department reiterated the contentions as per revision order and further relied
upon the judgement of Tribunal in case of I. W. Technologies Pvt. Ltd.
vs. The State of Maharashtra
(SA No.429 of 2004, decided on 22/10/2008).

 

Hon.
Tribunal considered the arguments of both the sides and also referred to entry
C-I-26 of the BST Act and held
as under:

 

“9.  Heading of the said entry itself clearly
states that the goods are incorporeal or intangible characters are covered
under this entry, then question before us is whether the services rendered by
appellant are goods of intangible nature. We have to see the authorities referred
from both sides. M/s I.W. Technologies Pvt. Ltd. (cited supra).
The dealer was carrying on the business of selling water purification systems
and components and parts thereof. It used to undertake engineering and
consultancy services. It undertook work from M/s. Sudarshan Chemical Industries
Ltd. for upgrading their Effluent Water Treatment Plant at Roha. M/s. Sudarshan
Chemical Industries Ltd. carried out the work with their contractor as per
models, designs, drawings, specifications of civil works, electrical works
under the guidance and technical knowledge of M/s I.W. Technologies Ltd.
Therefore, it was held that there was sale of technical know-how. But in the
present case, surveys and reports, designs, drawings of the dam and the
irrigation projects are prepared as per specifications provided by the
employer. Appellant prepared reports, drawings, designs, etc., with the
help of their technical expertise in the field.

 

10.  The tender condition mentioned above, and
relying on the same departmental authorities levied tax as property is covered
under Copyright Act, there is sale of “Copy right .”

 

11.  Provision under Copyright Act, in section
17(d) it is prescribed that-

 

Section
17. “Subject to provisions of this Act the author of work shall be the first
owner of the Copyright therein provided that

 

(a) to
(c) not relevant

 

(d) in
the case of Government work, Government shall in the absence of contract to the
contrary be the first owner of the Copyright therein.”

 

In
view of this provision it is clear that whatever work, done by the appellant,
was owned by the Government and therefore there was no question of sale of
technical know-how.

 

Observing
as above Hon. Tribunal held that the levy of tax is not sustainable as it is
not sale of goods but rendering of services. Tribunal set aside the revision
order.

 

Conclusion     

The
judgement throws light on the nature of “goods”. Normally, the goods are first
produced and then delivered. However, when the transaction is for intellectual
service which is also not transferable to other parties, it will amount to
service and not goods. The judgement will be useful for making distinction
between goods and intellectual service.
 

 

Refunds Under GST

Introduction

 

1.  Since GST works on the
principle of value addition, it is generally expected that on a net basis, the
tax payer will end up paying differential tax (excess of output tax over the
input tax credit) and there would be very few instances of refunds. However, in
certain scenarios, there could be a possibility of there being no differential
tax liability and in fact, there could be refund. Such refunds can be on
account of multiple reasons, such as:

 

    Tax on inputs is higher than the tax on
output

 

   Zero rated supplies, i.e., exports and SEZ supplies where there is no
tax on output while tax has to be paid on inputs

 

   Excess payment of tax, either on account of
mistake, interpretation issue, dispute, pre-deposit in appeal, etc.

 

    Excess tax payment resulting on account of
loss making business or discontinuance of business.

 

2.  Under the earlier tax regime,
in all the above scenarios, the above excess payment (irrespective of nature,
i.e., payment of tax or unutilised input tax credit) had to be dealt with under
the provisions of the respective laws, which had different principles and
timelines. For instance, under the VAT regime (in the context of Maharashtra
VAT), there was no restriction on claim of refund of such excess tax except for
the limitation period, which was 18 months from the end of the financial year.
However, under the Central Excise / Service Tax regime, the refund claim was
divided into two parts, namely refund of excess balance of credit and refund of
excess tax payment. The provision relating to refund of excess balance of
credit was primarily governed u/r 5 of CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 which granted
refund of accumulated credit to exporters of goods / services. Similarly, the
provisions relating to refund of excess tax payments were governed u/s. 11B of
Central Excise Act, 1944. In both the scenarios, general limitation period for
claim of the said refund permitted the claim of refund only within a period of
one year from the relevant date. The entire process of claiming refund had seen
its fair share of litigation under the earlier tax regime with various landmark
decisions in the context of each legislation laying down various important
principles which shall be discussed at appropriate places in this article.

 

3.  We shall now analyse whether
the provisions relating to refund under GST regime, pursuant to the amalgam of
the above taxes, have succeeded in removing various difficulties faced under
the earlier regimes or not. We shall primarily cover the following topics
relating to refunds under GST, namely:

 

   General provisions

 

   Form & manner of application

 

   Documentary evidence to be submitted along
with application

 

    Various Issues relating to refund.

 

General
Provisions relating to refund under GST

 

4.  Section 54 of the CGST Act,
2017 read with Chapter X of the CGST Rules, 2017 deals with the provisions
relating to grant of refunds under GST. Refund of Integrated tax paid on zero
rated supplies is dealt with u/s. 16 of the IGST Act, 2017 but the same is also
governed by Chapter X of the CGST Rules, 2017. The general provisions relating
to refund under GST are covered u/s. 54 of the Act.

5.  Section 54 (1) provides that any person claiming refund of any tax & interest, if paid before the
expiry of two years from the relevant date, may make an application in such form & manner as may be prescribed.
This would encompass the claim of refund of balances appearing in electronic
cash ledger and electronic credit ledger as well as refund of any tax or
interest paid, but not appearing in the respective ledgers for any reason. The
general provisions relating to such refund claims can be listed as under:

 

    Refund of balance in electronic cash ledger
– Vide proviso to section 54 (1), it has been clarified that the refund of
balances appearing in electronic cash ledger shall be claimed in the return to
be furnished u/s. 39

 

    Refund of balance in electronic credit
ledger – There can be different reasons for balance in electronic credit
ledger. Section 54 (3) deals with the provisions relating to refund of
unutilised input tax credit and provides for claim of refund by a registered
person of unutilised input tax credit in following cases:

 

    Zero rated supplies made
without payment of tax

    Accumulation of credit on
account of rate of tax on inputs being higher than the rate of tax on output

    Refunds due, but not reflected
in either of the ledgers – This would refer to situations such as:

    Cases where zero rated
supplies have been made on payment of integrated tax and the liability has been
discharged using balance in credit / cash ledger, thus reducing the respective
balances

    Cases where liability had been
disclosed & discharged wrongly in the returns

 

Form &
manner of application

 

6. Section 54 (1) provides that the application for refund shall be made
in the prescribed form & manner, which as per rule 89 is tabulated below:

 

Refund on account of

Prescribed form / manner

Balance in electronic cash ledger

In the return to be filed u/s. 39

Integrated tax paid on export of goods out of India

Automated refund subject to matching of information in
shipping bill with disclosures in GSTR 1 (Rule 96)

Unutilised input tax credit on account of zero rated supplies
other than export of goods out of India on payment of integrated tax

In Form RFD-01

Unutilized input tax credit on account of Deemed Exports
(either by recipient / supplier)

In Form RFD-01

On account of Order passed by Appellate Authority / Tribunal
/ Court

In Form RFD-01

Excess payment of tax, if any

In Form RFD-01

Any other

In Form RFD-01

 

7.  However, as of now, the
facility to file refund claim has been enabled only in case of refund on
account of zero rated supplies/ deemed exports.

 

Refund of
unutilised input tax credit:

 

8.  In order to determine the
amount eligible for refund out of unutilised input tax credit, Rule 89 (4)
prescribes elaborate formula to determine the amount eligible for refund from
the balance lying in the electronic credit ledger in case of zero rated
supplies made without payment of tax. The said Rule provides that the Refund
amount shall be derived by applying the following formula,

 

  
Turnover of Zero-rated supply of Goods +

Turnover of
Zero – rated supply of Services    
*?Net
ITC

                     Adjusted Total Turnover

 

9.  Each of the terms used in the
above formula has been defined in the rules. For instance, Net ITC has been
defined to mean input tax credit availed on inputs & input services during
the relevant period other than input tax credit availed for which refund is
claimed u/r (4A) or (4B) for specified notifications

 

10. Turnover
of Zero rated supply of goods / services – has been defined to mean the value
of zero rated supply of goods / services made during the relevant period
without payment of tax under bond / letter of undertaking, other than turnover
for which refund is claimed u/r (4A) or (4B) or both. Further, zero rated
supply of services has been defined to include following payments in the
context of zero rated supplies:

Nature of Payments

Action

Aggregate of payments received during
relevant period for such supplies

Include

Advance received in earlier period for
zero rated supplies, where service provision has been completed during the
relevant period

Include

Advance received during the relevant period for zero rated
supplies, where service provision has not been completed during the relevant
period

Exclude

 

 

11. Adjusted Total Turnover has
been defined to mean the turnover in a State / Union Territory as defined u/s.
2 (112), i.e., aggregate value of all taxable supplies & exempt supplies
made including export of goods or services or both but excluding the value of
exempt supplies and the value on which refund has been claimed u/r (4A) or (4B)
during the relevant period.

 

12. Similarly, relevant period has
been defined to mean the period for which the refund claim has been filed.

 

13. Just like Rule 89 (4) deals
with determination of refund amount in case of zero rated supplies made, Rule
89 (5) deals with determination of refund amount in case of inverted rate
structure. For this situation, it has been provided that the maximum refund
amount shall be determined by applying the following formula:

 

Turnover of
Inverted rated supply of
                 Goods &
Services                          
* Net ITC

           Adjusted Total Turnover

 

14. The definition of adjusted
total turnover as provided u/r 89 (4) has been borrowed for the purpose of Rule
89 (5) as well while Net ITC has been defined to mean input tax credit availed
on inputs during the relevant period other than input tax credit availed where
refund is claimed u/r (4A) and (4B).

 

Documentary
Evidences to accompany with refund application

 

15. Further, Section 54 (4)
provides that refund application shall be accompanied by prescribed documentary
evidences which demonstrate that

 

   the amount of refund is due to the taxable
person; and

   the incidence of the same has not been
passed on to any other person, later being required only in cases where the
amount of refund claim exceeds Rs. 2 lakhs.

 

16. In addition to the above, each
refund application needs to be supported with documentary evidence prescribed
u/r 89 (2) as under:

Clause

Reason for Refund

Supporting documentary evidence

(a)

Order of a Proper Officer / Appellate Authority / Appellate
Tribunal / Court

 

Refund of pre-deposit made at the time of appeal file before
the Appellate Authority / Appellate Tribunal

Reference number of the Order & copy of the Order passed

 

Reference number of payment of said amount

(b)

Export of goods – without payment of integrated tax

Statement containing the number & date of shipping bills
/ bill of export and the date of relevant export invoices

(c)

Export of Services – with or without payment of integrated
tax

Statement containing the number and date of invoices
containing the relevant BRC/ FIRC

(d)

Supply of goods to SEZ Unit / Developer

Statement containing number and date of invoices as provided
in rule 46 along with evidence in the form of endorsement on the invoice by
the specified officer of the Zone that the goods have been admitted in full
in the SEZ Unit / Developer

(e)

Supply of services to
SEZ Unit / Developer

Statement containing the number and date of invoices along
with evidence in the form of endorsement on the invoice by the specified
officer of the Zone that the services have been received for authorized
operations of the Unit / Developer

(f)

Supply of goods / services to SEZ Unit / Developer on payment
of integrated tax

A declaration from the Unit / Developer that they have not
availed the input tax credit of the tax paid by the supplier

(g)

Deemed Exports

Statement containing number and date of invoices

(h)

Inverted rate structure

Statement containing the number and date of invoices received
& issued during a tax period

(i)

Finalisation of provisional assessment

Reference number and copy of final assessment order

(j)

Reclassification of outward supply from intra-state to
inter-state supply

Statement showing details of such transactions

(k)

Excess payment of tax

Statement showing details of such payment

(l)

On account of (e), (g), (h), (i) or (j)

Declaration that the incidence of tax, interest or any other
amount has not been passed on to any other person where the amount exceeds
Rs. 2 lakhs

(m)

On account of (e), (g), (h), (i) or (j)

Certificate from a Chartered Accountant / Cost Accountant
confirming the declaration in clause (l)

 

 

Grant of Refund

 

17. On verification of the above,
if the Proper Officer is satisfied that the amount of claim is refundable, he
may make an Order accordingly and the refundable amount shall be credited to
the Consumer Welfare Fund, except in following cases (Section 54 (8)):

 

   Refund is relatable to tax paid on
zero-rated supplies of goods or services or both or on inputs or input services
used in making such zero-rated supplies

 

  Refund relates to unutilised input tax
credit as referred to in section 54 (3)

 

    Refund relates to tax paid on supply, which
is not provided either wholly or partially and for which invoice has not been
issued or where refund voucher has been issued

 

   Refund of tax in pursuance of section 77

 

    Refund of tax & interest or any other
amount paid by the Applicant, if he has not
passed on the incidence of such tax & interest to any other person

 

    Any tax or interest borne by such other
class of applicants as the Government may notify (Rule 89 (4A) & (4B) have
been inserted to grant refund in case of deemed exports to supplier/ recipient
subject to certain conditions).

 

Concept of
relevant date

 

18. The concept of “relevant date”
in the context of refund is important as it forms the basis for determining the
eligibility of the refund claim from the view point of limitation. The said
term is defined through Explanation 2 to Section 54 as under:

 

Reasons for Refund

Remarks

Relevant Date

Tax paid on Export of goods

By Sea or Air

Date on which the aircraft/ ship leaves India

 

By Land

Date on which goods pass the frontier

 

By Post

Date of dispatch of goods by Post Office concerned o/s India

 

Deemed export of goods

Date on which return relating to such deemed exports is
furnished

Tax paid on Export of Services

Supply completed prior to receipt of payment

Receipt of payment in convertible exchange

 

Advance received for supply prior to issuance of invoice

Issuance of invoice

Refund of Unutilised input tax credit

As per proviso to section 54 (3)

End of the financial year

Refund on account of

Finalisation of provisional assessment order

Date of adjustment of tax after finalization of assessment
order

 

Judgment/ decree/ order / direction of Appellate Authority /
Tribunal/ Court

Date of communication

Refund claimed by person other than supplier

 

Date of receipt of goods or services

Refund in any other case

 

Date of Payment

 

 

19. Having discussed the basic provisions relating to refund, we shall
now discuss on specific issues relating to claim of refund under the GST
regime.

 

Does the time
limit of 2 years apply in case of refund of balance in Electronic Cash Ledger?

 

20. A possible reason for balance in electronic cash ledger would be
instances of payment of tax under the wrong head / excess payment of tax. To
deal with such situations, section 54 (1) provides that any person claiming
refund of any tax & interest, if paid may make an application in such form
& manner as may be prescribed, before the expiry of two years from the
relevant date. Further, proviso to section 54 (1) provides that the refund of
any balance in electronic cash ledger has to be claimed in accordance with
provisions of section 49 (6) in the return furnished u/s .39 in such manner as
may be prescribed.

 

21. One important distinction in the above provisions is that while the
operative part of section 54 (1) specifically deals with refund of tax &
interest paid, the proviso deals with refund of balance in electronic cash
ledger. This distinction is important because it helps us in dealing with the
question of whether the two-year limit applies to claim refund of balance in
electronic cash ledger or not?

 

22. To answer this question, we will need to refer to the concept of PLA
under Central Excise wherein amounts deposited in PLA were treated as mere
deposits and not actual discharge of tax. In this context, reference to the
decision in the case of Jayshree Tea & Industries Limited vs. CCE,
Kolkata [2005 (190) ELT 106 (Kolkata)]
may be relevant wherein the Tribunal
has dealt with the distinction between the amount appropriated towards duty and
amount deposited for payment of duty. The Tribunal held that in the first case,
duty which has been paid to the PLA and appropriated towards liability becomes
property of Government and no person would be entitled to get it back unless
there is provision of law to enable that person to get the duty already
appropriated back. However, for the second case, i.e., amount deposited for
appropriation towards future liability but not appropriated, the said amount
does not become property of Government unless goods are cleared and duty is
levied and therefore, the law of limitation does not apply to such refund
claims.

 

23. Similarly, in the context of GST, making payment in to electronic
cash ledger under GST is also treated as a “deposit” which is evident on a
reading of section 49 (1), which reads as “Every deposit made towards, tax, interest, penalty, fee or any
other amount by a person … …. … shall be credited to the electronic cash ledger
of such person … … …”

 

24. Therefore, a view can be taken that the limitation period may not
apply to balance lying in electronic cash ledger since the same is a deposit
and not in the nature of tax, interest, penalty, etc.

 

Will the above principles be applicable for
refund of pre-deposits made while filing appeal before Appellate Authority /
Tribunals?

25. Sections 107 & 112, which deal with the provisions relating to
Appeal to be filed before Appellate Authority or Appellate Tribunal provide for
pre-deposit of 10% / 20% of the disputed demand before filing of appeal under
the respective sections. The issue that needs consideration is whether the
time-barring principle will apply for such kind of payments, if in future the
matter is decided in favor of the taxable person making the pre-deposit?

 

26. To answer this question, foremost one needs to determine the manner
in which the pre-deposit compliance has been done by the taxable person, i.e.,
whether by debit in the electronic cash ledger / electronic credit ledger? This
is because once the Order from the Appellate Authority / Tribunal is received
and the Order Giving Effect to the same is given, the amounts will be
recredited to the respective cash / credit ledgers from where they were
initially debited.

 

27. Once the said amount forms part of cash ledger, the same shall
partake the character of deposit and hence, the above principles of applicability
of time-barring provisions shall continue to apply. In this regard, one can
also refer to the decision of Bombay HC while dealing with a similar issue in CCE,
Pune I vs. Sandvik Asia Limited [2017 (52) STR 112 (Bombay)]
wherein it has
been held that the principles of unjust enrichment and Section 11B do not apply
to refund of amounts deposited in compliance with interim order. Similar view
has been held in the case of CCE, Coimbatore vs. Pricol Limited [2015 (39)
STR 190 Madras
]

 

28. However, in cases where the pre-deposit is made through debit in
credit ledger, on receipt of the favorable Order, the pre-deposit amount would
be re-credited to the credit ledger and hence, the above principles shall not
be applicable for such re-credits.

 

What are the
specific issues in the context of filing of refund claim for unutilised input
tax credit balances appearing in electronic credit ledger?

 

29. As discussed earlier, section 54(1) provides for refund of any tax
& interest paid. One subset of the same would be balance lying in
electronic credit ledger, i.e., unutilised input tax credit which is dealt with
in section 54 (3). In the context of such balances, there is a specific
restriction on claim of refund except where the balance has arisen on account of:

  Zero rated supplies made without payment of
tax

 

Inverted rate structure, i.e., where the tax
rate applicable on outward supplies is lower than the tax rate applicable on
inward supplies.

 

30. Elaborate process has been prescribed u/r 89 to determine the form
& manner of making application and the amount of refund eligible, which has
been discussed earlier as well. For instance, Rule 89 (4) defines the formula
to be applied for determining the refund amount for zero rated supplies. The
said formula deals with certain terms, which have been defined in the Rules.
The definition has led to various issues which are discussed below.

 

Timing Issues

 

31. The core issue with the formula is the aspect of relevant period.
This is because all the terms, namely Net ITC as well as Turnover figures (both
turnover of zero rated supplies as well as adjusted total turnover) are defined
in the context of refund claim for the relevant period, i.e., the period for
which refund claim has been filed.

 

32. Many a times, there can be a scenario wherein the inward supplies
are received during one particular period prior to the relevant period during
which the outward supplies towards which the refund claim is being filed is
made. Due to this, there is a timing mis-match. Let us try to understand this
issue with the help of following example:

 

Example: ABC Limited is a manufacturer, predominantly exporting its’
manufactured products. They manufacture based on Orders received from
customers. During the period from January to March 2018, they received an
Export Order for INR 100000. They procured the materials for the same in
January for Rs. 60,000 on which GST @ 18% was charged (i.e., Rs. 10,800) and
claimed as credit. The manufacturing process completed in March 2018 and the
goods were exported in the same month. Applying the formula for refund of the
said tax in the month of March 2018, the same shall be determined as:

 

Turnover of Zero-rated
supply, i.e., Rs. 100000  
* Net ITC (0) = 0

      
Adjusted Total Turnover, i.e., Rs. 100000
                                      

 

33. Similar issue would arise in case refund is filed in January when
the turnover would be zero and hence again, refund amount would continue to be
zero only.

34. In view of the formula mismatch, unless the taxpayer has continuous
exports, there is a possibility of the refund amount reducing on account of
such timing mismatch.

 

35. While the method for calculating the amount of refund eligible is
similar to the method prescribed u/r 5 of CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004, the key
difference is in the determination of the denominator, i.e., Adjusted Total
turnover. While the Turnover of zero rated supply of services is determined on
the basis of the payments realised, adjusted total turnover merely refers to
the turnover of export of service, which would primarily cover the value of
services exported, whether or not payments realised. This is in contrast to the
method adopted u/r 5 of CCR, 2004 wherein it was specifically provided that the
value of export of services, for the purpose of total turnover also shall be
determined based on the payment realisation only.

 

Relevant period

 

36. Another departure from Rule 5 of the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 is
in the context of relevant period, or the period for which the refund claim is
being filed. While u/r 5 of the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004, the refund claim was
to be filed on a quarterly basis, irrespective of the periodicity for filing
returns, under GST, the term “relevant period” has been defined to mean the
period for which the refund claim has been filed. While the term “period” has
not been defined under the GST law, the term ‘tax period’ has been defined to
mean the period for which return is required to be furnished. Therefore, for
taxable persons whose turnover exceeds Rs. 2 crores, refund claim will have to
be filed on a monthly basis while in case of others, depending on the option of
return filing exercised (monthly vs. quarterly), the periodicity of filing
refund claims should be required to be determined. However, on the portal, even
for taxable persons exercising the option to file quarterly returns, the refund
claims are required to be filed on monthly basis only.

 

Is it mandatory to file a refund claim in
case of refund of advances received for provision of services on which tax was
discharged or self-adjustment in returns is permissible?

 

37. Section 31 (3) (d) requires a taxable person to issue a receipt
voucher or any other document as may be prescribed at the time of receipt of
advance payment with respect to supply of goods or services or both. There can
be two outcomes against this advance, namely:

 

   Supply is made & invoice is issued
against the advance received

 

   Supply is not made & invoice is not
issued, the advance is refunded for which refund voucher shall be issued as
envisaged in Section 31 (3) (e)

 

38. The issue that arises is how to treat the adjustment of tax paid on
advances and subsequently refunded to the client. This is because Table 11 of
GSTR 1 provides for disclosure of only advances received & advances
adjusted during the tax period. While what is meant by advances adjusted has
not been dealt with specifically, notes to the format of GSTR 1 provides that
Table 11B shall include information for adjustment of tax paid on advances
received and reported in earlier tax period against invoices issued in the
current tax period. However, there is no specific mention of how the instances
covered u/s 31 (3) (e), i.e., refund of advances received before provision of
supply & issuance of invoice will be dealt with. 

 

39. While section 54 (8) (c) provides for refund of tax paid on such
supplies, it is important to note that the process for filing such refund
claims has not been enabled as on date and hence, if the view that
self-adjustment is not permissible for instances where tax was paid on advance
receipt and subsequently refunded, the same will result in blockage of funds in
the absence of proper mechanism with respect to the same.

 

Will refund on account of inverted rate structure be eligible if the
rate of inward input services is higher as compared to the rate on outward
supplies?

40. Proviso to section 54 (3) provides that refund of unutilised input
tax credit where the credit has accumulated on account of an inverted rate
structure, i.e., the rate of tax on inputs being higher that the rate of tax on
output supplies. Rule 89 (5) prescribes the method which shall determine the
refund amount in such cases. The formula prescribed for determining the refund
amount states that net ITC shall mean the credit availed on inputs during the
relevant period. The issue that arises is whether the term “input” used in
section 54 (3) refers the term “input” as defined u/s. 2 (59) or it has to be
read as “input supplies” in the context of “output supplies”?

 

41. This is essential because the formula for output supply covers
outward supplies of both, goods as well as services. Therefore, there is no
apparent logic for considering only the credit claimed on input goods for the
purpose of Net ITC and not input services also.

 

42. A logical argument is that the input referred to in the proviso has
to be read to be in correlation to the output supply. This is because the term
“output supply” has not been defined in the GST law. What is defined is outward
supply. Had it been a case that the proviso used the term “outward supply” and
not “output supply”, a strong ground to say that Net ITC should include inputs
as defined u/s 2 (59) would have been possible.

 

However, with use of words input & output supply, in our view, will
have to be read vis-à-vis each other, i.e., Net ITC should include the
credit availed on both inputs, as well as input services.

 

What will be the
scope of applicability of doctrine of unjustenrichment under GST?

 

43. One important aspect that needs to be analyzed while dealing with
the subject of refund is that the incidence of tax, interest or any other
amount that is being claimed as refund should not be passed on to another
person. This is known as the doctrine of unjust enrichment. The doctrine states
that if a person pays the tax to the Government and passes it on to his
customer by including it in the sales price, he effectively loses nothing. If
this tax is to be later on refunded to him on the ground that it was not
payable itself at first instance, the refund would be an undeserving benefit. This
principle has been exhaustively dealt with by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in many
cases, the landmark being Mafatlal Industries vs. Union of India [1997 (089)
ELT 0247 SC]
.

 

44. The circumstances under which refund shall be granted under GST, as
governed u/s. 54 (8) of the Act are similar to the provisions prescribed u/s.
11B of the Central Excise Act, 1944. Therefore, the principles of doctrine of
unjust enrichment, as applicable in the context of section 11B of Central
Excise Act, 1944 should continue to apply in the context of GST as well.
Therefore, unless specifically mentioned, the principles of doctrine of unjust
enrichment should not apply in the context of GST as well. 
 

18 Section 9(1)(v) of the Act – a non-resident, earned interest income on FCCBs issued by an Indian company abroad, entire proceeds of FCCBs had been utilised by Indian company in said country for repayment of an acquisition facility, interest income in question was not liable to tax in India as per exception carved out in section 9(1)(v)(b).

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 118 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Clearwater Capital Partners (Cyprus) Ltd.
vs. DCIT

A.Y.: 2011-12

IT Appeal Nos. : 843 and 1025 (Mum.) of 2016

Date of Order: 2nd May, 2018


Facts

The Taxpayer was a
tax resident of Cyprus. It had invested in FCCB issued by an Indian (“ICo”)
company engaged in the business of wind power generation, carrying on business
both in India and outside India. ICO had utilised the entire proceeds of FCCB
for repayment of funds borrowed for financing acquisition of a foreign company
(“FCo”). During the relevant year, the Taxpayer had received interest and
incentive fee from ICo.

 

The Taxpayer
claimed that since FCCB proceeds were raised and utilised outside India, in
terms of exception carved out in section 9(1)(v)(b)4, interest on
FCCB did not accrue or arise in India.

______________________________________________________________________________

4  
Section 9(1)(v), inter alia, provides that interest payable by a resident to a
non-resident in respect of debt incurred or moneys borrowed and used by
resident for a business carried on outside India by him or for earning any
income from any source outside India by him, is not deemed to accrue or arise
in India.

 

The AO rejected the
claim of the Taxpayer.

 

The DRP, directed
the AO to exclude the interest income received by the Taxpayer from the FCCB
after verifications.

 

Held

    The entire FCCB proceeds
were utilized by ICo for repayment of funds borrowed for financing acquisition of a FCo.

 

    If interest is payable by a
resident to a non-resident in respect of any debt incurred or moneys borrowed
and used for the purpose of business or a profession carried on by such person
outside India or for the purpose of making or earning any income from any source
outside India, such interest shall not be deemed to have accrued or arisen in
India.

 

    Lower authorities had not
rebutted the contention of the Taxpayer that the money borrowed by ICo was used
for business carried on outside India or earning income from source outside
India.

 

  Accordingly, the view taken by DRP was
correct.

 

–  DRP had
observed that FCCB were issued outside India and the moneys borrowed were
utilized by ICo outside India. Therefore, in view of the exception carved in
section 9(1)(v)(b) of the Act, the interest received on such FCCB by the
Taxpayer from ICo was not chargeable to tax in India.
 

 

17 Article 5 of India-Finland DTAA; S. 9(1)(i) of the Act – [Majority view] in absence of PE, income from off-shore supply of equipment, which was installed by WOS of the non-resident under independent contracts from customers for separate remuneration was not taxable in India; negotiation, signing, network planning being preparatory or auxiliary activities, even if carried on from a fixed place did not constitute PE; since none of the parties had acknowledged any interest on delayed payment nor was any such interest paid by the customers, notional intertest could not be charged; – [Minority view] negotiation, signing, network planning were core marketing and core technical support functions vital to business could at least be equated with marketing services rendered by Indian PE for which profit was attributable to PE.

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 111 (Delhi – Trib.)
(SB)

Nokia Networks OY vs. JCIT

A.Ys.: 1997-98 & 1998-99

IT Appeal Nos.: 1963 & 1964 (Delhi) of
2001

Date of Order: 6th June, 2018


Facts

The Taxpayer was a company incorporated in,
and tax resident of, Finland. It was engaged in manufacturing and trading of
telecommunication systems, equipment, hardware and software. In 1994, it
established a LO in India, and in 1995, it established a wholly owned
subsidiary in India (“ICo”). The Taxpayer had entered into contracts for
off-shore supply of equipment. After incorporation of ICo, installation of the
equipment was undertaken by ICo under independent contracts with Indian Telecom
Operators. The Taxpayer did not file return of its income in respect of
off-shore supply contending that there was neither any business connection nor
was there a PE in India and hence, it was not liable to tax in India.

 

The AO completed the assessment holding that
both LO and ICo constituted PE of the Taxpayer. The AO held that 70% of the
revenue from supply of hardware was attributable to PE in India and 30% of the
revenue was attributable to supply of software. On the ground that the software
was licensed to telecom operators, the AO treated the revenue attributable to
supply of software as ‘royalty’ (on gross basis) both, under Article 13 of
India-Finland DTAA and u/s. 9(1)(vi) of the Act. The AO further added notional
interest on the ground that the Taxpayer had provided credit to customers but
had not charged interest.

 

Through successive stages, the matter
reached Delhi High Court, which remanded the matter to Tribunal for
adjudicating on following specific issues:

 

1 Whether having
regard to India-Finland DTAA, the Tribunal’s reasoning in holding that ICo was
a PE of the Taxpayer was right in law?

 

2   Whether the Tribunal was right in law in
holding that a perception of virtual projection of the foreign enterprise in
India resulted in a PE?

 

3   Without prejudice, if the answers to Q.1
& Q.2 were in affirmative, whether any profit was attributable to signing,
network planning and negotiation of offshore supply contracts in India and if
yes, the extent and basis thereof?

 

4   Whether in law the notional interest on
delayed consideration for supply of equipment and licensing of software was
taxable in the hands of the Taxpayer as interest from vendor financing?

 

Held [majority view]

 

1 Whether ICo was a PE under India-Finland
DTAA?

 

(i)  Whether ICo was PE under Article 5(2)?

?    A fixed place PE is
constituted if the business is carried on through
a fixed place of business. The term “through” assumes great significance since
even if the place does not belong to the non-resident but is at his disposal,
it would be his place of business. In Formula One World Championship Ltd vs.
CIT [2017] 394 ITR 80 (SC)
, the Supreme Court has observed that the
‘disposal test’ is paramount to ascertain existence of fixed place PE.

 

The Tribunal
observed as follows.

 

(a) Neither AO nor CIT(A) had given any
categorical finding of fixed place PE except mentioning about co-location of
employees and availing of common administrative services.

 

(b) Presence of foreign expatriate employees
of ICo may support the case for a service PE but not fixed place PE. Indeed, in
absence of specific provisions in DTAA, PE would not be constituted.

 

(c) Post-incorporation of ICo, no evidence
of MD of ICo having signed contracts was adduced. Even assuming that he was
acting as representative of, or that he was receiving remuneration from, the
Taxpayer, it would not be relevant for examining fixed place PE.

 

(d) After incorporation of ICo the Taxpayer
had not carried out any other activity except off-shore supply of equipment.
ICo was an independent entity, which had entered into independent contracts and
income earned from such contracts was taxed in India.

 

(e) ICo was providing technical and
marketing support services to the Taxpayer for which it was remunerated at cost
plus 5% and in respect of which the AO had not taken any adverse action
possibly, because it was considered arm’s length remuneration.

 

(f) While administrative activities were
carried out by ICo, the AO had not alluded to any premise or a particular
location having been made available to the Taxpayer. Thus, ICo had not provided
any place ‘at the disposal’ of the Taxpayer.

 

(g) Provision of minor administrative
support services such as telephone, conveyance, etc. cannot form fixed
place PE.

(ii) Whether negotiation, signing,
network planning, etc. created PE?

 

–  The scope of
remand of the High Court was to examine whether signing, networking, planning
and negotiation would constitute PE. Article 5(4) of India-Finland DTAA
specifically excludes preparatory and auxiliary activities from being treated
as PE. The aforementioned activities were in the nature of ‘preparatory or auxiliary’
activities.

 

–  Even if it is
assumed that these activities created some kind of a fixed place, since they
were preparatory or auxiliary in character, that place could not be considered
a PE.

 

(iii) Whether ICo was dependent agent PE
(“DAPE”) under Article 5(5)?

 

–  A DAPE would be constituted if a dependent agent habitually
exercises authority to conclude contracts on behalf of a non-resident.

 

    The contract for supply of
off-shore equipment was concluded by the Taxpayer outside India. Further, no
activity relating thereto was performed in India. There was nothing on record
to show that ICo had concluded contract on behalf of the Taxpayer.

 

    To constitute a DAPE, the
activities of the agent should be under instructions, or comprehensive control,
of the non-resident and the agent should not bear any entrepreneurial risk. ICo
neither had authority to conclude supply contract nor any binding contract on
behalf of the Taxpayer. ICo was an independent entity, which had entered into
independent contracts with customers on principal-to-principal basis. ICo was
bearing its own entrepreneurial risk.

 

   After becoming MD, the
erstwhile representative had not signed any contract for off-shore supply.
Monitoring by the Taxpayer of warranty and guarantee provided by ICo did not
yield any income to the Taxpayer but the income arose to ICo. Such income was
duly taxed in India.

 

    Accordingly, on facts, the
Taxpayer did not have DAPE under Article 5(5).

 

(iv) Whether ICo
was deemed PE under Article 5(8)?

 

    Article 5(8) of
India-Finland DTAA specifically provides that control over the subsidiary does
not result in creation of PE. of a non-resident in source state cannot give
rise to PE of the non-resident.

 

    OECD and UN Model
Conventions also clarify this. Further, in ADIT vs. E Fund IT Solutions
[2017] 399 ITR 34 (SC)
, Supreme Court has also held accordingly.

 

(v) Whether ICo had ‘business connection’ under
the Act?

 

    This issue is academic
since the Taxpayer did not have PE in India under India-Finland DTAA.

 

    In case of the Taxpayer,
Delhi High Court has concluded that LO did not constitute PE, and that there
was no material which could support that LO could be ‘business connection’, of
the Taxpayer. Further, while place of negotiation, place of signing of
agreement or formula acceptance thereof or overall responsibility of the
Taxpayer are relevant circumstances, since the transaction pertains to sale of
goods, the relevant and determinative factor was where the property in goods
passed. However, supply under the agreement was made outside India and property
in goods was also transferred outside India.

 

    Both marketing (for the
Taxpayer) and installation (for telecom operators) activities were undertaken
by ICo on principal-to-principal basis. For marketing activity, the Taxpayer
had remunerated on cost plus markup basis. Income from both were taxable in
India. Since there was no material change, conclusion of Delhi High Court in
case of LO would also apply in case of ICo.

 

2 Whether ICo was virtual projection in
India of the Taxpayer?

 

    Concept of ‘virtual
projection’ postulates projection of a non-resident on the soil of the source
country. It is not relevant on a standalone basis.

 

   If, on facts, a fixed place
is not established and disposal test is not satisfied, then virtual projection
by itself cannot create a PE.

 

3 Whether profit attributable for signing,
network planning, negotiation, etc.?

    Since nothing was taxable
on account of negotiation, signing, network planning as they were preparatory
or auxiliary activities which were excluded from being treated as PE, question
of attribution of income on account of these activities would not arise.

 

4 
Whether notional interest taxable as interest from vendor finance?

 

    Income tax is levied on
real income, i.e., on the profits determined on commercial principles. The
revenue had not brought on record that the Taxpayer had charged interest on
delayed payment or that any customer had actually paid such amount. Further,
the Taxpayer had not debited account of any of the customers for such interest.
Also, none of the parties had either acknowledged the debt or any corresponding
liability of the other party to pay such interest. Thus, no actual or
constructive ‘payment’ of interest had taken place.

 

    Therefore, income which had
neither accrued nor was received by the Taxpayer could not be taxed on notional
basis.

 

Held [minority view]

    The Taxpayer carried out
entire marketing and administrative support work in India through ICo, at a
fixed place in India and without adequate arm’s length consideration. The
visiting employees of the Taxpayer also used the premises of ICo and carried
out important core business functions from the place of ICo. At no stage the
Taxpayer had submitted details about names and duration of stay of the expatriate
employees who availed such support from ICo.

 

   ICo was working wholly and
predominantly for the Taxpayer. The Taxpayer had given specific undertaking to
the end-customers of ICo that during the currency of their agreements with ICo,
the Taxpayer will not dilute its equity ownership below 51%.

 

    All the installation work
generated for ICo was entirely in the control, and at the mercy, of the
Taxpayer. Operational personnel in ICo also included number of expatriates on
deputation, secondment or assignment from the Taxpayer. The role of the
Taxpayer was omnipotent in all the operations of ICo, not only because of the
ownership of ICo but also because of the business module adopted by the
Taxpayer. Installation and other post-sale services rendered by ICo were
complementary to the core business operations of the Taxpayer. ICo, in
substance and in effect, was a proxy of the Taxpayer in performance of
commercial activities. Accordingly, the office of ICo constituted the fixed
place of business through which the business of the Taxpayer was wholly or
partly carried out.

 

    Since ICo was acting as
proxy and as an agent, the disposal test had to be vis-à-vis ICo and not
the Taxpayer directly. Thus, the Taxpayer carried on the business in India
through a fixed place of business, which was office of ICo. Consequently,
office of ICo was PE of the Taxpayer.

 

   Negotiation, signing,
network planning are core marketing functions and core support technical
functions which are vital to the business of sale of equipment. These services
can be equated with marketing services rendered by the Taxpayer through its PE
in India. Thus, all the crucial marketing and support functions were rendered
by the Indian PE (i.e., ICo).

 

   ICo rendered the important
and vital services on a non-arm’s length consideration and without adequate
compensation. Hence, following Rolls Royce plc vs. DCIT [2011] 339 ITR 147
(Del)
, 35% of the total profits should be attributable to PE.

16 Article 7 of India-UK DTAA; Section. 28(va) of the Act – non-compete fee received by the Applicant was ‘business income’ u/s. 28(va) of the Act; since the Applicant did not have PE in India, non-compete fee was not taxable in India in terms of Article 7 of India-UK DTAA.

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 193 (AAR – New Delhi)

HM Publishers Holdings Ltd., In re

A.A.R. No. 1238 of 2012

Date of Order: 6th June, 2018


Facts

The Applicant was a company incorporated in
UK. The Applicant owned majority equity shares of an Indian Company (“ICo”).
Shares of ICo were listed on stock exchanges in India. The Applicant entered
into a Share Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with an Indian company for sale of its
shareholding in ICo. Under the SPA, the purchaser agreed to pay the
consideration towards purchase price of shares (INR 37.38 crore), which was
computed on the basis of the price of the shares on the stock exchange and
non-compete fee (INR 9.30 crore). The non-compete fee was to be paid in
consideration of the Applicant not competing with the business of ICo, not
soliciting employees of ICo and generally not disclosing any information about
ICo.

 

Before the AAR, the Applicant contended
that: the non-compete fee received by it from the purchaser was in the nature
of business income u/s. 28(va) of the Act2; and since it did not
have any PE in India, such income was not taxable in terms of Article 7 of
India-UK DTAA3.

_________________________________________________________________

2  
The Applicant relied on the decision in CIT vs. Chemtech Laboratories Ltd [Tax
case appeal No 1492 of 2007] (Madras)

3    The Applicant relied on the decision in Trans
Global PLC vs. DIT [2016] 158 ITD 230 (Kolkata – Trib)

 

Held

 

(i) Whether non-compete fee covered u/s
28(va)?

 

The Applicant
was a shareholder of ICo but did not have any legally enforceable right to
carry on business which could be treated as ‘capital asset’ u/s. 2(14) of the
Act. Hence, question of transfer of right to carry on business did not arise.

 

The fee
received by the Applicant was for a negative covenant (i.e., not to compete
with ICo) and not for transfer of a right to carry on business to the
purchaser.

Since there was
no right, there was no extinguishment of right in a capital asset. Hence,
question of ‘transfer’ u/s. 2(47)(ii) of the Act did not arise. The term ‘extinguishment’ denotes
permanent destruction. The negative covenant was for a period of three years.
Thus, the right of the Applicant to carry on business was restricted only for
three years but was not permanently destroyed. Accordingly, such restriction
could not be said to be extinguishment. Consequently, there was no income
chargeable under the head ‘Capital Gains’.

 

–  Section 28(va)
is attracted in case where consideration is for agreeing not to carry on any
activity in relation to any business. It is not required that the recipient
should already be carrying on business. Accordingly, it is irrelevant whether
the recipient was carrying on the same business or a different business than
that of the payer.

 

–  Therefore,
non-compete fee received by the Applicant was taxable as business income u/s.
28(va) of the Act.

 

(ii) Whether non-compete fee taxable in
India?

 

The Applicant
did not have any PE in India. Hence, in terms of Article 7 of India-UK DTAA,
the business income (i.e., non-compete fee) of the Applicant will not be
taxable in India.   

15 Articles 5, 7, 12 of India-Luxembourg DTAA; Section 9(1)(i) of the Act – on facts, absolute control of non-resident over operations and management constituted hotel in India as a fixed place PE; hence, income earned by non-resident was attributable to PE and taxable as ‘business income’ u/s. 9(1)(i) of the Act.

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 23 (AAR – New Delhi)

FRS Hotel Group (Lux) S.a.r.l. In re

A.A.R. No. 1010 of 2010

Date of Order: 24th May, 2018


Facts

The 
Applicant  was  a company incorporated in Luxembourg. It was
a member-company of a hospitality group engaged in development, operation and
management of chain of hotels, resorts and branded residences. The Applicant
provided management and operation services for hotels, of which, majority were
owned by third parties. The hotels were managed under different brands which
were licensed by one of the member-companies of the group. The Applicant was engaged by an Indian Company (“ICo”) for development and
operation of hotel of ICo. For this purpose, the Applicant and ICo entered into
five agreements for provision of services. ICo compensated the Applicant for
these services, either by way of, lumpsum payment (for technical services), or
percentage of revenue/market fee/construction costs.

 

Before the AAR, the Applicant raised limited
issue in respect of compensation under Global Reservation Services (“GRS”)
agreement (one of the five agreements), as to whether the receipt was
chargeable to tax as FTS or Royalty?

 

The tax authority contended that the primary
issue was whether the hotel in India constituted a PE of Applicant and
consequently, whether all income streams, including GRS, was business income.
The Applicant contended that since the question raised was limited to FTS or
Royalty, AAR should not adjudicate on the existence of PE.

 

Held

 

(i) Power of AAR to deal with issues other
than questions raised

 

–  The activity of
the Applicant is integrated and cannot be split into one or the other. The five
agreements are part of a wholesome arrangement. Hence, even though the issue
raised was on taxability of income under GRS agreement, it cannot be viewed on
standalone basis.

 

–  Rule 12 of the
AAR (Procedure) Rules, 1996 provides that the AAR “shall at its discretion
considered all aspects of the questions set forth
”. Hence, ruling only on
certain income stream and leaving other income streams open for regular
assessment will render the exercise of approaching AAR futile.

 

(ii) Constitution of fixed place PE

 

–  In Formula
One World Championship Ltd vs. CIT [2017] 394 ITR 80 (SC)
, it is held that
fulfilment of following three conditions constitutes a fixed place PE:

 

(a)  Existence of a fixed place.

 

(b)  Such fixed place being at the disposal of
non-resident.

 

(c)  Non-resident carrying on its business, wholly
or partly, through such fixed place.

 

    In the case of the
Applicant:

 

(a)  The hotel was a fixed place.

 

(b)  Perusal of various clauses of all the
agreements shows that the hotel was at the disposal of the Applicant. After
completion of the hotel, its operation and management was not only the
responsibility of the Applicant but ICo had undertaken that it will not
interfere in exercise of exclusive authority of the Applicant over such
operation and management. Every operational right vested in the Applicant and
ICo was even barred from directly contacting any hotel staff. Core functions
such as sales, marketing, reservation, etc. were out sourced to the
Applicant.

 

(c)  The business of the Applicant was operation
and management of the hotel and it had earned income through the different
agreements. The Applicant was carrying on all the activities from the hotel.
The relationship between the Applicant and ICo was that of
principal-to-principal and not principal-to-agent.

 

Since all the
three conditions were fulfilled in case of the Applicant, hotel in India
constituted fixed place PE of
the Applicant.

 

(iii) 
Whether GRS income was FTS or Royalty?

 

Hotel in India
constituted fixed place PE of the Applicant. The income under the agreements
was attributable to the fixed place PE of the Applicant. Since such income will
be taxable as ‘business profits’, the question whether it can be characterized
as FTS or Royalty is academic.

 

–  Even assuming
that it is characterized as FTS or royalty, having regard to Article 12(4) of
India-Luxembourg DTAA, it would be taxable as ‘business profits’ under Article
7.

 

–  Consequently,
provisions of section 9(1)(i) of the Act will apply.

14 Article 5, 7 of India-Belgium DTAA – Since the Applicant was a not-for-profit organization undertaking activities only for the benefit of its members, on the doctrine of mutuality, membership fee and contribution received from members was not taxable in India; since the Applicant was not carrying on business, question of LO constituting a PE in India could not arise under India-Belgium DTAA.

[2018] 94 taxmann.com 27 (AAR – New Delhi)

International Zinc Association, In re

A.A.R. No. 1319 of 2012

Date of Order: 24th May, 2018


Facts

The Applicant was a company incorporated in
Belgium, which was registered as an International Non-Profit Association. It
was a tax resident of Belgium. The Applicant helped to sustain long term global
demand for Zinc. The Applicant had obtained permission of RBI for establishing
a Liaison Office (“LO”) in India for promotion of uses of Zinc. The Applicant
received membership fee and contribution from members which were tax resident
in India.

 

Before the AAR, the Applicant raised the
following questions:

 

(i) Whether membership
fee and contribution received by the Applicant from its Indian members were
liable to tax in India under India-Belgium DTAA?

 

(ii) Whether LO
proposed to be established in India by the Applicant was liable to tax in India
under India-Belgium DTAA?

 

Held

The Applicant
was hosting information of members on its website, publishing various material,
organising conferences, representing its members, etc. These activities
were not undertaken for deriving any profit for the Applicant and were undertaken
for the benefit of all members. They were performed in fulfilment of its
objects. Hence, they were not in the nature of ‘specific services’ as
contemplated in section 28(iii) of the Act.

 

The LO was set
up on not-for-profit basis. The surplus that may be generated at the end of the
year cannot acquire the character of profit as contemplated under the Act
because the activities of the Applicant were not in the nature of business and
the surplus was to be utilised only for the objects of the Applicant. The
surplus was not to be distributed to the members. Accordingly, section 28(iii)
of the Act was not attracted. This view was also supported by the decision in CIT
vs. South Indian Films Chamber of Commerce [1981] 129 ITR 22 (Madras)
.

 

The LO incurred
expenditure for organizing various events for which it did not charge any fee.
LO collected sponsorship fee only in case of large events and that too with
prior approval of RBI. Such fee was utilised for organizing the event without
the Applicant making any profit. The facts in CIT vs. Standing Conference of
Public Enterprises [2009] 319 ITR 179 (Delhi)1
  squarely applied in case of the Applicant.
Thus, the Applicant cannot be said to have violated the doctrine of mutuality.

________________________________________________________

1  
The Supreme Court dismissed special Leave Petition of the revenue. Hence, the
decision of Delhi High Court stands affirmed.

 

–  In ICAI vs.
DCIT [2013] 358 ITR 91 (Delhi)
it was held that the purpose and the
dominant object for which an institution carries on its activities is material
to determine whether the activities constitute business or not. The object of
the Applicant is primarily to serve its members. Hence, merely because of
receipts from some non-members activities of the Applicant cannot be termed as
business. No clause of the Article of Association of Applicant indicated that
the Applicant intended, either to carry on any business or to provide any
services to non-members. Further, in case of dissolution of the Applicant, the
surplus was to be handed over to another non-profit-organization and was not to
be distributed to members. The test of mutuality is satisfied if members agree
and exercise their right of disposal of surplus in mutually agreed manner.

 

–  Under Article 5
of India-Belgium DTAA, a PE is constituted if there is a fixed place of
business and the business of enterprise is wholly or partly carried on through
that fixed place. Since the Applicant was operating on the principle of
mutuality and was not set up for doing business or earning profit, the question
of the LO constituting a PE could not arise since there was no business.

 

Accordingly,
membership fee and contribution received by the Applicant from its members were
not liable to tax in India, and the LO proposed to be established in India was
not liable to tax in India.

 

24. [2018] 95 taxmann.com 165 (Mumbai – Trib) Morgan Stanley Asia (Singapore) Pte Ltd vs. DDIT ITA Nos: 8595 (Mum) of 2010 and 4365 ( Mum) of 2012 A.Ys.: 2006-07 and 2007-08 Date of Order: 6th July, 2018 Article 13 of India-Singapore DTAA; Section 9, 195 of the Act – Amount received by a Singapore company from its AE in India towards reimbursement of salary of its deputed employee could not be considered as FTS since there was no income element.

Facts


The Taxpayer was a company
incorporated in, and tax resident of, Singapore. The Taxpayer had deputed one
of its directors/employees to India to set up and develop the business of its
associated entity (“AE”) in India (“ICo”) under a contract executed between
them. ICo was engaged in providing support services to group companies outside
India. The Taxpayer continued paying salary of its deputed employee, which was
reimbursed by ICo.

 

Before the AO, the Taxpayer
contended that the payment received by it was reimbursement without any income
element. However, the AO contended that the deputed employee was highly
qualified and having vast technical experience and expertise. The AO noted that
while salary is generally paid on a monthly basis, ICo had made single remittance
of consolidated amount. Further, there was no evidence to suggest that
provision of managerial and consultancy services to an AE was not the business
of the taxpayer. Therefore, the AO treated the reimbursement received by the
Taxpayer as FTS and charged further markup of 23.3% by determining ALP on the
basis of the order of the TPO.

 

The CIT(A) confirmed the order of
the AO.

 

Held


  •     The contract between the
    Taxpayer and ICo clearly provided that the Taxpayer will pay salary on behalf
    of ICo and the same would be recharged by ICo. The tax authority had not
    disputed that the payment was reimbursement of salary without any income
    element.




  •     Since the amount was
    reimbursement of cost, it cannot be brought within definition of FTS in
    explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vii) of the Act.

 

  •  Hence, the reimbursed amount was to be regarded as salary in the
    hands of the deputed employee. Relying on the decisions in United Hotels Ltd
    vs. ITO [2005] 2 SOT 0267 (Delhi) and in ADIT vs. Mark and Spencer Reliance
    India Pvt Ltd (2013) 38 taxmann.com 190 (Mum-Trib)
    , the payment was
    reimbursement of salary and not FTS under India-Singapore DTAA and the Act.
    Accordingly, it could not be taxed in the hands of the Taxpayer.

23. [2018] 96 taxmann.com 80 (Delhi – Trib.) Cobra Instalaciones Y Servicios SA vs. DCIT ITA NO.: 2391 (Delhi) of 2018 A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of Order: 28th June, 2018 Article 7 of India-Spain DTAA; Sections 9, 37(1) of the Act – Exchange fluctuation loss in respect of advance received by a PE from its HO was allowable as a deduction from income since the advance was received towards working capital for execution of project in India.

Facts


The Taxpayer was a Spanish company
engaged in the business of providing consultancy services for Projects,
Engineering and Electrical Contractors and Suppliers. In respect of the
projects being executed in India, the Taxpayer had established a project office
(also a PE) in India.

 

During the relevant year, the
Taxpayer had earned income from supply of goods and services from project being
executed by it. For executing the project in India, PE was utilising the
advance received from the customer or the advance received from the HO (i.e.,
the Taxpayer). In accordance with RBI guidelines, PE was receiving the advance
from the HO in Euro and was also repaying the same in Euro. During the relevant
year the PE claimed deduction under the head ‘Exchange Fluctuation Loss’ in
respect of the advances received and repayable in foreign exchange.

 

According to the AO, funds received
by the PE from the HO were actually capital contribution and not debt incurred
in the course of business. The AO noted that Article 7 of India-Spain DTAA
specifically prohibits any deduction of expenses relating to HO except
imbursement towards actual expenditure. Accordingly, the AO disallowed the
exchange fluctuation loss claimed by the PE.

 

The CIT(A) upheld the order of AO.

 

Held


  •     The loan received by the
    PE was towards working capital for project execution. Hence, it did not bring
    any capital asset into existence. Also, the PE had shown the amount as a
    liability in its balance sheet.

 

  •     Nothing was brought on
    record to show that the PE had contravened any provision of FEMA. The tax
    authority has not disputed that depreciation of rupee has resulted in exchange
    fluctuation loss in respect of the outstanding amount of advance received by
    the PE.

 

  •     Since the advance was
    received towards project execution, it was on revenue account and consequently,
    the loss too was revenue loss. Also, the project office being a PE, it could
    not borrow from banks in India for project execution. Further, the expenditure
    was not a notional expenditure. It was to be noted that in subsequent year the
    PE had earned exchange fluctuation gain and had accounted it as income. If, in
    the opinion of the AO, exchange fluctuation loss is not deductible, exchange
    fluctuation gain should not be taxed as income since the tax proceedings must
    follow the rule of consistency.

 

  •     Accordingly, the PE was
    entitled to claim deduction of exchange fluctuation loss from its income.

13. ITO vs. Dilip Kumar Shaw (Kolkata)(SMC) Member : P. M. Jagtap (AM) ITA No.: 1517/Kol/2016 A.Y.: 2006-07. Dated: 4th June, 2018. Counsel for revenue / assessee: Nicholas Murmu/ Tapas Mondal Section 154 – The difference between contract receipts as stated in Form 16A and as assessed while assessing total income u/s. 143(3) of the Act, cannot be brought to tax by passing an order u/s. 154 of the Act.

FACTS


For assessment year 2006-07, the
assessee, an individual, filed his return of income declaring therein a total income
of Rs. 8,85,386.  The Assessing Officer
(AO) vide order dated 18.7.2008 passed u/s. 143(3) of the Act, assessed the
total income to be Rs. 9,25,390. 
Thereafter, it was noticed by the AO that the contractual receipts
credited in the Profit & Loss Account of the assessee were to the tune of
Rs.2,91,42,128/- whereas the contract receipts of the assessee as per TDS Form
16A were Rs.2,99,89,617/-. He, therefore, held that there was a mistake in the
assessment order passed u/s. 143(3) in taking the contract receipts short by
Rs.8,47,489/- and the same was rectified by him vide an order dated 08.12.2012
passed u/s. 154, wherein an addition of Rs.8,47,489/- was made by him to the
total income of the assessee.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred
an appeal to the CIT(A) who after considering the submission made by the
assessee as well as the material available on record set aside the order passed
by the Assessing Officer u/s. 154 by holding the same as not maintainable.

 

Aggrieved, the revenue preferred an
appeal to the Tribunal where on behalf of the assessee it was stated that the
said difference was due to the mistake committed by the concerned party in
deducting tax at source from the contract receipts of the earlier years, which
was corrected by them by deducting more tax from the contract receipts of the
year under consideration.

 

HELD 


The Tribunal agreed with the
observations of the CIT(A) that there could be many reasons for the difference
noted by the AO in the contract receipts credited in the Profit & Loss
Account of the assessee and the contract receipts as shown in the relevant TDS
certificates. It observed that the difference in the contract receipts as
noticed by the AO, thus, required more investigation and enquiry to find out as
to whether there was any escapement of income of the assessee and as rightly
held by the CIT(A) it was not a case of obvious and patent mistake, which could
be rectified u/s. 154. This issue involved a debatable point which required
further enquiry and investigation and the same, therefore, was beyond the scope
of rectification permissible u/s. 154 as rightly held by the ld. CIT(A). The
Tribunal set aside the order passed by the AO u/s. 154 by treating the same as
not maintainable.

 

The appeal filed by the revenue was
dismissed.

12. Jessie Juliet Pereira vs. ITO (Mumbai) Members : R. C. Sharma (AM) and Amarjit Singh (JM) ITA No.: 6914/M/2017 A.Y.: 2009-10. Dated: 4th June, 2018 Counsel for assessee / revenue: Subhash Chhajed & S. Balasubramanian / Ms. N. Hemalatha Section 54 – Claim for exemption u/s. 54 needs to be considered in a case where assessee has surrendered his flat in exchange for corpus fund/hardship allowance and a new flat in a scheme of redevelopment.

FACTS  


In the course of assessment
proceedings of MIG Group III Co-operative Housing Society Ltd. (society), it is
noticed that the society has entered into a development agreement with Suyog
Happy Homes (developer) on 30.4.2008 and the members of the society have
received payments from the said developer. 
The details revealed that the assessee has received Rs. 40,75,302 and
had not filed return of income for assessment year 2009-2010.  Accordingly, reasons were recorded and a
notice u/s. 148 of the Act was issued and served upon the assessee.  In response to the notice, the assessee filed
return of income declaring total income of Rs. 1,94,290. 

 

The society, of which the assessee
was a member, was the owner of property consisting of 9 buildings with 80
members. The society, on 30.4.2008, entered into an agreement with the
developer for development of the property in such a manner that each member of
the society shall receive a new flat in exchange of surrender of old flat
depending upon the size of the old flat along with interest in the additional
FSI allotted by MHADA. The property and the additional FSI would be with the
name of the society. All the expenses, costs and charges for the proposed
project of redevelopment of the said property including for purchase of
additional FSI from MHADA etc., were to be borne by the Developers alone and
the society and members were not liable to pay or contribute any amount towards
the same.

 

As per the agreement, the developer
was to pay the society being lawful owner of the property and the members an
aggregate monetary consideration of Rs.39.10 crore which was to be distributed
among the members of the society being shareholders depending upon the size of
their old flat.

 

During the year under
consideration, the assessee, as a shareholder of the society, received an
amount of Rs.40,75,302/- being consideration for surrender of his old flat
along with his interest in the additional FSI allotted by MHADA etc. The
developer issued the cheques in the name of the individual members which were
handed over to the society and in turn, the society diverted the same at source
to the members/shareholders. Thus, the said amount of Rs.39.10 crore never
routed through the books of accounts of the society though these cheques were
in the custody of the society before handing over to the individual members
being shareholder.

 

The said activity was treated as
commercial activity and the receipt of the amount of Rs.40,75,302/- was
considered as revenue receipt by AO and accordingly taxed as Income from Other
Sources.

 

Aggrieved by the order, the
assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A) contending that the amount of corpus
money/hardship allowance is a capital receipt not chargeable to tax.  The CIT(A) treated the said receipt as long
term capital gain.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred
an appeal to the Tribunal on the ground that the amount of corpus
money/hardship allowance received by the assessee is a capital receipt not
chargeable to tax and without prejudice contending that the CIT(A) ought to
have appreciated that the Appellant has purchased a new house at Dahisar for
Rs.21,68,180/- out of the capital gains of Rs.31,68,313/- and hence the
proportionate deduction u/s. 54 ought to have been granted by the CIT (A).

 

HELD  


At the time of argument, the
assessee did not contest that the amount of corpus money/hardship allowance
constitutes capital receipt not chargeable to tax but only argued that the
CIT(A) has treated the receipt of Rs.40,75,302/- as capital gain and the
assessee has also acquired new flat, therefore, the benefit u/s. 54 of the Act
is required to be given. The Tribunal observed that the Assessing Officer
treated the receipt as income from other sources whereas the CIT(A) has treated
the said receipt as long term capital gain. It is not in dispute that the
assessee has also acquired a new flat in lieu of his old flat. The receipt to
the tune of Rs.40,75,302/- has been treated as long term capital gain.
Undoubtedly, the claim u/s. 54 of the Act was not raised earlier before the
revenue. Anyhow, since the receipt to the tune of Rs.40,75,302/- has been
treated as long term capital gain, therefore, in the said circumstances, the
claim u/s. 54 of the Act is also liable to be considered in accordance with
law.

 

The Tribunal remanded the alternate
ground raised (viz. claim for deduction u/s. 54) before the AO for consideration
in view of the provision u/s. 54 of the Act in accordance with law after giving
an opportunity of being heard to the assessee. This ground of appeal was
allowed.

 

The appeal filed by the assessee
was allowed.

 

Contributor’s Note:  The grounds of appeal state that the claim
u/s.54 ought to have been allowed in respect of flat purchased by the assessee
in Dahisar but the operative portion of the ITAT order refers to assessee
having acquired a new flat in lieu of old flat.

11. ITO vs. Jogesh Ghosh (Kolkata) Members : J. Sudhakar Reddy (AM) and Smt. Madhumita Roy (JM) ITA No.: 1532/Kol/2016 A.Y.: 2013-14. Dated: 1st June, 2018 Counsel for revenue / assessee: Sallong Yaden / Subash Agarwal Sections 69, 69A – Source of purchase of land held to be satisfactorily explained by the assessee if he has produced receipts confirming sale of land. Production of receipts issued by buyer, though not numbered, are sufficient discharge of burden.

FACTS 


The assessee derived income by way
of interest on fixed deposits.  During
the previous year under consideration, he had sold his land and also purchased
land.  In order to explain the source of
purchase of land, the assessee contended that it had received amounts in cash
from the purchaser to whom the assessee had sold his land.  To substantiate the contention, the assessee
produced receipts issued by the purchaser of land.  The Assessing Officer (AO) disbelieved the
receipts produced on the ground that (a) there was no agreement between the
assessee and the purchaser of land; (b) the receipts were not serially
numbered; (c) the letter issued by the AO to the purchaser of land Windstar
Realtors Pvt. Ltd., calling for information was returned unserved; and (d) the
conveyance deed mentioned that the amount had been received on execution of
sale deed by mentioning the word “today”.  
The AO did not accept the contention of the assessee that there was a
mistake in the conveyance deed which was rectified by a registered
rectification deed, which was produced by the assessee.

 

The AO added a sum of Rs. 76,05,701
to the income of the assessee on the ground that money was received from
undisclosed sources as well as on the ground that there was unexplained expenditure.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred
an appeal to the CIT(A) who considered the set of money receipts produced by
the assessee and also affidavit signed by Mr. Dhar, authorised person of the
purchaser company.  The CIT(A) in his
order mentioned that the authorised person of the purchaser company appeared
before him and confirmed the cash payments as well as the dates mentioned in
the money receipts.  Mr. Dhar had also
confirmed that making cash payments were necessary and a common feature for
purchases of land in rural areas from the agriculturists and the company had
made the payments by withdrawing cash from its bank accounts. The Ld. CIT(A)
deleted the addition made  by the AO.

 

Aggrieved, the revenue preferred an
appeal to the Tribunal where, on behalf of the revenue, it was contended that
the order of CIT(A) be set aside as the CIT(A) had accepted additional evidence
in the form of affidavit of Mr. Dhar as well as his explanations and that the
AO was not provided an opportunity.  It
was also contended that the CIT(A) erred in accepting the rectification deed
produced by the assessee to correct the original conveyance deed. 

 

The assessee contended before the
Tribunal that all the details were filed before the AO and that filing of
affidavit was only supplementary and supporting evidence and additional
evidence.  Reliance was placed on the
following case laws –

 

i)   Shankar
Khandasari Sugar Mill vs. CIT reported in 193 ITR 669 (Kar);

ii)   DCIT vs. New Manas Tea Estate Pvt. Ltd. (Gau) reported in 73 ITD
157 (Gau)

 

HELD 


The Tribunal held that the assessee
has discharged the onus that lay on him to prove the sources for purchase of
land. It observed that the AO has only doubted the timing of receipts of cash
by the assessee, consequent to the sale of land to Windstar Realtors Pvt. Ltd.
Any money receipts issued by an individual would have a date but not a serial
number, as in the case with a business concern. When the company has confirmed
the payments in cash on the dates mentioned in the receipts, nothing else
survives. In view of the factual findings of the Ld. CIT(A), the Tribunal
upheld the order of the Ld. CIT(A). 

 

The appeal filed by the revenue was
dismissed.

21. [2018] 194 TTJ (Mumbai) 102 Owais M Husain vs. ITO ITA No.: 4320/Mum/2016 A. Y.: 2006-07 Dated: 11th May, 2018 Section 23(1)(a)- Income from house property –– AO is directed to compute the deemed rent of the house property as per the municipal rateable value and assess the income from house property accordingly instead of estimating the letable value on the basis of the prevailing rate of rent of the building situated in the surrounding areas.

FACTS


  •   The assesse owned 3 flats
    i.e. one at Chennai which is treated as self-occupied property by the AO and
    other two properties being flat at Queens Court, Worli and Dhun apartment,
    Worli, Mumbai.

 

  •  The AO estimated the reasonable let out value of the house
    property after taking IT inspector’s report. The report was on the basis of the
    local enquiry conducted in the surrounding area of the building situated and
    the going rent per square feet of Rs.50.70 per square feet per month. Based on
    inspector’s report, the AO estimated the rent per month for each of the flats
    at Rs. 75,000 per month. Therefore, the AO worked out ALV of the flat at Dhun
    cooperative society, Worli, Mumbai, at Rs. 9 lakh and for the other flat at
    Queens Court, Worli, Mumbai at Rs. 9 lakh. 

 

  • Aggrieved by the
    assessment order, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A)
    confirmed the action of the AO.

 

HELD


  •     The Tribunal while
    relying upon the judgement of the Hon’ble Bombay High Court, held that the
    municipal rateable value could be accepted as a bona fide rental value
    of the property and there could not be a blanket rejection of the same.


  •     The market rate in the
    locality was an approved method for determining the fair rental value but it
    was only when the AO was convinced that the case before him was suspicious,
    determination by the parties was doubtful that he could resort to enquire about
    the prevailing rate in the locality.

 

  •     In the result, the
    Tribunal directed the AO to compute the deemed rent as per municipal rateable
    value and assess the income accordingly.

20. [2018] 194 TTJ (Mumbai) 225 Fancy Wear vs. ITO ITA No.: 1596 & 1597/Mum/2016 A. Ys.: 2010-11 and 2011-12 Dated: 20th September, 2017 Section 69C – Assessee having not been allowed to cross-examine witnesses whose statements were recorded by AO and accounts of assessee having not been rejected, addition made u/s. 69C by AO was invalid for violation of the principles of natural justice as also on merits.

FACTS


  •     The assessee filed its
    return of income which was initially processed u/s. 143(1). Subsequently, the
    AO received information from the Sales Tax Department as well as from DGIT
    (Inv.) Mumbai that the assessee had received accommodation entries for
    purchases from suspicious parties.

 

  •     The AO initiated
    proceedings u/s. 147, after recording reasons thereof. He observed that the
    assessee had purchased goods from SE and SJE. The sales tax department had
    conducted independent enquiries in each of the hawala parties and conclusively
    proved that those parties were engaged in the business of providing
    accommodation entries only. The AO observed that the notices issued u/s. 133
    (6), had been returned with the mark ‘’not known’’ or “not claimed”.
    Accordingly, the aggregate of the purchases was treated as unexplained
    expenditure u/s. 69C and was added to the returned income of the assessee.

 

  •     The AO further observed
    that apart from the above purchases, the assessee had purchased goods from two
    more entities, namely RE and VE. The names of both the entities were appearing
    on the website of the Sales Tax Department in the list of the defaulters. Thus,
    he made a further addition to the income of the assessee invoking section 69C.

 

  •     Aggrieved by the
    assessment order, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A). The CIT(A)
    reduced the addition to 25 per cent of the purchases.

 

HELD


  •   The Tribunal noted that
    though material for reopening was available to the AO, it was never shared with
    the assessee. The assessee had made a request for cross examining the parties
    who were treated as hawala-dealers by the Sales Tax Department. The AO did not
    provide the copies of statements of suppliers and opportunity of cross
    examination to the assessee.

 

  •   In case of the other two
    entities, the Tribunal held that a default under the Sales Tax Act, in itself,
    could not be equated with non-genuineness of the transaction entered by an
    entity with other party, unless and until some positive corroborative evidence
    was brought on record. It was a fact that all the payments to the suppliers
    were made through banking channels. No evidences were brought on record proving
    that the suppliers had withdrawn cash immediately after deposit of cheques of the
    assessee.

 

  •   The assessee had
    discharged the onus of proving the genuineness of the transactions by producing
    copies of purchase bills, delivery challans, bank statements showing payments
    made by the parties, confirmation of ledger accounts of the suppliers, sales
    tax returns and sales tax challans of the suppliers, income tax returns. After
    the submissions made by the assessee along with the above documents, the ball
    was in the court of the AO to discharge his onus-especially when he wanted to
    invoke the provisions of section 69C.

 

  •  The AO had completed the assessment without marshaling the facts
    properly and only on the basis of general information provided by the Sales Tax
    Department. The non-filing of appeals against the orders of the CIT(A), wherein
    he had deleted 75 per cent of the additions made by the AO, indicated that the
    department itself was not convinced about the approach adopted by the AO in
    making additions.

 

  •     In the end, the Tribunal
    held that the orders of the AO and CIT(A) were not valid because of violation
    of principles of natural justice. Besides, the addition made u/s. 69C was also
    not maintainable.